高中英语第三册精品教案（unit 1－16）[上下学期通用]

The Second Period
Teaching Aims：
1． Learn and master the useful words and phrases in this periods.
2. Train the students’ reading ability.
3. Help the students to know more about world records.
Teaching Important Points:
1. Master the following phrases and sentence pattern.
set down, keep track of, stand out, in the first place, make for
Impressive as the record is, it fades next to the story of Armstrong's struggle against disease.
2. Improve the students' reading ability.
Teaching Difficult Points:
1. How to help the students understand the passage better.
2. How to help the students understand the sentence pattern better and use it freely.
adj./adv./n. + as -4- Sub. + v. +- main clause.
Teaching Methods:
1. Scanning the text to learn something about world records
2. Fast and careful reading to get the detailed information in the text.
3. Individual, pair or group work to make every student work in class.
Teaching Aids:
1. the multimedia
2. the blackboard
Teaching Procedures:
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual.
Step Ⅱ Lead-in and Pre-reading
T: Yesterday we talked about world records. Now let's answer some simple questions to see how much you know about them. Listen carefully. What's the lowest temperature ever recorded on earth Any volunteer
S1: -82.9℃
T: Right. What is the fastest land animal
S: The cheetah.
T: Yes. Do you remember how fast it can run
S2:It runs at a speed of 100 km/h, which is nearly the American highway speed limit.
T: Very good. If you want to know more about the biggest, smallest, fastest, slowest, longest, shortest, oldest and youngest……you can read this book----- ( Teacher shows the book—The Guinness Book of World Records to the students. )It contains all kinds of world records. Today we are going to read a passage about the Guinness Book of World Records. First let's learn the new words.
(Teacher deals with the words as usual. )
T. Now open your books at Page 3. Look at the questions in Pre-reading quickly and then scan the text as quickly as possible and find the answers to them.
(Teacher gives the students four minutes to scan the passage. After that, teacher asks them to answer the five questions. )
T. Well. Time is up. Have you finished
Ss .Yes.
T. Wang Li, can you answer the first question
S3: Yes. Sir Hugh Beave is the director of the Guinness Brewery in 1951,who came up with the idea for The Guinness Book of World Records.
T: Right. Please answer the second question. When was the first edition of The Guinness Book of World Records published Answer it together.
Ss. In 1955.
T. Yeah. The third question.. How long is the longest moustache in the world Who like to have a try
S4:1.6 meters.
T: Right .Wei Fang, try the fourth question.
S5:Urumqi is the most remote city from the sea----it is 2510 kilometers from the nearest coast. In HongKong , the world’s largest jiaozi was made, weighing an incredible 480 kilograms.
T: Very good. The last question: who win the tour de Fance in 2003 Answer it together.
Ss: Lance Armstrong.
Step Ⅲ reading
T: OK. Now please read the passage again. This time you should read it as carefully as possible. Then answer some detailed questions in Ex.1 in Post-reading. Now let’s begin.
(Several minutes later, teacher checks the answers to these questions. Ask the students to answer them one by one.)
Suggested answers:
1. When he wanted to settled an argument about the fastest bird in Europe, he talked to his friends. After that, he concluded that a book that answered such questions might be popular. So he came with the idea for the Guinness Book of World Records.
2. The Guinness Book of World Records has chapters on the human body , amazing feats, the natural world, science and technology, arts and the media, modern society, travel and transport, and sports and games.
3. Because in 1996 Armstrong, the No.1 cyclist in the world was diagnosed with cancer and many thought that it meant the end of his career, maybe even his life. In 1998, however, Armstrong returned to the world of racing. He went on to set the speed record and achieved his goal of winning the Tour de France six times in a row in 2004.
4. The records that are dangerous to the person who id attempting it or to others are not allowed.
5. Because they are interested in some strong and usual activities, facts and exciting achievements.
T. Well done. You've understood the detailed information. However, in order that you can use the language freely and correctly, I’ll explain some phrases and a sentence to you. Please look at the screen.
(Teacher shows the following on the screen.)
Phrases.
1. hire: employ
hire sb. to do sth.
e.g. Mrs Black hired a maid to help her with the housework.
2. set down: write down
e. g. You'd better set down the phone number before you forget it.
3. keep track of：keep in touch with
e. g. The old man reads the newspaper to keep track of current events.
4. stand out : be easily seen or above or among others
e. g. Does your work stand out from that of others
5. in the first place : firstly
e. g. I want to talk about education in the first place.
6. make for : contribute to / make sth. possible
e. g. Cultural exchanges make for mutual understanding possible.
Sentence pattern.
Impressive as the records is, it fades next to the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease.
=Though/Although the world records is impressive, it……..
adj./adv./n. +as+sub,+v.+main clause.
e. g. Much as he likes you, he will not marry you.
Young as I am, I know some of the family secrets.
T: OK, now please read the passage once more. Try to understand the phrases and sentence pattern learnt just now. At the same time, you should pay attention to the main idea of each paragraph. Are you clear
Ss: Yes.
T.OK. Now let's begin.
(After a while, teacher shows the following on the screen. )
.
Match each of the sentences below with a paragraph in the reading.
A. The Guinness Book of World is popular because people enjoy reading about strange facts and exciting achievements.
B. The editors of the book collect all the records and put them into different groups.
C. Sir Hugh Beaver decided to write the book as the result of an argument with a friend.
D. Even though the records themselves are amazing, the stories of the people who set the records are often even more interesting.
E. A new Guinness world record will only be accepted if it is safe and has been done according to the rules.
F. There are so many Chinese world records.
T. Now look at the screen. Finish the exercise by yourselves.
(After a while, the teacher asks some students to say their answers. One student, one sentence. )
Suggested answers:
A--Para. 5 B--Para. 2
C--Para. 1 D---Para. 4
E--Para. 6 F--Para. 3
Step IV Listening and Consolidation
T. Now I'll play the tape. Listen carefully, paying attention to the pronunciation and intonation. Then read it aloud. At the same time, you should pay attention to the way to get a record into The Guinness Book of World Records. Are you clear about that
Ss: Yes.
(Teacher begins to play the tape. After that, the students begin to read the passage. Teacher can write the chart on the blackboard while the students are reading. )
(Bb: How to get a record into The Guinness Book of World Records )
T: OK. If you want to set a world record, what has to be done to get your record into The Guinness Book of World Records Write your answers in your exercise books. You may have a discussion about it. After a while, I’ll ask some of you to fill in the chart on the blackboard.
(Bb: Contact The Guinness Book of World Records→ Editors decide if your idea is suitable→ Editors send you rules and the form you need→ A Guinness official inspects your attempt→ The official confirms the record. →You get a certificate. )
Step V Summary and Homework
T: In this class, we've read a passage--The Guinness Book of World Records. We've known more about the world records. Meanwhile we've known how to get a record into The Guinness Book of World Records. What's more, we've learnt some useful phrases and an important sentence pattern. Remember to review, and try to make a sentence using each phrase and the sentence pattern. Don't forget to preview "Word Study" and "Grammar" in the next period. Well. That's all for today. Class is over.
StepⅥ The Design of the Writing on the BlackboardUnit 16 Finding jobs
Ⅰ. Read the passage on Pages 138~139 and choose the best answer.
1. In which order did the following things happen to David Beckham
　　a. He was invited to join Manchester United as a trainee.
　　b. He was chosen to play for the Red Devils’ senior team.
　　c. He has become England’s most famous mid-field player and world superstar.
　　d. He attended training sessions with a London club.
　　e. He and his players won the FA Youth Cup in 1992.
　　A. b, a, e, d, c　 B. a, b, c, e, d　C. e, d, b, a, c D. d, a, e, b, c
2. The sentence in Paragraph 5 “…but it is not just what they do with their feel counts.”means____.
A. It is enough for footballers to have excellent skills of playing football.
B. Top players must have excellent ball control.
C. Top players must know how to use the space on the pitch.
D. Besides excellent skills of playing football, footballers must also have good team spirit, a strong character, mental strength and a positive attitude.
3. How do employers find and employ players with the right abilities
A. They advertise in the newspapers or on the Internet.
B. Players have to fill in application forms and have interviews in order to be employed.
C. They themselves go to many football clubs or send scouts around the country to discover plays with the right abilities.
D. They ask schools and universities to find right players for them.
4. Who can become a youth trainee and join the club as a paid member of staff
A. a strong boy of 15 who is good at playing football.
B. a young man of 18 who has talent of playing football.
C. a man of 35 who has excellent ball skills.
D. a strong girl of 16 whose ball skills are just so-so
5. The main idea of Paragraph 6 is about _______.
A. programmes to encourage and develop young footballers.
B how to discover talented boys and girls.
C. how to train young footballers in China and the UK.
D. trainees’ life in the football clubs.
6. Which of the following is wrong
A. Football is different from most careers.
B. Football is not a good career choice for all people.
C. All trainees in the club can be offered a contract with a club and can become professional footballers.
D. David Beckham made the red Number 7 shirt famous throughout the world.
7. In which of the following sentences “take off” has the same meaning as in the second paragraph
A. When I got to the airport, the plane had taken off.
B. He took off his coat and went to bed as soon as he got home.
C. When he saw the police coming he took off in the opposite direction.
D. Sales of home computers have taken off in recent years.
8. The whole passage mainly tells us _______ .
A. Football is a good career choice.
B. It is easy to have a successful career in football.
C. It is difficult to have a successful career in football.
D. Not all persons have the same happy ending as David Beckham as footballers.
9. The job of a football scout is to ______.
A. train young footballers B take care of the football field.
C. search for talented young players D choose the team
ⅡRead the passage on Page 143 and fill in the blanks with less than three words.
The personal statement section of an applicant form
The main contents in the personal statement Dos for writing the personal statement Don’ts for writing the personal statement
the reasons why you ① 　the job.your career goals.　②　showing you will be successful in the job.　　③　　your applying for the job. 　④ 　on what the company or organization does and on what the job or course will involve.show your ability to be successful by giving your　　⑤ be honest and modest, and show　⑥　the form should be　⑦　to read.should be　　⑧　　, and give the employer some fresh ideas and appealing information. don’t　 ⑨　.don’t send an application form with mistakes.avoiding　⑩　.
Ⅲ. Master the following language points.
1. One of the students gets in touch with a careers-adviser.
He keeps in touch with me by writing now and then.
They have remained/kept/stayed/been in touch with each other for 20 years.
The net brings us into touch with the things which are happening in the other parts of the world.
He lost touch with his family during the war.
I have been out of touch with my former teacher for 20 years.
2．dreamt of becoming a leading scientist.
She dreamt a terrible dream. He dreamed that he saw his dead father.
We never dreamed him to be a cheat.
3． Hughes scored two goals before half-time.
She scored 120 in the IQ test. Who is going to score
The final score was 4 to 3.
In his class scores of students have three score and ten books.
4．He adores the cinema/going to the cinema.
Every time he plays football he is watched by thousands of adoring Becks fans all over the world.
The little girl was adorable.
5…but it is not just what they do with their feel counts.
Many countries have set up programmes to encourage and develop young footballers, and this is where the clubs go to assess athletes and find stars of the future.
When they spot young people with talent, they invite them to train with the club.
6． He should have several years of experience and be up to date with modern men’s haircut styles. My passport is out of date.
7．Assist (sb) in/with sth. Assist sb in doing sth.
The deputy principal assists with many of the duties of the principals.
You will be required to assist Mrs Smith in preparing a report.
8．I can’t avoid meeting him.
This could be in a general way, which is often called a personal statement, or is a response to a specific question.
Group work teaches us to be patient and how to respond to different personalities.
9. You have to convince the reader that you understand what the company or organization does.
How can I convince you of his honesty
10. What convinced you to vote for them
11. hold back (from sth) 退缩，踌躇，犹豫 hold sb/sth back 阻止，控制，阻碍， 抑制 hold sth back 扣住， 隐瞒
She held back, not knowing how to break the terrible news.
She held back from telling him what she thought of him.
Jim was able to hold back his anger and avoid fights.
You must tell us the whole story: don’t hold anything back.
What is holding him back is the possibility that the business might not be successful.
12. apply for a job, post, passport, visa.
Our company should apply to the publishers for permission to reprint an extract. (请求准予转印节录)
12．She was very tired, nevertheless she kept on working.
13. send off 寄出；发出；派遣；解雇；给……送行
You fill in both parts of the form, then send it off. 你把表格的两部分都填好,然后寄出。
和send 有关的常见词组：send away 发送掉；解雇 send back 退还，送还
send for 派人去请；召唤 send forth发出；放出（光、热等）
send out 发送出，派遣；放出，散发出 send up发射；长出
send的用法：
1) send sb. sth.= send sth. to sb.把某物送给或寄给某人，可以主语派人送，也可以亲自送
Did they send any message by you 他们托你给我捎了什么信儿了吗？
Can you send me the bill before the end of the month 你能在月底以前把帐单给我送来吗
2) send for sb./ sth. 派人去叫某人，派人去拿某物
Now please send for a taxi. 现在请派人叫出租车来。
Please keep these things until I send for them. 请替我保管这些东西，等我派人来取。
3) send sb./ sth. to运输某人/某物去（某处），派某人去某地
They send their product to Beijing for sale. 他们把产品运往北京销售。
We will send him to America for further study. 我们要送他去美国深造。
4) send sb. to do 派某人去做（某事）
We’ll send someone to fetch it. 我们将派人去取。
They will send him to work in the countryside. 他们将派他去农村工作。
5) send sb. doing 使某人做某事(cause sb. to do)
Mind how you go---- you nearly sent me flying. 小心点，你差点把我撞倒。
They killed 38 enemies and sent the rest fleeing. 他们打死38个敌人，其余的都逃窜了
Ⅳ. Choose the best answer.
1. The boy ____Manchester United. He watches every match they play.
A. adores B fans C hates D plays
2. Youth trainee footballers are not paid very much , ___they may be stars of the future. A. on the other hand B even though C so that D in addition
3. Practise by writing a ____before you fill out the application form so that you don’t make any mistakes. A. page B draft C letter D line
4. Hong Kong was so busy over the Spring Festival that all the hotel accommodation was full. She phoned several hotels but none of them had a _____room.
A. cheap B nice C separate D vacant
5. ____being talented, he was not good enough to play for a top club.
A. Despite B Even though C In addition to D Apart from
6. A___ prepares documents, a ___cuts hair , and a __cooks food.
A receptionist, barber, greengrocer B typist, barber, chef
C. typist, receptionist, chef D receptionist, trainee, chef
7. It is not what you say but what you do that ______.
A. influence B important C counts D take effect
8. They didn’t care about the use that they can _____the computer.
A. make for B make up C make of D make from
9. A team of nurses ____the doctor in performing the operation.
A. helped B supported C assisted D assured
10. I’d like to go back to the teaching but I ____with my subject now.
A am in touch B keep in touch C. get in touch D am out of touch
11. We’ve applied ____the council ___a home improvement grant.
A. to/for B for/to C to/on D for/for
12. When the micro market really ___, the Japanese will once again its principal competitors. A. takes out B. takes off C takes in D. make it
13. ——Why was the road crowded ——The traffic was _____by a car accident.
A. held back B held out C held on D held up
14. Her mother does not ___of her going to study in Britain alone.
A. allow B agree B permit D approve
15. He ___a pop star to come and sing at the concert for free, which was turned down by the pop star. A. persuaded B convinced C advised D suggested
16. After a long walk, Mary’s legs ___ and she couldn’t run any further.
A. gave out B broke out C tired out D stuck out
17. The annual income of school teachers in this place was ___at $ 900.
A. assessed B calculated C counted D adored
18. The weather of a country should be measured in terms of the health and happiness of its people _____the material goods it can produce.
A. but also B rather than C as long as D as well as
PAGE
1Unit 12 Education

Teaching aims and demands:
1. Get the Ss to read the two passages and make them know about education in China and other countries.
2. Let them to know some study methods and learning styles.
3. Grasp some important words, phrases and sentences in this unit.
load, compulsory, commitment, to begin with, drop out of, result in, donate, alongside, suit, take in, distribute, tendency, evident, concentrate, attach……to

Period 1 Reading
Step I lead in
T: What do you know about education in China How about in USA
Compare the differences and similarity among class size, method of teaching, homework, exams and so on. Today we are going to know more information about worldwide education like achievements, progress and problems.
Step 2 Fast-reading How many countries are mentioned in the text China, USA, Australia, Turks and Calicos Islands
Step 3Careful- reading
Find out the problems in the above countries.
a. people in rural area are unwilling to accept education ( in para C)
b. shortages of teachers. (para D)
c. different class size. (para D)
d. the population is spread out (para D)
e. being shortage of money. (Para E)
f. How to make every student receive the same quality of teaching.
2.According to the passage, which countries use the following methods to help them provide education
Method Countries
Distance learning (1)
Mixed-grade classes (2)
Money from international organisations (3)
Money from local organisations (4)

Answers: (1) China, USA, Australia,
(2) Turks and Calicos and Island
(3) Some developing countries
(4) China
Step 4. Structure Ask the students to do Exx1 on page 104.
The suggested answers are :GFADCEB
Step 5. record after teaching


Period 2 How We Learn

Step 1:Revision (T/F)
1. It is reported that 99% of children in China attend primary school by 2000.
2. There are 113 million children not in school today.
3. Children who live in farms do not like to attend school.
4. Class sizes are bigger in city schools than in rural schools.
5. American and Chinese children have adopted distance learning methods
6. By 2015 every child in the world will receive nine years of compulsory education.
Step 2 Lead in
T: We have 7 subjects. So we are learning many things every day in different ways. What study tips do you use to study the subjects
Eg. Organize a study schedule to include frequent breaks.
Take part in class discussion and debates.
Write about the things you have to learn.
………(P107)
Step 3 Fast reading
Q1: How many basic styles of learning are mentioned in the text ( In Para 2)
Learning through seeing, learning through listening, learning through doing.
Q2: What should teachers do to suit different learning styles ( Para 6)
a. learning various ways of learning
b. select a variety of activities to suit their students’ different learning styles.
Step 4 Careful reading
How to explain the above three styles ( Para 3-5)
Step 5 record after teaching.
Period 3 Language points
1. attach-----attachment
① attach sth to sth 把……固定，把……附在……上面, 联系起来
eg, I have attached a number of conditions to the agreement.
A good ad often uses words to which people attach positive meanings.
② attach important/ significance/value/weight to sth 认为…有重要性、意义、价值、分量等。
Eg, I attach great importance to his research.
③ attach oneself to 依附，参与
eg, He attached himself to the Communist Party.
④ be attached to 属于
2. to begin with: first of all/above all/in the first place/firstly/at first
begin with 由…开始
3. tendency n. 倾向，趋势 +to/towards sth
tend to do sth
eg, There is a growing tendency to work at home instead of in office
People tend to go to bed earlier during the winter.
4. drop out 弃权，不参加
drop out of 退出，辍学
eg, Three of the runners dropped out
Smith has dropped out of the football team]
He was unlucky and dropped out of the school when he was young.
drop in on sb, drop out
drop in at sp, drop off 走掉
drop by 随便访问
drop down 倒下，风停
eg, Attendance at football matches have _____ since the coming of television
A. dropped in B. dropped off C. dropped out D. dropped down
5.be willing to do sth be unwilling to do sth
6. distribute distribution 散发，分配，分发。
Eg, The teacher distribute books to the students.
They distributed the lands among the peasants.
7. result in 导致/产生某种作用或结果
result from 由…造成，因…产生
lead to 导致，造成，引起
lie in/exist in 在于
His failure his laziness (lies in/results from)
His laziness his failure. (leads to /results in)
8. evident: obvious, 明确的，明白的，清楚的
evidence n.证据，物证
give evidence against/ for sb.提出对…不利/有利的证据
call sb in evidence 给某人做证
eg, It is evident that he has committed a crime.
9. concentrate on sb./sth : focus on 集中，全神贯注
be impressed in
be absorbed in
pay all attention to
eg, I cannot concentrate on my studies with all that nose going on.
10. donate vt. “捐赠” “ 赠送” donate sth to sb
eg, Last year he donated$1000 to cancer research.
11. select/choose/elect 辨析Unit 9 Health care
●语篇领悟
阅读本单元课文，完成下列各题：
§1.1 细枝末节
1.Thanks to______,Wang Lin was able to receive a treatment in time to prevent the disease from ruining his health.
A.his son in college
B.the insurance for his family
C.the health care project
D.the kindness of his family and neighbors
答案：C
2.According to the text,if Wang Lin had had______,the sickness wouldn’t have caused such a big problem.
A.a good job B.a high income
C.insurance D.a good doctor to consult
答案：C
3.What’s the aim of new health care project
A.Helping people get rid of poverty.
B.Exploring and developing a new health care model for China.
C.Letting sick people treated properly.
D.Providing medical insurance for the poor.
答案：D
4.In how many cities is the health project being treated
A.4. B.5. C.10. D.14.
答案：A
5.According to the United Nations AIDS agency’s report,how many people will be infected by AIDS in China by 2002 unless more is done to prevent the spread of the disease
A.9 million. B.10 million.
C.11 million. D.12 million.
答案：B
6.Who discovered penicillin
A.Howard Walter Florey. B.Alexander Fleming.
C.Paul Ehrlich. D.Earnst Boris Chain.
答案：B
7.It was not until______ that the importance of Fleming’s discovery was fully recognized
A.World WarⅠ B.World WarⅡ
C.1928 D.1929
答案：B
8.When did Fleming receive the Nobel Prize with the two other scientists
A.In 1914. B.In 1928. C.In 1929. D.In 1945.
答案：D
§1.2 主旨大意
9.The text“A Helping Hand”is mainly about______.
A.millions of Chinese people in urban areas can’t afford proper health care
B.the Chinese government is taking measures to prevent the spread of AIDS
C.a new health care project is being explored and developed in China
D.people must help each other if society is to develop and prosper
答案：C
§1.3 推理判断
10.From Paragraph 4 of the text“The Little Mould That Could”we can see that Fleming was all the following except______.
A.confident B.strong-willed
C.hard-working D.kind and warm-hearted
答案：DThe Fifth Period
The Predicative
Teaching Aims：
1．Review the Predicative to enable the students to understand it clearly．
2．Do plenty of exercises to enable the students to master it and use it freely．
Teaching Important Point：
How to choose the proper form of the Predicative in order to express what we want to say．
Teaching Difficult Point：
How to choose a proper predicate according to its subject．
Teaching Methods：
Discussion method to let the students have a clear understanding.
Pair work or group work to make every student engaged in all the activities in class．
Teaching Aids：
1．a computer 2．courseware
Teaching Procedures：
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual．
Step lI Grammar
．Look at the sentences and tell what member of the sentence each underlined part is．Meanwhile，pay attention to their functions and then translate them into Chinese．Discuss them in groups and write down the answers and anything you don’t understaned．
Discuss the sentences：
1．What nationality is he 2．That’s something we have always to keep in mind．
3．Tom is the first to learn about it．4．Diamonds are precious．
5．The film we saw last Sunday is moving and we were all greatly moved．
6．A11 we can do now is to send him an e-mail． 7．He has been away for two weeks．
8．Such an article is beyond the understanding of the students.
9．Our country is not what it used to be．
Step 3 Practice
Please look at the screen. Here are some exercises for you. Choose a suitable answer for each sentence and give as some reason if you can. Discuss it with your partner or in groups. In a few minutes, I’ll ask some students to give us their answers.
Step V Test
T：Now we shall have a test．Complete the sentences on the screen．Write your answers on a piece of paper and later we’11 check the answers．
Complete the following sentences.
Step VI Summary and Homework
Step ⅦThe Design of the Writing on the BlackboardUnit 2 Crossing Limits
Period 1 Warming up & Listening & Speaking
Step 1 lead in
ask the students some questions
Do you know what sport is the most fashionable, challenging and exciting in the world (F! cycle race,challenging limits,such as bungee jumping,boxing,exploring….)
There are a variety of explorations.Can you give some examples
(space explorations,ploar explorations,desert explorations,field explorations,voyage explorations…)
Step2 talk about the pictures in the SB
Zheng He, in the year between 1405 and 1433, seven large treasure fleets sailed westwards on voyages of trade and exploration. Under the command of Zheng He, the fleets set sail from the South China Sea across the Indian Ocean to the Red Sea, and then traveled further south, discovering the eastern coast of Africa.
He renewed relations with the Kingdoms of the East African coast.One African king sent the Ming emperor a royal present: two gifaffes.
James Cook (1728-1779) was the greatest Britain navigator. Cook enlisted in the Royal Navy in 1755. In 1768 he was promoted and sent to the Pacific where he surveyed Tahiti, New Zealand, and Australia. On his famous second expedition (1772-75) he explored Antarctica. In 1776 he undertook his third and final voyage in which he explored the West coast of North America and tried to locate a passage between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. On this voyage he discovered the Hawaiian Islands, and sailed up the coast of North America through the Bering Straits to the Arctic Ocean. On his return he was killed by Hawaiian islanders.
Italian-born explorer Christopher Columbus broke with tradition in 1492, sailing west in an attempt to find a shorter route to India and China. Columbus based his calculations for the journey on Biblical scripture, specifically the books of Esdras in the Apocrypha.
On August 3rd, 1492, Columbus departed from Palos de la Frontera, Spain, on the first of several voyages to what he later called the “New World.”
Abel ·Janszoon Tasman (1603 年- 1659) 是荷兰船员和探险家, 出生在Lutjegast, 一个村庄在Groningen 省, 最早知道为他的远航1642 年和1644 年, 在VOC (Dutch East India Company 的) 服务。他是第一欧洲远征达成范·Diemen 的Land (现在塔斯马尼亚岛) 并且新西兰海岛。他并且测绘了澳洲的坚固部份。
posssible answers: Q2,seven.They’re Asia,Afria,Europe,North America,South America,Oceania and Antarctica.
Q3,Winds and waves on the sea, losing their way,lack of food and drinking water,pirates,languages,communication devices and diseases…
Q4,explore,challenge,brave,luck,lackof,hardship,death,disease,success,failure , wealth,knowledge,technology,information, equip…
Describe the dangers and challenges by using the following
make a discovery, expedition, explore the unknown. do scientific research, map the coast, find a new landmass, hit a rock, meet with storm, fight against the natives, land , set out/sail for, by sea/radio/flag language
Step3 listening
Step4 speaking
Present opinion:
1.From my understanding,I fond it possible that--
2.IN my opinion,nobody has the right to----
3.For the sake of---, I believe ---
4.In respect for ---,we should ---
5.Everything has two sides, but I ---
6.By no means should we sacrifice people’s life in the name of science---
7.First,---Seecond,---Third,---
Step5 Language points
1.what sort of questions do you think the reporter …..
sorts of…各种各类的
a sort of…一种
eg: you can see sorts of fishes under the sea.
do you think 是插入语,放在特殊问句疑问词之后,其后的句子应用陈述语序.
eg: When do you think they will come back
2. What modern means can explorers …
means 方式,方法 (单复数同形)
make use of …
make good/full use of…
3. In which way will a human trip to …
be similar to….与…相似
eg: The gold is similar to brass in color.
4.In their work, scientists meet with……
meet with… ,come across…
come up with…, run into…遇到,碰上
Eg: While reading, you are sure to come across some new words.
make decisions about…. 对…作出决定
about which …在句中引导一带有介词的定语从句, 修饰先行词situations
5.When Captain James Cook landed in….
take possession of… 把…占为己有,占领,夺取
e.g. Don’t take possession of the wallet,though you picked it up in the street.
in the name of … 以… 名义,代表…
e.g. The police arrested him in the name of the law.
4..Instead of sending people, we can send robots equipped with….
instead of … 代替, 而不是
e.g. Instead of going to the museum, they finally decided to go to the park.
equipped with… “ 装备”, 过去分词短语作定语
equip… with…., be equipped with….
e.g. All the police are equipped with guns and bullets.
equipment n. 设备,配置
do observations for… 为… 去做观察
Period 2 and 3 reading
Step1 Scanning
Title Reaching Out Across the Ocean
Thesis sentence Many great explorers made expeditions across the Indian Ocean long before Columbus, among whom Zheng He was the most prominent.
Main idea(beforeZheng He) P2 China had contacts with countries along the Indian Ocean from the early time, and during ancient time explorers had begun to contact with each other.
Main idea(before Zheng He) P3 Between the Han and the early Tang Dynasty, Swahili kingdoms and the islands off the African coast developed into the world trade centre and attracted merchants from the world.
Main idea(before Zheng He) P4 During the Tang Dynasty, Du Huan, who traveled to many lands, wrote the book Record of My Travels.
P5 In the eleventh century, the Africans made several voyages to the court of the Song Dynasty.
Mainidea(afterZheng He) P6 By the beginning of the fifteenth century the time was ripe for a grand meeting.
P7 In the years between 1405 and 1433, under the command of Zheng He, seven large treasure fleets sailed westwards on voyages of trade and exploration.
Main idea(after Zheng He) P8 Zheng He renewed relations with the kingdoms of the East African coast.
P9 The fleet made several expeditions before the exploration was stopped.
Step2
Judge the following sentences True or False
1. The Europeans were the first Explorers to travel to other countries.
2. Accurate maps of the countries around the Indian Ocean were made before the fifteenth century.
3. In the years between 1405 and 1433 , Zheng He sailed westwards only on
voyages of exploration.
4 Zheng He invited African countries to send ambassadors to China.
Step3
Put the sentences in good order.
1.In the eleventh century, the Africans made several voyages to the court of the song dynasty.
2.Merchants from the Arabic countries began to travel to the Swahili kingdom and the islands off the African coast to trade with them.
3.People of the Han Dynasty exchanged silk for spices and glass with Indians and Romans by way of the Silk Road.
4. The Chinese traveller, Du Huan, wandered
Through Arabic countries for about 10 years.
5.Christopher Columbus and other European explorers searched for routes to Asia.
6. Zheng He made seven voyages and discovered the eastern coast of Africa.
Step4 Language points
1. reach reach out reach for
Please reach me that book.
Not a single word reached my ears.
He reached out his hand for the knife , but it was too far away.
We must reach out to those in need.
Jim reached for a gun but he was stopped.
2.puzzle
What puzzles me is why they didn't show up.
He looked a little puzzled.
We finally puzzled out the meaning of the poem
Her decision was a puzzle to him
I'm in a puzzle as to how to cope with the new situations.
3. search search for search --- for in search of
The police searched the prisoner to see if he had a gun.
I searched shop after shop for my sister’sbirthday present.
The parents searched for their lost boy here and there , but they didn’t find him.
I will make a search for your book.
I looked everywhere in search of my glasses.
4. long before before long(= soon )
There was a lively market long before.
Before long you will understand what I
said is good for you.
I had waited him long before he came.
It won’t be long before you see him again.
It was long before they escaped from the
cruel prison.
5. find one’s way
feel /make / fight /push one’s way
I hope you can find the way home.
She couldn’t find the way out of the building.
The soldiers fought their way through thefierce enemies.
6.exchange exchange---for in exchange for
I’d like to exchange five apples for five eggs.
Mary exchanged her seat with Ann.
He is giving her French lessons in exchange
for his English lessons
7. an island off the coast of the southeast
Keep off the grassland !
cut a piece off the loaf
The ship was brown off its course.
8.wander ( 常与about /in/ through连用)
The children wandered in the woods.
The river wanders through beautiful country.
They wandered up and down the road aimlessly.
His mind wandered back to his college life.
9. command
The officer commanded his men to fire.
He commanded that everyone make the
best of the chance of senior three.
The army is under the command of general Washington.
Bill is in command of the fleet.
10.volunteern.[C]1. 自愿参加者,志愿者[(+for)][(+to-v)]
The volunteers for community service are doing a good job.
社区服务的志愿者做得很出色。
2. 志愿兵,义勇兵
Many Australians fought as volunteers on the Allied side.
许多澳大利亚人作为志愿兵与盟军一起战斗。
vt. 1. 自愿(做)[(+to-v)]
They volunteered to repair the house for the old lady. 他们主动提出替老太太修缮房子。
2. 自愿提供,自愿给予
She volunteered the information. 她自动提供了这一消息。
vi. 1. 自愿;自愿服务[(+for)]
He volunteered for the hard and unprofitable job. 他自愿做这苦差使。
2. 自愿当兵[(+for)]
When the war broke out, he volunteered for the Marine Corps.
战争爆发时,他自愿参加了海军陆战队。
11.suggest vt.1. 建议,提议[+v-ing][+(that虚拟)][+wh-]
I suggest our going to the park on Sunday.
我建议我们星期天去公园。
The dentist suggested that she (should) come another day. 牙医建议她改天再来。
2. 暗示;启发[+(that陈述)]
Her expression suggested pleasure./that she was pleased. 她面露喜色。
3. 使人想起,使人联想到[(+to)]
That cloud suggests a boat to me. 那朵云使我联想到船。
12.accomplish vt. 1. 完成,实现,达到
They didn't accomplish the purpose desired.
他们没有达到预期的目的。
They have accomplished their mission successfully. 他们成功地完成了任务。
2. 走完,度过
She has accomplished 95 years of her life. 她已达九十五高龄。
The journey was accomplished in five weeks.
花了五个礼拜走完全部旅程。
13refer to1. 查阅，参阅
A person refers to a dictionary to find the meaning of the words.
2. 指……而言，指的是
I knew the lady was referring to Bill when she spoke of a bright young boy.
3. 把……称作(as)
Don’t refer to your sister as a silly cow!
refer…to 1. 指导；让……找
Our teacher refers us to many good books.
If he needs any further information, refer him to me.
2. 归功于；归咎于
He referred his success to the good teaching he’s had.
14.arise (arose, arisen) vi.
1. 升起,上升 A heavy mist arose from the lake. 湖面起了浓雾。
2. 产生,出现,形成[(+from/out of)]
Unexpected difficulties arose in the course of their experiment.
在他们进行实验的过程中,出现了意想不到的困难。
Between the copartners serious disagreements arose. 合伙人之间产生了严重分歧。
Period 4
Step1Scanning
Title Going High: the Pioneers of the Third Pole
P1 By the middle of 1920s, Mount Qomolangma remained to be greatest challenge for human beings.
P2 Climbing Mount Qomolangma was dangerous and it seemed almost impossible because of its extreme conditions.
P3 Sherpas prove to be the ideal guide since the first attempt.
P4 Though several attempt failed in 1920s, Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay made their first successful attempt to the summit in 1953.
P5 After the first successful attempt to conquer Mount Qomolangma, it remains man’s great challenges until now.
P6 The Chinese successfully reached the summit of it in 1960.
P7 Over the past 40 years, other 29 Chinese reached the summit for scientific research or sport.
Step2 answer the questions in the SB
Step3 Language points
1.apart from
Apart from Beijing,they have visited Tianjing,Nanjing,Jinan and Qingdao.
2.adjust to
The foreignners have adjusted to life in Beijing.
3.act as
In the drama,she act as a sleeping beauty.
4. rely on
The success of the project relies on the efforts of all the engineers,
5.refer …to… =think of ..as…
Wa all refer to Mr Qin as a good teacher .
6.run out of
They were out of breath as their strength ran out.
7.be praised as =be honored as
The athletes who won medals in the Olympics are praised as national heroes.The Fourth Period
Teaching Aims：
1. Learn and master the following words and phrases:
Suggest, accomplish, apart, from, sickness, unable，sacred，refer to，run out，arise，evidence
2．Revise the language points and grammar--the Predicate in this unit．
3．Train the students’integrating skills，esp．the writing skill．
Teaching Important Points：
1．Improve the students’integrating skills．
2．Help the students write a persuasive essay．
Teaching Difficult Points：
1．How to help the students understand the passage better．
2．How to help the students learn to write a persuasive essay．
Teaching Methods：
1．Doing exercises to revise what they’ve learnt before．
2．Asking-and-answering activity to go through the reading passage．
3．Discussion to help the students understand the passage better．
4．Individual．pair or group work to make every student take part in the activities in class．
Teaching Aids：
1．the multimedia
2．a tape recorder
3．the blackboard
Teaching Procedures：
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual．
Step Ⅱ Revision
T: Yesterday we reviewed the Predicate．Now，let’s do an exercise to see if you’ve mastered it well enough．Look at the screen．
(Teacher shows the following on the screen．)
Fill in the blanks with the proper form of the verbs in brackets．
l. Henry Stanley________(be) born in Wales and later ____(become)American journalist．
2．He helped to search for Dr Livingstone in Africa who ____(miss) for some years．
3．As Livingstone_______(be) already very famous，any news about him _________(get)the public attention.
4．The bell______(ring) for a minute before the class began．
5．Hardly ________ I ____________ (get) into the room when it____(start) to rain.
6．By the end of this month, they _______(complete)the road construction.
7．As soon as I ____(hear) from him, I’ll let you know．
8．John told Mary that he _____(ask) what he was doing during the holidays．
9．Tom，you are so lazy，this job ________(finish) hours before．
10．Somebody knocked at the door while I___(do) some reading.
(Teacher asks the student to do them in 5 minutes．After that，check the answers with the whole class．)
Suggested answers：
1．was; became
2．had been missing
3．was；got
4．had been ringing
5．Had; got started
6．will have completed
7．hear
8．had been asked
9．should have been finished
10．was doing
T：OK，let’s do another exercises, please look at the useful expressions on the screen，and then choose the right phrases to complete the sentences below.
(Teacher shows the following on the screen)
take possession of，in the name of，be rich in，be equipped with，risk one’s life，in exchange for，run out(of)，apart from，in return，set sail
1．We _________ typing paper．
2．He decided to _________for Qingdao last night．
3．Every classroom__________ modern teaching equipment in our sch001．
4．He is giving her English lessons ______________Chinese lessons．
5．The area _______________a lot of coal．
6．We must______________ the enemy strong hold before dark．
7. ____________ watching TV, he doesn’t have any hobby．
8．Her hard work got her raised________________ ．
9．He____________ to try to put out the fire，but he failed．
10．1 welcome you to our school ___________ our headmaster．
(A moment later，teacher checks the answers with the whole class．)
Suggested answers：
1．have run out of
2．set sail
3．is equipped with
4．in exchange for
5．is rich in
6．take possession of
7．Apart from
8．in return
9．risked his lire
10．in the name of
T：Well done．So much for revision．
StepⅢ Preparation for Reading
T：In the last periods。we’ve talked more about exploring the world．Have you remembered which words and expressions help us describe the exploration
Ss：discover，explore，set sail，puzzle
T：Very good．When we referred to exploration, we talked about some explorers. Today we’ll learn something about the most challenging exploration in the world，that is，conquering the highest mountain on earth Mount Qomolangma．Before we read the passage，we’II learn
the new words in the text．
(Teacher deals with the new words as usual．)
Step IV Reading
T：0K．Open your books at Page 16．First let’s read the title together．Going high：The Pioneers of the Third Pole． Looking at the title，don’t you have any curiosity about the passage Now I have questions for you．Look at the screen please．Do it as quickly as you can and write your answers on a piece of paper．After several minutes，I’ll check your answers．
(Teacher shows the questions on the screen．)
l．What does“the third Pole’’refer to in the text Why does the writer call it the third Pole
2．Who are the pioneers of the third Pole
3．Why is it difficult to climb Mount Qomolangma
4．Why were the Sherpas regarded as ideal companions on the mountain
5．Who was the first to reach the top ；
6．Why does the author think climbing Mount Qomolangma remains one of man’s greatest challenges
7．Did the Chinese team ever reach the summit of the mountain How do you know
(About ten minutes later，teacher checks the answers．)
Suggested answers：
1．“The third Pole”refers to Mount Qomolangma．The mountain was called the third Pole because exploring it is as tough and risky job as reaching the North and South Poles.
2. They are people from all over the world who have reached the summit of the mountain.
3．Possibly because of the great height，the cold thin air。low oxygen and
levels．Strength and skill are also needed．
4．Sherpa’s strength，skill，honesty and dedication made them ideal companions．
5．The New Zealander Edmund Hillary and the Sherpa Tenzing Norgay．
6．Because climbing Mount Qomolangma is a great personal achievement like winning in the Olympic Games．
7．Yes．They left behind an iron container with our national flag and a portrait of Chairman Mao Zedong on the summit．
T：Now，look at the screen again．I’ll explain some expressions to you so that you can use them freely．
(Teacher shows the following on the screen．)
1.．apart from
e．g．Apart from Beijing，they have visited Tianjin，Nanjing，Jinan and；
Qingdao．
2．adjust to
e．g．The foreigners have adjusted to life in Beijing．
3．act as
e．g．In the drama，she acted as a sleeping beauty．
4．rely on(=depend on)
e．g．The success of the project relies on the efforts of all the engineers．
5．refer to…as…(=think of…as…)
e．g．We aIl refer to Mr Qin as a good teacher．
6．run out(of)
e．g．They were out of breath as their strength ran out．
7．be praised as(=be honored as)
e．g．The athletes who won medals in the Olympics are praised as national heroes．
(Bb: apart form, adjust to, act as, rely on, refer to …..as….., run out, be praised as)
T：Do you have anything else you don’t understand If you have any, please tell me．I’11 be glad to explain them to you．
(Teacher answers the question raised by the students．)
T：OK．You’ve understood the passage better．Now please read the passage again and then finishEx.2 on Page 17．I allow you 5 minutes to do it. Then I’ll check the answers.
T: (A few minutes later.) Have you finished it
Ss: Yes.
(Teacher begins to check the anwers)
Suggested answers:
Going to Qomolangma was like going to the moon: Going to Qomolangma was extremely difficult and dangerous, just like going to the moon. The death zone: when you go above about 5200 meters, you’re entering the death area/limits, people can hardly survive at the height.
They had no idea what they were up against: They didn’t know what difficulties they were facing with.
English air: oxygen in the bottles the British expeditions brought with them.
StepⅤ Listening and Reading
T: Next, let’s listen to the tape, when I play for the first time, just listen to it. When I play for the second time, please listen and repeat. Then read the passage aloud. Is that clear
Ss: Yes.
(Teacher plays the tape for the students to listen to. Then the students read the passage)
StepⅥ: Now, turn to page 18. it’s time for us to do some writing practice. Today we’ll learn to write a persuasive essay. Before writing, please read the requirement of the writing．
(Students begin to read it．)
T：(After a short while．)0K．Now please discuss how to finish the essay in groups of four．Then write your essay on a piece of paper．Clear
Ss：Yeah．
T：0K．Go ahead．
(If time is limited。teacher may ask students to finish the task after class．)
StepⅧ Summary and Homework
T：In this class。we’ve reviewed the useful expressions and the important grammar item——the Predicate by doing some exercises．And we’we also learnt a passage about exploring the third Pole—Mount Qomolangma．Meanwhile we’ve learnt some useful phrases．After class，you should review all the 1anguage points learnt in this unit．At the end，we’ve leant how to write a persuasive essay．If you haven’t finished writing it，please go on with it after class．Well，so much for today．Class is over．
StepⅧThe Design of the Writing on the B1ackboard
Unit 2 Crossing limits
The Fourth Period
Useful expressions：
apart from adjust to
act as rely on
refer to…as… run out
be praised as
Step IX Record after Teaching
____________________________
____________________________
_____________________________The First Period
Teaching Aims：
1．Learn and master some new words for names of places．
2．Do some listening．
3. Do some speaking to practice expressing prohibitions and warnings.
Teaching Important Points：
1．Improve the students’listening ability．
2．Master the important phrases and expressions．
3．Make the students be free to talk about the favourite places，give reasons for their decision and make some dialogues．
Teaching Difficult Points：
1．How to finish the task of speaking．
2．How to make dialogues correctly．
Teaching Methods：
1．Warming up to arouse the students’interest in visiting Australia．
2．Listening activity to help students go the through the listening material．
3．Making simple dialogues to practise the students’speaking ability．
4．Individual，pair work or group work to make every student work in class．
Teaching Aids：
1．a computer and courseware
2．a tape recorder
Teaching Procedures：
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual．
Step II Free Talk and Lead—in
s stand for six states of Australia and the seventh for the territories．
StepⅢ Warming up
Pleaselook atthemap ofAustraliain your textbooks．It shows six states and two territories，and some famous cities．such as Sydney，Canberra，and Melbourne．We can also see the Great Barrier Reef．Please read the new words after the recorder first，and then try to remember them．
(Teacher gives students a few minutes to prepare．Tken teacher checks them．)
Step V Speaking
Step VI Summary and Homework
T：Today we’ve done some listening and speaking，and known much knowledge about Australia．Now we all know in Australia there are six states and two territories。some famous cities(…)animals and places of interest to visit．And we’ve talked about where to travel in Australia，what to need to carry and how to keep us safe．I'm sure you are willing to go to Australia if you have a chance．I believe your dream will come true one day． StepⅦThe Design of the Writing on theUnit 16 Finding Jobs
Ｉ． 单元教学目标
技能目标Skill Goals▲Discuss jobs and career plans▲Talk about likes and dislikes, wishes and expectations▲Integrative language practice▲Write a personal statement
II． 目标语言
功能句式 Talking about likes and dislikes, wishes and expectationsI’m good at ... because ...I’m not very good at ... because ...I’m interested in ...I most enjoy ... because ...I expect to be ...
词 汇 1． 四会词汇barber, chef, accountant, adviser, typist, receptionist, greengrocer, astronaut, adore, vacant, outstanding, assess, salary, occupation, amateur, instant, flexible, shortly, nevertheless, drawback, applicant, personnel, accommodation, addition, qualification, modest, arithmetic, paperwork, punctual, tournament, draft2． 认读词汇Diana, Old Trafford, trainee, devil, pitch, scout, maintenance, competitive, Gerry Archer, significant3． 词组in touch with, up to date, hold back, send off4． 重点词汇adviser, adore, outstanding, occupation, salary, instant
重 点 句 式 1. David’s career took off almost immediately when he was part of the Manchester United’s Youth Team that won the FA Youth Cup in 1992, and he was chosen to play for the Red Devils’ senior team in the same year. P1382. Many countries have set up programmes to encourage and develop young footballers, and this is where the clubs go to assess athletes and find stars of the future. P139 3. From this point on the success of their career and how much they earn depends on their performance and how many matches their team wins. P1394. You need to convince the reader that you understand what the company or organization does, and what the job or course will involve. P1435. Then show that you have the ability to be successful by giving evidence of how your interests, qualifications or experience prove that you have the necessary skills. P143
III． 教材分析与教材重组
1. 教材分析
本单元以Finding jobs为话题，旨在通过单元教学，使学生正确认识自我并懂得要想成就一项事业，实现人生理想，需要付出不懈的努力；能灵活运用所学知识描述社会上的不同职业，描述自己的特长以及未来的职业理想；能根据一些建议和要求，表达自己的优势，阐述求职理由，并能写出一封成功的求职信。
1.1 WARMING UP 提供了四幅有关理发师、餐厅服务员、厨师和会计工作场景的图片，让学生运用已有的知识和经验，想象并描述他们的日常工作内容、职责和义务并以全班讨论的形式，发表自己的观点。
1.2 LISTENING是三位学生谈论有关择业问题的听力材料。要求学生听前以小组合作方式预测听力内容。
1.3 SPEAKING提供了职业顾问的部分调查问卷，要求学生以小组合作形式，谈论自己的喜好、不足之处，并就课本所供几种工作类型进行讨论，从而让学生客观地认识自我，并训练自己的表达能力。
1.4 PRE-READING部分要求学生首先通过阅读标题来预测文章内容，而后通过阅读每段首句和结论部分归纳全文中心思想、揣摩作者观点。
1.5 READING是一篇夹叙夹议的文章。通过贝克汉姆的事例讲述了英国职业足球运动员的艰辛以及来之不易的成功。
1.6 POST-READING第一个训练题要求学生从文中找出相关信息完成表格中内容；第二题要求学生利用文中信息比较足球职业与其它职业的不同之处；第三题要求学生从文章的字里行间读懂作者的弦外之音，推断作者的写作意图。
1.7 LANGUAGE PRACTICE 共三部分且均为主观题。第一部分要求学生对一篇关于网上办公的文章先就其中的语言错误进行更正，进而讨论Teleworking这种工作的缺陷。第二部分要求学生运用所学词汇描述不同职业、身份的人的特征。第三部分要求学生先对三种职业招聘广告展开讨论，然后选择自己喜欢的职业并陈述自己的观点和理由，最后要求学生列出在假定情景下求职面试时可能提出的问题、对这些问题的应对措施，并以pariwork的形式表现该场景。
1.8 INTEGRATING SKILLS要求学生完成两个任务：1. 列举写求职申请应注意的事项；比较说明两封求职信中那一封效果会更好；2. 要求学生根据自己的职业理想并结合文章首段中所列问题写一份求职申请。
2. 教材重组
2.1可将WARMING UP，SPEAKING和Workbook中的 READING AND SPEAKING整合在一起，设计成一节任务型“口语课”。
2.2 可将课本LISTENING 和Workbook中的LISTENING整合在一起，设计成一节“听力课”。
2.3 可将PRE-READING, READING和POST-READING三个活动整合成一节“精读课”。
2.4 可将LANGUAGE PRACTICE 与Workbook中PRACTISING部分的语法练习题整合在一起上一节“语法课”。
2.5 可将INTEGRATING SKILLS 中Reading 和Workbook中Reading、Cloze Test整合为一节“泛读课”。
2.6 可将INTEGRATING SKILLS 中的Writing和Workbook中的Translating 和Writing部分整合成一节“写作课”。
3. 课型设计与课时分配（经教材分析，根据学情，本单元可以用六课时教完。）
1st Period Speaking
2nd Period Listening
3rd Period Reading
4th Period Language Study
5th Period Extensive Reading
6th Period Writing
IV. 分课时教案
The First Period Speaking
Teaching goals 教学目标
1. Target language 目标语言
a. 重点词汇和短语
barber, chef, accountant, a careers adviser, typist, receptionist, greengrocer, astronaut
b. 交际用语
Talking about likes and dislikes, wishes and expectations
I’m good at ... because ...
I’m not very good at ... because ...
I’m interested in ...
I most enjoy ... because ...
I expect to be ...
I would like to ...
I suggest that ...
2. Ability goals 能力目标
Enable the students to talk about different jobs and their own career plans with the target language.
3. Learning ability goals 学能目标
Help the students learn how to express their likes and dislikes, wishes and expectations.
Teaching important points 教学重点
Enable the students to talk about different jobs and their own career plans.
Teaching difficult points 教学难点
How to describe the duties and responsibilities of different jobs and their future career plans.
Teaching methods 教学方法
Individual work;
Discussion.
Teaching aids 教具准备
1. A computer.
2. A projector.
Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式
Step I Revision
Ask the students to check their writings with each other.
T: Good morning / afternoon, boys and girls! Please check your writings with each other first.
Step II Warming up
Ask the students to talk about the pictures then discuss the two questions on Page 136.
T: Look at the first four pictures on Page 136 please. Work in pairs and talk about the four different jobs, including their duties and responsibilities.
Sample dialogues:
S1: The barbers are busy cutting hair for their customers. As barbers, in my opinion, they should have friendly personalities and fashionable oppearances. What’s more, they should have good cutting skills and are always ready to design various haircut styles. Only in this way can they satisfy the different customers.
S2: Yes. Please look at Picture 2. A waitress is standing by the table waiting for the guests politely and we can see that she is making an obeisance by crossing one hand with the other before her chest. It’s important for her to keep a smile and be attentive in order to offer good service to the customers. S3: I agree. In the third picture the chef in the kitchen is showing up the dishes newly prepared by him with great satisfaction. In order to make every customer have a good appetite in his restaurant, he has to be smart and creative enough to make clean and delicious food.
Can you imagine the scene when a customer sees a fly in the soup
S4: Aha, I see. Well, the accountant in the last picture is busy keeping accounts. She has to be very careful and honest in performing her official duties. She should be responsible for the financial affairs in the work unit and it’s her duty to always keep her hands clean.
Offer some help as follows, if necessary.
T: Well, from these pictures we can see that every day different people are doing different jobs and people in different fields have their own duties and responsibilities. Thanks to the hard work of people from all walks of life, our society has been making progress so rapidly. Do you agree Well, can you think of any other jobs besides these
Ask the students to answer the other three questions on Page 136.
T: OK, Let’s go on with some other questions of this part. You may talk with your partners first before we have a check five minutes later.
S1: I know many other jobs such as teacher, doctor, nurse, manager, shop assistant, operator, driver, and so on. I would like to be a teacher when I grow up. I’m determined to devote myself to the basic education of our country and try to train as many teenagers for professionals as I can. If necessary, I’ll be glad to go to the mountainous areas to help the poor students there. I don’t know the exact number of jobs in the world and I guess there may be several thousands jobs altogether in the world.
S2: Besides the jobs mentioned above, I also know some other jobs like engineer, conductor, professor, inventor, judge, adventurer, traveler, businessman, bookseller, scientist, captain. I would like to become an adventurer who leads a dangerous but exciting life and can travel around to see the world and make great discoveries for human beings. I guess maybe there are more than 10,000 different jobs in the world.
S3: As far as I know there are many other jobs such as farmer, worker, doorkeeper, soldier, officer, guard, guide, film director, actor, actress, street cleaner, bank clerk and so on. I have always been dreaming of being an army officer like my father serving in the air force in Beijing. I hope one day I can also fly a plane in the blue sky wearing uniforms and do some research for the military purposes. In my imagination, there are maybe thousands of different jobs in the world.
S4: There are many other jobs like instructor, writer, lawyer, detective, politician, musician, dancer, receptionist, moneylender, gymnasts, athlete, trainer, coach, policeman, postman. In the future I would like to become a great film director like Steven Spieberg who has created a lot of great works for us film fans. As to the last question, I think there are so many different jobs in the world that the total number may reach up to 20,000.
T: Very good!I am glad to see that all of you have great ambitions and I sincerely hope one day your dreams will come true through your hard work. As for the last question, experts believe that there are about 40,000 different types of jobs in the world. So choosing the right one is a difficult job in itself.
Step III Speaking
T: Next, please look at part of the questionnaire the careers adviser gave James on Page 137. I’d like you to answer the questions and then discuss the answers with your partners.
Show the slides of the questions and then get the students to work in pairs.
T: Now, who’d like to begin the talk Try to use the useful expressions in this lesson, please.
S1: Let me try. I’m good at Chinese painting, handwriting, folk music because I love Chinese culture and have been making progress with the help of my teacher Mr. Lu. I’m also good at playing football and table tennis because I practise them almost every day and “Practice makes perfect.” I’m not good at housework such as cooking dishes, washing clothes, cleaning the windows, sweeping the floors and dealing with waste because my parents always do everything for me and I have no chance to do it myself. I most enjoy surfing on the Internet because I can get a great deal of information from it and can make many friends by chatting on the QQ! I expect to be operating my own company and making a lot of money in five years’ time. From answering these questions I have learnt more about myself. I think I have to work hard because there are still many things for me to learn in order to achieve my ambition. My partner introduces many jobs to me such as chef, waiter, receptionist, shop assistant, travel guide and so on. I’m only interested in the job of the receptionist listed below. If I can’t start my own company, maybe I’ll try.
S2: I’m good at playing the piano, the guitar and the violin because when I was very young, I began to learn it from my uncle, a music professor in Beijing. I’m also good at singing and dancing because they have something to do with music. I’m not good at communicating with others such as chatting online, discussing questions, giving advice, speaking in public and offering help to others because I always feel timid and ashamed when talking with others especially those of the opposite sex. I most enjoy staying alone in my room and doing whatever I like without being disturbed by the outside world. I expect to be designing fashionable dresses for some pop stars in five years. From the above questions I come to realize that I have to be more cheerful and open-minded in order to make my dream come true in society. My partner suggests that I can work as a worker, barber, typist, zookeeper or the Mother superior. I’m not interested in doing any of the listed jobs at all and I’m determined to be a designer in the near future.
S3: I’m good at persuading others such as making comments and giving suggestions because I think I have a gift for logical reasoning which can easily talk people into doing whatever they should. I’m also good at playing cards, chess and video games because I often play against my brother in my spare time and I’ve learnt a lot from him. I’m not very good at speaking and writing English because I often have difficulty spelling some words and I don’t have a good knowledge of grammar. I’m not good at singing or dancing because I have a bad voice and a terrible sense of music. I’m not very good at cooking dishes because I’m not patient enough to prepare various food. I enjoy sleeping at weekends because as a senior three student, I have to work hard during the weekdays and a sound sleep can make me relaxed and energetic for the following week. I expect to be working as a careers adviser in five years’ time. Now I have learnt from these questions that I have known more about my strong points and weak points. I will work hard to improve my English a lot and make best use of my advantages. My partner thinks that I’m suitable to serve as a careers adviser, a teacher or a lawyer. I agree with my partner and I have no interest for the listed jobs.
Step IV Reading & Speaking
Ask the students to do some practice work as required on Page 267.
T: Now there is little time left. Let’s deal with Reading and Speaking on Page 267. I’d like you to work in groups of four and talk about Exercise 1 first. Each of you should make some notes while talking.
Ask some of the students to report their work to the class.
T: Now, who would like to report your group’s work
S1: Besides the listed three ones, the other important things are: more holidays, good working conditions, good chances for promotion, wise leaders, many chances to go abroad, free meals, etc.
S2: The things we consider important are: good housing conditions, more spare time, free trips every month, free flats, more human rights, more prize money, more gifts for birthdays or festivals, more safety measures and so on.
T: Good! You all have good imaginations and I hope you can find such a good job in the near future. Now, do you know what an expectation means to a good job Here is Frederick Herzberg, a famous psychologist. We will read the passage about his theory of motivation on Page 267 and then we will have a further discussion about his theory. Now, please begin.
Ask the students to discuss each of the factors on Page 268.
T: The passage mainly tells us about the two groups called the Hygiene Factors and the Motivation Factors and how useful they are. Do you agree OK, Let’s look at the content of the factors listed in Exercise 3 and discuss what you think each factor means.
Suggested answers:
Factors meanings
working conditions the present state of the things needed for working. eg. offices, computers, telephones, cars, air-conditioners etc.
salary usually monthly payment for regular employment on a yearly basis i.e. how much money you get every month.
status person’s legal, social, or professional position in relation to others i.e. your post or job in the company.
security something that provides safety, freedom from danger or anxiety. eg. warning system, doorkeepers or other safety facilities in the company.
relationships with other personnel particular connection, what one person or group has to do with another i.e. how you get on with others in the company.
achievement something done successfully with effort and skills i.e. you have chances to succeed after your hard work.
recognition knowing, being prepared to admit or acknowledgei.e. you are always admitted or rewarded after hard or successful work.
responsibility being legally or morally liable for carrying out a duty i.e. you find the company trustworthy and you can rely on it.
opportunities to advance good chances to move, put or help forward i.e. you have chances to get promoted for your good work in the company.
growth development, increase in value, i.e. you can make progress while you are working in the company.
T: Now, please look back at Question 1 and work out how similar your list is to Herzberg’s. Then tell your partners which are hygiene factors and which are motivation factors on your list.
Ask the students to read the diagram and talk about it.
T: Next, please look at the diagram on Page 268 and talk about what situations B and C would be. Look carefully and pay attention to the direction of the arrows. Share your decisions with your partners when you have finished.
Check the answers.
S1: I think as to situation B, employees have few complaints and are highly motivated.
S2: In situation C, employees have a lot of complaints and are not highly motivated.
T: Very good! So you have known much about the great theory of Herzberg and when you look for a job, I am sure you will do more research about the ten factors in the companies until you find the best one.
Step V Homework
1. Tell the other students your wishes and expectations in finding a proper job in the future.
2．Do READING AND SPEAKING on Page 267. Each one will be asked to talk about the factors for a desirable job.The Second Period
Teaching Aims：
1．Learn and master the following words andexpressions：
Words：strait，islander，fellow。claim，criminal，govern，newcomer,resemble, common，wealth，diverse，transform，immigration，strengthen,differ，pronunciation，vocabulary,female，concept
Phrases：be surrounded by，go on a journey，be harmlul to，have an inffluence on，suffer from，transform．．．into，have fun with sth．，go walkabout，as a consequence(of)
2．Learn about the outline，history and language of Australia．
3．Further develop the students’reading ability
and rea~ng skills．
Teaching Important Points：
1．Train the students’reading ability and develop their reading skills．
2．Enable the students to understand the text better．
3．Master the following phrases and sentence
patterns：
Phrases：have an influence on，suffer from，transform…into。have fun with sth．，go walkabout。as a consequence(of)
Patterns：make it+adj．for sb．to do sth．，…until…，not…until．．．
Teaching Difficult Point：
How to help the students understand the
reading materials，especially some complex
sentences．
Teaching Methods：
1. Pre-reading to predict what the text tells about.
2．Fast—reading to get the general idea and careful-reading to further understand the text．
3．Post reading to check the students’ understanding of the text．
4．Explanation for students to master some language points．
Teaching Aids：
1．a computer and a coursew
2．a tape recorder
Teaching Procedures：
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual
StepⅡRevision
StepⅢLead-in and Pre-reading
T：Yesterday we talked much about Australia．You’ve known some places of interest，famous cities,rare animals,national flag and national emblem of Australia．Today we’ll read some passages to learn more about it.Before we read the passages，pleasages,please guess what to talk about in them．Now open your books at Page 21．There are nine questions about Australia．Please work in pairs to discuss which questions will be answered in the passage and tick them．
Step IV Reading
Let’s read the passage to learn about Australia to check your answers．Please read quickly．
(Teacher gives students enough time to read the passage and then asks some students to give the answers．At last teacher gives the suggested answers on the screen．)
T：Now please read the passage again and answer the questions(above)on the screen and then give me your answers．
Step V Studying the Language Points
T：There are many important words，phrases and sentences we should master．Now readthe passage andfindtheminit．(After reading it，some students are asked to find the phrases paragraph by paragraph．Meanwhile，teacher writes them on the Bb：be surrounded by，have an influence on…．Teacher also writes some important verbs on the Bb．)
T：Please look at the blackboard．Translate the words and phrases into Chinese and try to make a sentence with each one．
(Some studednts are asked to finish the task orally．If they have made any mistakes in doing this，teacher or other students correct them．)
Step Vl Listening and Consolidation
T：Now let’s listen to the tape．While listening，pay attention to your pronunciation．
(Teacher plays the tape for students to listen.After，that，teacher gives students a few minutes to read aloud the passage．Meanwhile，teacher asks students to try to remember some details．)
StepⅧDiscussion
T：Now open your books and turn to Page23．Look at Part 3．In it there is a new word“concept”．It means“a thought，idea or principle”．For example，he failed the exam because he didn’t grasp the basic concepts of mathematics．Are you clear about the word
StepⅧSummary and Homework
PAGE
2Unit 6 Going West
I. 单元教学目标
技能目标Skill Goals▲ Talk about perseverance and success ▲ Practise talking about ability ▲ Review the Attribute ▲ Write a story
II. 目标语言
功 能 句 式 Expressing perseverance and successI believe in myself and know ...I am more of ...I know exactly ...I stand for what I say ...I am honest with myself and ...I always finish what I have started.I am never disappointed for very long.I can quickly adapt myself to ...I am strong and ready for any challenge.I don’t lose heart when I fail to do something.
词 汇 1. 四会词汇 quit, circumstance, assessment, survival, biscuit, alcohol, goat, flour, nail, razor, bedding, beyond, frontier, salty, pond, burden, desperate, beast, accustomed, thirst, starvation, anxiety, shallow, legendary, tax, anniversary, granddaughter, flu, throat, catastrophe, relief, deliver, Arctic, tough, quilt, packet, ray, bark, sculpture, memorial, retell2. 认读词汇 perseverance, Robinson Crusoe, axe, the Rocky Mountains, wagon, Kansas, barren, patch, Anchorage, Nome, front-page, Curtis Welch, diphtheria, vaccine, Nenana, wrap, stake, at stake3. 词组 apply(...)to ..., add up, lose heart, take it easy, keep up, common sense, leave behind, lose one’s way, come to an end, go for4. 重点词汇 quit, apply(...)to ..., add up, circumstance, lose heart, assessment, take it easy, keep up, common sense, survival, leave behind, lose one’s way, come to an end, go for, burden, desperate, accustomed, starvation, anxiety, shallow, flu, relief, deliver, retell
重 点 句 子 1. I was so weak and tired that I got onto my knees and started moving across the sands on all fours. P502. When we saw the valley with fat cattle and horses, we thought we had reached the promised land. P503. If untreated, it would produce a powerful poison that would kill the patient. P534. No pains, no gains! Don’t step away from challenges, but go for it. P54
III. 教材分析与教材重组
1．教材分析
本单元以“西进运动”为话题，旨在通过单元教学，使学生了解美国的西进运动及其所代表的美国人勇于开拓、不畏艰辛的西部精神。并能正确运用表示“不屈不挠”及“成功”类的交际用语，学习相关语法，同时扩大知识视野。文章通过介绍西方的文化历史，激发学生主动参与、主动探究的求知欲。
1.1 WARMING UP是一份自测的问卷。 通过自我打分，了解自我评估结果，引出本单元主要谈论的话题—perseverance and success，为下一步听、说、读、写打下基础。
1.2 LISTENING部分提供一种情景——荒岛求生,其练习的设计体现了听力过程中对要点与细节的理解。通过听前回答问题,帮助学生提高分析总结听力内容的能力。
1.3 SPEAKING部分要求通过想象与鲁滨逊·克鲁索遭遇相同的事件,并就如何在荒岛上通过所提供的有限资源自救进行表达,从中培养学生想象的能力。
1.4 PRE-READING是READING的热身活动。要求学生采用讨论交流的方式,了解美国的历史,激发他们对阅读主题文章的欲望。
1.5 READING 一文采用叙事的写作手法,介绍了作者一家迁移过程中所遭受的种种艰辛,进而阐明要想成功就需要“不屈不挠”的精神。主题鲜明，容易引起学生的阅读兴趣和共鸣。
1.6 POST-READING从回答问题、概括提炼中心思想和小组讨论三个方面逐步推进，激发学生的求知欲，并充分利用学生已有的知识达到运用英语进行交际的能力。
1.7 LANGUAGE STUDY分词汇和语法两部分。词汇学习分三个部分，练习一是训练学生对单词的理解和用英语解释英语的能力。练习二和练习三训练学生对一些重点单词和短语的理解。语法学习是复习定语，通过判断和填空加以巩固。
1.8 INTEGRATING SKILLS中的Reading和Writing是一个整体训练材料。Reading是关于安克雷奇·诺姆狗拉雪橇的由来，从而延伸了主课文的中心。Writing要求根据图片重写这篇文章，使学生再度加深对文章内容的理解，锻炼学生捕捉信息的能力，并提高写作能力。
2．教材重组
2.1 从话题内容上分析， WARMING UP与SPEAKING相一致；而从训练目的上分析与Talking比较一致。所以可将WARMING UP， SPEAKING和Workbook中的Talking整合在一起，设计成一节“口语课”。
2.2 将LISTENING和Workbook中的Listening整合在一起，设计成一节“听力课”。
2.3 将PRE-READING，READING和POST-READING三个活动整合一起，上一节“阅读课”。
2.4 将INTEGRATING SKILLS中的Reading和Workbook中的Integrating Skills中的Reading整合在一起上一节“泛读课”。
2.5 将LANGUAGE STUDY与Workbook中的Practising语法练习题整合在一起上一节“语法课”。
2.6 将INTEGRATING SKILLS的Writing和Workbook中Integrating Skills的Writing整合成一节“写作课”。
3. 课型设计与课时分配（经教材分析，根据学情，本单元可以用六课时完成）
1st Period Speaking
2nd Period Listening
3rd Period Reading
4th Period Language Study
5th Period Extensive Reading
6th Period Writing
Ⅳ. 分课时教案
The First Period Speaking
Teaching goals 教学目标
1. Target language 目标语言
a. 重点词汇和短语
quit, apply(...)to ..., add up, circumstance, lose heart, assessment, take it easy, common sense, survival, biscuit, alcohol, goat, flour, nail, razor, bedding
b. 重点句子
I believe in myself and know I can achieve my goals.
I am more of a leader than a follower.
I know exactly what I want in my life.
I stand for what I say, and always act according to my beliefs.
I am honest with myself and know my weaknesses.
I always finish what I have started.
I am never disappointed for very long.
I can quickly adapt myself to new circumstances.
I am strong and ready for any challenge.
I don’t lose heart when I fail to do something.
2. Ability goals 能力目标
Enable the students to talk about perseverance and success with the target language.
3. Learning ability goals 学能目标
Through oral practice, enable the students to learn how to talk about perseverance and success.
Teaching important points 教学重点
Learn how to survive on a desert island with limited food, tools and materials.
Teaching difficult points 教学难点
Help students learn how to overcome all sorts of difficulties in order to survive.
Teaching methods 教学方法
1. Talking;
2. Discussing;
3. Students-centered approach.
Teaching aids 教具准备
A computer and a projector.
Teaching procedures && ways 教学过程与方式
Step Ⅰ Revision
T: Good morning / afternoon, boys and girls! Let’s check the assignment for last unit. First, let’s have a dictation.
...
Step Ⅱ Lead-in and Warming up
T: Boys and girls! Look at the two pictures. Do you know who he is
Ss: No.
T: He is Lance Armstrong. I’ll tell you a story about him.
When Lance Armstrong zipped past this field of sunflowers during the Tour de France, the 27-year-old cyclist already had reason to celebrate. In 1997, doctors diagnosed the Austin, Texas, native with testicular cancer, which had spread to his abdomen, lungs and brain. Armstrong was given only a fifty-fifty chance of survival. He fought those odds with a risky cancer treatment and continued to train between chemotherapy sessions. Armstrong not only beat the cancer, but when he zoomed across the finishing line in Paris on July 25, 2000, out-pacing his closest competitor by seven minutes and 37 seconds, he became only the second American to win cycling’s premier event.
T: What makes him beat the cancer and succeed I’ll give you two minutes to discuss with your partners.
Two minutes later.
T: What’s your answer
SA: Perseverance.
T: Good. What kind of person do you think can succeed
SB: No matter what difficulty he comes into, he always believes that he will succeed and never gives up his goals.
T: Do you know what kind of person you are Let’s do the quiz below on P46. Read the instruction and then add up your score.
After students finish the quiz.
T: OK, now you may make a self-assessment according to the results on P47. You will know about yourself.
Step Ⅲ Speaking
T: Have you read the book “Robinson Crusoe” Who wrote “Robinson Crusoe”
SC: Yes, I have. Daniel Defoe wrote the book “Robinson Crusoe”.
T: Could you tell us the general idea of this book
SC: Yes. The story starts with Robinson Crusoe’s running away from home. An inexperienced teenager and a young man full of bright fancies about the future, he naturally chooses to go to sea, because in those days it meant a chance to live a chivalrous life, to see the wonders of the world and to make a fortune. After many setbacks and adventures on the sea, he settles down in Brazil as a planter. But the call of the sea is so strong that he soon embarks on another voyage, this time, to Africa. Unfortunately a big storm blows the boat off its course and shipwrecks it near an island.
Of all the ship’s crew Robinson alone escapes to the shore after strenuous efforts. After salvaging from the wrecked ship some stores of necessity such as bread, rice, barley, corns, planks, lead, gunpowder, an axe and two saws, which he later manages to bring to the island with a self-made raft. After several futile attempts to leave the island, Robinson settles himself down to a hard and lonely life. He grows crops, domesticates animals and builds comfortable homes for himself. His life turns better when he saves a young Negro from the hands of savages, whom he names Friday. Robinson teaches him English and educates him in such a way that Friday soon becomes a loyal servant and an indispensable help to him. He struggles to live for 27 years there and finally gets relieved and returns to England.
T: You’ve done a good job. Do you understand what he said
Ss: Yes.
T: Robinson managed to survive on the island for more than 27 years. Suppose you were cast away on a desert island in the Pacific Ocean, what would you do to survive Turn to P48, read through the part of Speaking and discuss with your partners. I’ll give you ten minutes to prepare it.
After ten minutes.
T: Have you finished That must be an unusual experience. What can you do there Can you make other tools based on the tools and materials you have What can you make What spirit you think you should have to overcome all sorts of difficulties Volunteer
SD: If I were cast away on a desert island in the Pacific Ocean like Robinson Crusoe, I would not know what to do but feeling sad, sullen, and lonely. Living in a desert, I would miss my parents and friends. But soon I would cheer up and do something to make myself happy. Though I couldn’t make a tool, I could make full use of the things I had. I could not only use axe to chop wood but also go hunting with gun. Wood would be used to warm myself and cook food. The important thing is that I believe as long as I am alive, I’ll have a chance to go back home. I think strong will and never-give-it-up spirit make me overcome all sorts of difficulties.
SE: I wouldn’t know what to do but crying and feeling lonely. I would feel sad for a long time because I would have to do everything myself. If my families lived with me in the island, I think it would be better than living in the city full of pollution. I would use ink and paper to practice painting day by day. If I could return my home, I wished I would become a famous painter. I think hope makes me overcome all sorts of difficulties.
T: Good. We should be optimistic about difficulties and never give up.
Step Ⅳ Talking (P186)
T: Everybody had a dream when he was a child. Could you tell me what your dream was
SA: I want to be a doctor. I think a doctor is a great person because he can save people’s lives.
SB: I want to be a lawyer. They earn a lot of money, have a high social status and are respected by others.
T: Good. Do you think it is easy to realize your dreams What obstacles do you think will be on the way Are you prepared for them Think about it. Now turn to P186, I’ll give you ten minutes to finish two dialogues with your partners according to Talking and then some of you will be asked to act out your dialogues.
Ten minutes later.
T: Would you like to act out your dialogues
SC and SD: Yes.
SC: What are going to be when you grow up
SD: Sorry, I don’t know. I’ve never thought about it. How about you
SC: I want to become a famous singer.
SD: To be a singer I don’t know I should congratulate you or not. I think becoming a singer is very difficult.
SC: Yes. Being a singer isn’t easy. However, I am qualified to be a singer, because I sing well and am good at communicating with others. Don’t you think I am an accomplished girl
SD: I think you are. Although you are pretty good, I think there will be many obstacles. In the first place, you have little experience in singing on stage. In the second place, your parents don’t back up you.
SC: I have enough confidence in overcoming them.
SD: Maybe you can become a successful singer, but you haven’t enough time to take care of your parents and go shopping and so on.
SC: It doesn’t matter. I can get someone to look after them. I think I will be a promising singer because I won the first place in the singing contest in our school last year.
SD: I wish your dream come true.
T: Fantastic. One more dialogue, please
SE and SF: We’d have a try.
SE: Hello. Fancy meeting you here. Long time no see.
SF: Glad to meet you.
SE: Me too. I’ve heard you want to go to Peking University to study English.
SF: Yes. How do you know
SE: It is not important. I think your hope is too high. It would be better for you to study in Nankai University. Do you know it needs a lot of money to study in Beijing
SF: Yes, I know. There will be other obstacles. For example, my parents will not support me and I may get homesick. But I have confidence in overcoming them.
SE: Really You are always compliant with your parents.
SF: Trust me. I’ll make my parents back up me.
SE: Can you be accustomed to the climate in Beijing
SF: I think I can. To go to Peking University is my dream when I was a child. If I can not get what I want, I’ll be in despair in the future.
T: Well done.
Step V Homework
T: Find more information about Robinson’s adventure, to see how he survived on the island. You may borrow the novel from library or search on the Internet. So much for today. Bye!Unit 5 Getting the message
Reading:
Look at the pictures on page37 and fill in the chart
Items Ad 1 Ad 2 Ad 3
The products they persuade you to buy Advanced electronic roducts Shampoo Soft drinks
How to persuade By using abstract design, slogan and pictures By using wonderful pictures ,slogan and realistic products By using wonderful pictures, slogan and products
The message each ad gives High quality,Help customers to succeed Create beauty,bring happiness and love to customers Help athletes to refresh themselves.
How is the information conveyed Pictures, slogan, spokesman Products,slogan, pictures Pictures,slogan, products
Words related to advertising
advertise, advertisement advertiser, brand, post, spokesman, spokeswoman, designer, entertain, promote, customer, slogan, text, writer mislead, humorous, persuasive, broadcast, annoy, appeal to
Pre-reading
Collect advantages and disadvantages of advertisements from the students
Advantages Disadvantages
Provide information Mislead customers
Increase sales Give false or incorrect information
Make the public aware of social problem Raise the price of products
…
1.the first form of advertising : in Greece and Egypt around 1500 B.C.
2.the first printed advertisement: in London 1477
3.the first commercials on radio: about 1920
4.the first commercial on TV: after World War 2
Reading Find out the main idea for each paragraph
Pa1: Ads are found almost everywhere
Pa2: People react to advertisements in different ways.
Pa3: The basic principle of advertisements is to influence customers’ choices.
Pa4: Ads help companies and customers n a variety of ways.
Pa5: the most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.
Pa6: Governments and other organizations use ads to make people aware of government policies and social problems.
Pa7: Customers should be careful of illegal ads.
Pa8: Customers should learn to protect themselves from false ads and make smart choices.
Answer the following questions
Fast reading
1.What is people’s reaction to ads. P2
2.What is the basic principle of advertising P3
3.What is the most important function of ads P5
4.what’s the advantage of good ads P8
Careful reading
1.Why is advertising popular
2.How does advertising help consumers and companies
3.What is the basic principle behind advertisements
4.Why do advertisers often have to work hard to attract people’s attention
5.What is a “bait-and-switch” a
6.How can we protect ourselves from misleading ads
Choose the best answers:
1.The word “advertising” means to make a product known to . D
A managers through broadcast B leaders by radios
C firms by printed notices D people in various ways.
2.One advantage of advertising is that it helps . A
A increase product sales B make a product more expensive
C increase production D reduce the costs of a product
3.Advertising is a highly developed . B
A information B industry C trade D science
4.The development of radio, television, cinema, magazines and newspapers has with the development of advertising. B
A followed up B gone hand in hand C gone behind D taken place
5. The best chance to reach customers is to . C
A sell them the product B sell them what money can not buy: love, happiness and success.
C appeal to their emotions D reduce the price of the products.
6．The development of media has gone hand hand the development of advertising. C
A. by; by B. by; with C. in; with D. in; by
8.People react to advertisements in different ways.Because . 答案：A
A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B. ads are useful and entertaining C. ads are annoying
D.ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
9.When we buy an expensive product, can help us make the right decision. 答案：B
A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders
10.“Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits” means . 答案：D
A. all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
B. few ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
C. no ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
D. all ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
11.In order not to become easy target for ad makers, we must . 答案：A
A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often
C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads
12.The best chance to reach customers for the advertisers is to . 答案：A
A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures
C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers
13.Paragraph 4 is mainly about . 答案：C
A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production
C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive
14.Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5 答案：C
A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products.
B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products.
C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.
D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the products come from.
15.Why is advertising popular 答案：C
A. Because ads are found in newspapers. B. Because ads are found on the Internet.
C. Because ads are found on TV. D. Because ads are found everywhere.
16.We can infer from the last sentence of the text that . 答案：C
A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads
C. we must learn to analyse ads D. we must learn to accuse ads
T or F
1.People react to advertisements in different ways.( )
2.The basic principle of advertising is fairly difficult.( )
3.Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be increased, too. ( )
4.Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.( )
5.Perhaps the most important function of advertising is to increase a company’s profits. ( )
6.By using the techniques developed by the advertising industry, governments and other non-profit organizations can spread knowledge, change attitudes and improve society.( )
7.All ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.( )
Difficult sentences
1.The development of radio ,television and other media has gone hand in hand with the development.
2.Customers see so many ads every day that advertisers must work hard to get their message across.
3.The best chance to reach customers is to appeal to their emotions.
4.First of all ,we should always keep an eye out for “hidden information”.
Integrating skills
Fill in the blanks for the revision
Advertising is a highly developed industry. It has gone hand in hand with radio, television and other media.
People react to ads in different ways. Some think ads are useful and help consumers
make informed choices while others accuse companies of using ads to mislead panies can influence customers’ choices by introducing a brand name and by associating products with customers’ needs. There are so many ads for customers that advertisers must try to get their message across by appealing to their emotions.
Ads help companies and customers in all kinds of ways. They can help companies increase sales . At the same time , they help customers choose among all the available products. In fact, truthful ads provide good information,and help customers compare feathers, functions and costs. Some governments name a famous person as their spokesman or spokeswoman to make people aware
of their social problems and policies.
Customers should protect themselves by keeping an eye out for bad ads, telling false information from real facts and making good choices.
II Lead-in
1 what product do they persuade you to buy
2 what information about product can you get
3 How is the information conveyed
4 What are the skills of making good ads
III Reading
1 How do the ad-makers create a positive image of the product they are promoting
2 How do ad-makers choose a name for the product
3 What kind of slogans should be used to make the consumers to form a positive image Can you give an example
4 How are the ads presented
How to create a positive image of the product
Choose the words and brand names --- tell the consumer about the advantages of the product ---choose a funny name（use a well-known word--- choose names from old stories--- invent a new word ）
A good slogan（ should be catchy --- easy to remember --- convey a message）
Ads are started with a puzzle or question And presented in a humorous way
1.in order to 为的是;目的在于
2.take …into consideration 考虑某事物
3.compare…with… 把……与……比较(对比)
4.complain about 对某人与某物抱怨
5.in charge of… 负责;处于控制或支配的地位
6.hand in hand 手拉手;密切关联的
7.with the develop of 随着……发展
8.on the other hand 另一方面
9.get… across 传播或为人理解
10.instead of 代替(后面接名词\代词\动名词或介词短语)
11.appeal to 呼吁;上诉;投合(兴趣或心愿)
12.armed with用…… 做准备;备有
13.make sb. aware of 使人明白;觉察;意识到
14.keep an eye out for 留心或注意到某人或某事物
15.protect…from… 防护而不受
16.at the right time 在恰当的时候
17.point out to (向某人)指出;使注意
18.make sense 有意义;有道理;讲得通
19.accuse…of… 指责;控告
20.attach to 系;贴;固定;附着
21 differ from 不同于
22 attach to/connect with 附着/联想
23 attach importance to 给予重视
24 start with 以 开始
25 with the purpose of 以 为目的
26 point out 指出
27 refer to 指/参考
28 think twice 慎重考虑Unit 3 The Land Down Under
Pre-reading Reading & Post-reading
Teaching Aims:
1.Train the students reading ability especially the skills of summarizing and scanning.
2.Study and have a good grasp of some keywords and phrases.
3.Learn to analyze some difficult long sentences.
Pre-reading:
We have learned several articles about introducing a country before, so before reading please try to finish the exercise on SB P21. Try to tick the questions that you think will be answered in the passage.
Reading:
Step I. Reading the article quickly and then check the answer that you ticked before reading.
keys: 2,3,4,7,9
Step II: Reading the article carefully to grasp some important facts and try to answer some questions.
Read Part One THE PORTRAIT OF A NATION and answer question 1-3.
What oceans are around Australia
What’s the capital city of Australia Is it also Australia’s most famous city
3. How many stars are there in the Australian flag
keys:1.Australia is surrounded by many oceans: the Indian Ocean, the Southern Ocean and the Pacific Ocean. 2. Canberra is the capital city of Australia, but it is not the most famous city. Sydney is Australia’s most famous city. 3. There are six stars.
Read Part Two THE FIRST AUSTRALIANS and answer question4-5.
4.Who are the first Australians
5.Do they have their own culture
keys: 4. The first Australians were the Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders
澳大利亚最早的居民是土著居民和托雷斯海峡的岛上居民。
5.Yes, and their culture was highly developed.
Read Part Three A NATION OF PRISONERS and answer question6-10.
6.When European explorers began arriving on the continent
7.Who claimed the east coast of the continent for the British Crown
8.Why so many prisoners and criminals were sent to Australia
9.What day is Australia Day What happened on that day
10.Why many Aborigines and islanders were moved
keys:
6.In the seventeenth century. 7. Captain James Cook. 8. Because of the American War of Independence, it was impossible for England to send prisoners to North America. 9.January 26. The British Governor landed on the continent on that day. 10.The newcomers came and introduced new plants and animals that were harmful to the Australian ecosystems. As a consequence, the original Australians suffered.
Read the last two parts and do the following T or F exercises:
11.In the early twentieth century, Australia was a “new world” society without a ruling class.
12.Aborigines and other non-Europeans enjoyed the same rights.
13. The First World War had a great influence on Australia.
14. In the early 1960s, the government passed laws to strengthen the rights of Aborigines and Islanders to improve their living condition.
15. French is the official language of Australia.
16. Australian English is different I spelling from British and American English.
17. “Down under” means “in Australia”.
18. Some of the Aboriginal language have been lost.
keys:T:11,13,17,18
F: 12,14,15,16
Step III. Books closed and listen to the tape. Try to imitate the pronunciation.
Discuss in groups and answer the questions on SB P23.
Step IV. Explain some words in the text and then finish the exercise on SB P 24.
newcomer: people who come to a place later the originals 后来者，新来者
differ: be different 不同于
diverse: be various 不同的，多种多样的
govern: be in the charge of 统治，控制
immigration: people who go to the another country 移民
resemble: looks like 看来象
transform: change 改变，变动
strengthen: make …strong 强化，加强
The Aborigines have been living in Australia for thousands of years. Their present lifestyle and culture(1)_____little from those of their ancestors. However, after the early European explorers set foot on this vast land in the seventeenth century, the Aborigines, who (2)______the Native Americans during the same period of time, were forced to leave their own land. The white (3)______ took their land and killed many of them. Many more Aborigines had to move to inland areas. The continent was (4)________ by the white settlers. Towns and farms were built rapidly. After World War II, a mass (5)_______ from nearly 200 countries (6)______ Australia in to a modern nation.
In a struggle that lasted for many years, the Aborigines claimed equal rights for all Australians, But it was not until the 1960s that the Australian government came to realize the importance of passing laws to (7)________ the rights of the “first Australians”. Only in this way could the people in Australia build a society of (8)________ cultures.
Keys: differ, resembled, newcomers, governed, immigrations, transformed, strengthen , diverse
Homework:
Read the text .
PAGE
2Unit 10 American literature
●语篇领悟
阅读本单元课文，完成下列各题：
§1.1 细枝末节
1.How much money was saved by Della before the Christmas Day
A.$ 8. B.$ 1.87. C.$ 2. D.$ 8.7.
答案：B
2.Why did Della cut her hair off
A.Because she wanted to give Jim a surprise.
B.Because she liked wearing short hair.
C.Because she wanted to be looked like a Coney Island Choir girl.
D.Because she needed more money to buy Jim a present.
答案：D
3.How much did Della get for selling her hair
A.$ 12. B.$ 18. C.$ 20. D.$ 22.
答案：C
4.What did Della buy for Jim’s present
A.A gold watch. B.A gold watch chain.
C.A shave. D.A new overcoat.
答案：B
5.What did Jim buy for Della’s present
A.A shampoo. B.A hat. C.A comb. D.A necklace.
答案：C
6.Which of the following is true according to the story
A.The Christmas day was coming.Della was very happy and she was looking forward to it.
B.Jim and Della were young and rich.
C.Jim didn’t love Della any more when he saw that she had her hair cut off.
D.Jim’s gold watch and Della’s long hair were the two possessions which they both took pride in.
答案：D
7.The word in the fourth paragraph“hesitated”is closest in meaning to______.
A.imagined B.dreamed
C.felt uncertain D.watched
答案：C
8.Which of the following is NOT true according to the story
A.The day before Christmas Della was worried because she had only saved one dollar and eighty-seven cents for Jim’s Christmas present.
B.The young couple lived a hard life but they loved each other deeply.
C.Della was very nervous and worried before she heard Jim’s step when he came back home from work.
D.When Della saw her present,she was so happy to get the expensive combs that she burst into tears.
答案：D
§1.2 主旨大意
9.What does the story mainly tell us
A.How to celebrate a happy Christmas for a young and rich couple.
B.How to choose Christmas presents for couples.
C.A love story between a young and poor couple.
D.Money is love.
答案：C
§1.3 推理判断
10.From the sentence,“She stood by the window and looked out at a grey cat walking along a grey in a grey backyard.”we can infer that Della was very______.
A.angry B.calm C.happy D.sad
答案：DUnit 3 The land down under
Period 1 New words and expressions
1. fellows at school 同学 fellows in arms/crime战友/同案犯
a follow member同组织成员 one’s fellow countrymen同胞
2.①claim knowledge of sth=claim to have knowledge of sth=have idea of sth
②Has anyone claimed thao lost watch 有人认领这块丢失的表吗？
③a claim for damages赔偿损害的要求 make a claim to sth认领某物
3.criminal the criminal scene犯罪现场 Criminal Law刑法
4.govern____________ governor_____________ governm
5.resemble each other in appearance or nature在外表或本质上相似
They resemble each other in shape but not in color._____________________________________
Resemblance n.
There are striking resemblances between the two sisters.这姐妹俩外貌惊人地相似。
6.diverse--diversity(n) --- diversify(v)--diversely(adv)
offer diverse suggestions提供不同意见
She has a great ___________ of interests.
7.transform—transformation—transformable (adj)
transform one form of erengy into another把一种形式的能量转换为另一种
Success and wealth transformed his character 成功和财富改变了他的性格。
8.immigration(n)—immigrate(v)—immigrant(n)
immigrate into a country___________________
Irish immigrants爱尔兰移民
9.differ—difference—different –differently
differ from sb (about/on sth)和某人持有不同意见
对不起，关于那个问题我和你的看法不一样。
I’m sorry to differ from you on that question.
Make a/some/no/any/much difference 有（颇有，没有，有何，有很大）重要性
你今天去还是明天去没有多大关系。
It won’t make much difference whether you go today or tomorrow.
10.braek out爆发 break away from脱离,革除
break down 崩溃，出毛病，（精神或身体）衰弱 break in(imto) 迸发/强行进入
break off折断，中断 break through突破
break up碎裂，（身体）变弱break (up) with与…绝交，放弃break up with an friend
11. feed…on Feed the sheep on grass.
feed on Sheep feed on grass.
12．pointed 尖的
point V. ①指，把┅对准
point to point at point out
point one’s gun at the enemy________________
②弄尖，削尖point a pencil with a knife 用刀削尖铅笔
③使尖锐，强调 point an argument with facts用事实来加强论据
n.①点，小数点，标点six point two five2.5
a full point句号 the boiling/freezing/melting point________________
②（特定）时刻，瞬间 a turning point in revolution__________________
③要点，要害，论点 to the point中肯，切中要害 off the point离题
④意义，目的 There is no point in doing sth.________________________
⑤尖（端），尖状物the point of a needle/knife/pen____________________
12.medium ___________ maximum最大量的，最高点的 （反义词）minimum最低值（点）
a maximum and minimum thermometer 可显示最高温与最低温的温度计
n.媒介，艺术形式，中间位置
Television can be medium for giving information.电视可成为传播消息的媒介。
The theater is his favourite medium.戏剧是他喜欢的艺术形式。
Period 2 Warming up,listening&speaking（略）
Period 3 Reading(一)
Step 1 Answer the following questions.
1) What do the symbols on the Australian flag represent
2) Who were the first people to arrive in Australia
3) Why were prisoners sent to Australia after 1788 Where were they from
4) What happened to the original Australians when the European newcomers arrived
5) What was the problem with Australia's Constitution
6) How did the two World Wars change Australia
7) How does Australian English differ from British English
Read Part One THE PORTRAIT OF A NATION and answer question 1-3.
1.What oceans are around Australia
2. What’s the capital city of Australia Is it also Australia’s most famous city
3. How many stars are there in the Australian flag
4.Who are the first Australians
5.Do they have their own culture .
Read Part Three A NATION OF PRISONERS and answer question6-10.
6.When European explorers began arriving on the continent
7.Who claimed the east coast of the continent for the British Crown
8.Why so many prisoners and criminals were sent to Australia
9.What day is Australia Day What happened on that day
10.Why many Aborigines and islanders were moved
Read the last two parts and do the following T or F exercises:
11.In the early twentieth century, Australia was a “new world” society without a ruling class.
12.Aborigines and other non-Europeans enjoyed the same rights.
13. The First World War had a great influence on Australia.
14. In the early 1960s, the government passed laws to strengthen the rights of Aborigines and Islanders to improve their living condition.
15. French is the official language of Australia.
16. Australian English is different I spelling from British and American English.
17. “Down under” means “in Australia”.
18. Some of the Aboriginal language have been lost.
keys:T:11,13,17,18 F: 12,14,15,16
Careful-reading:
1.Answer the questions.
1. Why does Australia have so many plants and animals that can not be found anywhere else in the world
2.Why do kangaroos carry their young in a pocket of skin on their stomach
3. In what way is Australia different from all the other countries in the world
4. Compare the Climate in different areas of Australia with that found in different parts of China.
2.Choose the best answer
Post-reading
Answer the following questions.
1) What do the symbols on the Australian flag represent
2) Who were the first people to arrive in Australia
3) Why were prisoners sent to Australia after 1788 Where were they from
4) What happened to the original Australians when the European newcomers arrived
5) What was the problem with Australia\'s Constitution
6) How did the two World Wars change Australia
7) How does Australian English differ from British English
Period 4 Language Points in reading
1. represent:vt.
①=depict 描绘，塑造 The picture represents a hunting scene.②=state 陈述 represent sth. To sb.=represent to sb.sth.
e.g. The lawyer represented to the court that the criminal was mentally unstable.
represent …as… 称……为
e.g. He represents himself as a wealthy man, but in fact he was as poor as a church mouse.
③=stand for/symbolize 代表，象征
e.g. The moon represents my hearts
④=on behalf of 作为……的代表
e.g. I’d like to thank you representing my whole family.
The Queen was represented at funeral by the British ambassador.
representation n. make representations to sb.
representative adj.
2. come to:
①=arrive 到达，抵达
Go straight on till you come to a crossroad.
The answer came to me at last.
②=to concern 谈到；涉及
When it comes to tennis, you can’t beat her.
③=to amount to 总计；
The bill came to 5 million dollars.
3. claim vt.
①=to ask for or state one should have sth.提出要求；索取；认领；声称有……的权利
She claims the ownership of the land.
Has anyone claimed this watch
A small terrorist group has claimed responsibility for the bombing in London.
②=state/declare to be true
Don’t claim to know what you don’t know.
They claim that they have discovered a cure for disease.
n. put in/make ~ for sth　提出损害赔偿，增薪等要求
　~ to sth; 对某事物的权利
make a claim to sth要求得到某物；认领某物
have a claim on sb/to sth有（没有）对某人或某物提出要求的权利
lay claim to sth 声称对．有所有权
4. consequence cf . result n & v.
n.①.(pl) 结果，后果，影响
take /suffer/bear the ~s of one’s action
承担自己行动的后果
②．重要性
　　It’s of no ~.　　　这无关紧要
③． as a consequence
１）由于．．．的缘故= in consequence（ of sth）
２）作为．．．的结果 =as a result of sth
eg.1) He was found guilty and lost her job in consequence.
2).The tsunami hit the coastline around the Indian Ocean. As a consequence , thousands of people died and more became homeless.海啸袭击了印度洋沿岸地区．结果，成千上万的人丧生,更多的人无家可归
5.resemble sb/ sth（ in sth）（不用进行时）与他人或他物（在某方面）相似 He resembles his father in appearance or nature.
resemblance n.
have little/no ~ to the fact 与事实相去甚远／根本不符相似,，相象
resemblance between A and B cf. similarity
6.have sb do sth.
have sb/sth doing
have sth done (by sb)
1)让别人干某事=get sth done
2)遭受到某种不愉快的事
eg.1) Please have/get your hair cut.
2)Last night Mr. Smith had his house broken into
3) King Charles had his head cut by revolutionaries.
7. have an influence on/upon=have an effect on/upon
influence sb./sth affect sb./sth
e.g. I don’t think this kind of system will have a great influence on our school.
8.transform…into… 把……化作/变作……=change…into…
e.g The Greens have transformed their garage into a guest house.
A generator transforms mechanical energy into electricity.
Go over the language points and read the text again.
Finish the exercises in the workbook..
PAGE
5The First Period
Teaching Aims：
1．Learn and master the following words and phrases：
evaluate，various，key，origin。equip，take possession of，in the name of，be rich in，risk one’s life，be equipped with
2．Talk about exploring the world．
3．Do some listening practice．
4．Train the students’speaking ability by
Teaching Important Point
1．Train the students’listening ability by listening practice．
2．Train the students’ speaking ability by talking about exploring the world ,practicing judging situations and making decisions．
Teaching Difficult Points
1．How to help the students understand the listening material exactly．
2．How to help the student carry out the task of speaking．
Teaching Methods：
1．Discussion to arouse the students ‘ interest in exploring the world．
2．Listening-and—answering activities to help the students go through the
Listening materials．
3．Individual，pair or group to make every student work in class
Teaching Aids：
1．the multimedia
2．a tape recorder
3．the blackboard
Teaching Procedures：
StepⅠGreetings and Lead-in
T：Good morning／afternoon, everyone.
Ss：Good morning／afternoon. Mr /Miss.X
T：Sit down，please．Do you know what sport is the most fashionable, challenging and exciting in the world
S1：F1 cycle race．
S2：Challenging limits，such as bungee Jumping．
Ss：Boxing．
S4：Exploring．
T：Yes，you’re quite right．Now Let’s talk about one of them--about one exploring. We all know that there are a variety of explorations．Can you give some examples
S5：Space exploration，polar exploration，desert exploration．
T：Very good．Anything else
S6：Field exploration and voyage exploration．
T：Well done．Today we’re going to talk about some great navigators in history．First。let’s 1earn the new words in this period．
(Teacher deals with the new words with the students．If necessary，teacher gives some brief explanations．)
Step II Warming up
T：Well，now open your books at Page10．Let’s 100k at the four pictures in Warming up．Do you know what made these people famous Work in groups of four to discuss the question．After a while，I'll ask some of you to talk about them．Is that clear
Ss：Yes．
T：0K．(Teacher goes among the students and joins them in the discussion)
T：(A few minutes later．)Are you ready
Ss：Yes．
S7：Between 1405 and 1433，Zheng He, a great navigator of the Ming Dynasty, made seven voyages to the Indian Ocean with his teams of ship．He visited 30 countries and regions．The farthest place he reached was the eastern coast of Africa and the Red Sea．It was the earliest voyage to oceans in the world．
T：Good job．Please look at the picture on the screen．This is a model of the ship in which Zheng He and his crew made voyages．
(Teacher shoWS the picture on the screen and gives the students one or two minutes to enjoy it．After that，teacher says the following．)
T: OK. Let’s go on Picture 2, who can try
Ss: James Cook was a great explorer who was sent by England to explore the Pacific Ocean. In his lifetime, he made three voyages around the world and visited hundreds of islands, including Australia, New Zealand, Hawaii and the western coast of North America. Meanwhile, he made maps of them. He was the first European to set foot on Hawaii.
T: Well done. Next picture. Any volunteer
S9: Christopher Columbus was a great Spanish explorer between the late fifteenth century and the early sixteenth century. He completed four voyages to the west and reached North America, but at that time he reached was an unknown part of Asia.
T: You’re great. The last picture, Li Hui, can you try
S10: Sorry, I don’t know anything about him.
T: Never mind. Anybody else
Ss: Sorry.
T: Well, Abel Tasman was a great Dutch explorer. He was the first European to discover New Zealand. If you want to learn more about him, you can go to a library or surf the Internet after class. OK. Let’s go on, these explorers succeeded, but at that time science and technology was not highly developed. Can you imagine what were the dangers and challenges explorers faced while discovering and exploring the world’s continents
S11: Wind and waves on the sea, losing their way, lack of food and drinking water.
T: Good. Anything else
S12: Pirates, languages, communication devices and diseases.
T: Well done. Though they faced so many difficulties, these great explorers almost traveled the world’s continents. Then do you know how many continents there are in the world
Ss: Seven. They are Asia, Africa, Europe, North America, South America, Oceania, and Antarctica.
(While the students say the names of these continents, teacher writes them on the blackboard and then shows a map marked with the seven continents on the screen to help them know the locations of them well)
T: OK. In order to talk about discovery and science, what words and expressions do you think are needed Please prepare for a while. After a while, I’ll collect your answers.
T: (After a while) Are you ready
Ss: Yes.
T: Who’d like to be the first to give the answer
S13:Explore , challenge, brave, luck, lack of, hardship, death, disease, success, failure.
T: Very good. Anything else
S14: Wealth, knowledge, technology, information, equipment………
T: You did a good job. Thank you.
StepⅢ Listening
T: Well, let’s do some listening practice. Today we’re going t listen to an interview between a reporter and a professor about exploring in the past and at present. Before listening to the tape, answer the questions in Ex.1 at Page 10. the first question who’d like to have a try
S16：I think the reporter will ask what are the differences about exploring in the past and at present．
T：Good question．The second one.
S16：I think the professor will take the exploration in Antarctica for example．
S17：I think the professor will give space exploration as an example
S18：Maybe the professor will talk about Columbus’ expedition to the west.
T：l agree with you a11．. The last question，Any volunteers
S19：Helicopters。Submarines, space shuttles, rockets, satellites, radars, robots.
T：You’re very clever．Thank you. Now, let’s listen to the tape, before listening，please go through the requirements．When I play the tape for the first time，just listen and get the general idea．The second time I play the tape, you should try to finish the concerned exercises．The last time, check your answers．Are you clear
Ss：Yes．
(Teacher gives the students one minute to go through the requirements．Then play the tape for the students to listen．When necessary, teacher may pause the tape for the students to write down their answers. At the end，check the answers with the whole class.)
Step IV Speaking
T：0K，now it’s time for us to do some oral practice．Please look at the speaking part at Page 11．Here are three situations，which can be about judging risks or other issues for which scientists must decide whether to go on or not. First read them quickly to get the main idea of each situation．If you have any difficulty，please ask me．
(Teacher goes among the students and gives some explanations of the questions raised by the students．)
T：(After a few minutes．)Have you finished
Ss：Yes．
T：0K．Now，please look at the screen．Here are some useful expressions for you to master．
(Teacher shows the following on the screen．)
1．take possession of ；
e.g．At midnight the PLA crossed the river and took possession of the village．
2．in the name of
e．g．We’re very glad to greet you in the name of the Chinese people．
3．be rich in
e．g．This kind of fruit is rich in a lot of vitamins．
4．risk one’s life
e．g．He risked his life to save a drowning girl．
5．be equipped with
e．g．The soldiers are equipped with uniforms and weapons．
(Bb：take possession of，in the name of，be rich in，risk one’s life, be equipped with)
T：Now，you’ve known each situation clearly．Please choose one of the three situations to discuss in groups of four．After a while．I’ll ask some students to act out their dialogue before the class．Are you clear about that
Ss：Yes．
(Teacher goes among the students and joins them．A few minutes later，teacher checks their work．)
A sample dialogue to Situation 2：
A：We should understand the villagers’
B：Ways that we worship our ancestor are various．For example，we can build a temple or a museum there．
C：Valuable ancient graves are cultural relics，and should be owned by our country，not belong to anyone or any organization．By digging up the grave and examining the human bones，we will learn a great deal about the origins and the history of the native people．
D：But I think，first of all，we should tell the villagers the importance of digging up the grave．Then organize the villagers to learn some laws about protecting cultural relics．
B：I feel we should build a museum to keep the cultural relics。but shouldn’t delay carrying out the state key project．
A，C，D：What you said sounds reasonable．We all agree with you．
Step V Summary and Homework
T：Up to now，we’ve talked a lot about exploring the world by listening and
speaking．We’ve also learnt some useful expressions．After class，you should remember them and make sentences using them freely and exactly．If you’ve interested in the topic we talked about，you may collect more information about it and talk about them with your classmates．Besides，don’t forget to preview the reading。Reading out across the ocean．”0K．That’s all
for today．Class is over．
Step Ⅵ The Design of the Writhes on the Blackboard
Unit 2 Crossing limits
The First Period
I．Seven continents
Asia Africa
Europe North America
South America Oceania
Antarctica
ⅡUseful expressions:
Take possession of
in the name of
be rich in
risk one’s life
be equipped with
StepⅦ Record after Teaching
_________________________________
_________________________________-
__________________________________Unit 1 That must be a record
Period 1 warming-up
Step 1
something about The Guinness Book of World Records
The Guinness Book of World Records is a world famous collection of records in human life ,including alll specific skills.
What is the longest song title Who is the tallest living human being What is the rarest stamp The answers to these questions, and more, can be found at today's Family Site. Called The Guinness Book of Records, this is a site that represents an organization that for years has recorded events and stunts from all over the world. The desire of human beings to be the fastest, or tallest, or have that smallest or largest of an item are the bread and butter of this group.
At this site, you can find out about the latest record setting attempts and in what categories, search for existing records, find out the schedule of their television show, and suggest ideas for new categories or records.
This site is really interesting, one that you can spend an hour or two and be thoroughly entertained. By the way, the longest song title is a 1946 song by Hoagy Carmichael called "I'm a Cranky Old Yank in a Clanky Old Tank on the Streets of Yokohama with my Honolulu Mama Doing Those Beat-o, Beat-o, Flat on my Seat-o Hirohito Blues". Or it was the last time I looked. As for the other answers, you can find those for yourself at the site.
The book of records has been renewed each year and has been bought and enjoyes in 141 countries around the worls .The 262 editions and 35 languanges it has used ,may be a record itself.
Who got the idea to write the Guinness Book of World Records
In 1951, Sir Hugh Beaver, the then managing director of the Guinness Brewery, went on a shooting party and became involved in an argument. Which was the fastest game bird in Europe the golden plover or the grouse He realized then that a book supplying the answers to this sort of question might prove popular. He was right!
Step 2
Take the quiz below and see whether you can guess the answer
1. The lowest temperature ever recorded on Earth is __________.
A. –75.4℃ B. –89.2 ℃ C. –110.7 ℃
(-128.6°F) at the Russian Base in Vostock in Antarctica on July 21, 1983
2. The world’s tallest man is ________
A. 2.35m B. 2.45m C. 2.55
(America's Robert Wadlow who still towers above the rest at 8ft 11.1 inches. )
3. The youngest college graduate
was_______
A.10 years old B 12 years old C. 14 years old
4. The highest number of goals
in a soccer career is ______
A. 1279 B,546 C. 3850
5. The longest beard is _________
A. 73cm B. 1.83 cm C. 2.33
6. The longest lecture lasted _______
A. 32.5 h B. 62.5h C. 82.5h
Step 3 listening
answer the questions in the SB
posssible answers:
1, large, big ,short,great,long,giant,small,tiny,strong , thin,….
2. reach, up to,speed, kilometre,hour,second,minute,metre,mile, per, fast,slow…
3.tall people; easy to reach sth, waste coth
short pepole : smart quick,difficult to reach sth.
Finish the Exs in the SB
Step 4 speaking
ask the students to work in pairs to have a dissussion
Period 2and 3 reading
Step1. Pre –reading : answer the questions in the Sb
Step2. Scanning
1. Who was Sir Hugh Beaver
2.When was the first edition of Guinness Book of World Records published
Match the general idea of each paragraph.. Chinese record
2. The first edition of Guinness Book of World Record
3. Records from the world of sports
4. Records of different categories
5. How to set a record
6. Why are people so interested in records
Step 3 carefully reading
1. Who got the idea to write the Guinness Book of World Records
2. When was the first edition of the Guinness Book of World Records published
3. How are records collected in the book Please give 3 examples.
4. Why are people so interested in world records
5. How can you try to set a record
posssible answers:
1. Sir. Hugh Beaver.
2. In 1955.
3. The Guinness Book of World Records has chapters on the human body, amazing feats, the natural world, science and technology , arts and the media, modern society, travel and transport, and sports and games.
Examples: Tian’anmen Square is the largest square in the world.
the longest moustache reached a length of 1.6 metres.
the longest poisonous snake is 5.71 metres long.
4. Because we are curious about the records and also entertained by accounts of strange and unusual deeds and facts.
5. First contact the Guinness Book of World Records.
Then the editors will send you rules and the form you need to apply the record after their discussion.
Afterwards a Guinness official will come to inspect your attempt.
If you are successful, the official will confirm the record and give you a certificate.
Step 4
Match each of the sentence below with a paragraph in the reading.
A . The Guinness Book of World Records is popular because people enjoy reading about strange facts and exciting achievements.
B. The editors of the book collect all the records and put them into different groups.
C. Sir Hugh Beaver decided to write the book as the result of an argument with a friend.
D. Even though the records themselves are amazing, the stories of the people who set the records are often even more interesting.
E. A new Guinness world record will only be accepted if it is safe and has been done according to the rules.
F. “ I just love reading about people who do amazing things, such as swimming a long river or running across a country. The stories inspire me and are fun to read.
Step 5 T or F.
1. The Guinness company began to the Guinness Book of World Records in the 1950s.
2. More than 60,000 new records are printed in the book each year.
3. An Englishman balanced a small car weighing 159.6 kilogrammes on his head for 33 seconds.
4. Lance Armstrong’s speed record is more impressive than his struggle against his disease.
5.The records that are dangerous to the person who is attempting it or to others are not allowed in the book.
6. The records in the Guinness Book of World Records are including different areas of people’s life.
Step 6 post- reading
Answer the following questions.
1. How did Sir Hugh Beaver come up with the idea for Guinness Book of World Records
2 .What Guinness record were set in Urumqi and Hong Kong
3. How long is the longest moustache in the world
4. What are the categories in Guinness Book of World Records
5. Why are Lance Armstrong’s records special
6. What types of record attempts are not allowed
7. Why do you think many people are interested in world records
How much do you know about Guinness and the world record
If you want to set a record, what kind of record would you like to
posssible answers:
1. He first wanted to settle an argument about the fastest bird in Europe．After talking to his friends, he concluded that a book which answered such questions might popular.
2. Urumqi is the most remote city from the sea ; A special and delicious record was set in 1997 to celebrate Hong Kong’s return to China.
3. 1.6 meters
4. human body，amazing feats，the natural world，science and technology，arts and the media，model society，travel and transport，and sports and games．
5. It fades next to the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease.
6.Records that are dangerous to the person who is attempting it or to others
7.Because we want to know what is possible and find out just how far we can push ourselves and are also entertained by accounts of strange and unusual deeds and facts．
Step 7 Language points
1. conclude vt. conclude that…. conclusion n.
come to the conclusion that... 所得结论是..., 断定
draw the conclusion得出结论，推断
leap / jump to a conclusion 冒然断定， 过早下结论
in conclusion = lastly 最后,总之
eg: In conclusion I’ d like to say that you did it very well.
2.set sth. down 写下来
eg: Why don’t you set your idea down on paper
set sb. down 停车让人下车
eg: The bus stopped to set down an old lady.
I’ll set you down on the corner of the street.
set about sth./doing sth.做手某事/做某事＝set out to do开始干
set off 出发
set aside 不理会；搁置；存储＝put away
set foot in/on 踏上
set fire to sth./set sth on fire 防火烧掉…
set up 成立；建造
be set in 以…为背景
3. keep track of sb./ sth.
eg: It’s hard to keep track of all one’s old school friends.
lose track of
eg: lose track of time 说不准现在的确切时间
4. balance 天平
eg: Have you brought something to weigh the flesh A balance
平衡 eg: balance of nature
keep/lose one’s balance 谐调，匀称
eg: All the parts of the building are in perfect balance. 余额
eg: I must check my bank balance. v. 使……保持平衡
eg: How long can you balance on one foot 结算
eg: balance an account / one’s books 结帐 等价，抵消
eg: This year’s profits will balance our previous losses.
5. stand out明显；醒目
突出；杰出 ; 坚持；支撑eg: to stand out a crisis挨过危机
Stand still ! 站住，不许动！stand by 在场；靠近; 袖手旁观
（无线 电台或军事方面）待命，准备行动 ; 试图援助；极力支持 忠于；信守
eg: to stand by one's promise
遵守诺言 stand down退出竞选;离开证人席
stand for代表，表示；意指； 容忍；允许
stand in当替身；代替 stand up耐久；耐用; 成立
eg: Will the charge stand up in court
这个指控在法庭上能成立吗？
stand up for维护；拥护；支持
6.next to
1) 在……旁边He lives next to me.
2) 跟在……之后 Next to skiing her favorite sport was ice-hockey.
我最喜欢的运动是滑雪，其次是冰球。
3） 几乎，近于next to impossible 几乎不可能
next to last 倒数第二
7.Impressive as the record is, it fades next to the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease.
As 引导让步状语从句（部分倒装）
Impressive as the record is = Though the record is impressive
Eg:他很恼火，却能耐心地听我说话。
Angry as he was, he listened to me patiently.虽然阳光灿烂，天气却很冷。
The air was cold, bright as the sun was.
8. in the first place首先, 第一点
in the last place最后in the next place其次, 第二点
in place of 代替, 用...而不用… in places在某些地方, 有几处in one’s place
9. make for 可造成，可成为，有好处
eg: The large print makes for easier reading.大字排版使阅读轻松些。 早起有利于健康吗？Does early rising make for good health
10.head 前往；朝向 更常用 head for
eg: When I saw the car heading for me, I stepped aside.
Clouds are gathering. I think we’d better head for the hotel in case it starts to rain.
11. a dozen of 一打， 十二个 a dozen (of) eggs但 a dozen of those apples
a dozen of them 二十四 two dozen (of)
三十六 three dozen (of) eg: I’ve bought a dozen of pencils for my son.
I want four dozen (of) eggs.
dozens of 许多several / a few / some dozens of
by the dozen 按打，以打计算 in dozens 成打地
12. center on集中于; 把某人/物当作重点
eg: 这次会议的中心议题是关于中国足球未来十年的发展。
The topic of the meeting centered on the development of China’s football in the following ten years.
13．concentrate on 专注于
eg: 走钢丝时，你要集中精力于身体在空中的移动方式。
When walking on a high wire, you should concentrate on the way your body moves in the air.
14． burst into cheers 突然欢呼起来burst into + n. burst out + doing
eg: burst into tears burst out crying burst into laughter
15.set a record
16 .achieve one’s goal
17.in a row 连续， 一连串 in rows 成行， 成排
eg: China women volleyball team won five champions in a row in the 1980s.
They planted the trees in rows.
18. then adv.用来修饰名词，意为“那时的，当时的”
19. live to be 活到 不定式 to be 作结果状语
她活到了八十岁。She lived to be 80.
吃为了活着，但不要为了吃而活着。Eat to live, but don’t live to eat.
类似结构：prove /turn to be…证明是；结果是
20.diagnose sb. with a disease 诊断某人患了某种疾病
be diagnosed. with a disease 被诊断患了某种疾病
21.record vt.记录，录制 n 记录；唱片（注意读音）
keep a record 保持记录set a new record 创新记录
break/beat a record 打破记录make a new record 刷新记录
keep a record of 保存…的记载make e record 录制/制作唱片
Period 4Integrating skills
Step 1.Scanning
1. How did many teenagers discover the skatebord
2. Does the skatebord belong to an extreme sport or regular sport
Step 2 Read the passage and answer the questions on page 1.
Step 3 More words to describe people
enthusiastic curious experienced cautious Brave delighted interested outgoing friendly energetic wise skillful
responsible kind athletic powerful
all/ thin/slim/ a broad face,/ wide eyes/ short
beautiful /pretty /lovely/handsome/naughty /healthy /foolish /stupid /silly /clever /smart /wise /bright / diligent /intelligent /lazy /hard working,
He is …meters high/tall/in height
good-looking funny-looking strong-looking ugly-looking dirty-looking ordinary-looking
blue-eyed white-eyed warm-hearted light-hearted
kind-hearted absent-minded be in good or poor condition
strong-tempered bad-tempered near-sighted far-sighted
Step 4 Language points
1. As a result of
Because of
On account of
Owing to
Due to
He was late due to thick fog
-- He was late thick fog
-- He was late thick fog
-- He was late thick fog
-- He was late thick fog
2. head vi. 前往；朝向
head down to 开往；前往；朝向
更常用 head for
When I saw the car heading for me, I stepped aside.
Clouds are gathering. I think we’d better head for the hotel in case it starts to rain.
3. Skillful adj.灵巧的，熟练的 Skilled 熟练的，有技能的
Be skillful at /in =be skilled in/at
善于绘画 Be skillful at painting 熟练的工人 A skilled worker
技术性工作Skilled work
4. permit V. permission n.
with /without one’s permission
Permit sb. to do sth.
Permit doing
He was permitted outside after finishing his homework.
A. play B.playing C. to play D. plays
5.have been around 遍布全球（各地）；深入人心
6. familiar
be familiar with sth. 某人对…熟悉/通晓
sb. be familiar with sb. 与某人过分亲热
sth. be familiar to sb. 为某人所熟悉
familiarity n. 熟悉，亲密
1 Han Hong 为 所熟悉 young fans.
2.He 通晓music.
7.A new generation of sports is capturing the hearts and minds of people who are willing to try something new.
新一代的体育运动占据了想尝试新鲜事物的人们的所有心思。
capture: vt. 捕获；占领；赢得
我们的任务是活捉许多猴子。
e.g 1 Our task was to capture a number of these monkeys alive.
他以7.51米的成绩取得了男子跳远的第一名
2.He captured first place in the men’s broad jump with a leap of 7.51 meters. 。
8.center v.
~ on /upon 将…当作中心或重点; 集中于
他们的谈话总是围绕着政治。
Their talks always center on politics.
The discussion centers on the most important questions.
~ sth. on /upon 将某物集中在…上/集中于….
concentrate vt.
集中
集中(思想/注意力…) 于…
~ (thought/attention…) on/upon…
我们必须把注意力集中在效率上。
We must ~ our attention on efficiency/studies..
concentrate on/upon全神贯注;专心致志于；全力以赴；专心
她不能长时间专心读一本书。
She couldn't concentrate on a book very long.
n. concentration camp 集中营
There is too much noise outside, I can not _____my attention on my work.
A. fill B. connect
C. flat D. concentrate
9.delight n.1) 欣喜,愉快 [U]＝joy 令…高兴的是
to one’s delight
兴高采烈/高兴地 with delight以…为乐 take/find delight in
2) 乐事,乐趣[C]
他喜欢纽约夜生活的乐趣。
He enjoyed the delights of New York's night life.
vt. 使高兴；使愉快=please
小丑逗乐了观众。
The clown ~ed the audience.
你回来了,我很高兴。
I'm delighted that you are back.
我们很高兴拜读你的小说。
We were delighted to read your novel.
be delighted by/with sth. 因…而高兴
10.register
1) vt.登记,注册,申报; (仪表等)标示,;记录=read
他去市政厅为他儿子作出生登记。
He went to the city hall to register the birth of his son.
温度计显示七十度。
The thermometer registered 70 degrees.
2) vi.登记,注册
我在靠近火车站的一家旅馆登记住宿。
I registered at a hotel near the train station.
Unit 1
1.in a soccer career 在足球生涯中
2.settle an argument about 确定关于…的论点
3.be sent into 被收入
4.set down 登记；记载；写下
5.keep track 与…保持接触；跟…的进程或发展
6.be put into 被放入…；翻译成…
7.stand out 显著；杰出
8.be diagnosed with cancer 被诊断出患了癌症
9.in the first place （用与列举理由等时）首先；第一；原先
10.make for 可造成；可译成；有好处；走向
11.apply for 申请；请求
12.head down to 开往；前往；朝向
13.have been around 遍布全球（各地）；深入人心
14.burst into something 突然而猛烈地发出或产生某事物
15.centre on /upon 将某人或某事物当作中心或重点
16.concentrate on 专心致力于
Homework:
Read through the text again
Finish the exercises on the workbook.Unit 6
Reading
Read the text then answer some questions.
1 When did we decide to move to another place 1845,10
2 How long did the journey last About a year
3 What is our first destination India Greek in Kansas
4 Is the journey hard Can you make some examples about it
Yes, it is hard. You can make many examples.
Listening
Listen to the tape carefully then do these exercises.
Post—reading
Exercise1. True or False
1 We traveled alone. (F with many other families)
6 When a young man in our group suggested that I stay behind with the children and wait for help, I agreed. (F I didn’t agree.)
( )7 When the animals smelt the water, they all ran.
Exercise 2
Choose the best answers
1.The reason why my father wanted to go to California is that . 答案：C
A. California was in desert B. California was far away
C. California was a wonderful land described in a book
D. California was the largest state in the USA
2.People moving to the west would meet in . 答案：A
A. Kansas B. California C. Salt Lake Valley D. Salt Lake Desert
3.On which day did the author enter the Salt Lake Desert 答案：B
A. April 12. B. November 4. C. October 15. D. December 25.
4.Why did the travelers call their ninety-mile drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “Long Drive” 答案：D
A Because the landscape was dry and barren. B. Because water was salty and not drinkable.
C. Because their water supply was so low. D. All of the above.
5.After the travelers burnt their wagons, they had to go on their feet with another miles to go. B
A.2 500 B.500 C.90 D.45
6.Why didn’t the author stay behind with the children and wait for help A
A. Because that meant he/she would die.
B. Because he/she knew that children were tiresome.
C. Because he/she knew that there was a wagon waiting for him/her.
D. Because he/she felt he/she could get a prize by his/her father.
7.The animals almost ran when the travelers reached the edge of the desert, why 答案：C
A. Because they were tired and weak. B. Because they had no burden.
C. Because they must have smelt the water. D. Because they went back to their home.
8.How long did the author spend finishing the journey 答案：A
A. More than 40 months. B. About 2 months.
C. About a year. D. About a year and a month.
9.From the text, we can infer . 答案：D
A. the author and the travelers had to go all day and all night long
B. there was no oxen left when the travelers reached California
C. many travelers died when their days of hardship came to an end
D .it’s a long way to travel from the author’s hometown to California
10.The best title of the text is . 答案：B
A.A Journey To California B. Long Drive
C. The Salt Lake Desert D. Enjoy Your Life
Questions:
1 Where in the text do you find evidence that the wagons were not he most suitable means of transport You can find your answers in paragraph 3.
2 Why did the travelers call their ninety mile-drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “long drive”
We had to travel long without water or grass for the animals to eat. It was hard.
3 What can you learn from this reading passage What impresses you most
1)After suffering from many difficulties, we can live a better life. Facing the hardship, never give up, etc.
2)The courage of the people impresses me most.
1.believe in 信任;信耐
2.stand for 代表;代替
3.adapt to 适宜
4.lose heart 灰心;泄气
5.be cast away (被)抛弃
6.give up 放弃
7.less than 少于;不足
8.set off for 开始(旅程;赛跑);出发
9.move on 继续前进
10.take the way 出发;首途
11.lose one’s way 迷路
12.hang out 伸出
13.in desperate need of 在极度需要的(时候)
14.on our feet=on foot 步行
15.be accustomed to doing sth. (通常用于被动语态)习惯于
16.suffer from 患病;遭受……之苦
17.hurry on to (with) 赶紧办理;急急忙忙地去做某事
18.stop to do sth. 停下来去做某事
19.start doing sth. 开始做某事
20.go on all fours 用四肢
21.(at)the edge of of (在)……边缘
22.stare at 瞪视; 凝视
e to an end 结束;终止
24.a race against time 与时间赛跑
25.save…from 挽救……免于
26.take up to 占用(时间;空间)
27.at stake 在危险中;关系重大
28.risk one’s life to 冒险去做某事
29.apply…to… 运用;应用
30.add up (两个或两个以上的数量或量)加起来
31.take it easy 别紧张;放松点
32.keep up 维持;保持;使某事处于高水平
mon sense 常识;情理
34.leave behind 忘带;留下
35. live through sth. 经历某事物而幸存
36.tie up 系;拴;捆
37.go for 为……去;努力获取Unit 13 The mystery of the Moonstone
Ｉ． 单元教学目标
技能目标Skill Goals▲Talk about the mystery▲Read a detective story▲Practise giving advice▲Integrative language practice▲Write an informal or a formal letter
II． 目标语言
功 能 句 式 Giving some advice and making some suggestions:You’d better (not) do ...You may/can do ...You should/ought to do ...You needn’t/don’t have to do ...I suggest/advise (that) you (should) do ...I advise you (not) to do ... I suggest (you) doing ...Let’s do ... (, shall we )Why don’t you/not do ... What about doing ... How about doing ...
词 汇 1. 四会词汇reception, considerate, cigar, splendid, astonish, coincidence, tension, elegant, bachelor, prescription, drawer, theft, religious, stubborn, enquiry, assistance, vital, guilty, stain, banquet, convince, assume, cancel, meanwhile, remark, innocent, commit, straightforward, roundabout2. 认读词汇informal, Rachel Verinder, Godfrey, curse, Franklin Black, Candy, Sergeant, Cuff, investigate, Rosanna, smear, suspicion, Holland, opium, offend3. 词组或短语in an/the act of revenge, offer to do sth, be stubborn in doing sth, keep sb out of trouble, have no choice but to do sth4.重点词汇considerate, splendid, astonish, elegant, religious, stubborn, vital, guilty, convince, assume, meanwhile, remark, innocent, commit
结构 复习名词从句中的同位语从句
重 点 句 子 1. When he died he left the Moonstone to his sister’s daughter, in an act of revenge, passing his bad fortune to her.2. His move to quit smoking cigars to please her is seen by the servants as evidence that he is in love with Rachel.3. Is it coincidence or is it the Moonstone’s bad luck that causes the tension and strange things that happen during the rest of the evening 4. Franklin’s reply that doctors just guess which drug they should recommend, makes Dr Candy extremely angry.5. The detective believes that she may have taken the diamond either from force of habit or to cause a disagreement between Rachel and Franklin. 6. Rachel is stubborn in resisting his enquiries about the Moonstone to the degree that she makes it seem as if she does not want the mystery to be solved.7. I was convinced that she had taken her own diamond, and that Rosanna had assisted her.
III． 教材分析与教材重组
1. 教材分析
本单元以一篇侦探小说The Mystery of the Moonstone为话题，旨在通过本单元的教学，使学生学会如何正确地给别人提出建议或忠告；复习名词从句及复合宾语结构；复习正式书信格式和非正式书信格式，掌握两者之间的异同点；运用正确的格式书写书信。
1.1 WARMING UP 部分提供了六幅图画，要求学生根据自己对每幅图画的分析和理解，用一两句话加以描述；然后按照图画的顺序进行合理想象，简单描述六幅图画中所反映的故事情节。
1.2 LISTENING 是发生在Rachel生日晚会上的几段对话。
1.3 SPEAKING 第一部分要求学生根据提供的情景，编写关于Godfrey向Rachel求爱遭到拒绝的一段对话；第二部分要求讨论Rachel把the Moonstone放进衣柜抽屉里，第二天早上发现它不见了后故事中各个人物的反应。
1.4 PRE-READING 是对Reading的阅读前准备，要求学生通过回答问题进行交流，了解the Moonstone有关故事，并对以后的情节进行预测。
1.5 READING 是一篇侦探小说的故事梗概，围绕the Moonstone的来历、被盗、侦破展开叙述。
1.6 POST-READING 要求学生根据课文回答所设计的问题，就Sergeant Cuff对有偷盗宝石嫌疑的几个重要人物分析的理由进行概括，并分组讨论同学们认为谁可能偷盗了宝石并说明理由。
1.7 LANGUAGE STUDY 分三部分：第一部分是对生词含义的考查，第二部分要求根据语境运用词语，以达到巩固和掌握的目的；第三部分为听力，谈论如何计划安排晚会，要求根据听力内容、语境情景作出正确的笔录。
1.8 INTEGRATING SKILLS 分Reading 和 writing两部分。要求学生先阅读，然后根据要求完成各项任务型作业：1.讨论并回答短文后的四个问题。要回答这些问题，需要学生正确理解课文内容，把握故事中所暗示的侦探线索，对各个人物的性格及行为进行分析判断，正确表述自己作出的判断及理由。2.写作训练。
2．教材重组
2.1 从话题内容上分析，WARMING UP 与SPEAKING相一致，从教材份量来说，可将WARMING UP和SPEAKING设计成一节任务型“口语课”，也是阅读前进行口语训练。
2.2 将LISTENING 和LANGUAGE PRACTICE中的LISTENING整合在一起，设计成一节 “听力课”。
2.3 可将PRE-READING, READING和POST-READING三个活动整合在一起上一节“精读课(I)”。
2.4 可将LANGUAGE STUDY 与WORKBOOK中的部分练习题整合在一起上一节“语言知识课”。
2.5 可将INTEGRATING SKILL中READING部分作为一节“精读课(II)”。
2.6 可将INTEGRATING SKILLS 中Reading in Part 1, 和WORKBOOK中INTEGRATING SKILLS 的Reading整合起来上一节“泛读课”。
2.7 将INTEGRATING SKILLS 中的WRITING和WORKBOOK中INTEGRATING SKILLS 的WRITING整合成一节“写作课”。
3. 课型设计与课时分配
1st Period Speaking
2nd Period Listening
3rd Period Intensive Reading(I)
4th Period Language Study
5th Period Intensive Reading(II)
6th Period Extensive Reading
7th Period Writing
Ⅳ. 分课时教案
The First Period Speaking
Teaching goals 教学目标
1. Target language目标语言
a. 重点词汇和短语
Moonstone, informal, Rachel, Godfrey, housemaid, upstairs, downstairs, on call, gossip, despite, servant, unemployed
b. 交际用语
Giving advice
You’d better (not) do ...
You may/can do ...
You should/ought to do ...
You needn’t/don’t have to do ...
I suggest/advise (that) you (should) do ...
I advise you (not) to do ...
Let’s do ... (, shall we )
Why don’t you/not do ...
What about doing ...
How about doing ...
c. 重点句式
Then she laid the table for breakfast while ...
Despite the hard work required of them, servants were paid very little ...
2. Ability goals能力目标
Enable the students to show opinions and give advice.
3. Learning ability goals 学能目标
Enable the students to tell a detective story with the help of the pictures and give advice.
Teaching important points教学重点
How to organize a story and give advice.
Teaching difficult points 教学难点
How to show opinions and give reasons.
Teaching methods 教学方法
Individual work;
Discussion.
Teaching aids教具准备
A computer and a projector.
Teaching procedures & ways教学过程与方式
Step I Revision
Ask the students to check their writings with each other.
T: Good morning/afternoon, boys and girls! Please check your writings with each other first.
Step II Warming up: Talking about pictures
Ask the students to talk about the pictures with the teacher’s help.
T: Wilkie Collins was one of the first writers of detective novels. In 1868 he published The Moonstone. The following pictures here show scenes from the novel. Look at the pictures on Page 109. Look carefully and tell what each picture is about. Can you tell us what is happening in each picture Now discuss the following questions with your partners.
Qs:
1.What is happening in each picture Describe the people and events.
2. What can you guess about the novel from the pictures Try to tell the story.
Ask the students to show their opinions.
T: Are you ready, everyone Now present your opinions in the discussion.
Sa: In Picture 1, a girl received a beautiful and expensive diamond from one of her friends or relatives at her birthday party. The diamond is so huge that many people there felt astonished. They all admired the diamond very much.
Sb: It seems in Picture 2 an important festival is coming or an important party will be held. The people are decorating their houses. They are painting the door with beautiful pictures of flowers and birds.
Sc: In Picture 1, there is a statue of a god in a church or a temple. And a splendid diamond is set on the moon god’s forehead.
Sd: Picture 4 is about a scene in which a person comes out of a castle and is getting on a carriage. He is leaving the castle for somewhere else.
Se: Picture 5 is about a party or getting-together. Some Indians or Muslins are performing their programs to entertain the people.
Sf: In the last picture, I can find that after the party, some people are talking together. In a room, a man is pulling back a drawer and stealing something. However, a girl in another room notices it.
Teacher’s help: These pictures are about the story The Moonstone. Rachel’s eighteenth birthday party is coming. She and her friend decorate her house and paint the door with flowers and birds. Rachel gets a huge diamond called the Moonstone from her uncle as a present at her eighteenth birthday party. Everyone present at the party feels astonished at such a huge and splendid diamond. At the party, some Indians are giving their performances to entertain them, but they seem not to be skilled at their performances. They must have had some special purpose. After the party that evening, Rachel puts the Moonstone in the drawer of a cupboard and goes to bed. However, the next morning, she finds the diamond missing. Who steals the diamond Why does the young man want to leave the castle Where does he want to go
Step III Speaking
Ask the students to think about and act out the conversation between Rachel and Godfrey.
T: On the day of Rachel’s birthday party, Godfrey asks her to marry him, and is refused. Now think about the situations where they are talking and discuss the questions in Part 1, Page 111.
Sample dialogues:
Sa: I’m sure that Godfrey may think that Rachel is very pretty, elegant and considerate. He loves her very much. So he asks her to marry him.
Sb: I agree with you. I think Godfrey doesn’t like Rachel at all. He wants her to marry him only because he wants to get the diamond from her.
Sc: Why does Godfrey think they will be happy when they get married First, he thinks she is pretty, elegant and considerate. Second, they are both from rich families and they can live a rich life. Third, he will do whatever he could to make her happy if she marries him.
Sd: There are some reasons why Rachel refuses Godfrey. She might tell Godfrey that she doesn’t like some of his bad habits and she thinks he is a rough, cold-hearted man. She might tell Godfrey that she has fallen in love with another young man and has already been engaged.
Se: Rachel refuses him when Godfrey asks her to marry him. This might make Godfrey very sad and disappointed. He becomes very angry. He begins to hate Rachel and tries to revenge her for this.
Sf: Godfrey mightn’t feel disappointed or angry at all. He feels very happy with the fact that his lover has found her love because he loves her so deeply. He wishes her to be happy all the time.
Sg: Godfrey might become disappointed and angry because he wants her to marry him only for her big diamond rather than her.
One possible dialogue between Rachel and Godfrey:
R——Rachel G——Godfrey
During the party, Rachel enters her room for a short time. Godfrey follows her in.
G: Happy birthday, Rachel! You look more beautiful this evening.
R: Thank you, Godfrey!
G: Rachel, I have a secret in my heart. I’ve been in love with you, Rachel. You’re pretty, elegant and considerate. You’re also kind and friendly. I’m expecting your love. I beg you to promise that you will marry me in the future.
R: We are already good friends. I think that’s enough. Besides, I have a boyfriend. We have been in love with each other for a long time.
G: Oh, sorry! But we will be very happy if you marry me. We are both from rich families. We are well-educated. I will do whatever I can to make you happy if you marry me.
R: Sorry! I love my boyfriend and so does he to me. You will forever be our good friend even if my boyfriend and I get married in the future. As a friend, I hope you to get rid of some bad habits.
G: Thank you! But I still wish you happy forever.
Ask the students to imagine how the characters react when they knew Rachel’s diamond was missing.
T: After the party, Rachel puts the Moonstone in a drawer of a cupboard before going to bed. However, the next morning, Rachel finds the diamond isn’t in the drawer any more. She tells everyone the bad news. Discuss the situations in Part 2, Page 111, in groups. And the following expressions and patterns may help you:
You’d better (not) do ...
You may/can do ...
You should/ought to do ...
You needn’t/don’t have to do ...
I suggest/advise (that) you (should) do ...
I advise you (not) to do ...
Let’s do ... (, shall we )
Why don’t you/not do ...
What/How about doing ...
T: Well, let’s discuss these situations in groups. And please prepare a role card and tell the other group members your own opinions during the discussion of Situation 2 and Situation 3.
Ask the students to do some preparation work.
T: OK. Are you ready Who’d like to try to tell us his/her decision
Ask the students to choose one of the situations to discuss in groups.
Sample dialogues:
Situation 1: How did Rachel feel about losing her diamond
Sa: I’m sure that Rachel must be very astonished when she found the Moonstone missing. Because there were no other people except her family and her friends Franklin and Godfrey. She was puzzled at whoever could have stolen the diamond.
Sb: I think she must be worried and disappointed because she loved the diamond very much, which she got as her birthday present. She was worried the diamond would not come back to her any more.
Situation 2: What did the other characters said to comfort her
Sa: Don’t worry, Rachel. I think it can be found somewhere after our efforts.
Sb: Do you remember very well that you put it in that drawer of the cupboard yesterday evening You may have put it in your jewel box or other places. Let’s look for it carefully.
Sc: I’m sure nobody here might have stolen it. The police can help you find it and give it back to you even if it has been stolen.
Sd: It doesn’t matter, Rachel. It is hard to say that is bad luck or good luck. It has been bringing your uncle bad luck or sadness.
Se: Don’t worry, Rachel. I’d like to ask Sergeant Cuff, the most famous detective to investigate it. I’m sure that he can help us find the diamond.
Situation 3: What suggestions and advice might they have given her
Sa: You should look for the Moonstone somewhere else again. You might have forgotten wherever you put it last night.
Sb: You’d better call the police station and ask them to investigate who stole it as soon as possible.
Sc: There are many famous detectives here. You can hire one of the best to investigate it. They may help you find it.
Sd: I’m sure it must have been stolen by one among us. Why don’t you call all the people together and question and search us You don’t have to let the police or detectives help you.
Situation 4: Who do you think might be the thief Give your reasons.
Sa: I think it is the most possible that the Indians might have stolen the Moonstone. Because Rachel’s uncle had ever murdered the three Indian holy men who had been keeping the Moonstone much more than their lives and stolen it and brought it to London, Britain. The Indians found that the Moonstone was in Rachel’s home. When the birthday party was being held, they pretended to be performers so that they could find a chance to steal the Moonstone and take it back to their country.
Sb: I think Godfrey might have stolen the diamond. He was refused by Rachel when he had asked her to marry him. He became angry and hated her. So he stole the diamond and kept it for himself.
Sc: I think her mother may have stolen it because she also liked the diamond very much and worried that it might be lost or stolen if Rachel kept it.
Sd: I think her boyfriend Franklin Black may have stolen it. As the English saying goes, “Love me, love my dog”. The man may have wanted to keep the diamond for her to get her true love or he may have been in debt to sell it to pay off his debt.
Se: I think Rachel’s servant, Rosanna may have stolen the diamond because she had never seen such a big diamond and she wanted to sell it for a large amount of money, then she would live a happy and rich life.
T: Many students do very well in the discussion and show their own opinions. Now let’s do the Reading and Speaking on Page 243 in the Workbook.
Step IV Talking
T: Now turn to Page 243. Rachel and her family live a different life upstairs from Rosanna and the servants’ life downstairs. Let’s think about the question: What are the differences between them Now read through the passage and find the differences between the two kinds of life.
Ask some students to tell the differences between them.
Sa: I’ll tell the difference about their clothes between Rachel and Rosanna. Rachel had quite a lot of beautiful clothes, shows and caps and she also had much jewellery and furniture. She might change her clothes every day. However, Rosanna had very few clothes and never had jewellery and very little furniture.
Sb: I’ll tell the difference about how they spent their time. Rosanna had to get up very early every morning and kept working from 5:00 am to 9:30 pm. It usually lasted 14 hours a day. She was busy working all day from morning to evening until she had served evening tea at about 9:30 pm. Then she could sit in the servants’ hall, playing cards or chatting with other servants before going to bed. But Rachel had free time all day. She got up very late in the morning. She might play with her friends, do some reading at home or talk with her parents. She went to bed at about 9:30 pm.
Sc: Both Rachel and Rosanna might think about many things in their lives. Rachel might think about how to get a good education, how to get along with her friends, how to make herself look more beautiful, how to make herself happy, when and where to meet her friends, whether to attend the parties she had been invited to and so on. While Rosanna might think about how to do her work better, how to satisfy her masters, how to learn the things she couldn’t do and how to make her life happier and more comfortable in the future.
Sd: There was an obvious difference between their food. Rachel had three different meals every day and her food was always delicious with good nutrition while Rosanna had her very simple, basic food every day.
Se: In everyday life, Rachel might talk with her parents or friends about her education, feelings, clothes, diet, jewellery but Rosanna might talk about her work, her family, her friends, what she heard or saw, especially what happened in Rachel’s family.
Sf: What was important to them They might have different opinions. To Rachel, she might think things such as friendship, money, clothes and jewellery, education, her family were important. However, Rosanna might think things such as her family, her job, money which were important to her.
T: Your answers are very good. Now let’s discuss the next question. In the passage, we know that the servants would often talk about the events that happened “upstairs”. What do you think they might have said about the Moonstone, Rachel’s decision not to marry Godfrey, Sergeant Cuff and Rachel’s relationship with Franklin
1. About the Moonstone:
Sa: I’ve never seen such a large beautiful diamond. It looks more beautiful on Rachel.
Sb: It is said that it was stolen by her uncle from the Indian moon god and it had brought him bad luck. He gave it to Rachel as a birthday present when he was dying so that it passed bad luck to Rachel in revenge for his sister’s scold.
Sc: I hope the Moonstone can bring good luck to Rachel because she is a good, friendly and kind girl. Now it is missing, which worries us all. I hope Rachel can soon find it.
Sd: But I hope that it will never return. I’m afraid that it will really bring bad luck to Rachel.
Se: I think some people could have stolen the Moonstone. I think it is the most possible that Godfrey or the Indians have stolen it.
2. About Rachel’s decision not to marry Godfrey:
Sa: I heard Godfrey asked Rachel to marry him, but she refused him. I think it was wise of Rachel to refuse Godfrey because he is a mean, narrow-minded man.
Sb: But I think it was wrong of her to refuse Godfrey because Godfrey showed her true love and she would live a happy life with Godfrey.
Sc: But I know that Rachel doesn’t love Godfrey at all, though Godfrey likes her very much. She would lead a sad life in the future if she marries Godfrey.
3. About Sergeant Cuff:
Sa: It is said that Rachel’s mother has asked Sergeant Cuff to help find the Moonstone. He is a most famous detective in London and he has detected many cases.
Sb: I’m not sure whether he can detect this case and find the diamond. He has good, rich experiences of detection, but this case seems very complicated and strange.
Sc: I think Sergeant Cuff is certainly able to find the Moonstone with his experiences of detection.
4. About Rachel’s relationship with Franklin:
Sa: I think Rachel refused Godfrey only because of Franklin. She knows that Franklin loves her very much and she also loves him.
Sb: I don’t agree with you. I think they are only close friends because they have been good friends since they were very young. They often help each other and talk a lot.
Sc: I think they are lovers. Franklin is a smoker but to please Rachel, he has begun to quit smoking cigars and he is very considerate towards Rachel. And it is clear that Rachel also loves Franklin very much.
Step V Homework
Make up a dialogue to comfort Rachel and give her advice when the diamond was missing.The Fourth Period
Teaching Aims:
1. Review the Subject.
2. Learn some useful words and expressions.
3. Improve the students' reading ability.
4. Learn to fill in a form.
Teaching Important Points:
1. Learn the following useful expressions: be familiar to, centre on, concentrate on
2. Improve the students' reading and writing abilities.
Teaching Difficulty Points:
1. How to help the students understand the passage better.
2. How to help the students finish the writing task.
Teaching Methods:
1. Practise to revise the Subject.
2. Reading and understanding to improve the students’ reading ability.
3. Writing practice to improve the students’ writing ability.
4. Individual, pair or group work to make every students work in class.
Teaching Aids:
1. the multimedia
2. the blackboard
Teaching Procedures:
Step I Greetings
Greeting the whole class as usual
Step II Revision
T: In the last period, we’ve reviewed the Subject. Now let’s do an exercise to consolidate it. Look at the screen.
(Show the following on the screen)
Underline the Subject of each sentence. Tell what can be used as Subject.
1. The young are usually active.
2. What should be done next has not be decided.
3. Nobody knows who is going to win the first place.
4. His not passing the exam makes his parents sad.
5. To protect the wildlife is very important.
(After a while, check the answers with the whole class)
Suggested answers:
1. The young (The adj.)
2. What should be done next( Clause)
3. Nobody (Pronoun)
4. His not passing the exam (v-ing)
5. To protect the wildlife (Infinitive)
Step Ⅲ Lead-in
T: Well done. What kind of sports do you like best
S1: I like football best.
S2.Tennis is my favorite.
S3.I prefer swimming.
…………….
(Show the picture on the screen)
T: Now, please look at the picture. Tell me what he is doing.
Ss: He is skateboarding. How exciting it is!
T. Have you ever had a try
Ss: No.
T: Would you like to know about skateboarding and have a try
Ss: Yes.
Step IV Reading
T.OK. Please open your book at Page 7. We're going to read about skateboarding. First let’s learn the new words.
(Teacher deals with the new words as usual.)
T. Now read the passage quickly and find the answers to the questions)
(Teacher shows the questions on the screen.)
1. How did many teenagers discover the skateboard
2. Does the skateboard belong to an extreme sport or regular sport
(A few minutes later, teacher checks the answers.)
T. Well. Have you found the answers
Ss : Yes.
T: Wang Tao, answer the first question. Please.
S4: Many teenagers discovered the skateboarding as a result of TV shows, films and competitions such as the X-games.
T: Do you agree with him
Ss: Yes!
T: Who’d like to answer the second question
S5: I’d like to have a try. The skateboarding belongs to an extreme sport.
T: Very good. Sit down. Please. Now, please read the passage again and discuss the questions on the screen with your partner. At last, I’ll check the answers.
(Teacher shows the questions on the screen)
1. “360” and “hang ten” are two skateboarding terms. Can you guess what they mean
2. How are the “extreme sports” different from traditional sports
3. What is the “X-factor”
4. What kind of safety equipment do skateboarders use
5. Why do you think some people like extreme sports
Suggested answers:
1. “360”means “jump high in the air and make a circle”; “hang ten” means “jump high in the air with none of the fingers and toes touching the skateboard”.
2. Extreme sports are risky activities, which are about beauty, harmony and thrills, instead of simply trying to defeat the other team or set a new record. Some extreme sports are not really “sports” at all, because they do not have clear rules about winning or losing. The goal of a “competition” may simply be to have fun and enjoy the excitement of trying something new. Traditional sports have clear rules about winning or losing. The main purpose of them is to defeat the other team or set a new record.
3. The “C-factor” is the pure joy of doing something that you didn’t think you could do and overcoming your fears.
4. Skateboarders should wear a helmet, a pair of knee pad, a chest protector, a pair of shinguard and a pair of eye shield to protect themselves.
5. Some people want risk and excitement--the closer to the edge, the better. They want to take an adventure and to get thrilled.
T: You all did very well! Now you've understood the passage better. Please look at the screen. Let's learn some useful expressions.
(Teacher shows the expressions on the screen and explains the use of them to the students. )
1. be familiar to
e. g. The song is familiar to middle school students.
2. centre on/upon
e. g. The discussion centers on the most important question.
3. concentrate on
e. g. You should concentrate on your studies.
T. Please read the passage again. This time you should pay attention to the persons mentioned in the passage.
(While the students are reading the passage, teacher can write the following words on the blackboard.)
(Bb: enthusiastic, curious, experienced, cautious, brave, delighted, interested, outgoing, friendly, energetic, wise, skillful, responsible, kind, athletic, powerful)
T: Now, stop please. Look at the words on the blackboard. Use them to describe Lin Yong and his friends, the park manager and people who like
Li Yong and his friends are enthusiastic, energetic and brave. The park manager is kind and friendly. Do you understand
Ss: Yes.
T: Please describe them in pairs.
(Teacher gives them two minutes to describe the people freely. )
Step V Preparation for Writing
T: In the first two periods, we've learned something about world records. And we've known how to get a record into The Guinness Book of World Records. Do you still remember it
Ss: Yes.
T: Who'd like to tell the class how to get a record into The Guinness Book of World Records
S6: I’d like to have a try. If you want to try to set a record, you should first contact The Guinness Book of World Records……..
Step V Writing
T: Very good. Suppose you have an idea for a new Guinness world record. You want to fill in a form to register the attempt. In the form, you have to give a detailed description of the record attempt. Before filling in the form, answer the questions on the screen.
(Show the following on the screen.)
1. What is it that you're going to do
2. How are you going to do it
3. How will you make sure that the record attempt is safe
4. How have you prepared for the attempt
5. What kind of equipment are you going to use
(Give the students three minutes to answer the questions. They may write down the answers on a piece of paper. )
T: OK. Now turn to Page 8. Look at the form. Try to fill the form according to the answers you wrote down just now.
(If time is enough, teacher can ask some students to read out their detailed description of the record attempt. If time is limited, teacher can ask them to finish it after class.
One possible sample.
Record title: The slowest bicycle rider in the world.
Record location. Beijing Worker’s Stadium.
Date of attempt: Oct. 1, 2005
Title: Student
First name: Li Last name: Ronghua
Detailed description of the record attempt:
I'm an 18-year-old student of BeiJing No. 20 Middle School. Setting a new Guinness world record has been my strong desire since I was a child; I’m going to ride my bicycle very slowly. Within a distance of 100 meters, I’m going to try to ride my bike for 3 hours. I began to ride to school when I was fourteen. So I’m sure there is no problem of safety, now I’ve done this for years. No other special equipment except my bike will be uses in the attempt ion. I want to set this record in the Worker’s Stadium on Oct.1, 2005. The local government, my school and my parents all support me. It’s one month before my attempt. I’ll try to improve my skills and I’m sure I will surely achieve my goal to become the slowest bicycle rider in the world.
Step Ⅶ Summary and Homework:
T: In this class, we've review the Subject by doing some exercises. We ‘ve also read a passage about an extreme sport and learnt some useful expressions: be familiar to, concentrate on. (Write them on the blackboard.) At last, we learn how to fill in a form to register an attempt. After class review what we have learnt today. Class is over.
Step Ⅷ The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
Unit 1 That must be a record!
The Fourth Period
Words describing people:
enthusiastic cautious
experienced curious
brave delighted
interested outgoing
friendly energetic
wise skillful
responsible kind
athletic
Phrases.
be familiar to
centre on
concentrate on
Step IX Record after TeachingUnit 7
Step one . Answer the following questions.
1.When does the story happen
2.Who is Ebenezer Scrooge Which word is he always to comment everything
3.Who is Bob Cratchit What does he want to do
4.What does the gentleman want to do Has he Promised What happened to Scrooge
Step2.Judge the following sentences True or false
1.It was cold in scrooge’s office and Bob had to warm himself over the candles. T
2. Scrooge was willing to let Bob have a day off because it would be Christmas the next day. F
3. Scrooge was invited by his niece and he accepted happily. F
4. A gentleman arrived at Scrooge’s office because he wanted to collected money for the poor. T
5. Scrooge didn’t want to give the poor any money because he was poor himself. F
6. According to the dialogue, in Scrooge’s dream he met his old friend ------Jacob Marley. F
Step three : Fill in the blanks according the passage
It was the day before Christmas and the weather was terrible . Bob wanted to have a day off in order to have a good Christmas dinner but his boss , Scrooge, who was cold , mean and only interested in making money didn’t allow him to do so at first. Scrooge’s nephew--- Fred wanted to invite Scrooge to attend their Christmas dinner but he was refused . A gentleman who wanted bo connect some money for the poor was also turned down by Scrooge. At last when all the others left Scrooge had a dream , in which he Santa Claus
Integrating Skills
Divide the play into 3 parts. Try to find out what caused Scrooge to turn over a new leaf.
Find out something about the firs scene
Place:_ The place where Scrooge live once lived
The time when Scrooge was young.
Time: Young scrooge and his girlfriend
The girl wanted to be separated from Scrooge
Characters: Scrooge cared nothing except money
Event: He felt very uneasy.
In the second scene, Scrooge saw the Christmas party held in Bob Cratchit’s houses. Judge the following sentences True of False .
1.In the dream it was Christmas Eve and the Cratchits were having a Christmas dinner. 2. In the dream Tiny was ill but his father couldn’t afford the medicine for him.
3. These things really happened to the Cratchits. F
4. On seeing the scene Scrooge wanted to change his life.
5. Scrooge ordered a big Christmas tree for the cratchits’. F
Scene 3
From here we say the Scrooge turned over a new leaf. How did Bob Cratchit feel when he saw Scrooge and his turkey D
A. Satisfied B. Interested C. Angry D. Surprised
He hadn’t expected that Scrooge would be so generous
Choose the best answers
1.Christmas is traditionally celebrated on . 答案：B
A. December 24 B. December 25 C. December 30 D. December 31
2.Which of the following is not true according to the dialogue 答案：A
A. The business is now owned by Scrooge and his partner, Marley.
B. Marley died on December 24th.
C. The gentleman tried to persuade Mr Scrooge to do something good for the poor.
D .Many thousands of people don’t have enough money to keep themselves warm.
3.Ebenezer Scrooge is . 答案：D
A. a warm-hearted boss B. a lazy kind boss
C. a hospitable boss D. a greedy ungenerous boss
4.According to the dialogue,which of the following sentences is right 答案：C
A. Nothing happened when the clock struck one.
B. Scrooge’s eyes were wet because he had a cold.
C. The girl who used to love Scrooge has married another man.
D. Scrooge,a kind old man is always commenting on everything by saying “Humbug”.
5.In the sentence,“He is cold, mean and selfish old man ”,“mean” is . 答案：D
A.有技巧的 B.心情不好的 C.普通的 D.吝啬的
6.From the dialogue, we can infer . 答案：C
A. Fred helps Scrooge become a helpful man
B. everyone does wish Ebenzer Scrooge a merry Christmas
C. Ebenzer scrooge corrects his mistakes and makes a fresh start
D. Scrooge’s partner, Marley died at Christmas
7.The main factor that makes Mr Scrooge change his mind is that . 答案：A
A. he feels afraid the bad thing will happen to him in the future
B. he regrets what he did in the past
C. he is moved by what Santa Claus says
D. he loses his fortune and becomes a poor man himself
8.What can’t be concluded from the passage 答案：D
A. People usually have turkey for Christmas.
B. The place they live in is cold in winter.
C. Bob is quite astonished Scrooge’s generousness.
D. All the poor people can enjoy a merry Christmas now.
9.According to Fred,Christmas is the day of the year when people . 答案：D
A. think of the past and look forward to the future
B. put valuable things in their pockets
C. have dinner together
D. show kindness to people and help others
10.Mr Scrooge is reluctant to open his heart to the poor because . 答案：D
A. there are plenty of prisons in the world B. he is poor himself
C. the union work houses can help the poor
D. he only cares about his own business and never shows kindness to others
Phrases
1.care for 喜爱；照顾
2.in the race to do sth. 在做某事的竞赛中
3.put on 穿上
4.so far 至此
5.in want of 需要
6.at this festive season of the year 在一年中喜庆的季节
7.close up （尤指暂时）关闭；使靠近
8.leave alone 不管；随…去
9.toast to 干杯
10.date back to 追溯到（过去的某个时间）
11.on the contrary 相反
12.have an eye for 关注；能判断；能欣赏Unit 7
Step one . Answer the following questions.
1.When does the story happen
2.Who is Ebenezer Scrooge Which word is he always to comment everything
3.Who is Bob Cratchit What does he want to do
4.What does the gentleman want to do Has he Promised What happened to Scrooge
Step2.Judge the following sentences True or false
1.It was cold in scrooge’s office and Bob had to warm himself over the candles. T
2. Scrooge was willing to let Bob have a day off because it would be Christmas the next day. F
3. Scrooge was invited by his niece and he accepted happily. F
4. A gentleman arrived at Scrooge’s office because he wanted to collected money for the poor. T
5. Scrooge didn’t want to give the poor any money because he was poor himself. F
6. According to the dialogue, in Scrooge’s dream he met his old friend ------Jacob Marley. F
Step three : Fill in the blanks according the passage
It was the day before Christmas and the weather was terrible . Bob wanted to have a day off in order to have a good Christmas dinner but his boss , Scrooge, who was cold , mean and only interested in making money didn’t allow him to do so at first. Scrooge’s nephew--- Fred wanted to invite Scrooge to attend their Christmas dinner but he was refused . A gentleman who wanted bo connect some money for the poor was also turned down by Scrooge. At last when all the others left Scrooge had a dream , in which he Santa Claus
Integrating Skills
Divide the play into 3 parts. Try to find out what caused Scrooge to turn over a new leaf.
Find out something about the firs scene
Place:_ The place where Scrooge live once lived
The time when Scrooge was young.
Time: Young scrooge and his girlfriend
The girl wanted to be separated from Scrooge
Characters: Scrooge cared nothing except money
Event: He felt very uneasy.
In the second scene, Scrooge saw the Christmas party held in Bob Cratchit’s houses. Judge the following sentences True of False .
1.In the dream it was Christmas Eve and the Cratchits were having a Christmas dinner. 2. In the dream Tiny was ill but his father couldn’t afford the medicine for him.
3. These things really happened to the Cratchits. F
4. On seeing the scene Scrooge wanted to change his life.
5. Scrooge ordered a big Christmas tree for the cratchits’. F
Scene 3
From here we say the Scrooge turned over a new leaf. How did Bob Cratchit feel when he saw Scrooge and his turkey D
A. Satisfied B. Interested C. Angry D. Surprised
He hadn’t expected that Scrooge would be so generous
Choose the best answers
1.Christmas is traditionally celebrated on . 答案：B
A. December 24 B. December 25 C. December 30 D. December 31
2.Which of the following is not true according to the dialogue 答案：A
A. The business is now owned by Scrooge and his partner, Marley.
B. Marley died on December 24th.
C. The gentleman tried to persuade Mr Scrooge to do something good for the poor.
D .Many thousands of people don’t have enough money to keep themselves warm.
3.Ebenezer Scrooge is . 答案：D
A. a warm-hearted boss B. a lazy kind boss
C. a hospitable boss D. a greedy ungenerous boss
4.According to the dialogue,which of the following sentences is right 答案：C
A. Nothing happened when the clock struck one.
B. Scrooge’s eyes were wet because he had a cold.
C. The girl who used to love Scrooge has married another man.
D. Scrooge,a kind old man is always commenting on everything by saying “Humbug”.
5.In the sentence,“He is cold, mean and selfish old man ”,“mean” is . 答案：D
A.有技巧的 B.心情不好的 C.普通的 D.吝啬的
6.From the dialogue, we can infer . 答案：C
A. Fred helps Scrooge become a helpful man
B. everyone does wish Ebenzer Scrooge a merry Christmas
C. Ebenzer scrooge corrects his mistakes and makes a fresh start
D. Scrooge’s partner, Marley died at Christmas
7.The main factor that makes Mr Scrooge change his mind is that . 答案：A
A. he feels afraid the bad thing will happen to him in the future
B. he regrets what he did in the past
C. he is moved by what Santa Claus says
D. he loses his fortune and becomes a poor man himself
8.What can’t be concluded from the passage 答案：D
A. People usually have turkey for Christmas.
B. The place they live in is cold in winter.
C. Bob is quite astonished Scrooge’s generousness.
D. All the poor people can enjoy a merry Christmas now.
9.According to Fred,Christmas is the day of the year when people . 答案：D
A. think of the past and look forward to the future
B. put valuable things in their pockets
C. have dinner together
D. show kindness to people and help others
10.Mr Scrooge is reluctant to open his heart to the poor because . 答案：D
A. there are plenty of prisons in the world B. he is poor himself
C. the union work houses can help the poor
D. he only cares about his own business and never shows kindness to others
Phrases
1.care for 喜爱；照顾
2.in the race to do sth. 在做某事的竞赛中
3.put on 穿上
4.so far 至此
5.in want of 需要
6.at this festive season of the year 在一年中喜庆的季节
7.close up （尤指暂时）关闭；使靠近
8.leave alone 不管；随…去
9.toast to 干杯
10.date back to 追溯到（过去的某个时间）
11.on the contrary 相反
12.have an eye for 关注；能判断；能欣赏日期/星期 课时节数 课时安排
Unit 1 That must be a record
1. Brief statement based on the unit
something about The Guinness Book of World Records
The Guinness Book of World Records is a world famous collection of records in human life ,including alll specific skills.
What is the longest song title Who is the tallest living human being What is the rarest stamp The answers to these questions, and more, can be found at today's Family Site. Called The Guinness Book of Records, this is a site that represents an organization that for years has recorded events and stunts from all over the world. The desire of human beings to be the fastest, or tallest, or have that smallest or largest of an item are the bread and butter of this group.
At this site, you can find out about the latest record setting attempts and in what categories, search for existing records, find out the schedule of their television show, and suggest ideas for new categories or records.
This site is really interesting, one that you can spend an hour or two and be thoroughly entertained. By the way, the longest song title is a 1946 song by Hoagy Carmichael called "I'm a Cranky Old Yank in a Clanky Old Tank on the Streets of Yokohama with my Honolulu Mama Doing Those Beat-o, Beat-o, Flat on my Seat-o Hirohito Blues". Or it was the last time I looked. As for the other answers, you can find those for yourself at the site.
The book of records has been renewed each year and has been bought and enjoyes in 141 countries around the worls .The 262 editions and 35 languanges it has used ,may be a record itself.
Who got the idea to write the Guinness Book of World Records
In 1951, Sir Hugh Beaver, the then managing director of the Guinness Brewery, went on a shooting party and became involved in an argument. Which was the fastest game bird in Europe the golden plover or the grouse He realized then that a book supplying the answers to this sort of question might prove popular. He was right!
II．GOALS
1.Talk about records，adventures and hobbies
2.Practise measuring and comparing
3.Review the Subject
4.Fill in a form
Teaching aims:
1.Learn and master the following words: beard, cheetah, sailfish, voyager, tight, gorge.
2.Learn something about world records of all kinds.
3.Train the students’ listening ability.
4.Develop the students’ speaking ability by talking about records, adventures and hobbies.
Teaching important points:
1.Finish the task of listening to train the students’ listening ability.
2.Talk about records, adventures and hobbies to improve the students’ speaking ability.
Teaching difficult points:
1.Help the students to improve their listening ability.
2.Help the students to finish the task of speaking practice.
Teaching methods:
1.Talking about the pictures to arouse the students’ interest in world records.
2.Listening and speaking to train the students’ ability to speak English.
3.Individual, pair or group work to make every student work in class.
Teaching aids (o)
Teaching Periods
Period 1 warming-up
Step 1 Greetings and Lead-in
Step 2
Take the quiz below and see whether you can guess the answer
1. The lowest temperature ever recorded on Earth is __________.
A. –75.4℃ B. –89.2 ℃ C. –110.7 ℃
2. The world’s tallest man is ________
A. 2.35m B. 2.45m C. 2.55
(America's Robert Wadlow who still towers above the rest at 8ft 11.1 inches. )
3. The youngest college graduate
was_______
A.10 years old B 12 years old C. 14 years old
4. The highest number of goals
in a soccer career is ______
A. 1279 B,546 C. 3850
5. The longest beard is _________
A. 73cm B. 1.83 cm C. 2.33
6. The longest lecture lasted _______
A. 32.5 h B. 62.5h C. 82.5h
1. The lowest temperature ever recorded on Earth①is _____.
A. –75.4℃ B. –89.2 ℃ C. –110.7 ℃
(-128.6°F) at the Russian Base in Vostock in Antarctica on July 21, 1983
1 on earth在世上,在人间;究竟(用于疑问词后)
归纳拓展
ever, in the world也可用于疑问句who, what等词后,表“究竟”的含义。
(-128.6°F) at the Russian Base in Vostock in Antarctica on July 21, 1983
2. The world’s tallest man is ________. A. 2.35m B. 2.45m C. 2.55
(America's Robert Wadlow who still towers above the rest at 8ft 11.1 inches. )
3. The youngest college graduate① was_______.
A.10 years old B. 12 years old C. 14 years old
1 graduate n. （大学）毕业生
归纳拓展
graduate vt. 毕业 graduation n.
graduate from从…毕业 after graduation
4. The highest number of goals in a soccer career is _____. A. 1279 B. 546 C. 3850
5. The longest beard is _________. A. 73cm B. 1.83 cm C. 2.33
6. The longest lecture lasted① _______. A. 32.5 h B. 62.5h C. 82.5h
2 Last延续，持续；耐久，支持
The raining season lasted until July.
This coat has lasted well.
Take the quiz below and see whether① you can guess the answers．
1 whether 和if 的区别。whether 和if 引导宾语从句一般情况下都可以互换。
1)句中出现or/or not 时，且位于句末，用whether/if都可以。Whether后可以直接跟 or not，if则不能。
2)在引导主语从句﹑表语从句和同位语从句时，只能用whether。
3)whether 引导的从句可作介词宾语，而if 则不可以
4) whether 引导的从句可以作某些动词，如：discuss 的宾语，而if则不能。
5) whether 可与不定式连用，而if则不能。
He wasn’t sure whether/if he ought to laugh or cry.
I don’t know whether or not he is coming.
Whether it is true remains a problem.
Whether we’ll go camping tomorrow depends on the weather.
What the doctors really doubt is whether my mother will recover from the serious disease soon.
I am in doubt whether I should agree to the plan.
Everything depends on whether we have enough time.
We discuss whether we should close the shop.
2 I don’t know whether to accept the gift.
3 records of all kinds各种各样的记录
of all kinds定语修饰名词，意思是“各种各样的”。
There are flowers of all kinds in the garden.
知识拓展：
of 意思是“具有”，可加抽象名词，of + n. = adj。
of importance / help / value / use
What he said just now was of great importance.
Step 3 listening
answer the questions in the SB
posssible answers:
1, large, big ,short,great,long,giant,small,tiny,strong , thin,….
2. reach, up to,speed, kilometre,hour,second,minute,metre,mile, per, fast,slow…
3.tall people; easy to reach sth, waste coth
short pepole : smart quick,difficult to reach sth.
1 talk about谈论；谈起
归纳拓展
talk of谈到；谈起 talk with与…交谈; 与…讨论
talk to sb找某人谈话 talk big说大话, 吹牛
talk sb into doing sth 说服某人做某事
become the talk of the town 成为大众的话题
2 speed
归纳拓展
with great speed迅速地 at full / top speed 以全速
at a speed of …以…的速度 speed up加速
2. (3) Some people are short and small and some are tall and big. What are the advantages①and disadvantages of different sizes
1 Advantage n. 优势,好处,有利条件
归纳拓展
take advantage of sb 利用某人,欺骗某人
take advantage of sth (巧妙地)利用某物
have the advantage of 胜过,占优势
gain /get / have / win an advantage over [of]较…获得(占,赢得)优势,优于
3. 2 The world’s heaviest living person weighs①______ kilograms.
1 weigh vt. 称…重量;掂量;考虑; vi. 重若干
归纳拓展
weight n. 重量;重担,负担 weighty adj. 重的,沉重的
by weight 按重量计算 put on weight 增至;发福
lose weight体重减轻
Finish the Exs in the SB
Step 4 speaking
ask the students to work in pairs to have a dissussion
1．Prepare预备，准备prepare; prepare for; preparation; get ready for
prepare a meal / one’s lesson准备饭/功课
I prepared the ground for the seeds. 我整理好土地准备播种。
2．use sth to do用…来做…
归纳拓展
be used to do sth被用来做… be used for doing sth被用来做…
be used to sth / doing sth
it’s no use doing sth做某事没用
Period 2and 3 reading
Step1. Pre –reading : answer the questions in the Sb
Step2. Scanning
1. Who was Sir Hugh Beaver
2.When was the first edition of Guinness Book of World Records published
Match the general idea of each paragraph.
1. Chinese record Para. 1
2. The first edition of Guinness
Book of World Record Para. 2
3. Records from the world of sports Para. 3
4. Records of different categories Para. 4
5. How to set a record Para. 5
6. Why are people so interested in records Para. 6
Step 3 carefully reading
1. Who got the idea to write the Guinness Book of World Records
2. When was the first edition of the Guinness Book of World Records published
3. How are records collected in the book Please give 3 examples.
4. Why are people so interested in world records
5. How can you try to set a record
posssible answers:
1. Sir. Hugh Beaver.
2. In 1955.
3. The Guinness Book of World Records has chapters on the human body, amazing feats, the natural world, science and technology , arts and the media, modern society, travel and transport, and sports and games.
Examples: Tian’anmen Square is the largest square in the world.
the longest moustache reached a length of 1.6 metres.
the longest poisonous snake is 5.71 metres long.
4. Because we are curious about the records and also entertained by accounts of strange and unusual deeds and facts.
5. First contact the Guinness Book of World Records.
Then the editors will send you rules and the form you need to apply the record after their discussion.
Afterwards a Guinness official will come to inspect your attempt.
If you are successful, the official will confirm the record and give you a certificate.
Step 4
Match each of the sentence below with a paragraph in the reading.
A . The Guinness Book of World Records is popular because people enjoy reading about strange facts and exciting achievements.
B. The editors of the book collect all the records and put them into different groups.
C. Sir Hugh Beaver decided to write the book as the result of an argument with a friend.
D. Even though the records themselves are amazing, the stories of the people who set the records are often even more interesting.
E. A new Guinness world record will only be accepted if it is safe and has been done according to the rules.
F. “ I just love reading about people who do amazing things, such as swimming a long river or running across a country. The stories inspire me and are fun to read.
Step 5 T or F.
1. The Guinness company began to the Guinness Book of World Records in the 1950s.
2. More than 60,000 new records are printed in the book each year.
3. An Englishman balanced a small car weighing 159.6 kilogrammes on his head for 33 seconds.
4. Lance Armstrong’s speed record is more impressive than his struggle against his disease.
5.The records that are dangerous to the person who is attempting it or to others are not allowed in the book.
6. The records in the Guinness Book of World Records are including different areas of people’s life.
Step 6 post- reading
Answer the following questions.
1. How did Sir Hugh Beaver come up with the idea for Guinness Book of World Records
2 .What Guinness record were set in Urumqi and Hong Kong
3. How long is the longest moustache in the world
4. What are the categories in Guinness Book of World Records
5. Why are Lance Armstrong’s records special
6. What types of record attempts are not allowed
7. Why do you think many people are interested in world records
How much do you know about Guinness and the world record
If you want to set a record, what kind of record would you like to
posssible answers:
1. He first wanted to settle an argument about the fastest bird in Europe．After talking to his friends, he concluded that a book which answered such questions might popular.
2. Urumqi is the most remote city from the sea ; A special and delicious record was set in 1997 to celebrate Hong Kong’s return to China.
3. 1.6 meters
4. human body，amazing feats，the natural world，science and technology，arts and the media，model society，travel and transport，and sports and games．
5. It fades next to the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease.
6.Records that are dangerous to the person who is attempting it or to others
7.Because we want to know what is possible and find out just how far we can push ourselves and are also entertained by accounts of strange and unusual deeds and facts．
Step 7 Language points
1. conclude vt.推断出, 断定 [+that]
conclusion. n. 结论；决定；推论 短语：
come to the conclusion that... 所得结论是..., 断定
draw a conclusion/conclusions得出结论，推断
come to the conclusion that... 所得结论是..., 断定
bring sth. To a speedy conclusion 使某事尽快结束
leap / jump to a conclusion冒然断定， 过早下结论
in conclusion = lastly 最后,总之
eg: In conclusion I’ d like to say that you did it very well.
4 Contain包含…(在内); 包括(不可用进行时态); 抵制, 控制
This book contains a lot of notes. We should learn to contain ourselves.
辨析: include & contain:
include表示一个整体由几个部分组成，侧重包括者只是整体的一部分。include 是数量包含,组成各外在部分的包含。如坐车人中包含两个小孩.我手里拿的钱包含我弟弟用的钱。
The bill includes tax and service．
contain指一个整体包括的内容，侧重“内有”的意思, 侧重包含的内容和成分。Contain 内含质量的"包含"，如水包含氢和氧，香烟内含尼古丁。还有容积容纳数量也用contain，如教室能容纳多少人，这瓶子能装多少水等。
Try to avoid foods which contain a lot fat.
include的宾语总是整体中的部分数量或部分组成部分,而contain的宾语总是不涉及数量的内含元素,如有数量词则往往是全部数量.
拓展:
including 可用作介词,用在名词和代词之前; included为过去分词,置于修饰的名词和代词之后。常以including 和included的形式出现在短语中。
我们这里一共有10 个人，包括3 个女孩。
There are ten of us here，including three girls.
…………………………, three girls included.
2.hire 的用法
1） hire vt. 雇用（某人）,（同）dismiss/take on, (反) dismiss/fire ;租借（东西）＝rent
3）n雇佣，租用，租金
特别注意区别：hire ；employ；rent；appoint
We intend to___D______ the hall for a week.
A. employ B .rent C. appoint D. hire
3.set sth. down 写下来
eg: Why don’t you set your idea down on paper
set sb. down 停车让人下车
eg: The bus stopped to set down an old lady.
I’ll set you down on the corner of the street.
set about sth./doing sth.做手某事/做某事＝set out to do开始干
set off 出发
set aside 不理会；搁置；存储＝put away
set foot in/on 踏上
set fire to sth./set sth on fire 防火烧掉…
set up 成立；建造
be set in 以…为背景
4. keep /lose track of…=keep in/lose touch with 与…保持/失去接触
be on sb’s track/be on the track of sb.=be after sb.追踪某人
make tracks for…＝go towards 走向
in one’s tracks =there and then当场，立刻
eg: It’s hard to keep track of all one’s old school friends.
lose track of time 说不准现在的确切时间
5. live to be 活到 不定式 to be 作结果状语
她活到了八十岁。She lived to be 80.
吃为了活着，但不要为了吃而活着。Eat to live, but don’t live to eat.
类似结构：prove /turn to be…证明是；结果是
6. balance 天平
eg: Have you brought something to weigh the flesh A balance
平衡 eg: keep the balance of nature
keep/lose one’s balance 谐调，匀称
eg: All the parts of the building are in perfect balance. 余额
eg: I must check my bank balance. v. 使……保持平衡
eg: How long can you balance on one foot 结算
eg: balance an account / one’s books 结帐 等价，抵消
eg: This year’s profits will balance our previous losses.
7.with an area of…拥有…面积
8. stand out明显；醒目
突出；杰出 ; 坚持；支撑eg: to stand out a crisis挨过危机
Stand still ! 站住，不许动！stand by 在场；靠近; 袖手旁观
（无线 电台或军事方面）待命，准备行动 ; 试图援助；极力支持 忠于；信守
eg: to stand by one's promise
遵守诺言 stand down退出竞选;离开证人席
stand for代表，表示；意指； 容忍；允许
stand in当替身；代替 stand up耐久；耐用; 成立
eg: Will the charge stand up in court
这个指控在法庭上能成立吗？
stand up for维护；拥护；支持
9.as conj.虽然，引导让步状语从句时，必须倒装表语名词（若为可数名词单数必须省去a/an）或形容词﹑副词状语或动词原形。此时用though 也可以，但though引导的从句可以倒装也可以不倒装。
Child as/though he is, he knows a lot.
Young as/though he is ,he can do it well.
Much as /though I like the book, I won’t buy it.
Try as /thoughhe may , he won’t succeed.他或许会尝试，但不会成功。
The air was cold, bright as the sun was.
_________, I have never senn anyone who’s as capable as John.
A.As long as I have traveled B.Now that I have traveled so mucu
C. Much as I have traveled D.As I have traveled so much
10. fade的用法
补：vi. 从视觉﹑听觉或记忆中渐渐消失
欢呼声在远方渐渐消失。
The sound of the cheering faded away in the distance. （＝died away）
夜幕降临时，海岸线消失在黑暗中。
As evening came, the coastline faded into darkness. (=disappeared)
Their hopes faded. (=disappeared)
她永远忘不了她的儿子。
The memory of her son will never fade from her mind.
11.next to
1) 在……旁边He lives next to me.
2) 跟在……之后 Next to skiing her favorite sport was ice-hockey.
我最喜欢的运动是滑雪，其次是冰球。
3） 几乎，近于next to impossible 几乎不可能
next to last 倒数第二
12. diagnose sb. with a disease 诊断某人患了某种疾病
be diagnosed. with a disease 被诊断患了某种疾病
13. go on with; go on to do; go on doing; continue with sth.; continue doing(to do) sth. 的用法
14.record vt.记录，录制 n 记录；唱片（注意读音）
keep a record 保持记录
set a new record 创新记录
break/beat a record 打破记录
make a new record 刷新记录
keep a record of 保存…的记载
make e record 录制/制作唱片
15. in a row 连续，一连串；排成一排地 in rows 成行， 成排
eg: China women volleyball team won five champions in a row in the 1980s.
They planted the trees in rows.
16..in the first place首先, 第一点(用于列举理由等时)＝firstly；原先，本来
in the last place最后
in the next place其次, 第二点
in places在某些地方, 有几处in one’s place
in place of代替, 用...而不用…
in place 在适当的位置
I won,t go out today. In the first place I am tired; in the next place I have so much work to do.
17. enterain 的用法.注意当“款待”时的用法＝treat sb to sth./serve sb with
18.make for 可造成；可成为；有好处，有助于＝contribute to
大字排版使阅读轻松些。The large print makes for easier reading.
早起有利于健康吗？Does early rising make for good health
文化交流有助于相互了解。Cultural exchanges makes for mutual understanding.
19.attempt的用法
Mary has been preparing carefully for the English examination, so that she can be sure of passing it at her first_______. A. request B. attempt C. promise D. purpose
(…以便于第一次尝试九能通过)
A man is being questioned in relation to the ________ murder last night.
A. advised B. attended C. attempted D. admitted
(一个涉嫌参与昨天夜里谋杀的人正在接受审讯.)
20.apply for 的用法
1) vi. apply( to sb.) for sth.(向某人)申请某物 apply to do sth. 申请干某事
2)vt. 应用；运用
4)apply oneself to stn../doing sth.=devote oneself to sth./doing sth. 专心从事/埋头于…
注意：application n.u 申请，请求，n.c 申请书
applicant n.c 申请人
applicable adj.使用的，合适的
21.inspect vt
22. confirm vt.
23.result vi.; n.动词的用法：result in…=lead to/cause/bring aout 导致
result from…=be caused by起因于…；由…导致/造成的
他的粗心造成了失败。His carelessness resulted in failure.
失败是由他的粗心导致的。Failure resulted from his carelessness.
As a result of /Because of /On account of /Owing to /Due to
He was late due to thick fog
Language Study
1.be fascinated by 被…迷住
be fascinated with迷上…
2.burst into +n. =burst into +doing 突然而猛烈地发出或产生某物
突然喝彩/大笑/大哭/尖叫burst into cheers/laughter/tears/screams
=burst out cheering/laughing/crying/screaming突然欢呼起来 /哈哈大笑。
Period 4 Integrating skills
Step 1.Scanning
1. How did many teenagers discover the skatebord
2. Does the skatebord belong to an extreme sport or regular sport
Step 2 Read the passage and answer the questions on page 1.
Step 3 More words to describe people
Enthusiastic curious experienced cautious
Brave delighted interested outgoing wise
skillful friendly energetic responsible kind
athletic powerful all/ thin/slim/ a broad face, / wide eyes/ short， beautiful/pretty/ lovely/
handsome/naughty /healthy/foolish/stupid /silly/clever /smart/wise /bright/ diligent
/intelligent/lazy /hard working man ,
He is …meters high/tall/in height
good-looking funny-looking strong-looking ugly-looking dirty-looking ordinary-looking
blue-eyed white-eyed warm- hearted
light-hearted kind-hearted absent- minded
be in good or poor condition strong-tempered
bad-tempered near-sighted far-sighted
Step 4 Language points
1. head vi. 前往；朝向
head down to 开往；前往；朝向
更常用 head for
When I saw the car heading for me, I stepped aside.
Clouds are gathering. I think we’d better head for the hotel in case it starts to rain.
2. a dozen of 一打， 十二个 a dozen (of) eggs但 a dozen of those apples
a dozen of them 二十四 two dozen (of)
三十六 three dozen (of) eg: I’ve bought a dozen of pencils for my son.
I want four dozen (of) eggs.
dozens of 许多several / a few / some dozens of
by the dozen 按打，以打计算 in dozens 成打地
3. Skillful adj.灵巧的，熟练的 Skilled 熟练的，有技能的
Be skillful at /in =be skilled in/at
善于绘画 Be skillful at painting 熟练的工人 A skilled worker
技术性工作Skilled work
4. permit V. permission n.
with /without one’s permission
Permit sb. to do sth.
Permit doing
He was permitted outside after finishing his homework.
A. play B.playing C. to play D. plays
5.have been around 遍布全球（各地）；深入人心
6. familiar
be familiar with sth. 某人对…熟悉/通晓
sb. be familiar with sb. 与某人过分亲热
sth. be familiar to sb. 为某人所熟悉
familiarity n. 熟悉，亲密
（1）Han Hong 为 所熟悉young fans.
（2）.He通晓music.
7.A new generation of sports is capturing the hearts and minds of people who are willing to try something new.
新一代的体育运动占据了想尝试新鲜事物的人们的所有心思。
capture: vt. 捕获；占领；赢得
我们的任务是活捉许多猴子。
e.g 1 Our task was to capture a number of these monkeys alive.
他以7.51米的成绩取得了男子跳远的第一名
2.He captured first place in the men’s broad jump with a leap of 7.51 meters. 。
8.center v.
~ on /upon 将…当作中心或重点; 集中于
他们的谈话总是围绕着政治。
Their talks always center on politics.
The discussion centers on the most important questions.
~ sth. on /upon 将某物集中在…上/集中于….
concentrate vt.
集中
集中(思想/注意力…) 于…
~ (thought/attention…) on/upon…
我们必须把注意力集中在效率上。
We must ~ our attention on efficiency/studies..
concentrate on/upon全神贯注;专心致志于；全力以赴；专心
她不能长时间专心读一本书。
She couldn't concentrate on a book very long.
n. concentration camp 集中营
There is too much noise outside, I can not _____my attention on my work.
A. fill B. connect
C. flat D. concentrate
9.delight n.1) 欣喜,愉快 [U]＝joy 令…高兴的是
to one’s delight
兴高采烈/高兴地 with delight以…为乐 take/find delight in
2) 乐事,乐趣[C]
他喜欢纽约夜生活的乐趣。
He enjoyed the delights of New York's night life.
vt. 使高兴；使愉快=please
小丑逗乐了观众。
The clown ~ed the audience.
你回来了,我很高兴。
I'm delighted that you are back.
我们很高兴拜读你的小说。
We were delighted to read your novel.
be delighted by/with sth. 因…而高兴
10.register
1) vt.登记,注册,申报; (仪表等)标示,;记录=read
他去市政厅为他儿子作出生登记。
He went to the city hall to register the birth of his son.
温度计显示七十度。
The thermometer registered 70 degrees.
2) vi.登记,注册
我在靠近火车站的一家旅馆登记住宿。
I registered at a hotel near the train station.
Unit 1
1.in a soccer career 在足球生涯中
2.settle an argument about 确定关于…的论点
3.be sent into 被收入
4.set down 登记；记载；写下
5.keep track 与…保持接触；跟…的进程或发展
6.be put into 被放入…；翻译成…
7.stand out 显著；杰出
8.be diagnosed with cancer 被诊断出患了癌症
9.in the first place （用与列举理由等时）首先；第一；原先
10.make for 可造成；可译成；有好处；走向
11.apply for 申请；请求
12.head down to 开往；前往；朝向
13.have been around 遍布全球（各地）；深入人心
14.burst into something 突然而猛烈地发出或产生某事物
15.centre on /upon 将某人或某事物当作中心或重点
16.concentrate on 专心致力于
语法透析
最高级
(1) “the + 最高级” 表示“最…”，一般表示三者或以上相比，这种句式一般常有表示比较范围的介词短语。
(2) 最高级可被序数词以及much, by far, not quite等修饰。如：
This hat is by far/ much / not quite the biggest.
How much did the second most expensive but cost
(3) 表示“最高程度”的形容词，如excellent, extreme, perfect, favorite, dead等，没有最高级，也没有比较级。
(4)
PAGE
1Unit 14 Zoology教案
第一部分课文理解
Warming up
Read the following proverbs and then match the Chinese meaning of each proverb.
一贫如洗 回家生闷气 饥肠辘辘 勿惹事生非 不要过早打如意算盘
披着羊皮的狼 一燕不成夏 拦路虎 把好人与坏人分开 亡羊补牢
班门弄斧 倾盆大雨 蠢得像头猪 江山易改，本性难移
人靠衣装，佛靠金装 小时偷针，大时偷金 潜移默化 爱屋及乌
1.To teach a fish how to swim．班门弄斧
2.The sparrow near a school sings the primer．潜移默化
3.Love me, love my dog 爱屋及乌
4.Look the barn door after the horse is stolen．亡羊补牢
5.He that will steal a pin will steal an ox．小时偷针，大时偷金
6.Don’t count your chickens before they hatch．不要过早打如意算盘
7.as poor as a church mouse一贫如洗
8. Let sleeping dogs lie.勿惹事生非
9.I'm SO hungry that I could eat a horse．饥肠辘辘
10.Go home and kick the dog．回家生闷气
11.Separate the sheep from the goats．把好人与坏人分开
12.A lion in the way．拦路虎
13.One swallow doesn’t make a summer．一燕不成夏
14.A wolf in sheep’s clothing．披着羊皮的狼
15.Fine feathers make fine birds．人靠衣装，佛靠金装
16.You can’t make a crab walk straight．江山易改，本性难移
17.It rains cats and dogs．倾盆大雨
18.as stupid as a goose．蠢得像头猪
Read the text and then match the general idea of each paragraph.
Para 1 1.The circle dance
Para 2 2.A brief introduction of the bee
Para 3 3. Whether bees could tell each other the exact position.
Para 4 4. The wagging dance.
Para 5 5. Pro. Karl von Frisch built special hives to study bees.
Para 6 6. The number of wagging dances indicates the exact distance to the feeding place.
Para 7 7. Something about the professor
Para 8 8. “Bee-line” and “ to make a beeline for ”
Key:
Para 1 2.A brief introduction of the bee
Para 2 5. Pro. Karl von Frisch built special hives to study bees.
Para 3 1.The circle dance
Para 4 4. The wagging dance.
Para 5 6. The number of wagging dances indicates the exact distance to the feeding place.
Para 6 3. Whether bees could tell each other the exact position.
Para 7 8.“Bee-line” and “ to make a beeline for ”
Para 8 7.Something about the professor
Read the passage carefully and then do the following exercises
Para.1
①Q: Why is it the honey-bee that has interested scientists most
Because of the language they use to communicate with each other.
②You can find out the topic sentence of the text simply in para.1 from ____.
A.the first sentence B. the second sentence C.The fifth sentence D. the last sentence
③The scientists can study the language of honey bees only after the development of ____.
A.the modern beehive B.experiments C.dishes of honey D.both A and B
Para.2
①Karl von Frisch made an experiment to research ____.
A.the food of honey bees B.the dance of honey bees
C.the ways honey bees communicate D. The hive of honey bees
②The phrase “tell the bees apart” in para.2 means____.
A.let the bees live separately B.tell one bee from the other
C.drive the bees away D.tear the bees into pieces
③Which of the following statements is right
A.Animals do have a language like that of human beings.
B.When Professor Karl von Frisch placed little dishes of milk on the table, bees soon came.
C.In order to be able to watch the bees scientifically, he built some special hive, a glass wall and marked the bees with little spots of colour.
D.When a marked bee returned to the hive from the feeding table, it began to perform a dance on the surface of the ground.
④What was Professor von Frisch puzzled by
When he placed little dishes of honey on a table, bees soon came. As soon as one bee discovered the honey, many more came to it one after another in a short time.
Para.3-4
① The Language of Honey Bees
Dance
A circle dance A wagging dance
Food is near. Food is far away.
②How did the marked bee tell the message of food to the other bees Give the follows in right order.
a.The marked bee returned to the hive from the feeding table.
b.It repeated these circles over and over again. c.The marked bee made a circle to the left.
d The marked bee made a circle to the right. e.The other excited bees dance together.
f.The bees left the hive and went to the feeding place.
A.abcefd B.cadefb C.adcbef D. dacebf
③Different dance indicate different ____.
A.food B.feeding places C.steps D.semicircles
④The circle dance communicates ____.
a.the distance of food b.the information of food
c.the amount of food d.the kind of food
A.abc B. abd C.ab D.bc
⑤Can you describe how the circle dance performed And how the wagging dance performed
the wagging dance
The dancer ran in a straight line, wagging from side to side. Then it turned in a semicircle, ran straight again, and turned in another semicircle to the opposite side. It kept the “steps” over and over.
the circle dance
First it made a circle to the right, then to the left. It repeated these circles over and over again. Then the surrounding bees trooped behind the first dancer, copying its movements.
Para 5
①What did the scientists discover
They discovered that the farther away the feeding station was, the slower the dance was.
②What a maximum distance do the bees fly
Bees fly a maximum distance of 3.2 kilometres between their hive and a feeding place.
③The phrase“come to light”in Paragraph 5 means______.
A.become known B.come to a bright place C.turn bright D.both A and B
④The number of the wagging dances per minute told______.
A.the position of the feeding place B.the amount of the food
C.the distance of the feeding place D.all the information about food
Para 7
What does "bee-line" mean
straight line; the shortest distance between two places
Para.8
①According to the this passage please give the information about Karl von Frisch
Nationality: ____________ Austrian
What’s he ________________ zoologist/scientist
Research work: _________________ the amazing ways honey-bees communicate in their dark hives.
How to find it out: _________________ by doing experiments
His discovery: ______________________ circle dance & wagging dance
Prize:_____________________________won the 1973 Nobel Prize in physiology(生理学) or medicine.
②.After reading the text, you can infer the writer is likely to write about ____ in the next para.
A.Whether the circle dance told them what food was in feeding place
B.Whether the bees can tell one colour from the other
C.Whether the wagging dance tell the bees the distance and the direction of the food
D.Whether the language of honey bees is the most useful language of all animals
③Which of the statements is possible according to the last paragraph
A.We human beings can communicate as honeybees do.
B.We human beings can go as quickly as honeybees.
C.We human beings can come to help each other in a fast way.
D.We human beings can learn something from animals’behavior.
根据课文内容填空:
There are many _________(varieties) of bee. Among the different types of bee, it is the honey-bee that has most interested scientists because of the “language” they use to _______________(communicate) with each other. The scientists Von Frisch built special hives to find out how one bee communicate the news of food to the other bees in the hive.
To his _____________(surprise), the bee who found the feeding place began to _________(perform) a dance on the ________ (surface)of the honeycomb. The dance seemed to _______(excite) the surrounding bees. They _________(trooped) behind the first dancer, _________(copying) its movements. Then the bees left the hive and went to the _______ (feeding)place. He found that the bees did the circling dance when the food is near, and that the bees did the ___________(wagging) dance when the food was far away. He also found that the number of wagging dances per _________(minute) told how far away the food was.
第二部分语言点
课文前面部分
1.A small animal that helps the police get hold of thieves.
一种能帮助警察捉贼的动物。
get hold of …= take/catch hold of …意思是“抓住…”；“获得…”
get hold of …= take/catch hold of …意思是“抓住…”；“获得…”
He took hold of the rope and pulled. 他抓住绳子用力拉。
I need to get hold of some money quickly.我需要马上就能有点钱
hold a conversation/meeting 进行交谈/开会 hold the line = hold on 别挂电话
hold … back 阻止… hold one’s breath 屏住呼吸
2.An animal that isn’t telling the truth. 一种会撒谎的动物。
tell the truth“说实话”的意思，tell的相关类似短语有：
tell a/the lie = tell lies 撒谎 tell a story 讲故事
3. You are going to hear an interview with a woman who works in a zoo。
你将听到对一位在动物园工作的妇女的采访报道。
interview 在这里是名词“采访”的意思，还有“面试”之意。
interview 在这里是名词“采访”的意思，还有“面试”之意。
The film star agreed to give an interview after the wedding.这位影星同意在婚礼后接受采访。
Your interview for the job is tomorrow你的求职面试定在明天
interview “采访”,要区别与cover的用法。interview 可以用interview sb. 或interview sth.但cover只能说cover sth.
A reporter interviewed the prime minister.一位记者采访了首相。
She’s being interviewed for the job.她正在接受求职面试。
They sent a great many reporters to cover the conference
他们派遣了很多记者报道这次会议。
cover除了“采访”的意思外还有“用……遮盖；覆盖”“占有…（面积）;掩饰”
“涉及…（内容）”等含义。请学习下面例句中cover 一词的各种用法
Since water covers most of the earth, Corsteau knew we should keep the seas clean.
由于水覆盖了地球的大部分，库斯托知道我们应该保持海洋清洁。
He tried to cover (up)his mistake. 他想掩盖他的错误。
He said he could cover the distance on foot in two hours. 他说这段路程两个小时能走完
How many pages have you covered 你读了多少页了？
What are the main points you’re going to cover in your talk 你的报告主要涉及哪些内容。
We have only just covered our expenses. 我们所收入的仅够开支而已。
cover作名词，作“盖子”、“封面”解。
When the water boils, take the cover. 当水开的时候,把盖子揭开.
The book needs a new cover . 这书需要装个新封面.
4.What’s the problem with the animals at the zoo 动物园里的动物有什么问题？
What’s the problem with…=What’s the trouble with…=What’s the matter with…
=What's your problem =What's wrong with you 都用来询问“…（你）怎么回事？”
5.The two teams take turns speaking. 两支队伍轮流发言。
take turns doing sth. “轮流干…”，turn是名词。
复习turn的用法
作名词用
It’s one’s turn to do sth轮到某人做某事
It's your turn to make a decision.该你来做出决定了。
turn one’s turn to do sth=do sth in turn=do sth by turns
作名词用：转动,转向,翻转
turn right/left=turn to the right/left
turn to sth./sb.(for help) turn to page 84
作系动词用：变得……
turn green/yellow 变绿/黄了
Ten years later，he turned teacher.
A./ B.a C.an D.the
注: 此题考查turn作连系动词的特殊用法,即turn作连系动词时后接表语名词，省略冠词.所以此题的答案为A.如果turn 后加into 则须在名词前加冠词a.
固定词组:
turn against背叛 turn down 关小/拒绝
turn from side to side 把身体转来转去 turn in 上交
turn...into... (使……)成为…… turn off(水源、煤气、电灯等)/避开(问题等)
turn on 开(水、煤气、 电灯、无线电等)/对……发怒
turn on the radio turn out结果是/证明是/生产出
turn over(使)打翻/翻身/翻动/翻耕(土地)/转危为安
turn up 开大/出现/找到/证明是(=turn out to be)
6.When all the teams are ready, the teacher will start and time the debate.
当所有队伍都准备好以后,老师就开始为辩论计时.
time是动词，＂计时＂的意思，还有“安排好时间,使合拍子;安排……的速度＂
How long can you hold your breath underwater Take a deep breath and I’ll time you .
你在水下能潜多久呢？深呼吸一下，我给你计时。
He timed his journey so that he could arrive at the hotel before dark .
他安排好了他的旅程，以便能在天黑以前到达旅馆。
He tried to time his steps to the music.他尽力与音乐合节拍。
课文部分
1.Professor Karl von Frisch, a scientist from Austria, spent many years of his life researching the amazing ways honey-bees communicate in their dark hives.奥地利科学家卡尔·冯·弗里希教授，一生中花去了许多岁月，研究蜜蜂在黑暗的蜂箱里是以怎样巧妙的方式传递信息的。
amaze vt. 使惊愕；使大为惊讶：
He amazed everyone by passing his driving test.令人惊讶的是他竟通过了驾驶考试。
amazing “令人惊异的”；在西方人的口中，表示惊讶，经常可以听到amazing这个词。如果有些事情发生得出乎意料，难以置信，也可以用amazing来形容。
You’re amazing. 你真了不起。
It was amazing that the boy was able to solve the problem so quickly.
那男孩能这样快地解完这道题,真是令人惊奇。
有些漂亮或另类的东西，总能吸引许多眼球，就可以说是amazing things.
I am always looking for new and amazing items.我总是在寻找让我眼前一亮的新东西。
amazed 使（某人）感到惊奇，常用be amazed at / by 感到惊奇。
He was amazed at all the colours, and all the beautiful fish. 他对五颜绿色和各种美丽的鱼感到惊奇。
We are amazed at the changes in Beijing. I can’t even find where my old house is.
北京的变化使我们感到惊奇。我几乎找不到旧房子了。
2.In order to tell the bees apart ,he painted some bees with little dots of colour. 为了把蜜蜂区分开，他在一些蜜蜂身上涂上色斑．
tell...apart 识别，辨别 (复习)
Can you tell Jane and Lucy apart For they look so alike.你能区别开简和露丝吗 她们长得太像了。
tell A from B 把A与B区别开
Can you tell Tom from his twin brother 你能把汤姆和他的双胞胎哥哥区别开吗？
It’s difficult for us to tell Lily from Lucy. 我们很难区分开莉莉和露丝。
3.They trooped behind the first dancer, copying its movement.
它们成群结队地跟在第一只跳舞的蜜蜂后面，模仿它的动作。troop
①n.一群，大量
A troop of children went into the Museum.一群学生走进了博物馆。
troops of visitors 一群一群的访问者
troops 军队，部队
The local people demanded the withdrawal of the foreign country troops.
当地的人们要求外国军队撤离。
②vi.集合，群集；成群地涌向，结队而行
Children trooped out of /into the hall after the lecture.演讲结束后，孩子们成群地走出了/进教室。
4.over and over again=again and again=time and time again=over and over一再地，经常地，重复地
The old man always thinks of his happy old days over and over again.
这位老人总是一次又一次地回忆起以前的美好时光。
5. One was close to the hive. The other was much farther away ,beyond some trees.
一个靠近蜂箱,另一个远离蜂箱,几棵大树之外.
beyond prep（复习）
①在……那边，越过（场所）
The house is beyond the bridge.房屋在桥的那边。
I can not see anything beyond the river because of the fog
由于雾，河的那边我什么也看不见。
②（指时间）超出，晚于
Don’t stay out beyond 10 o’clock.不要在外边停留到10点钟还不回家。
③超出，为……所不能及（程度）
Your work is beyond all praise你的作品真让人赞扬不尽。
He lives beyond his income 。他的生活入不敷出。
beyond one’s control 无法控制；无法管理
The watch is beyond repair . 手表无法修理了
This problem is far beyond me /my comprehension 这个问题超出了我的能力/理解力
6.come to light 发现，暴露
Much more new evidence has come to light，so the judges have to sentence the man to death.
新的证据不断发现，所以法官不得不判这人死刑。
When the old woman died，it came to light that she was actually very rich.
老太太死后，人们发现她其实很富有。
7.compare A with B 把A与B比较一下（复习）
Compare British English with American English，and you can tell the differences between them.
把美国英语与英国英语比较一下，你就会发现它们之间的不同点。
compare A to B把A比作B
Poets have compared sleep to death.诗人把睡眠比作死亡。
compared to...=compared with...与……比起来
Compared to/with the earth，the sun is much bigger.与地球比起来，太阳要大得多。
8.come up
①前进，进来
My mother came up to me and held my hands tightly.母亲走向前紧紧地抓住我的手。
②上升
The sun came up at that time.那时太阳已升起来了。
He has stayed underwater for 2 minutes，but he hasn’t come up yet.
他在水下呆了2分钟了，还没上来。
③长出，发芽
These seeds haven’t come up yet.这些种子还没有发芽。
④被提出讨论
The question came up at the meeting yesterday.这个问题在昨天的会议上被提出来了。
⑤与come有关的短语：
come about发生； come across 碰见，受欢迎； come at袭击；
come down下降，流传 come out with 说出，透漏； come to oneself苏醒
9.include vt.（复习）
包括，包含
Your duty includes putting the baby to the bed.你的职责包括让孩子上床睡觉。
There are five chapters in this book，including two chapters written by our teacher.
这本书有5章，包括由我们老师写的两章。
Everyone will go to the cinema，Lao Xiao included.每个人都要去电影院，包括老肖。
10.transparent adj.
①透明的;清澈的 。
②显而易见的;一目了然的[+that]
It was transparent that her pride was hurt.很显然,她的自尊心受到了伤害。
③坦率的,光明正大的
He is a man of transparent sincerity. 他是一个坦率诚恳的人。
11.surrounding n. 环境;周围的事物[P]
He didn’t pay much attention to his surroundings. 他没有多注意他周围的环境。
adj. 周围的;附近的
Foxes started coming in from the surrounding countryside. 狐狸开始从附近的乡下跑进来。
12.apparent
①adj 表面的,外观的;未必真实的
The apparent cause of his illness was excessive drinking, but the real cause was his deep grief at his
wife’s death. 他生病的表面原因是饮酒过度,但实际原因是丧妻之痛。
②明显的,显而易见的;明白无误的 [(+to)][+that]
It was apparent that he was in no condition to travel. 他的健康状况显然不宜旅行。
13.So another astonishing fact came to light. 于是又发现一个令人惊讶的情况。
come to light 暴露,真相大白
The scandal came to light when the politician was seen with the lady.
当有人看到那位政客跟那位女士在一起时,真相就大白了。
A political scandal has recently come to light.
最近一桩政治丑闻暴露出来
14.maximum （反minimum）
① n.最大量,最大数,最大限度[C][(+of)]
Our goal is to achieve the maximum of efficiency.
我们的目标是取得最高的效率。
②顶点;(法定的)最高极限;(公路行车的)最高速[the S][(+of)]
Drivers must not exceed a maximum of 55 miles an hour.
司机不得超过每小时五十五英里的最大时速。
③adj. 最大的;最多的;最高的;顶点的
The maximum speed of this car is 150 miles per hour.
这辆车的最大时速为一百五十英里。
15.precise adj.
①精确的;准确的;确切的；丝毫不差的；恰好的
I can’t give you a precise date. 我无法告诉你确切的日期。
at the precious moment 正在那时
②明确的;清晰的
His instructions were not very precise. 他的指示不太明确。
③严格的;细致的
We had precise orders to come home by nine o’clock. 我们得到严格的命令须于九点前回家。
④刻板的,拘泥的
He was very precise in his manners. 他的一言一行都有板有眼。
16.adequate
①adj.能满足需要(量)的,足够的[(+for)][+to-v]
Martin thought that he had no adequate proof.马丁认为他没有充足的证据。
Is your salary adequate to support your family 你的薪水足够养家吗？
②适当的；适当的[(+to/for)对于…]（不置于名词前）
a solution adequate to the problem 适合这个问题的解决方法
③胜任的 [(+to)]
She proved adequate to the job. 事实证明她能胜任此项工作。
④尚可的,差强人意的
That hotel is merely adequate. 那家旅馆只能说是差强人意。
17.clarify vt.
①澄清;阐明
His explanation clarified the mystery. 他的说明解开了这个谜。
②净化
It requires of us great efforts to clarify sewage in cities. 净化城市的污水需要我们很大的努力。
③使清楚,使清醒
My mind was clarified on this issue. 对这个问题我的头脑变得清楚了。
18.changeable adj.
①易变的;不定的
His temper’s been changeable this week, so don’t annoy him.
这星期他脾气变化无常,所以不要惹他生气。
②可改变的,可能被改变的
③闪光的;闪色的
changeable silk 闪光丝绸
19.adaptation n.
①适应,适合[U]
He made a quick adaptation to the new environment. 他很快适应了新的环境。
②改编,改写[U];改写本 [C]
This play is an adaptation of a novel. 这一剧本是由小说改编的。
20.Von Frisch assumed that the dance conveyed more information.
冯·弗里希想弄清这种舞蹈能不能说明喂食处有多远. assume vt. 表示“假设，主观认为，假定；
①assume that…
We assumed that you understood the situation.我们认为，你了解形势。
②assume +名词+（to be）+名[形] .
I assumed him to be an honest man。我认为他是个诚实的人。
③assuming和given,supposing，provided/providing（that）等词一样都可以引导状语作用相当于if.
Supposing your father saw you playing computer games , what would he say
=if your father saw ……
Assuming that the weather is favourable, Farmers will have a good harvest
假如风调雨顺，今年农民将获丰收。
Given that it doesn’t rain tomorrow，I will go camping.如果明天不下雨，我就会去野营
另：assuming自负的，傲慢的，过分自信的
④assumed 假装的，假的；假定的，设想的：
an assumed cheerfulness伪装的高兴 an assumed result假定的结果，
His look of astonishment was assumed.他那惊讶的样子是装出来的。
⑤assumption假定，假想
I was under the assumption that you were coming tomorrow. 我原以为你明天来。
My assumption that he had passed the exam was wrong . 我本以为他已通过了考试，结果我错了。
21.He marked all the bees that came to the nearby feeding place blue, and all the bees that went to the faraway place were marked red. 他给所有来到近的喂食处的蜜蜂标上蓝色，给飞到远的喂食处的蜜蜂标上红色。faraway(远方的)是由 far ＋ away构成的合成形容词。
nearby(附近的)是由 near ＋by构成的合成形容词。它们在句中都作定语。
a faraway forest远处的森林 faraway times遥远的时代
a nearby hotel附近的一家旅店 nearby hills附近的小山
注意：faraway在作定语时通常都连写，作表语或作状语时则分写(far away)。如：
The house is not far away. 那座房子并不远。
He lives far away from the school. 他住得离学校很远。
nearby既可作定语，又可作状语；既可以连写(nearby)，也可以分写(near by)，还可以加连字符(near-by)。
I saw her going to a near-by post-box before lunch. 我看到她午饭前去附近的信箱投信。
They live nearby----less than a kilometer. 他们住在附近，不到一公里。
He gave up his seat to the old man standing near by.他把座位让给站在附近的老人了。
Unit 14 Zoology学案
第一部分课文理解
Warming up
Read the following proverbs and then match the Chinese meaning of each proverb.
一贫如洗 回家生闷气 饥肠辘辘 勿惹事生非 不要过早打如意算盘
披着羊皮的狼 一燕不成夏 拦路虎 把好人与坏人分开 亡羊补牢
班门弄斧 倾盆大雨 蠢得像头猪 江山易改，本性难移
人靠衣装，佛靠金装 小时偷针，大时偷金 潜移默化 爱屋及乌
1.To teach a fish how to swim．
2.The sparrow near a school sings the primer．
3.Love me, love my dog
4.Look the barn door after the horse is stolen．
5.He that will steal a pin will steal an ox．
6.Don’t count your chickens before they hatch．
7.as poor as a church mouse
8. Let sleeping dogs lie.
9.I'm SO hungry that I could eat a horse．
10.Go home and kick the dog．
11.Separate the sheep from the goats．
12.A lion in the way．
13.One swallow doesn’t make a summer
14.A wolf in sheep’s clothing．
15.Fine feathers make fine birds．
16.You can’t make a crab walk straight．
17.It rains cats and dogs．
18.as stupid as a goose．
Read the text and then match the general idea of each paragraph.
Para 1 1.The circle dance
Para 2 2.A brief introduction of the bee
Para 3 3. Whether bees could tell each other the exact position.
Para 4 4. The wagging dance.
Para 5 5. Pro. Karl von Frisch built special hives to study bees.
Para 6 6. The number of wagging dances indicates the exact distance to the feeding place.
Para 7 7. Something about the professor
Para 8 8. “Bee-line” and “ to make a beeline for ”
Read the passage carefully and then do the following exercises
Para.1
①Q: Why is it the honey-bee that has interested scientists most
Because of the language they use to communicate with each other.
②You can find out the topic sentence of the text simply in para.1 from ____.
A.the first sentence B. the second sentence C.The fifth sentence D. the last sentence
③The scientists can study the language of honey bees only after the development of ____.
A.the modern beehive B.experiments C.dishes of honey D.both A and B
Para.2
①Karl von Frisch made an experiment to research ____.
A.the food of honey bees B.the dance of honey bees
C.the ways honey bees communicate D. The hive of honey bees
②The phrase “tell the bees apart” in para.2 means____.
A.let the bees live separately B.tell one bee from the other
C.drive the bees away D.tear the bees into pieces
③Which of the following statements is right
A.Animals do have a language like that of human beings.
B.When Professor Karl von Frisch placed little dishes of milk on the table, bees soon came.
C.In order to be able to watch the bees scientifically, he built some special hive, a glass wall and marked the bees with little spots of colour.
D.When a marked bee returned to the hive from the feeding table, it began to perform a dance on the surface of the ground.
④What was Professor von Frisch puzzled by
When he placed little dishes of honey on a table, bees soon came. As soon as one bee discovered the honey, many more came to it one after another in a short time.
Para.3-4
① The Language of Honey Bees
. .
②How did the marked bee tell the message of food to the other bees Give the follows in right order.
a.The marked bee returned to the hive from the feeding table.
b.It repeated these circles over and over again. c.The marked bee made a circle to the left.
d The marked bee made a circle to the right. e.The other excited bees dance together.
f.The bees left the hive and went to the feeding place.
A.abcefd B.cadefb C.adcbef D. dacebf
③Different dance indicate different ____.
A.food B.feeding places C.steps D.semicircles
④The circle dance communicates ____.
a.the distance of food b.the information of food
c.the amount of food d.the kind of food
A.abc B. abd C.ab D.bc
⑤Can you describe how the circle dance performed And how the wagging dance performed
.
.
Para 5
①What did the scientists discover
They discovered that the feeding station was, the dance was.
②What a maximum distance do the bees fly
Bees between their hive and a feeding place.
③The phrase“come to light”in Paragraph 5 means______.
A.become known B.come to a bright place C.turn bright D.both A and B
④The number of the wagging dances per minute told______.
A.the position of the feeding place B.the amount of the food
C.the distance of the feeding place D.all the information about food
Para 7
What does "bee-line" mean
Para.8
①According to the this passage please give the information about Karl von Frisch
Nationality: ___________ _
What’s he ________________
Research work: _________________
How to find it out: _________________
His discovery: ______________________
Prize:_____________________________
②.After reading the text, you can infer the writer is likely to write about ____ in the next para.
A.Whether the circle dance told them what food was in feeding place
B.Whether the bees can tell one colour from the other
C.Whether the wagging dance tell the bees the distance and the direction of the food
D.Whether the language of honey bees is the most useful language of all animals
③Which of the statements is possible according to the last paragraph
A.We human beings can communicate as honeybees do.
B.We human beings can go as quickly as honeybees.
C.We human beings can come to help each other in a fast way.
D.We human beings can learn something from animals’behavior.
根据课文内容填空:
There are many _________of bee. Among the different types of bee, it is the honey-bee that has most interested scientists because of the “language” they use to ____________ with each other. The scientists Von Frisch built special hives to find out how one bee communicate the news of food to the other bees in the hive.
To his _____________, the bee who found the feeding place began to _________ a dance on the ________of the honeycomb. The dance seemed to _______ the surrounding bees. They _________behind the first dancer, _________ its movements. Then the bees left the hive and went to the _______ place. He found that the bees did the circling dance when the food is near, and that the bees did the __________dance when the food was far away. He also found that the number of wagging dances per ________ told how far away the food was.
第二部分语言点
课文前面部分
1.A small animal that helps the police get hold of thieves.
一种能帮助警察捉贼的动物。
get hold of …= take/catch hold of …意思是“抓住…”；“获得…”
get hold of …= take/catch hold of …意思是“抓住…”；“获得…”
He and pulled. 他抓住绳子用力拉。
.我需要马上就能有点钱
hold a conversation/meeting hold the line = hold on
hold … back hold one’s breath
2.An animal that isn’t telling the truth. 一种会撒谎的动物。
tell the truth“说实话”的意思，tell的相关类似短语有：
tell a/the lie = tell lies 撒谎 tell a story 讲故事
3. You are going to hear an interview with a woman who works in a zoo。
你将听到对一位在动物园工作的妇女的采访报道。
interview 在这里是名词“采访”的意思，还有“面试”之意。
interview 在这里是名词“采访”的意思，还有“面试”之意。
The film star agreed to give an interview after the wedding. 。
Your interview for the job is tomorrow你的 定在明天
interview “采访”,要区别与cover的用法。interview 可以用interview sb. 或interview sth.但cover只能说cover sth.
A reporter interviewed the prime minister. 。
She’s for the job.她正在接受求职面试。
They sent a great many reporters .
他们派遣了很多记者报道这次会议。
cover除了“采访”的意思外还有“用……遮盖；覆盖”“占有…（面积）;掩饰”
“涉及…（内容）”等含义。请学习下面例句中cover 一词的各种用法
Since water covers most of the earth, Corsteau knew we should keep the seas clean.
由于水覆盖了地球的大部分，库斯托知道我们应该保持海洋清洁。
He tried to cover (up)his mistake. 他想掩盖他的错误。
He said he could cover the distance on foot in two hours. 他说这段路程两个小时能走完
How many pages have you covered 你读了多少页了？
What are the main points you’re going to cover in your talk 你的报告主要涉及哪些内容。
We have only just covered our expenses. 我们所收入的仅够开支而已。
cover作名词，作“盖子”、“封面”解。
When the water boils, take the cover. 当水开的时候,把盖子揭开.
The book needs a new cover . 这书需要装个新封面.
4.What’s the problem with the animals at the zoo 动物园里的动物有什么问题？
What’s the problem with…= …= …
= = 都用来询问“…（你）怎么回事？”
5.The two teams take turns speaking. 两支队伍轮流发言。
take turns doing sth. “轮流干…”，turn是名词。
复习turn的用法
作名词用
It’s one’s turn to do sth轮到某人做某事
.该你来做出决定了。
turn one’s turn to do sth=do sth in turn=do sth by turns
作名词用：转动,转向,翻转
turn right/left=
turn to sth./sb.(for help) turn to page 84
作系动词用：变得……
turn green/yellow 变绿/黄了
Ten years later，he turned teacher.
A./ B.a C.an D.the
固定词组:
背叛 关小/拒绝
turn from side to side 把身体转来转去 上交
... (使……)成为…… (水源、煤气、电灯等)/避开(问题等)
开(水、煤气、 电灯、无线电等)/对……发怒
turn on the radio turn out
(使)打翻/翻身/翻动/翻耕(土地)/转危为安
开大/出现/找到/证明是(=turn out to be)
6.When all the teams are ready, the teacher will start and time the debate.
当所有队伍都准备好以后,老师就开始为辩论计时.
time是动词，＂计时＂的意思，还有“安排好时间,使合拍子;安排……的速度＂
How long can you hold your breath underwater .
你在水下能潜多久呢？深呼吸一下，我给你计时。
He timed his journey so that he could arrive at the hotel before dark .
他安排好了他的旅程，以便能在天黑以前到达旅馆。
He tried to time his steps to the music. 。
课文部分
1.Professor Karl von Frisch, a scientist from Austria, spent many years of his life researching the amazing ways honey-bees communicate in their dark hives.奥地利科学家卡尔·冯·弗里希教授，一生中花去了许多岁月，研究蜜蜂在黑暗的蜂箱里是以怎样巧妙的方式传递信息的。
amaze vt. 使惊愕；使大为惊讶：
.令人惊讶的是他竟通过了驾驶考试。
amazing “令人惊异的”；在西方人的口中，表示惊讶，经常可以听到amazing这个词。如果有些事情发生得出乎意料，难以置信，也可以用amazing来形容。
You’re amazing. 。
that the boy was able to solve the problem so quickly.
那男孩能这样快地解完这道题,真是令人惊奇。
有些漂亮或另类的东西，总能吸引许多眼球，就可以说是amazing things.
I am always looking for new and amazing items.我总是在寻找让我眼前一亮的新东西。
amazed 使（某人）感到惊奇，常用be amazed at / by 感到惊奇。
He all the colours, and all the beautiful fish. 他对五颜绿色和各种美丽的鱼感到惊奇。
. I can’t even find where my old house is.
北京的变化使我们感到惊奇。我几乎找不到旧房子了。
2.In order to tell the bees apart ,he painted some bees with little dots of colour. 为了把蜜蜂区分开，他在一些蜜蜂身上涂上色斑．
tell...apart 识别，辨别 (复习)
For they look so alike.你能区别开简和露丝吗 她们长得太像了。
tell A from B 把A与B区别开
你能把汤姆和他的双胞胎哥哥区别开吗？
. 我们很难区分开莉莉和露丝。
3.They trooped behind the first dancer, copying its movement.
它们成群结队地跟在第一只跳舞的蜜蜂后面，模仿它的动作。troop
①n.一群，大量
children went into the Museum.一群学生走进了博物馆。
troops of visitors 一群一群的访问者
troops 军队，部队
The local people demanded the withdrawal of the foreign country troops.
。
②vi.集合，群集；成群地涌向，结队而行
Children after the lecture.演讲结束后，孩子们成群地走出了/进教室。
4.over and over again=again and again=time and time again=over and over一再地，经常地，重复地
The old man always .
这位老人总是一次又一次地回忆起以前的美好时光。
5. One was close to the hive. The other was much farther away ,beyond some trees.
一个靠近蜂箱,另一个远离蜂箱,几棵大树之外.
beyond prep（复习）
①在……那边，越过（场所）
The house is .房屋在桥的那边。
由于雾，河的那边我什么也看不见。
②（指时间）超出，晚于
.不要在外边停留到10点钟还不回家。
③超出，为……所不能及（程度）
Your work is beyond all praise 。
He lives beyond his income 。 。
beyond one’s control
.手表无法修理了
This problem is far beyond me /my comprehension 。
6.come to light 发现，暴露
Much more new evidence has come to light，so the judges have to sentence the man to death.
，所以法官 。
When the old woman died，it came to light that she was actually very rich.
老太太死后， 。
7.compare A with B 把A与B比较一下（复习）
，and you can .
把美国英语与英国英语比较一下，你就会发现它们之间的不同点。
compare A to B把A比作B
.诗人把睡眠比作死亡。
compared to...= ...与……比起来
，the sun is much bigger.与地球比起来，太阳要大得多。
8.come up
①前进，进来
My mother .母亲走向前紧紧地抓住我的手。
②上升
The sun came up at that time. 。
He has stayed underwater for 2 minutes，but he hasn’t come up yet.
他在水下呆了2分钟了，还没上来。
③长出，发芽
.这些种子还没有发芽。
④被提出讨论
.这个问题在昨天的会议上被提出来了。
⑤与come有关的短语：
come about ； come across ； come at袭击；
come down下降，流传 come out with 说出，透漏； come to oneself
9.include vt.（复习）
包括，包含
Your duty includes putting the baby to the bed.你的职责包括让孩子上床睡觉。
There are five chapters in this book， .
这本书有5章，包括由我们老师写的两章。
Everyone will go to the cinema， .每个人都要去电影院，包括老肖。
10.transparent adj.
①透明的;清澈的 。
②显而易见的;一目了然的[+that]
It was transparent that her pride was hurt. 。
③坦率的,光明正大的
He is a man of transparent sincerity. 他是一个坦率诚恳的人。
11.surrounding n. 环境;周围的事物[P]
He didn’t pay much attention to his surroundings. 。
adj. 周围的;附近的
Foxes started coming in from the surrounding countryside. 。
12.apparent
①adj 表面的,外观的;未必真实的
The apparent cause of his illness was excessive drinking, but the real cause was his deep grief at his
wife’s death. 。
②明显的,显而易见的;明白无误的 [(+to)][+that]
he was in no condition to travel. 他的健康状况显然不宜旅行。
13.So another astonishing fact came to light. 于是又发现一个令人惊讶的情况。
come to light 暴露,真相大白
when the politician was seen with the lady.
当有人看到那位政客跟那位女士在一起时,真相就大白了。
.
最近一桩政治丑闻暴露出来
14.maximum （反minimum）
① n.最大量,最大数,最大限度[C][(+of)]
Our goal .
我们的目标是取得最高的效率。
②顶点;(法定的)最高极限;(公路行车的)最高速[the S][(+of)]
Drivers must not exceed a maximum of 55 miles an hour.
。
③adj. 最大的;最多的;最高的;顶点的
is 150 miles per hour.
这辆车的最大时速为一百五十英里。
15.precise adj.
①精确的;准确的;确切的；丝毫不差的；恰好的
I can’t give you .我无法告诉你确切的日期。
at the precious moment
②明确的;清晰的
His instructions were not very precise. 。
③严格的;细致的
We had precise orders to come home by nine o’clock. 。
④刻板的,拘泥的
. 他的一言一行都有板有眼。
16.adequate
①adj.能满足需要(量)的,足够的[(+for)][+to-v]
Martin thought .马丁认为他没有充足的证据。
你的薪水足够养家吗？
②适当的；适当的[(+to/for)对于…]（不置于名词前）
a solution adequate to the problem
③胜任的 [(+to)]
She proved . 事实证明她能胜任此项工作。
④尚可的,差强人意的
That hotel is merely adequate. 。
17.clarify vt.
①澄清;阐明
His explanation clarified the mystery. 。
②净化
It requires of us great efforts to clarify sewage in cities. 。
③使清楚,使清醒
My mind on this issue. 对这个问题我的头脑变得清楚了。
18.changeable adj.
①易变的;不定的
His temper’s been changeable this week, so don’t annoy him.
,所以不要惹他生气。
②可改变的,可能被改变的
③闪光的;闪色的
changeable silk 闪光丝绸
19.adaptation n.
①适应,适合[U]
He the new environment. 他很快适应了新的环境。
②改编,改写[U];改写本 [C]
This play is an adaptation of a novel. 。
20.Von Frisch assumed that the dance conveyed more information.
冯·弗里希想弄清这种舞蹈能不能说明喂食处有多远. assume vt. 表示“假设，主观认为，假定；
①assume that…
.我们认为，你了解形势。
②assume +名词+（to be）+名[形] .
.我认为他是个诚实的人。
③assuming和given,supposing，provided/providing（that）等词一样都可以引导状语作用相当于if.
Supposing your father saw you playing computer games , what would he say
=if your father saw ……
Assuming that the weather is favourable, Farmers will have a good harvest
。
Given that it doesn’t rain tomorrow，I will go camping. ，我就会去野营
另：assuming自负的，傲慢的，过分自信的
④assumed 假装的，假的；假定的，设想的：
an assumed cheerfulness 假定的结果，
His look of astonishment was assumed.
⑤assumption假定，假想
I was under the assumption that you were coming tomorrow. 。
. 我本以为他已通过了考试，结果我错了。
21.He marked all the bees that came to the nearby feeding place blue, and all the bees that went to the faraway place were marked red. 他给所有来到近的喂食处的蜜蜂标上蓝色，给飞到远的喂食处的蜜蜂标上红色。faraway(远方的)是由 far ＋ away构成的合成形容词。
nearby(附近的)是由 near ＋by构成的合成形容词。它们在句中都作定语。
远处的森林 faraway times
附近的一家旅店 nearby hills
注意：faraway在作定语时通常都连写，作表语或作状语时则分写(far away)。如：
The house is not far away. 那座房子并不远。
He lives far away from the school. 他住得离学校很远。
nearby既可作定语，又可作状语；既可以连写(nearby)，也可以分写(near by)，还可以加连字符(near-by)。
I saw her going to a near-by post-box before lunch. 。
----less than a kilometer. 他们住在附近，不到一公里。
He gave up his seat to .他把座位让给站在附近的老人了。Unit 11 Key to success
Fast-reading
1.what is team work ( Para. 2)
2.According to the author, what are requirements for teams to function well
All team members should respect each other, have clear roles, support and help each other.
3.What is the function of group work
Group work makes us aware of the role that is most suitable for each of us, bring the benefit of getting experience working with other people, show us how other people’s roles fit the purpose of the group and teaches us to be patient and how to respect to different personalities.
4.How are the tasks of the group divided
The tasks of the group are divided depending on the personalities and abilities of the individuals in the group.
5. How can we make the best of working with our classmates
We should recognise their strengths and weaknesses. Their differences are the strength of the team. Knowing other people’s shortcomings can help us avoid embarrassing them.
careful- reading
what kinds of team do the writer write try to compare them.
Rugby team Project team
Similarities team work: individual people brought together, common goal , has a clear role, cooperate
Differences
1. made up of a certain number 2. goal---to win a match
3. members have different skills 4. coach
5. atmosphere
6. members should respect, help and support each other
1). members: people of different personalities and abilities (Para. 7)
2). take into account how each individual member works best
True or False
1.In a sports team, the coach must be a member of the team.
2. In sports teams, group work can be successful when members respect, help and support each other. T
3. Sports teams require leaders, people to create ideas,people to develop ideas, people to do practical work, people to comment on and improve ideas, people to identify and solve problems, and people to suggest solutions.
4. Only rules and regulations can help teams function well.
5. Only people with the same personality work well together.
6.The author thinks the statement that some team members work best in tasks alone is contradictory.
Choose the best answers:
1.A team is ________ . D
A. a group of individual people brought together
B. a group of people who can accomplish a task more efficiently or effectively than any member of the group alone
C. a group of who will stay temporarily for a long time
D. all the above
2. In sports games , a player _______ . B
A. often changes his role
B. has a clear role
C. feels that players with different abilities make different contributions to the team
D. accepts the same expectations and responsibilities as the other players
3. The author takes _____ for example to show how a team can work well A
A. the sports team
B. the project team
C. the rugby team
D. a dynamic team
4.In order for a team to function well , people of the team must ______ . D
A. respect each other
B. co-operate
C. obey necessary rules and regulations
D. all the above
5.Group work at school is important to students because _______ . D
A. it is an opportunity to learn more about team work
B. it brings the benefit of getting experience working with others
C. it teaches us to be patient and how to respond to different personalities
D. it is a preparation for our working days to come
6.Why it is important in a team to know someone’s personality type and ability D
A. We can know a great deal about that person
B. Lack of recognition of differences in human function can be avoided
C. We can build strong and good relationships between members of a team
D. Both B and C
7.What is the main idea of Paragraph 7 C
A. How a project team is different from a rugby team
B. How a project team works
C. In a project team , people who have different abilities and personalities have different roles in the team
D. How the tasks of the group are divided depends on personalities and abilities of the individuals in the group
8. In the whole text , the author mainly talks about _______ . A
A. the elements that make the team work
B. the importance of social relationships within a team
C. the roles that different people of a group play
D. the comparison between a project team and a rugby team
9.According to the text , which of the following statements is not right A
A. The coach of a sports team is not counted as a team member , so he is less important
B. Social relations are important within the team
C. The atmosphere in the group affects the performance of the team
D. It’s not necessary for all team members to be friends
10. We can infer from the test that ______ . B
A. the players in a rugby team should co-operate while the people in a project team needn’t
B. the players in a rugby team have clear roles while people in a project team may not have
C. the coach of a rugby team discusses strategy and makes decisions while the leader of a project team doesn’t
D. the coach of a rugby team is important while the leader in a project team may not be as important
summary ask students to divide the passage into 3 parts.
part 1: Para 1-2 general introduction of team work
part 2: Para 3-6 sports teams ( rugby teams)
part 3: Para 7-10 project teams
further understanding
Para. 1: 1. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that. 特别是在学校里,有时我们感觉好象是为了团体活动而组织团体活动。
Para. 3: 2. It is important that all members of the team feel that each of them makes an equal contribution and that they help and support each other.
Para. 6: 3. As with sports teams, group work can …when group members respect…, while the work division…at the right level in the role that is …
Para. 7: 4. 整个段落用了三种不同的表达方式表达类似的意思
people who… people…are the ones… some are…
Phrases:
1.stick with sb./sth.和某人/某物保持密切关系 ; 继续，坚持，保持
be stuck with sth./sb.被…缠住 stick out伸出，坚持到底，忍下去
stick to坚持，尊循 stick up竖立，向上突出
2.through thick and thin不顾艰难; 同甘共苦; 祸福与共
3. suspect sth./+clause怀疑/以为… suspect sb. to be… 怀疑/以为某人是…
suspect sb. of sth./doing sth怀疑某人做…
4. what if 倘使…将会怎样？即使…又有什么要紧 , 尽管…又有什么关系
含if的短语
only if 只有 if only要是…就好了 as if 好像
5. for the sake of=for one’s sake为了…，由于,看在…的份上
6.attach sth. to sth. 将某物系在另一物上 将某物与另一物相联系
7. as with=as to =as for就…而言，至于…
8. keep an eye on=keep one’s eye on 密切注意，看守，看管，留神
一些与有关的短语
have an eye for 对…有鉴赏眼光 shut/close one’s eyes to 不理会，闭眼不见
get the eye 引人注目 catch one’s eyes 引起注意
by all eyes 聚精会神地 keep an eye out for 当心
keep an eye on 盯着
9. take into account = take into consideration= take account of 对…加以考虑, 顾及
Ticket to Success
Talking
What do you want to do after you graduate from high school
Different personality types
1.outgoing 2.caring 3.sympatheti 4.charming
Lead in
Most of us are studying here aimed at going to universities. Is it the only way to succeed
Fast reading
Li yonghong made two important decisions in her life. What are they (Para.1、2)
1). Left school and took a one-year training course to become a hairdresser.
2). Learnt how to do make-up.
careful reading
1.Read the text quickly and explain what the text is about
The text is about choices in life and careers. It suggests that different people have different talent, and that in order to be successful ,society and people have to make the best of their talent.
2.Li yonghong made two important decisions in her life. What are they
( 1 ) She decided to start working instead of going to university.
( 2 ) She decided to save money while working and take training later in life.
3.The author distinguished two personality types .What are they
Strong mental , intellectual type and strong practical ,hands-on experiences type
4.In order to become successful, what must you do ( Para. 4、5、6)
1). explore your talents and get to know yourself so as to find out where your real interests lie.
2). follow what feels right.
3). we must make the most of our special talents and interests.
5.: What are the different learning styles:( Para. 7)
1). schools and universities
2). to try, experiment and find their way through hands-on experience
Phrases:
1.have sb./sth.in mind 在想…,计划… bear/keep sb./sth. In mind记住,记…在心里
have…on one’s mind 把…挂在心上
2. congratulate sb. on/upon (doing) sth
congratulate sb. on one’s marriage/ new job/ good exam results
congratulate oneself on/upon (doing) sth认为自己幸运或成功
3. live up to 依照某事物行事,表现出符号某事物的标准
fail to live up to his parents’ expectations
4. make the most of =make the best use of 最好/最大限度地利用
make use of 利用,使用 make good/full use of 好好利用,充分利用
5. shame
What a shame!遗憾的事，可惜 shameful可耻的 shameless不要脸的
ashamed羞耻，惭愧 I’m ashamed to do sty 不好意思做某事
shame的一些搭配:
feel shame (at/for) 感到羞耻 put…to shame 使感到羞耻,使蒙羞
bring shame on sb. 给某人带来耻辱
What a shame to do sth. What a shame that…
It’s a shame (that)… It’s a shame to do sth.
6.hands-on: practical亲身实践的，实习的 have hands-on experience
7.accommodate sth to sth 适应，迁就，迎合
PAGE
1Unit 4
Teaching Goals:
l Talking about botany
l Speak about procedures
l Review a description of plants
Target language:
1. Important words and phrases
2. Important sentences
Ability Goals:
Enable the students to talk about botany and to say sth. about it.
Teaching important points:
Help the students learn to describe plants and how to grow and take care of them.
The contribution of the three important persons to the science of botany.
The meaning and the usage of the key words.
Teaching methods :
Asking-and-answering questions
Discussion
Listening and speaking
Teaching procedures and ways:
StepⅠ Greetings
Greet the whole class ; Duty reports
Step Ⅱ Revision
Last week, we learned unit 3. This unit is about the only country in the world that covers an entire continent—Australia. It is a wealthy country, which produces metals, precious stones, coal, grain, meat and wines, and has the biggest iron mines in the world. Australia has the about one-sixth of the world’s sheep and produces almost one-third of its wool. The climate in Australia varies from north to south.
Modern Australia is made up of six states and two territories. The first Australians were the Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders. The two world war had a strong influence on Australia. The official language is English, which is quite different from British and American English. However, do you know what the national flower of Australia is -----Golden Wattle (Acacia ) 金合欢，又称相思树
Step Ⅲ Warming up
Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name. Which flower is your favorite Explain why.
Picture 1: peony-- the Chinese national flower, native to China, is called as the “King of Flowers”, which is widely used in Chinese medicine.
Picture 2: tulip. Tulip is native to Central and Western Asia, and parts of the Middle East, roughly in the region near Afghanistan. Tulip is mainly used for decoration. Also, tulips are beautiful flowers and people often send them to their friends as presents.
Picture 3: rose. Rose is native to Southwest Asia. Roses are best presents to be sent to friends. And it is also very popular to send roses as love signal between young people. Red roses indicate warmth and love and white ones, purity and simplicity, blue ones, honesty and sincerity. Also, rose flower is a kind of important Chinese medicine.
Picture 4: sunflower. Sunflowers get their name because they always face the sun—turning to track the sun’s movement across the sky. Sunflower is a North American native. American Indians used sunflower as food and medicine.
Step Ⅳ listening
1.Listen to the tape and get the topic of the passage
1).This passage mainly deals with _______d_.
A. Flowers B. Grain C. Fruits
2).From this passage we know that_______b__.
A. People in the past had enough fruits to eat.
B. People on the voyages long ago couldn’t survive long on board, one of the main reasons was that they lacked fresh fruits and vegetables.
C. Captain Cook didn’t realise the importance of keeping ship and the crew members themselves clean and taking regular exercises.
2.Please judge the following statements as true or false.
( × )1. There were enough fruits in ancient Europe.
( × )2. Farmers in old England often got ill during the winter because they did not get enough exercises.
( √ )3 Fruit and vegetables could not be kept fresh for a very long time because they had not found ways to keep them.
( √ )4. The diet aboard ships consisted of salt meat, and hard biscuits. The sailors hardly ate any fresh vegetables or fruit.
( × )5. The discovery of Vitamin C made people realise that eating fresh vegetables and fruit could treat this disease.
Step Ⅴ Reading
Lead in:
Talk about the pictures:
Picture1: Coffee beans are used to make coffee. Coffee originally came from Africa, although coffee-drinking started in Arab countries. Coffee as a crop is now grown in subtropical regions, such as Latin America, Africa, Arabia, Indonesia, Hawaii, India and in Southeast Asia.
Subtropical: 亚热带的
热带的 ：tropical
Picture 2: Tea is used to make tea. Tea originally came from China. Currently, the most important tea producing countries are China, Japan, India and Sri Lanka.
Currently:普遍地, 通常地, 现在, 当前
Picture 3: Chili is used as a spice to make food more tasty. Other than what some Chinese students may believe, chili is not originally from China, but from Latin America. Chili is grown in tropical countries all over the world.
Do you like chili
Picture 4: Hemp is used to make rope or carpets. Hemp originally came from the Central Asia, and has been known to China for more than 10,000 years. The British spread hemp to all their colonies as its fibre was used to make sails and rope for their ships. It is now produced in all countries of the world.
fibre：纤维, 构造, 纤维制品, [植]须根
n Pre-reading
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
While-reading
n Fast reading
1. How should we classify them scientifically
By grouping plants in families.
2. who is the first to do this
Carl Linnaeus
3. How many scientists are mentioned
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
4. How many voyages did James Cook make
three voyages
Careful reading
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ________．D
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as____ could help to develop local economies．C
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was ____ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．A
A．Joseph Banks B．Captain Cook C．Linnaeus D． Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ___ ．C
A．the importance of botany B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’contribution to botany D．Linnaeus’discoveries about different species
5.Captain Cook made ___voyages altogether around the world. C
A．one B．Two C．Three D.four
n The relationship among three persons.
Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step Ⅵ Language points:
Integrating skills
Scanning
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Charles Darwin From England Gregor Mendel From Austria
Gote Turesson From Sweden
Choose the best answers according to the passage
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that_ . C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _ _ would eat_ . B
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3.Darwin joined the scientific expedition on _____ ． C
A. the Endeavour B.Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that . D
A．the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B．the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C．the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because_________ . B
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
B．he was interested in them
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book“On the Origin of Species”
Fill in the following blanks
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
1. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
2. Back home, in England, Darwin realized that differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
3. As a result of Darwin and Mendel’s research, scientists of the nineteenth century formed the belief that that influence of the environment was behind the development of new species.
4. It would take a next generation of scientists to bring the importance of the environment on species back in view.
Translate the following phrases into English:
详细地 in detail 处于支配的地位，负责 in charge of
由……负责 in the charge of 任命某人为……appoint sb. as
将……分类成classify…into… 计算……之间的距离 calculate the distance between…
一代一代传下去pass on from one generation to the next 建于…；以…为基础be based on
参与; 陷入 ……的活动be involved in 根据;视……而定；按照according to
搜索；寻找 search for 总而言之 altogether
match…with （在品质；颜色；设计等方面）相等，相当，相配
at the age of 在……岁时 look out for 警惕;留心;守侯
on a large scale 大规模地;大范围地 year after year 年年;年复一年
pass away 逝世 name…after 给……取名;命名
take care of 关心;照顾 classify…into 分类;归类
develop a lifelong friendship with 与……结存了终生好朋友 born into 出生
have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲 a great deal of 大量;许多(用于不可数名词)
lie in 在于 related to 与……有关
the key to 关键是(在于) adapt to 适应于
be sunken into 堕入 a bunch of flowers
at first sight lead a cosy life
make two more voyages be involved in
lead sb. to do sth. calculate the distance between
pass on from on generation to the next form the belief
in view adapt to the new environmentUnit 5 Getting the message
Period 1 New words and expressions
Teaching aims and demands:
(1) To learn some words and expressions .
(2) To use the words and expressions correctly
1 advertise ___________
advertisement ___________
advertising ____________
advertiser ____________
advertise a soap _____________
advertise for a new secretary _____________
eg: (1) Amy saw _____in a local newspaper a teaching post at a high school close to where she lived.
A advertised B advertises C advertising D advertisement
(2) Nowadays,some stars like _____because they can _____a lot of money.
A advertisements;bring B advertising;make C to advertise; earn D making advertisements make
2 consider v ___________ 考虑干-----
____________ 认为-------
consideration n ________
considering prep__________
eg (1) 你应该考虑到你的健康状况.___________________________________
(2)______ he has only just started ,he knows a lot about it.
A Considering B Considered C To consider
consideration n
(1). 考虑[U][(+for/to)]
That matter is_____________________________那件事正在考虑之中。
Before writing your answers please give careful consideration ___the questions. 请在回答之前仔细考虑一下问题。
(2.) 需要考虑的事;动机,原因[C]
Price and quality are the two chief considerations.
价格和质量是两个主要考虑的问题。
(3). 体贴;关心[U][(+for)]
He __________________________________his wife. 他不体贴他的妻子。
词组： in consideration of=in return for/ on account of/ because of ______________ take---into consideration=take account of/ take…into account ___________
under consideration___________ on no consideration ___________ out of consideration for________________
You take quality into consideration. 您必须要考虑到质量问题
We must take into consideration our ability to pay when we import goods.
我们进口必须考虑我们的支付能力。
I always take fuel consumption（消耗） into consideration when buying a car. 　我买汽车时总要把燃油消耗量考虑在内.
We may take into consideration accepting government-to-government or non-government loans（ 贷款）only if the conditions permit. （注意宾语后置）　只要条件合适，我们可以考虑接受政府间贷款或非政府间贷款。
under consideration在考虑中，在研究中
3 charge (1) 使---充满 a voice _______with tension
(2) 控告,指控 charge----with
(3)要价,收费 charge--- for
(4)记在 ---帐上
(5)使承担：使承担任务、责任或义务：charge sb to do/charge sb with
They charged him with the task of watching the young swimmers.
他们让他承担起看护年轻游泳者的任务
n (1) 主管,看管 _________________(由----掌管)
___________________(在---掌管下)
(2) 费用,价钱 _____________________(免费的)
(3) in charge 最常见用法是作后置定语，也作表语；表示主管的，负责的：
the person__________负责人；
the officer__________ 主管警官；
Who is in charge here 这里谁负责？
eg (1) How much did the hotel charge you _______a room for the night
(2) The police charged him ______careless driving.
(3) It is said that he is the manager of the company.In other words ,the company is ______________him.
4 blame blame sb for sth
blame sth on sb
be to blame
eg (1) ---Who is ______for the accident
A to blame B to be blamed
(2) Don’t blame it_____,___________.别怪他,该怪我。
They __________________________George.他们把失败归咎于乔
(3)They blamed the secretary for the delay of the plan.
他们怪罪秘书造成计划延误。
5 appeal v (1)恳求,呼吁 appeal to sb for sth /to do
(2) 对---有吸引力,感兴趣 sth/sb appeal to sb
(3) 上诉 appeal to ----against
eg: (1)对露营这种想法我从来不感兴趣________________________
(2) 他不服判决而向高级法院上诉_________________________
政府呼吁每个人要节约用水________________________________
appeal n 呼吁,请求；上诉
He made one last appeal___ his father___ forgive him.
他最后一次恳求父亲宽恕他。
an appea_____ forgiveness
恳求原谅
The teacher listened to his appeal.
老师倾听了他的要求。
6 keep an eye out of ___________
keep an eye on ___________
keep watch ____________
keep back _____________
keep out _____________
keep off ______________
keep up _______________
keep up with ______________
keep---from doing _______________
eg (1) The boss _________100$ from my salary with no good reasons.
(2) It is important for us to _________a good state of mind when we take an important exam.
(3)_______the dog ,It might bite you.
7 attach---to ---- 系在,附在; 与---有联系
be attached to 迷恋,依恋
eg (1) He bought a house with a garage ______at a low price.
(2) Do you attach any importance _____what he said
(3) We have grown _____to the old house and would hate to move.
8 convey vt. -veyed, -veying
(1). 运送,搬运,转运[(+from/to)]
Passengers are conveyed by bus to the air terminal.
用公共汽车载送旅客前往航空站。
The truck conveyed machinery across the country.
这辆卡车在全国各地运送机器。
( 2.) 传播(声音等)
A wire conveys an electric current.电线传导电流。
Wires convey electricity.金属线导电。
(3). 传达,传递,表达[(+to)][+(that)][+wh-]
I found________________________________ 我觉得难以用言语表达我的感情。
I will convey the information to him.我将把这消息通知他。
If you'll leave a message, I'll convey it to him. 如果你愿意留下口信，我会转告他的。
(4). 转让(财产等)[(+to)]
老农夫将其农场转让给儿子________________________________________.
比较：convey， carry， transport， transmit
这些动词，当它们指人或物从一个地方向另一个地方运动时，可相互比较。
convey 常常含有持续、有规律地运动或流动的意思。
carry 适用范围很广，但常常表示运动时支撑着某物：
The train carries baggage, mail, and passengers. 火车运送行李、邮件及乘客。
transport 主要限于人或有形物体的常常是长距离的运动：
Huge tankers are used to transport oil.用巨型油轮来运输石油。
The city uses buses to transport students to school.这城市用公共汽车载送学生去学校。
transmit 指经过、发送或传播某物：
Please transmit the stock certificates by special messenger.
请通过特种邮件投递将股票票证寄来。
The cost of transmitting books by air is very high.空运书籍的费用很高。
Period 2 Warming up
Teaching aims and demands:
(1)To improve the Ss’speaking and listening skills
Teaching procedure:
Step 1 Disscussion
SB p37 Let the Ss disscuss the questions in the text then check the answers with the Ss.
Step 2 Listening
Listen to the tape and finish the exercise on page 38
Step 3 Speaking
Divide the Ss into several groups to disscuss and let them report their ideas to the class
Period 3 Reading
Teaching aims and demands:
(1)To get general ideas of the passage
(2)To improve the Ss’ reading skill
(3)To learn some knowledge about advertising
Teaching procedue
Step 1 Pre-reading
Disscussion : Disscuss the advantages and disadvantages of advertisements.
How can we make good use of good ads
Fill in the form on page 39
Step 2 While reading
Read the text quickly and try to get general idea of each paragraph
Paragraph 1________________________________________________
Paragraph 2________________________________________________
Paragraph 3_________________________________________________
Paragraph4-6 _______________________________________________
Paragraph 7_________________________________________________
Paragroph 8_________________________________________________
Step 3 Careful-reading
Questions:
(1) How do people react to ads And why
___________________________________________________________
(2) what is the basic principle of advertising
___________________________________________________________
(3) What are the advantages of advertising
____________________________________________________________
(4) How bad ads mislead consumers
____________________________________________________________
(5) How can we protect ourselves from false ads
§1.1细枝末节
1.The development of media has gone hand ___ hand____ the development of advertising.
A.by;by B.by;with C.in;with D.in;by
2.People react to advertisements in different ways.Because .
A.ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B.ads are useful and entertaining
C.ads are annoying
D.ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
3.When we buy an expensive product, can help us make the right decision.
A.sellers B.ads C.our friends D.defenders
4.“Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits” means .
A.all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
B.few ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
C.no ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
D.all ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
5.In order not to become easy target for ad makers,we must .
A.distinguish between fiction and facts B.watch TV more often
C.believe all the ads D.never believe any ads
6.The best chance to reach customers for the advertisers is to .
A.appeal to their emotions B.make interesting pictures
C.give customers proper prices D.send messages to customers
§1.2主旨大意
7.Paragraph 4 is mainly about .
A.ads must increase the production
B.ads must reduce the price of the production
C.ads must help companies and customers
D.ads must make a product more expensive
8.Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5
A.The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products.
B.The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products.
C.The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.
D.The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the products come from.
9.Why is advertising popular
A.Because ads are found in newspapers.
B.Because ads are found on the Internet.
C.Because ads are found on TV.
D.Because ads are found everywhere.
§1.3推理判断
10.We can infer from the last sentence of the text that .
A.we must learn to believe ads B.we must learn to accept ads
C.we must learn to analyse ads D.we must learn to accuse ads
Step 4 Post-reading
Answer the following questions
1 Why is advertising popular
2 How dose advertising help consumers and companies
3 Why do advertisers often have to work to attract people’s attention
4 What is a “bait-and-switch” ad
5 Make a list of advantages and disadvantages.
Period 4 Language points in reading
Teaching aims and demands:
(1) To learn and grasp some important phrases in the text
(2) To learn some important language points
Learing the following points
1 hand in hand
(1)手拉手地
(2)密切联系
小男孩和他母亲手拉手地走______________________________________
肮脏与疾病是密切相关的。______________________________________
权和钱密不可分。 _______________________________________
by hand __________
on one hand,on the other hand __________
give/lend sb a hand __________
hand in ___________
hand down ___________
hand out ___________
eg: The custom is handed _____from generation to generation.
2 react
react to 作出反应,反应
react on/upon 影响,起作用
react against 反抗，反对
react with/on 发生化学反应
eg How did she react____ the news
How did your mother react___ the news She reacted by getting very angry.
The two react upon each other. 这两者互相影响。
Children tend to react_______ their parents by going against their wishes.
How do acids react on metals
酸对金属会起怎样的化学反应
An acid can react ____a base to form a salt.
酸和碱反应会产生盐。
3. annoy
(1). 惹恼,使生气;使烦恼 be annoyed with sb/be annoyed at sth
eg His mother ____him___ being so rude to their neighbors.
A annoyed with;for B annoyed for;for
C was annoyed with;f D was annoyed for ;with
We’re annoyed____ his impolite treatment of his old friends.
他用这种不礼貌的态度对待老朋友,我们都感到气愤。
The sound of footsteps on the bare floor ______the downstairs neighbors. 楼上地板的脚步声吵得楼下住户心烦。
(2) 困扰,打搅
These flies are annoying me. 这些苍蝇一直在打搅我
4 accuse---of 指控,指责
eg She______________________ her watch. 她控告他偷她的表。
He accused his boss of having broken his word. 他指责老板不守信。
He was accused of murder. 有人指控他谋杀
6 by+n/Ving=by means of
Some ads mislead us _____(show)pictures that are only partly true or have been changed better.
7 associate v n___________.
(1.) associate----with 联想,把...联想在一起
They associate turkey with Thanksgiving.他们把火鸡和感恩节联系在一起。
这样一场大雪你有什么联想 ____________________________
(2)使联合,使结合[+with]
(3). 使有联系 I didn't want to________________ it at all.我根本 不想与这事有牵连。
(4) 结交,交往[+with]
He___________________________________他与各种各样的人交往。
Never associate with bad companions. 千万不要与坏人为伍
8 get across
(1). 使...被理解,为人理解
I couldn't get my point across in the debate.
在辩论中我无法清楚地表明自己的观点。
He found it difficult to_______________ them.
他发现他难以使他们了解他的想法。
(2) 使信服：使有说服力或可了解：
How can I get across to the students 我怎样才能让学生心服口服
(3). (使)越过;(使)渡过 I can't get across the river.
9 frequent adj.常见的；频繁的frequency n频率 frequently adv经常地
I enjoyed his________ visits.
我喜欢他经常来访。
Frequent failures did not affect his morale（士气）.
屡次失败都没有使他泄气。
Rains are______ here in early summer. 这儿在初夏季节常下雨。
10 not all/both/every/everything/everyone /everywhere/always----并非
=all--- not/both---not/not---every/---
eg:All the anwers are not right.=___________________________
None of the answers are right.__________________________
It is not always easy to spot a bad ad._____________________
11 be better able to
12 be aware of 熟悉---- 了解------
学生们应该了解认真学习的重要性____________________________
13 figure
(1) 外形;体形;人影
I saw a figure in the darkness.我看到暗处有一个人影。
(2) 体态;风姿 保持身材________________
She has an attractive figure.
她有迷人的曲线。
She has a slender figure.
她身材苗条。
(3) 人物;名人
He has become a figure known to everyone.
他已成了一个知名人物。
(4)数字
Where did you get those figures
你从哪儿得到那些数字的
(5)图表;图解;插图
14 distinguish---from
distinguish---bet ween A and B
Translation:
一种高速发展的产业
对广告的反应
作出明智的选择
一方面,另一方面
将产品与消费者的需求联系起来
将信息阐述清楚
投合-------情感
考虑成本
拥有事实和数据的武装
保持体形
手拉手
负责,掌管
留心,注意-------
他因为考试作弊被指责
辨别真伪
让公众了解社会问题和政府政策
认真思考,谨慎思考
Period 5 Word study and Grammar
Teaching aims and demands
(1) Consolidate the words that has been learned
(2) Rerview grammar:the Object Complement
Period 6 Integrating skill
Teaching aims and demands:
(1) To improve the students’ abilities of reading and comprehension
(2) To learn some language points
Step 1 Reading comprehention
(1) How does the language used in ads differ from ordinary languages
(2) How do companies choose names for their products
(3) What are the advantages and disadvantages of using a story as an advertisement
(4) What is strange about the phrases “a free gift” and “an added bonus”
Step 2 Language points
make sense
1 mke sense of
in a sense
eg: The manager has got a good business_____, so the company is doing well.
A idea B sense C thought D thinking
No matter how I tried to read, the sentence ____________________(我还是不懂这个句子)
You are right _________but you don’t know all about the fact.
2 bargain for/on sth 期望;预备
bargain with sb about (over/for) sth 与---讨价还价
It’s a bargain ______________
A bargain price=at a low price
Eg;After much _____,the shop owner agreeed to cut down the price by 2 0%.
A debating B talking C disscussing D bargaining
3 with the purpose of ______________
on purpose ______________
4 partly---and partly----一方面----另一方面
我去那儿既是工作需要,有是为了娱乐
_______________________________________
Exercise
11The Third Period
Teaching Aims：
1．Review the words and phrases learnt in the last two periods．
2．Review the Predicate．
Teaching Important Points；
1．How to use the rules of word formation to give another form of the words given．
2．How to use the proper form of the given verbs to fill in the blanks．
Teaching Difficult Points：
1．How to help the students write another form of the given words．
2．How to make the students master the Predicate well．
Teaching Methods：
1．Review methods to help the students remember what they’ve learnt before．
2．Practice to help the students review the Predicate．
3．Individual or pair work to make every student work in class．
Teaching Aids:
1．the multimedia
2．the blackboard
Teaching Procedures：
Step I Greetings and Revision
Greet the whole class as usual．
T：Yesterday we learnt a passage about Reaching out across the Ocean．Do you still remember what it's about
S1: Yes．About the ocean exploration in the ancient times.
T: We also learnt some useful words and phrases. Let’s have a dictation now．Please take out a piece of paper．
(After that，teacher collects some students’papers)
Step II Language Study
T：Turn to Page 14．Let’s do some exercises．Look at Ex．1 in Word Study．Please write another word form of the words given．First do it yourselves，and then check your answers with your partner．At last，I’ll ask some students to read their answers．Clear
Ss：Yes．
T：0K．Go ahead，please．
Suggested answers．
discover discovery(n．)
original origin(n．)
equipment equip(v. )
correct correction(n．)
inspect inspection(n. )
evaluate evaluation(n ．)
possess possession(n ．)
contribute contribution(n ．)
ignore ignorance(n ．)
competition compete(v. )
existence exist(v. )
wealthy wealth(n ．)
accurate accuracy(n ．)
royal royalty(n ．)
T : From the exercises we can draw a conclusion that some suffixes such as“-ion"“-y“-ment”“-ty”，when added to some words，can change their part of speech．Understand
Ss：Yes．
T：Who can give us some other examples．
S2: judge--judgment direct—direction, decide--decision success~successful
T：Very good．Now please choose some of the words in Ex．1 to complete the sentence in Ex.2．You can discuss with your partner if you have any difficulty．
T：(After fl while．)Well. 1 will ask some of you to give the answers．
(Teacher asks some students to do it one by one．)
Suggested answers：
1．contribute 2．discovery
3．evaluation 4．Ignored
5．existed 6. equipment
7．possession 8．inspect
(Do Ex．3 in the same way．)
Suggested answers：
(1)royal (2)treasures
(3)set sail (4)command
(5)In return (6)ambassador
Step Ⅲ Grammar
T．Now，please look at the sentences on the blackboard．
(Teacher begins to write some sentences on the Bb．)
(Bb：1．Life goes better when we listen to each other．
2．We have made great progress in the past year.
3．When I studied in the university，I read aloud every morning．
4．He was doing his homework from seven to nine last night．
5．The train had left before we got to the station．
6．He may have watched TV the whole night.
7．He must have been there before．
T：A1l the underlined parts in these sentences are the Predicate．Now，please read the sentences and translate them into Chinese．Pay special attention to the tense in each sentence．
(After the students read for a while, the teacher says the following．)
T：Well。I’Il ask some students to translate them into Chinese．One student, one sentence．Who’d like to try the first one
S3: 如果我们能够相互倾听对方谈话，那么生活就会变得更加美好。
T：Good job．The second sentence, Zhang Zheng，try please．
S4：在过去几年里，我们取得了很大进步。
T：Very good．Let’s go on．
S5：当我在大学学习时，我天天晨读。
S6：昨天晚上七点到九点，他正在做作业。
S7：我们到达车站时，火车已经离开了。
S8：他可能看了一夜电视。
S9：他以前一定去过那儿。
T：Well done．But you should pay attention to some of the them, first, look at the second sentence．Why is the present perfect tense used in it
S10：Because“in the past years” is a period of time continuing up to the present moment，the present perfect tense is used．Am I right
T：Yes，you’re quite right．Next, look at the sixth sentence．What do you think “may have done” here expresses
S11：“May have done”here expresses “guessing something happened in the past”．It is used to express expresses “possibility”
T：Well done．Now，the last sentence. Any volunteers
S12：Here“must have done” to express “guessing something happening in the past”．But it usually refers to a positive situation.
T：Terrific! Thank you．
StepⅣ Practice
T：Now，let’s do some practice about the Predicate．Open your books and finish Ex.1 and 2．First do them by yourselves and then check your answers with your partners．At last I’ll check the answers with the whole class．Are you clear about that
Ss：Yes．
T：OK．You can begin．
Suggested answers to Ex.1 and 2:
Ex.1:
1. discovers
2. was reading, called
3．can send
4．paid off
5．was a great puzzle
6．was taken
7．has been found
8．hopes
9．had better go，will be late
10．is expected
Ex．2
(1)was (2)stands
(3)had become (4)lived
(5)sold (6)had been seen
(7)drew (8)remained
Step V Consolidation
T：Now，1ook at the sentences on the screen．There are some mistakes in each sentence．Please find them out and correct hem．
(Teacher shows the following on the screen．)
1．I found the book she lost three days before.
2. By the end of this year, the factory will produce 20 000 tractors.
3. I studied English since I was ten.
4. We have been waiting for her for two hours be the time she came.
5. Is this the second time he breaks the world record in the field and track events
6. We didn’t see him at the lecture yesterday, He mustn’t attend it.
7. Xiao Li is so wet, she must fall into the lake.
8. He slipped into the room when no one looked at him.
Suggested answers:
1. lost→ had lost
2. will produce →will have produced
3. studied →have been studying
4. have been waiting →had been waiting
5. breaks→ has broken
6. mustn’t attend →can’t have attended
7. must fall →must have fall
8. looked →was looking
StepⅥ Summary and Homework
T：In this class，we’ve reviewed the words and phrases learnt in the last two periods and practiced writing another form of the given words according to the rules of Word Formation．We’ve also reviewed the Predicate．After class，you should do more exercises to consolidate what we learnt and reviewed in class，esp．all kinds of tenses．At the end，remember to preview the content in Integrating Skills． That’s all for today．Class is over．
StepⅦ The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
Unit 2 Crossing limits
The Third Period
Grammar：The Predicate
1. Life goes better when we listen to each other．
2．We have made great progress in the past year．
3．When I studied in the university，I read aloud every morning．
4．He was doing his homework from seven to nine last night．
5．The train had left before we got to the station．
6．He may have watched TV the whole night．
7．He must have been there before．
StepⅧ Record after Teaching
___________________________
___________________________
____________________________The Second Period
Teaching Aims：
1．Learn and master the useful words and phrases in this period．
2．Train the students’reading ability．
3．Learn about exploring the south of the Nile．
Teaching Important Points：
1．Master the following：
Phrases：in exchange for，take…prisoner，
reach out，set sail to／from／for…，in return
2．Enable the students to understand the text
better．
3．Improve the students’reading ability．
Teaching Difficult Points：
1．How to help the students understand the reading passage better．
2．How to improve the students’reading ability．
Teaching Methods：
1．Scanning the text to get the general idea of it．
2．Carefully reading to complete a chart and answer some detailed questions．
3．Discussion after reading to make the students understand the text better．
4．Individual，pair or group work to make every student active in class．
Teaching Aids
1．the multimedia
2．a tape recorder
3．the blackboard
Teaching Procedures：
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual
StepⅡRevision and Lead-i
T：Yesterday we talked a lot about exploring the world．Have you what kinds of exploration we refer to
Ss：Yes．Space exploration，voyage exploration，desert exploration polar exploration．．．．
T：Well done，we’ve learned a famous road called “Silk Road” in history class．Could you say something about it
S1：I know it．The“Silk Road” began from Chang’an，the city of Xi’an now along the Gansu Corridor, then to West Asia and Europe．
T：OK．Through the“Silk Road”, China got in touch with some other countries over land．Today we’re going to learn a passage about exploring to Africa. It will tell us the contacts between Chine and Africa centuries ago．Before reading the passage。let’s learn some new words and phrases in the period.
(Teacher deals with the now words and phrases with the whole class, and gives some explanations if necessary)
Step Ⅲ Pre-reading
T：Now，open your books and turn to Page 12．Scan the passage and find out the answers to the last two questions in Pre-reading．Three munites later，I’ll ask some students to answer them。clear
Ss：Yes．
T：(After three minutes．) Have you finished
Ss：Yes．
T：0K．Who wants to have a try to answer the second question
S2：Maybe because people had great curiosity about the distant Asia．
T：Good job．Anything else
S3：l think Marco Polo’s stories，Columbus and other European explorers influenced people．They all thought Asian lands were very wealthy．
T：Maybe you’re right．Thank you，what do you know about Gan Ying
S4：He was a Chinese ambassador who went to the East Roman Empire over land in 97 A．D．and returned to Luoyang with a present from an African king--rhinoceros horns．
T：Terrific! What do you know about Zheng He
S5：Let me have a try．In the years between 1405 and 1433，Zheng He set
sail from the South China Sea across the Indian Ocean to the mouth of the Red Sea．And then traveled further south，discovering the eastern coast of Africa．
S6：He renewed relations with the kingdoms of the East African coast．
S7：The African king and rulers and Zheng He sent to each other various wonderful presents．The exchange of goods had a symbolic meaning far more important than the value of the goods themselves．
T：You a11 did fl good job! Thank you!
Step IV Reading
T：0K，now read the passage as carefully as you can．1 will give you two charts to fill in．They’re Ex．3 and 4．Do you understand
Ss：Yes．
T：(A few minutes later．)Are you ready
Ss：Yes．
T：Well, you’ve understood the text better．In order to understand it more exactly and use the language freely and correctly，please learn the following on the screen．
(Teacher shows the following on the screen．)
1．in exchange for(=receive one thing in place of another)
e．g．He is teaching her how to play chess in exchange for her love．
The child gave the old man five apples in exchange for five eggs．
2. reach out (=stretch out)
e．g．He reached out for the dictionary．
3．take…prisoner(keep sb．in prison)!
e．g．He was taken prisoner for a serious crime in 1999．
4．set sail to／fro／for…(=begin a voyage)
e．g．He decided to set sail to／for New York the next day．
5．in return(=as payment for…)
e．g．Tom paid little attention to lessons，and in return he failed all the exam.
(Bb：in exchange for，reach out，take… prisoner，set sail to／from／for…，in return)
Step V Listening and Reading
T-Now I'll play the tape．You can follow it in a low voice．Pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation．
(Teacher plays the tape for the students to listen to．After that，teacher says the following．)
T：0K．Now，please look at Ex．5 in Post-reading．I'II give you 3 minutes to discuss them with your partner．After a while。I’ll ask you for the answers．Are you clear about that
Ss：Yes．
T：0K．You can begin your work．
(Teacher may go among the students and join them in the discussion．Three minutes later，check the answers．)
T：While you’re reading the text，you must pay attention to the new phrases．Now turn to Page 14，Ex．5，explain the following phrases and sentences from the text in English．The first one，volunteers，please!
S8：I think it means“The Africans got to／arrived in China．”
S9：The second one means“It’s the very time to do…．”
S10：Next one means“the entrance to the Red Sea”．
S11：l think the last one means“China had conquered the sea for a short time”．
T：Well-done!
Step Ⅵ Discussion
T：0K．Let’s have a discussion．Work in pairs or groups of four. Discuss Ex.6 in Post-reading. You are given 3 minutes to have the discussion. After a while。I’ll collect your answers.
T：(After three minutes．)Have you finished
Ss：Yes．
T：0K. who’d like to read out the answer
S12：I'd like to．The exchange of goods had a symbolic meaning far mre important than the value of the goods themselves．I think the symbolic meaning is that the African kings and the emperor of China could show their friendship to each other．
T：That sounds reasonable．The last question
S13：For example，in the Exchange Program，students can learn a lot of things about a foreign language, the other country’s customs and culture. But the most important is that it can improve the two countries’friendship.
T：Well done!
StepⅦ Summary and Homework
T：In this class，we’ve mainly read a passage about Reaching out across the Ocean．From the text, we’ve learn the history of the contacts between China and Africa．We’we also learnt some useful words and expressions. After class，you should learn all of them by heart and try to use them freely and exactly．Besides, read the passage over and over again till you can retell it in your own words. At the end，don’t forget to preview “ Word Study and Grammar” in the next period．Well, so much for today, class is over．
StepⅧ The Design of the Writing on the B1ackboard
Unit 2 Crossing limits
The Second Period
Useful expressions：
In exchange for, reach out, take…..prisoner, set sail to/ from/for…., in return
StepⅨ Record after teaching:
________________________________
________________________________
_________________________________Unit7 A Christmas Carol
Teaching Aims and Demands
Words:
powder standard conscience wage anyway admit foolish clap partner abundant warmth personally occupy constant clerk composer novelist firm ambition noble gain bond indeed selfish choir
Important Phrases:
care for leave alone in want of close up pick sb’s pocket have eyes for make money do sb good take sb’s / sth’s place
Sentence patterns & Communicative English
表示祝愿： God save you! God bless it!
Merry Christmas!
A Merry Christmas! Long life to him!
Grammar: Revision of the Adverbial
Topic and Writing:
掌握谈论有关社会责任感的话题的方法。
Period 1 Words and Phrases
1. care for
1) 喜欢(多用于疑问、否定， 不可用被动。)
Would you care for a drink 你想来点喝的吗
2)照料Who will care for the house while the family is away
全家人都不在时,由谁照料这间房子呢
区别于care about：介意……，在乎，关心
1) He doesn’t care a bit about clothes.
2) I don’t care about what he will say.
2. fake
adj. 假的，伪造的 fake money / diamond
n. 赝品 The painting looked old but a recent fake.
v. 伪造，冒充；假装
He faked my signature to get money from my bank.
3. powder
gun powder / washing powder
4. standard n.
the standard of living 生活水准
moral standards 道德标准
standard time 格林威治标准时间
His work was not up to standard. (= below standard)
The school set high ~s of behavior for students.
5. conscience n.(u. & c. )
have a good/clear conscience问心无愧
a bad /guilty conscience 感到内疚
examine one’s conscience扪心自问
according to one’s conscience = in all conscience凭良心
①我没有告诉他事实真相，心里决得内疚。
I had a bad conscience about not telling him the truth.
②A good conscience is a soft pillow.问心无愧,高枕无忧.
③A guilty conscience is a self-accuser.做贼心虚.
I got nothing to hide. My conscience is clear.
我没有什么隐瞒的。我问心无愧。
6. anyway adv. =anyhow
1) That wasn’t my fault, anyway. 反正那不是我的过错。
2) I’ m going anyway, no matter what you say.
3) I’ve tried, but I can’t open the door anyway.
7. admit admitted
vt.承认;准许…进入; 容纳=seat/hold/contain
admit sb./sth into /to …允许某人进入…
sb./sth. to be adj. 承认…是…
sth/ doing 承认…
(to sb.) that –clause 向某人承认…
1) You must admit the task to be /that the task is difficult.
2) Though he was admitted into/to a famous university, his parents couldn’t afford the tuition.
3) He admitted breaking the window. 他承认打破了窗子。
4) No one but ticket-holders was admitted.
只有持票者方可入内。
5) The theater admits 1000 people.这剧院可容纳一千人。
vi. 容许;承认
1.) 容许,有余地[(+of)]
This matter admits of no delay. 这事不容耽搁。
8. clap
vt. 1) 拍(手),鼓(掌);为...鼓掌
The audience clapped the pianist heartily.
听众热情地为钢琴演奏者鼓掌。
2.) 轻拍,击[(+on)]
He clapped the champion on the back and congratulated him.
他拍拍冠军的肩背,向他祝贺。
vi. 拍手,鼓掌
The chairperson clapped to attract our attention.
主席拍手以唤起我们的注意。
n. 拍手喝彩(声)[S]
They gave the speaker a clap. 他们向演讲人鼓掌。
9. abundant adj.
1) 大量的;充足的 abundant rainfall (充沛的雨量)
2) 丰富的;富裕的[(+in)] = be rich in
The country is abundant in natural resources.
那个国家自然资源丰富。
10. in want of
1) The poor woman was in want of food and clothes.
这个贫困的妇女缺少衣食。
2) There are still many thousands of people in want.
仍然有许多人处于贫困之中。
类似短语有：in need of in favour of in praise of in face of in search of in hope of in charge of in honour of in memory of
in danger of
11. badly off --- well off
1) Because of heavy debts, he is badly off.
2) I don’t know when I can be well off.
12. occupy vt.
1) (常与oneself连用或作被动式)使忙碌,使从事[(+in/with)]
She is occupied in writing a novel. 她忙于写小说。
He occupied himself with various social activities.
他终日从事各种社交活动。
2) 占领,占据
The enemy soon occupied the town.敌人很快占领了这个城镇。
Reading occupies most of my free time.
阅读占去了我空闲时间的大部分。
13. close up
The old road is now closed up.
close up (暂时)关闭 / down (永久性的或长期的)关闭
14. have an eye for
have an ear for / have a taste for / have a nose for
15. as follows
1) the results are as follows, Bob 1st, Jane 2nd, Tom 3rd.
2) He explained it as follows. = His explanation was ~.
16. ambition n.
1.) 雄心,抱负[U][C]; 野心[U][C]
Her son was filled with ambition to become a great inventor.
2.) 追求的目标[C]
Her ambition was to become a film star.
她一心追求的是做电影明星。
ambitious adj. 野心勃勃的；有抱负的
They are ambitious although they are poor.
17. aspiration n. [c, u] (for / after/ to sth.) ( to do sth. )
1) He has no aspiration for fame or gain. 他不图名利。
2) She has aspirations to become a great writer.
Homework
1. Ex. 1&2 on Page59-60
2. Ex. 1&2 on Page 195.
Period 2 Reading---A Christmas Carol
Step1. Revision
Ask students to translate some phrases and sentences in vocabulary.
Step2. Lead in and Speaking
I’m sure everyone here knows Charles Dickens. He was the greatest representative of English critical novelist in the 19th century. He wrote 14 novels and many other short stories in his lifetime. His style was realistic and humors .He gave us a vivid picture of life of ordinary people. His works shows sympathy for the poor.
Read the speaking material to enable students know about the background of the novel “A Christmas Carol”.
Explanations:
1. in the race to become rich
2. read reports about fake food products
3. There are also cases of food polluted with poisons or bacteria.
4. Scrooge has no friends, except his business partner, Marley, who is just like him.
5. care for / about
6. safety standards
7. working conditions
8. social conscience
Step3. Reading
Today we are going to read the novel “A Christmas Carol”. Part1. (beginning---“Scrooge falls asleep”)
1. Scan Part1 and answer the following question:
1) How many people were mentioned
Four. Scrooge, Bob Cratchit, Fred, A gentleman
2. Read it again, and answer the following questions:
1) When did this story happen
The story happened on the evening before Christmas, that is to say, at Christmas Eve.
2) What was Ebenezer Scrooge What kind of this man was Which word is he always commenting everything
Maybe Scrooge was a businessman or a boss. He was such a mean, cold, hard, selfish old man. He cares for nothing but money. He was always commenting everything “Humbug”.
3) Who was Bob Cratchit What did he want to do
Bob was working for Scrooge as a clerk. He wanted to go home to spend Christmas Day with his family.
4) What did the gentlemen want Scrooge to do
The gentleman was raising money to buy the poor some meat, drink and other basic needs. He wanted Scrooge to open his heart to the poor. But Scrooge didn’t agree to it. He would rather make them hungry to death than help them.
So all of them left, leaving Scrooge alone. He fell asleep. Then what happened in his dream
Step4. Listening (page 56)
Now let’s listen to a dialogue between Marley and Scrooge You know Marley (His business partner)
Listen to it carefully and finish Ex. 2. Then finish Ex.3.
Step5. Reading (Page58)
Just now his friend told him that Santa Claus would come. Now turn to P58. Look at the rest part.
1) What’s the typical of Santa Claus What does it mean
He always says “Ho, ho, ho.” to make others happy.
Step6. Reading (Page61)
Now Santa Claus takes Scrooge to two scenes.
Scene1.
Read this part and fill the blanks.
Place: The place where Scrooge live once lived
Time: The time when Scrooge was young.
Characters: Young scrooge and his girlfriend
Event: The girl wanted to be separated from Scrooge. Scrooge cared nothing except money. He felt very uneasy.
Scene2.
Read this part and tell:
Why does Mrs. Cratchit not want to drink a toast to Mr. Scrooge
Scene3.
What happened to Scrooge at last
Homework
1. Underline the important structures in the passages.
Period3-4 Language points
Step1. Revision
1. Check answers to Ex.1 on P59.
2. Check answers to Ex.1 on P195.
Step2. Language points
Reading:
Phrases:
want/have a day off ask for a day’s leave
leave sb alone
do good to sb
bring in profit
be in want/need of
afford to do sth
be badly off
believe in
at this festive season of the year 在一年中喜庆的季节
close up （尤指暂时）关闭；使靠近
leave alone 不管；随…去
toast to 干杯
date back to 追溯到（过去的某个时间）
on the contrary 相反
have an eye for 关注；能判断；能欣赏
Sentences:
1. Frost stands on the window. 窗户上结着霜冻。
stand 此处意为“在某处，位于”。
e.g. A tall poplar tree once stood here. 这儿曾经有过一棵高大的白杨树。
2. If I hear another word from you, you will go where it is really cold. 我要是再听你说一句，我就让你到真正冷的地方去
本句中where it is really cold 是状语从句，表示地点。
means：If I hear another word from you, you will go to the place where it is really cold.
e.g. Bamboo grows best (in the place) where it is warm and cold.竹子在温暖潮湿的地方长的好。
Put the raincoat (in the place) where you can easily find it.
把雨衣放在你容易找到的地方。
3. That’s a poor excuse for picking a man’s pocket every twenty-fifth of December!
每年的十二月二十五日掏人腰包，这个借口不充分。
poor 此处意为“不好的，不充分的，不充足的”。
e.g. We had a poor crop of wheat this year.今年我们小麦歉收
pick sb’s pocket ---steal money, etc from sb’s pocket 扒窃
have one’s pocket picked 遭扒窃
e.g. He had his pocket picked in the supermarket.
4. Anyway I suppose I will have to let you have it. 不管怎么说，我想我会答应你的。
anyway 副词，意思是“无论如何，即使如此(whatever the facts may be; in spite of this)”。
e.g. Whatever you say, I’m going anyway. 不论你说什么，无论如何我也要去。
5. Let me leave it alone, then. 我才不管它呢.
leave sb/sth alone/be ---not disturb or interfere with sb/sth 不打扰或不干预某人[某事物]。
e.g. I’ve told you to leave my things alone. 我告诉过你不要动我的东西。
6. Much good may it do you. 愿它能给你带来好处！
do sb good = do good to sb ---benefit sb “有益于某人“。
e.g. Eat more fruit; it will do you good. 多吃水果对你有好处。
7. …women and men open their hearts freely and think of other people
open one’s heart “敞开心扉”
open one’s heart to sb “同情；向……讲心里话”。
e.g. Mr. Smith opened his heart to the poor little boy.
史密斯先生对那个可怜的小男孩充满了同情
Mary felt much better after she opened her heart to her mother.
玛丽向母亲讲了心里话之后，感觉好多了。
8. …you will celebrate Christmas by losing your position.
by losing your position 是介词短语作状语，表示方式。
e.g. You switch the radio on by pressing this button.
按这个按钮就能打开收音机。
By working hard he gained rapid promotion.
他工作努力因而晋级很快。
9. …many of us enjoy abundant comfort
abundant ---more than enough; plentiful　丰富的；充裕的。
e.g. We have abundant proof of his guilt.我们有传充分的证据证明他有罪。
10. Many thousands are in want of basic needs. 有几千人需要基本的必需品
in want of sth---needing sth “需要某事物”。
e.g. The house is in want of repair. 这所房子需要修了。
11. Personally, I don’t care. 就我而言，我才不管呢。
personally ---as far as I am concerned; for myself 意为“就我来说，就自己而言”，
e.g. Personally, I don’t like him at all.
12. My business occupies me constantly.
此句中occupy 意为“使忙碌，使从事”。
e.g. He was occupied with /in writing a novel. 他忙于写小说。
occupy 用法小结：
1) 占据，充满（时间，空间，某人的头脑等）。
e.g. The speech occupied three hours.发言工占去了三个小时。
A bed occupied the corner of the room.床占去了房间的一角
2)（军事）占领（国家、阵地等）。
The army occupied the enemy’s capital. 军队占领了敌国首都
3) 占用，占有（房屋、土地等）。
e.g. The family have occupied the farm for many years.
这家人在农场已居住多年。
They occupy the house next door. 他们住在隔壁。
4) occupy oneself (in doing sth/with sth) “忙着（做某事）；忙（于某事）”。
e.g. How does he occupy himself now he is retired 他既已退休，都如何打发日子呢？
13. They are all gone.他们都走了。
gone 此处是形容词，意为“离开，离去”，另外，gone 还有“过去”之意。
e.g. Gone are the days when you could buy a three-course meal for under $1.
一顿饭吃三道菜不到一美圆，这日子一去不复返了。
14. And make it short, because it’s time to close up.
close (sth) up “（尤指暂时）关闭（某事物）”。
e.g. Sorry madam, we’re closing up for lunch. 很抱歉，小姐，我们现在要关门吃饭。
He closes the shop up at 5.30.他在5点30分停止营业。
close up 还可以指伤口愈合。
The cut took a long time to close up.伤口经过很长时间才愈合
15. Alone is what you are, and what you have been. 你是孤单的，你一直都是孤单的。
此句是倒装。alone 是副词，在句中作表语，这里是表语前置；其的主语为what you are 和what you have been.
Integrating skills:
1. These are but shadows of the past. 这些只是过去的影子。
but 此处是副词，意为“只，仅仅”。
e.g. He is but a boy. 他不过是个孩子。
I don’t think we can succeed. Still we can but try.
我想我们不会成功，但是，不妨试一试。
2. Another idol has taken my place. 另一个偶像取代了我。
take sb’s/sth’s place`; take the place of sb/sth
e.g. She couldn’t attend the meeting so her assistant took her place. 她不能出席会议，所以由助手替她。
Nothing could take the place of the family he had lost.
他失去了家庭，这一损失是无法弥补的。
3. That’s not what life is about! 钱不是生活的全部！
what life is about 是从句作表语。
4.You only have eyes for money. 你就只爱钱。
(only) have eyes for sb/sth. / have eyes (only) for sb/sth 只对……感兴趣；（只）爱恋/喜欢……
e.g. In Amsterdam, I had eyes only for the Rembrandts.在阿姆斯特丹，我只想看伦勃朗的名画。
All the girls liked Fred, but he had eyes only for Helen.
姑娘们全都喜欢弗雷德，但是他却只对海伦感兴趣。
have an eye/a good eye for… 意为“对……有眼光”。
He has an eye for the fair and the beautiful. 他有审美眼光。
5. You’ve got it all wrong. 你全弄错了。
此句中 all 副词，意为“completely 完全地”，修饰 wrong；wrong 是形容词，作it 的宾语补足语。
6. Nobody knows it better than you do, poor fellow. 没有人比你更了解他了，可怜的人。
know sb/sth well 对……熟知，对……很了解；do 代指knows。
7.be content with: be satisfied with
be content to do sth: be willing/ready to sth
PAGE
12The Fourth Period
Teaching Aims：
1.Review the Predicative.
2．Kview me important worcls anq expressions learnt in this unit．
3．Do some reading and writing to improve the students’integrating skill．
Teaching Important Points：
1．Learn animals，size，population，agriculture
and climate of Australia．
2．Train the students’writing．
Teaching Difficult Point：
Impro,e the students’
reading skill and writing
Teaching Methods：
integrating skills—
skill．
1．Fast reading to go through the reading material．
2．Discussion method to finish the writing task．
3．Individual，pair or group work to make every student work in class．
Teaching Aids：
I．a computer and a courseware
2．a tape recorder
Teaching Procedures：
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual．
Step II Revision
StepⅢ Reading
Information about Austrilia:
Animals：____________________
Distance：____________________
Size：______________________
Population．______________________
Agriculture:________________
Natural resources：_________________
Climate：_________________
Sports：_____________________
Suggested answers：
Animals：kangaroo，koala bear,parrot, snake，digo，sheel
Distance：3220 km from north to south, 3860 km from east to south
Size：the same as the USA(without Alaska)
Population：18 million
Agriculture：wheat，fruit,vegetables, meat，wines
Natural resources： metals,precious stones,coal,iron
Climate：cool and wet winters,warm and dry summers in the south; warm and dry winters,hot and wet summers in the north; dry or desert in two thirds of the country
Sports：tennis，sailing。swimming
T：Now look at some sentences on the screen and master the usages of the underlined phrases better.
(Show the screen．)
1．She gave brith to a healthy baby last week．
2．China is large in area and rich in sources．
3．The room is three times as large as that one．
4．They close all the windows to keep out the cold．
5．They rounded up at the school gate．
6．He doesn’t go to school at weekends．He goes to school on weekdays．
7．Taiwan Island is off the southeast coast of China．
T：Now you’ve learnt the main idea of the passage．But on Page 26 there are a few difficult questions about Australia．Let’s have a discussion in groups of four to answer them．
Suggested answers：
1．Australia has so many plants and animals that can’t be found anywhere else in the world．It lies in its position．Because it has oceans all around it and it is far away from the other continents，animals and plants in the country can’t easily be taken to other continents．What’s more．it has special natural enviorenment and climate．So there are many different kinds of animals and plants from other continents．
2．Kangaroos carry their young in a pocket of skin on their stomach for several months in order that they can keep the young babies warm and can feed milk to the young easily．At the same time，the young can be well protected until they are strong enough．
3．Australia is different from all the other countries in the world in many ways，such as its position。its climate，its plants and animals．
4．Compare the climate in different areas of Australia with that found in different parts of China．
Step V Writing
strilia government has made a lot of laws to protect the lovely and precious animal.
Step Test
T:In this unit we’ve learned some useful expressions.Have you remembered them Now I’ll give you a test about them.Look at the screen,please.
Complete the sentences,using the expressions learnt the unit.
transform…into,go walkabout,break out,feed…on,round up,in area,as a consequence,have an influence on,give birth to.
1．During the election period,a big strike_____in the place．
2．He always____the dog____ meat．
3．The guide ______the tourists and let them back to the coach．
4．Those so-called friends of hers______her.
5．She has ______three children.
6．She was found guilty,and lost her job _____.
7．The kitchen is 12 square metres_____.
8．When they visited Austrilia,they____.
9．Immigration made Austrilia______itself _____the modern country as it is today.
StepⅦSummary and Home，
Step W The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
PAGE
3Unit 11 key to success
Teaching aims and demands:
1. Get the Ss to read the two passages , knowing something about the key to success and improving their reading ability.
2. Get the Ss to know some important words ,phrases and sentences.
Teaching difficult points:
phrases: stick with through thick and thin for the sake of attach to
live up to sty hands-on …
sentences:
1. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.
2. Each offers gifts and processes that complement the others, contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the ‘whole’ is a team, a class, a family or a society. …
Time allocations: 3 periods
Period 1 Reading
Step I lead in
T: I want to move this desk to the 4th floor. But I can’t do it by myself. Who can help me ( a student comes) we two did this job together. and what we can call the job
-----it is team work.
T: where else do we need team work
-----football, basketball, rugby, working…
Step 2 fast-reading what is team work ( Para. 2)
Step 3 careful- reading
what kinds of team do the writer write try to compare them.
Rugby team Project team
Similarities team work: individual people brought together, common goal , has a clear role, cooperate
Differences 1. made up of a certain number 2. goal---to win a match3. members have different skills4. coach5. atmosphere6. members should respect, help and support each other 1. members: people of different personalities and abilities (Para. 7)2. take into account how each individual member works best
Step 4. summary ask students to divide the passage into 3 parts.
part 1: Para 1-2 general introduction of team work
part 2: Para 3-6 sports teams ( rugby teams)
part 3: Para 7-10 project teams
Step 5. further understanding
Para. 1: 1. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that. 特别是在学校里,有时我们感觉好象是为了团体活动而组织团体活动。
Para. 3: 2. It is important that all members of the team feel that each of them makes an equal contribution and that they help and support each other.
Para. 6: 3. As with sports teams, group work can …when group members respect…, while the work division…at the right level in the role that is …
Para. 7: 4. 整个段落用了三种不同的表达方式表达类似的意思
people who… people…are the ones… some are…
Step 5. record after teaching
Period 2 language points
Warming up:
1. stick with继续支持; 保持联系; 和……在一起
Stick with me, the best is to come.
Stick with him until you get out of the crowd.
2. through thick and thin不顾艰难; 同甘共苦; 祸福与共
She remained/ sticked with her husband through thick and thin.
3. pull out of out of
1) 丧失, 放弃
His family are living a poor life for his father has been out of work for months.
2) 超出…之外 My watch is out of order.
拓展 out of kindness/joy/shame/friendship/pity
out of water out of danger/date/order out of one’s reach
Reading Para. 1
4. what if…
常用来引导问句, 表示 “倘若…将怎么样 即使…又有什么要紧
what if he doesn’t come
What if they don’t agree with us
5. for the sake of 由于; 为了…的利益; 看在某人的份上
for one’s/sth’s sake 为了…, 看在…的份上
He bought a house in the country for the sake of his wife’s health.
For goodness’ sake, will you stop that noise
It is entirely for your own sake that I am speaking.
Para. 4 6. attach to
1) attach sth. to sth. 将某物系在另一物上 将某物与另一物相联系
Attached (to this letter) you will find…
Do you attach any importance to what he said
你认为他说的话重要吗？
Para. 6 7. division n. 分割；划分；分配；分歧；除（法）；部门
They couldn’t agree upon the division of their family farm.
division of labour a sharp division of opinion
a division of the company
Thirty divided by three is a simple division.
Para. 7 8. keep an eye on照料；照管；密切注意
Keep an eye on the stove in case the coffee boils.
Please keep an eye on my clothes while I’m swimming in the river.
Para. 8 9. take into account= take account of
I’d his reputation with other farmers and business people in the community, and then make a decision about whether or not to approve a loan.
A. take into account B. account for C. make up for D. make out
Para 9 10. embarrass vt. 使尴尬；使为难；使窘迫（常用被动）
He is embarrassed with debts.
I am just embarrassed what to say.
embarrassing adj. 令人为难的 embarrassment n.
be/feel embarrassed
integrating skills
Para. 2 11. congratulate congratulation(s) 复数，表叹词：恭喜
1) congratulate sb. on/upon (doing) sth
congratulate sb. on one’s marriage/ new job/ good exam results
2) congratulate oneself on/upon (doing) sth认为自己幸运或成功
You can congratulate yourself on having done a good job.
12. As the years went by
13. put the money to good use.
Para. 3 14.tend to
I tend to go to bed earlier during the winter.
Women tend to live longer than men.
15. live up to sth依照某事物行事；表现出符合某事物的标准
fail to live up to his parents’ expectations
16. shame 羞耻，惭愧
What a shame!遗憾的事，可惜 shameful可耻的 shameless不要脸的
ashamed羞耻，惭愧 I’m ashamed to do sty 不好意思做某事
Para 7 17. hands-on: practical亲身实践的，实习的
have hands-on experience
18. accommodate sth to sth 适应，迁就，迎合
Period 3 Ticket to Success
Step 1 Lead in
Most of us are studying here aimed at going to universities. Is it the only way to succeed
Step 2 Fast reading
Q1: Li yonghong made two important decisions in her life. What are they (Para.1、2)
1. Left school and took a one-year training course to become a hairdresser.
2. Learnt how to do make-up.
Step 3 careful reading
Q2: In order to become successful, what must you do ( Para. 4、5、6)
1. explore your talents and get to know yourself so as to find out where your real interests lie.
2. follow what feels right.
3. we must make the most of our special talents and interests.
Q3: What are the different learning styles:( Para. 7)
1. schools and universities
2. to try, experiment and find their way through hands-on experience
Step 4 Summary and explain some language points.
difficult sentence: Each offers gifts and processes that complement the others, contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the ‘whole’ is a team, a class, a family or a society.每一种个性都有其才能和做事方法，对于其他个性有互补作用，以一种独特的方式提高整体运作的质量，不管这个‘整体’是一个团队、一个班级、一个家庭还是一个社会。
PAGE
1Unit 13 The mystery of the Moonstone
The First Period
Teaching Aims:
1.Learn and master the new words and phrases: comfort, reception, considerate, astonish, tension, elegant, bachelor, turn down
2.Do some listening.
3. Do some speaking by talking, describing and discussion.
Teaching Important Points:
1.Train the students’ listening ability by listening practice.
2.Make the Ss express their ideas correctly.
Teaching Difficult Points:
1.How to improve the students’ listening ability.
2.How to help students finish the task of speaking.
Teaching Methods:
1.Listening-and-answering activity to help the students go through the listening material.
2. Individual, pair or group work to make every student work in class.
Teaching Aids:
1. a tape recorder
2. the blackboard
Teaching Procedures:
Step I Warming up
T: Can you imagine that your works are being read
S: I always dreamt of being a famous writer like Wilkie Collins. But it’s only a dream.
T: Only a dream Now, your dream may come true. Look at the pictures. Try to describe the people and events in each picture. Because the first thing you must have as a writer is rich imagination and the ability to describe sth. Talk about the pictures and put them in right order.(3-2-4-1-6-5) Then tell the story.
Step II Listening
T: Listen to some conversations happening at a birthday party. Look at the pictures and answer the questions:
1. What type of conversation do people have at a birthday party
2. What topics might they discuss
S: I think their conversation is friendly and enthusiastic. Sometimes they have a discussion, but not fierce.
S: I think at a birthday party, women may discuss sth about the hostess’ dress, jewels and the gifts while men always focus on cigars and some important events. Listen and check the answers.
Step III Speaking
T: Now it’s your turn to experience being an actor or actress. Read the two situations and choose one to make up a conversation. Firstly, write out the outlines and then act it out.
Situation 1:
Godfrey’s feeling for Rachel;
Reasons why he thought they would be happy as husband and wife;
The reasons Rachel might have given for refusing him;
How Godfrey felt when she turned him down;
Situation 2:
How Rachel felt about losing her diamond;
What the other characters said to comfort her;
What suggestions and advice they might have given her;
Who might be the thief
Step IV Homework
Preview the reading material.
Step V The Design of the Writing on the Bb
Unit 13 The mystery of the Moonstone
The First Period
1. What type of conversation do people have at a birthday party
2. What topics might they discuss
The Second Period
Teaching Aims:
1.Learn and master the useful words and phrases.
2.Train the students’ reading ability.
Teaching Important Points:
1.Master the following phrases and sentence pattern:
theft, entertainer, religious, enquiry, assistance, vital, smear, guilty, stain, considerate towards, in fact of revenge
2.Enable the students to understand the text better.
3.Improve the students’ reading ability.
Teaching Difficult Points:
How to make the students understand the reading text better.
Teaching Methods:
1. Pre-reading to predict what the text tells about.
2. Fast reading to get a general idea and careful-reading to further understanding the text.
3. Post reading to check the Ss’ understanding of the text.
4. Explanation for Ss to master some language points.
Teaching Aids:
1.a computer
2.a tape recorder
3.the blackboard
Teaching Procedures:
Step I Lead-in and Pre-reading
T: What we have learned in warming-up and listening is related to what we’ll learn today. So what is the story about
S: It is a detective story. The story begins with the loss of the precious stone, The Moonstone. Sb stole the Moonstone. One day the Moonstone was given to a beautiful girl as a gift. The Moonstone was stolen again.
T: What happens next in the text
S: It’s time for the detective to solve the puzzle.
Step II Reading
T: Now read the passage once as carefully as possible. Then answer some detailed questions on the screen. You may discuss them in pairs if necessary.
Who gave the Moonstone to Rachel and why he gave it to her
Why wasn’t Rachel’s birthday a success
Why did Sergeant Cuff believe that the garment with the paint stain belonged to the thief Learn some new words and expressions.
1. Considerate towards sb: careful not to hurt or bring inconvenience to others.
2. might/may have done: show the possibility of sth having happened in the past.
3. in an act of revenge: in order to return an injury.
4. (from/out of)force of habit: to do some things in a certain way from always having done so in the past. Read the text to make a list of the people and the reason why Sergeant Cuff suspected that they might have stolen the Moonstone.
Suspect Reason for Suspicion
The Indians They followed the Moonstone around the world waiting for an opportunity to take it back to India.
Godfrey He might have stolen the Moonstone as revenge for loss of face, because Rachel turned down his proposal of marriage.
Dr Candy As with Godfrey, he lost face because of the quarrelling with Franklin.
Rosanna She might have taken the diamond either from force of habit, for she was a thief before Rachel’s mother gave her a job or cause a disagreement between Rachel and Franklin.
Rachel Perhaps she had debts that needed to be paid.
Franklin He gave the detective as much assistance as he can. His enthusiasm was the reason why he was suspected, because it was not his business.
Have a discussion about different people in the story. Decide who stole the Moonstone.
Step III Homework
Finish the exx. Preview “Language practice”.
Step IV The Design of the Writing on the Bb
Unit 13 The mystery of the Moonstone
The Second Period
Useful words and expressions:
theft, entertainer, religious, enquiry, assistance, vital, smear, guilty, stain, considerate towards, in fact of revenge, force of habit, might have done
The Third Period
Teaching Aims:
1.Learn and master the phrases.
2.Review the content of the reading in the last period.
Teaching Important Points:
Learn and master the usages of the words in the reading.
Teaching Difficult Points:
How to use the words to fill in the blanks.
Teaching Methods:
1. Review method to considerate the words learnt.
2.Inductive and Deductive methods to help the Ss master what they have learned.
3. Individual work or pair work to make every student work in class.
Teaching Aids:
the blackboard
Teaching Procedures:
Step I Revision
T: 1. Can you tell us who gave the Moonstone to Rachel and why he gave it to her
2. Why Sergeant Cuff believed that the garment with the paint stain belonged to the thief
Step II Language Practice
T: Now Go through the reading again and try to find words that match the following definitions. Then make two sentences with each of the words.
1. bachelor
2. tension
3. prescription
4. considerate
5. guilty
6. vital
7. stubborn
8. theft
T: Fill in the blanks, using the correct form of the given words.
1. happening
2. Suspecting
3. excited
4. stain
5. splendid
6. garment
7. vital
8. loss
9. tension
10. assistance
Step III Listening
Listen to a short play. Learn some new words.
Footprints, shoeprints, fingerprints
Print means a mark made on a surface showing the shape pattern of a thing.
T: In daily life, we often read about mysteries, for instance, in a criminal case. How can the police solve a mystery
S: They must use some clues.
T: What clues do the police often find
Footprints, shoeprints, fingerprints, cigarette, banana peels, marks…→mystery
Listen and check the answers.
Step IV Summary and homework
T: We’ve learned the new words and expressions. Do other exx to master them better.
Finish all the exx in Grammar. Preview the content in Integrating skills.
Step VI The Design of the Writing on the Bb
Unit 13 The mystery of the Moonstone
The Third Period
1. Can you tell us who gave the Moonstone to Rachel and why he gave it to her
2. Why Sergeant Cuff believed that the garment with the paint stain belonged to the thief
New words: Footprints, shoeprints, fingerprints
The Fourth Period
Teaching Aims:
1.Revise the useful expressions in this unit by practicing.
2.Improve the Ss’ reading ability by reading the material.
3.Do some writing practice to improve the students’ integrating skills.
Teaching Important Points:
1. Improve the Ss’ reading ability by reading the material.
2.Train the Ss’ writing.
Teaching Difficult Points:
Improve the students’ integrating skills.
Teaching Methods:
1.Fast reading to go through the reading material.
2.Inductive method to help Ss write a letter successfully.
Teaching Aids:
1.a computer
2.a tape recorder
3.the blackboard
Teaching Procedures:
Step I Lead-in
T: Do you remember your guess about who was the real thief to the Moonstone
S: Yes. We have different opinions.
T: As a matter of fact, all of your answers are not right. Next we’ll enjoy the second part of the story. I think we can make it clear who was the real thief.
S: In other words, the mystery will be solved. Yes
T: Of course.
Step II Reading
T: Scan the passage quickly and answer the questions.
Who actually stole the Moonstone
S: Godfrey.
T: Now you are given some more time to read the text for some detailed information. Then answer some questions.
Whom did the detective suspect of having taken the Moonstone
S: Many people were suspected, including Godfrey, Dr Candy, Franklin, Rosanna, the Indians and Rachel.
T: In fact, most of them were innocent. The story tells us Rachel was also innocent. But why didn’t she answer Sergeant Cuff’s questions
S: The reason why she did it was that she saw Franklin take the diamond and wanted to protect him from Sergeant Cuff by not answering his questions.
T: According to the text, Rachel actually saw Franklin take the Moonstone. Howerer, Franklin didn’t remember anything. Do you know why
S: Because Dr Candy had put some opium into Franklin’s drink to prove to him that it would be helpful for sleeping.
T: According to the text, we know Godfrey stole the diamond. But to our surprise, Godfrey was murdered, and the Moonstone was still missing. Who do you think was guilty for Godfrey’s death What clues can you find to support your guess
S: Some Indians who appeared at Rachel’s birthday behaved strangely. Some Indians attacked Godfrey. The Moonstone returned to its true home in India, where it once again decorates the forehead of the statue of the moon god. So we can infer that some Indians were guilty for Godfrey’s death.
Step III Writing
T: The writing task is also linked to the story.
1. The text says that Rosanna sent Franklin a letter. What do you think she would have written With your partner write the letter from Rosanna to Franklin.
2. How does Sergeant Cuff feel about accusing Rachel of taking the Moonstone Write a letter from Sergeant Cuff to Rachel apologizing for his mistake.
You can choose either to finish. But you should pay attention to the difference about the style of the two letters.
Dear Franklin,
It took me a long time to decide to write this letter to you.
I know what you did on the night the Moonstone disappeared. Because I found the paint stains belonging to the thief on your clothes when I cleaned your room. I want to keep you out of trouble, so I hid the evidence. Maybe you don’t know why I did it. That’s because of love. I have been in love with you since I met you for the first time.
I’m very sorry for Miss Rachel. But I don’t know what to do to help her without telling the truth to the detective.
Wish you good luck.
Sincerely yours,
Rosanna
Dear Rachel,
I’m writing to tell you in the hope of getting your apology. I suspected you of having taken the Moonstone yourselves. It proved to be wrong.
I hope you will accept my apology.
Yours,
Sergeant Cuff
Step IV Homework
Go over all the important points learnt in this unit and finish your writing.
Step V The Design of the Writing on the Bb
Unit 13 The mystery of the Moonstone
The Fourth Period
Who actually stole the Moonstone
PAGE
3Unit 10 American Literature
Teaching aims:
1. Goals:
Talk about American Literature
Practise predicting and describing what a story might be about
Review all the verb tenses
Write a book review
2. Special focus:
Improve reading skills and Enlarge vocabulary.
a. Direct Ss to read the 3 passages on the text book;
b. Guide Ss to learn to use the following words and expressions:
Contribute to, adapt to, get accustomed to, garment, shabby, take pride in, attend to, etc.
Period 1 Reading
A Sacrifice for Love (1)
Step 1. Warming up
Task 1. guide the students to get to know some famous American writers and their works by the forms of a competition:
The Adventure of Tom Sawyer ---- Mark Twain
The Beast in the Jungle ----Henry James
A Farewell to Arms ----- Ernest Hemingway
The Old Man and the Sea ----- Ernest Hemingway
Adventures of Huckleberry Finn ----Mark Twain
The Gift of the Magi ---- O. Henry
The Call of the Wild ----Jack London
The Scarlet Letter ---- Nathaniel Hawthorne
Step 2. Scanning
Task 2. Read the passage and try to answer the questions:
What’s the story about
What are Jim’s wages
What price does Della pay to buy her present
What are the couple’s two most precious possessions
Step 3. While-reading:
Ask students to fill in the chart to see if they have got a general understanding of the whole passage.
Main Idea
Paragraph 1 Della wept because she had little money to buy Jim a present this Christmas.
Paragraph 2 Della and Jim’s living conditions.
Paragraph 3 Della wanted to buy Jim a Christmas present, which was worthy of being own by Jim.
Paragraph 4 The young couple owned two precious things, one was Jim’s gold watch, and the other was Della’s hair.
Paragraph 5 Della’s beautiful hair.
Paragraph 6 Della decided to sell her hair in order to buy a present for her beloved.
Paragraph 7 Della got twenty dollars and then she began to buy Jim a Christmas present.
Paragraph 8 She spent 21 dollars on a gold watch chain.
Paragraph 9 Della did her hair and looked like a little school girl.
The main idea of the passage: The story tells that a woman called Della sold her beautiful hair to buy her husband a Christmas present ---- a gold watch chain.
Step 4. Post-reading
Task 3: Answering the questions on P85.
Step 5 Homework
Finish all the exercises on Word Study and Grammar on p86-87.
Period 2. Integrating Reading Skills
A Sacrifice for Love (P89)
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the Ss how further they understand the American literature.
2. Check the homework. If necessary, give some examples to review the different tenses of verb.
Exercise 1 &2 on p220-221 is specially designed to check the Ss if they are familiar with the Grammar.
Step 2. Scan the passage and find the main idea, then analyze the passage if possible.
Task: Read the passage in three minutes, and sum up every paragraph with one sentence:
P1: Della was anxious to wait for Jim and was afraid that Jim’s love would go without her beautiful long hair.
P2: Jim was burdened with the family and had no money to buy even e new overcoat or gloves.
P3: Jim stared at Della with a strange expression on his face.
P4: Della explained why she had her hair cut off.
P5: Jim was still confused.
P6: Jim was awake and expressed nothing could make him love Della any less.
P7: Della was so happy when she sea a set of beautiful and expensive combs Jim bought her.
P8: Della showed him her gift---- a gold watch chain that was worthy of his gold watch.
P9: Jim told Della he sold his watch for her combs.
Step 3. Read the passage again and appreciate the “love” again, and then finish the exercises attached to the passage.
Step 4.Extensive reading:
Ask the students to find more short stories by American writers to read after class.
Period 3. Integrating Reading and Writing Skills
Regret (p221-222)
Step 1. Warmming-up
Task 1 :
Do the oral pratice on p218, and enable the students to practise predicting and describing what a story might be about
Step 2. Reading
Task 2: Read the passage and finish the exercises. If possible, guide the students to analyze some long and complex sentences.
Task 3: Guided Writing
Give Ss 20 minutes to finish the writing assignment on p224,
Then ask Ss to score their work according to the following chart.
3 pluses & 1 wish
Name _______ Title _____________________ Date _______________ + _________________________________________________________+ _________________________________________________________+ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________
Note: How to use this chart effectively
Ask the student to read his/her deskmate’s writing carefully, and then find 3 valuable things (structure, passage arrangement, sentence, diction, etc) and give 1 suggestion. And then feed the message back. Next, ask the Ss to correct their work according to the chart.
Period 4:
Deal with some language points and difficult points if necessary. If possible, guide the students to analyze some long and complex sentences. The following sentences in this unit are very important:
Expenses had been greater than she had calculated.
She hesitated for a minute and stood still while a tear or two fell on the worn red carpet.
There was no other like it in any of the stores, and she had turned all of them inside out.
It was worthy of the watch.
It’ll grow again--- you won’t mind, will you
I’m me without my hair, aren’t I Unit 2 Crossing limits
The Third Period
Going High: The Pioneers of The Third Pole
Step 1 Led- in
In the last reading passage we talked about navigation exploration. That is to say, the Ocean exploration As we know, by the middle of the1920s , the farthest corners of the earth had already been explored by human being. Continents had not only been reached, but also mapped out. People had even reached the North and South Poles Now what new limit did human being endeavour to cross or conquer
Step 2 Reading
1. First look at the title “Going High: The Pioneers of the Third Pole”. What does “going high “ mean in this text
-----Climbing the mountain.
2. What does” the pioneers “ means
----Of course the climbers who try to conquer the mountain.
3. What new exploration did people want to challenge
-----How to climb the highest mountain—Mount Qomolangma
4. Why does the writer call it “ the third pole”
-----Because Mount Qomolangma can be compared with the North and South Poles
for its extreme condition. The exploration is as tough and risky job as reaching
the North and South Poles. It is said that climbing is like going to the moon.
5. What difficulties and dangers do you think a person will face when he climbs Mount Qomolangma
---- I think the climbers will face the cold, thin air and low oxygen levels. Besides, continuous bad weather may endanger the climbers’ lives. Worse still, they may meet with snow collapse, which is fatal. Lastly, there will be no chance to survive if the oxygen runs out.
6. What are needed to conquer the Mount Qomolangma besides all the necessary equipment and preparations
---- climber’s skill, courage, strong will and wisdom
7. Since it is such a dangerous place , why can the Tibetans live at ease in such extreme conditions
---- Because they lived in Himalayas for centuries and have adjusted to the
conditions at such a height.
8. What makes Sherpas the most reliable guides in every attempt to climb Mount Qomolangma
----Sherpa strength, skill, honesty and dedication have made them the most reliable
guides.
9. We know the Sherpas are the local people who live there many years and can be used to the weather there but why don’t they climb that mountain
----Because in their eyes the mountains were sacred.
10. What might have been the possible reasons that made the British expeditions fail in 1922 and in 1924
----They were not prepared for many unexpected difficulties and they were not very
familiar with Mount Qomolangma.
11. Why could Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay make it to the summit of Mount Qomolangma
----Because after World War II, technological advances in clothing and equipment
had been made and more was known about the mountain itself.
12. How do you understand the sentence “ Like winning in the Olympic Games, climbing a mountain such as Mount Qomolangma is a great personal achievement”
----Mountain climbing itself means exploring human possibilities and every success
proves the conqueror’s courage, endeavour and ability.
13. After the first successful climbing, why did so many people still want to climb Mount Qomolangma
---- Because different people represent different countries and different “number
ones”.
14. Did the Chinese team ever reach the summit of the mountain How do you know
---- They left behind an iron container with our national flag and a portrait of
Chairman Mao Zedong on the summit.
Step 3 Understanding
1. Read the text again and finish Ex. 2.
(1). Going to Mount Qomolangma was like going to the moon.
= it was regarded as difficult as going to the moon.
(2). The death zone = people find it almost impossible to live in the area.
(3). They had no idea what they were up against.
= They didn’t what conditions were to be faced with.
(4). English air = oxygen
(5). Some suggested that it could not be accomplished. = thought
Step 4 :Language points:
1. accomplish: plete / finish
(1). We accomplished such a difficult task in one day
(2). He has accomplished a great deal of work in the past few weeks.
Cf. finish
_____his homework, he went out to play.
_____the following sentences.
2). be accomplished in / at = be clever / skilled / expert in / at
(1). She is accomplished at several foreign languages.
(2). …………………… in a great many arts.
2. apart from: 1). except / except for / but ….
(1). Apart from a few faults, he is a reliable friend.
(2). Apart from you and me, I don’t think nobody knows this matter.
(3). To tell the truth, apart from the slow salary, I don’t think it is a bad job.
2). in addition (to)/ besides / as well as 除了…外,还;;;
(1). Apart from the cost, the dress doesn’t suit me.
姑且不论价格, 这件衣服不适合我穿.
(2). Apart from being used as a building material, wood is also made into paper.
(3). Apart from a dictionary, he presented me with a dozen pencils.
3). to / at a distance ; separately
(1). The two houses stand 80 meters apart ( from each other.)
(2). He keeps himself apart from other people.
(3). He lives apart from his parents.
3. adjust (sth. /oneself )to = adapt oneself to
= 1). become / get/ make suited ( to new conditions)
(1). If you want to work in Tibet , you must first adjust / adapt yourself to the
new climate.
(2). In order to get adjusted / adapted to the life there, he took an active part in
the activities there.
2). arrange / put …into correct order / position
(1). Astronauts in flight must adjust to their weightlessness.
(2). The desks and seats can be adjusted to the height of any child.
(3). This lady carefully adjusted her clothes and hair before going out.
4. dedicate …to… vt. 1). give / devote (oneself / time / energy / effort ) to…
(1). He dedicated his life to the service of his country.
(2). Madam Curies dedicated herself to the cause of science.
(3). His dedication to teaching gained the respect of his students.
2). be dedicated / devoted to = be absorbed in / bury oneself in
/ be busy with
(1). He is dedicated / devoted to the cause that he likes.
(2). When entered, he was dedicated to his work.
5. refer to 1). mention / speak of / mean
(1). The man referred to yesterday has arrived at the airport.
(2). In his speech he often referred to his past experiences as a peasant.
(3). I knew he was referring to Bill Gates when he spoke of a promising boy.
2). turn to ….for information 向。。。查询
(1). If you don’t know the words, please refer to the dictionary.
(2). In the course of his speech he referred several times to his notes.
(3). This traveler referred to his guide book for details of his journey.
3). send…..to…for help / advice / action 提/送交。。。以求。。。
(1). They sent the patient to a big hospital for treatment.
(2). It’s suggested that the nuclear problem on Iran should be referred to the UN.
4). owe ….to….
(1). When asked about the secret of his success, he said he referred his success
to his wife and children.
5). refer to……as = regard / consider / look on…as
(1). The local people laughed at the strange bottles containing what they
referred to as “English air”.
6. arise (from / out of ) iv. 1). appear / come into existence(being)
(1). A new situation will arise when the examination system comes into being.
这种考试制度一旦形成，将会出现一个新的局面。
(2). Nobody knows how the quarrel between them arose.
2). result from
(3). New difficulties will arise from such situation.
(4). Some accidents may arise out of carelessness.
7. sth.(food/money/time/patience/strength) run out
= sth. give out / be exhausted
sb. run out of sth. = sb. use up sth.
(1). ---- Have we run out of food
---- Yes, our food has run out. We’d better buy some.
(2). That day his patience ran out , so he got very angry with you.
8. have no chance of doing / that… = possibility / hope
(1). --- Do you think he has a good chance of winning --- I don’t think so.
(2). Is there any chance that he will be rescued
/ Does he have any chance of being rescued
9. …be the first to make it to summit of Mount …
make it 1). succeed in ( one’s career )
(1). --- Do you think we can catch the train
---- I hope we can make it.
(2). He says he’ll get up at six tomorrow morning, but he’ll never make it.
2). arrange
(3). -- When shall we start -- Let’s _____it 8:30. Is that all right (02 Beijing)
A. set B. make C. meet D. take
Cf. mange it. = deal / cope with
(1). ---- May I help you to carry your suitcase
---- No, thank you, but I can manage it.
(2). Without your help, I shan’t be able to manage the job.
10. leave ….. behind = fail / forget to take / bring ……
(1). Wait --- don’t leave me behind.
(2). It won’t rain. Please leave your umbrella behind.
Cf. leave + n. / pron. + o.c. =cause….in a certain state of….
(1). Don’t leave the door open / locked / shut / closed.
(2). The crash of the aircraft left more than 80 passengers dead.
(3). Most men in the village left for the big cities for better job, leaving the
women and children doing their farm work.
11. be( go / come) up against sth. = be faced with ( problems / difficulties…)
(1). He really doesn’t know what problems he will be up against in the future.
(2). He is really up against difficulties./ in great difficulties.
12. try to remember:
by the middle of the 1920s
at such a great height
act as a guide
rely on = depend on
make an / the attempt to do
in one’s attempt to do
a great personal achievement
on one’s return
be praised as
succeed in doing / be successful in doing
= manage to do
fail to do
ideal companions
a sacred placeUnit 9 Health care
Aims and demands:
1. Get the students to master the important words and phrases in this unit.
2. Improve the students’ reading ability by teaching the texts.
Focus on:
Lay off, to make matters worse, aim at, consult, fee, purchase, vow, care for, be serious about, clean up, at a/the cost, make ends meet, vow
Time Allocations: 3 periods
The First Period
Contents: A HELPING HAND
Teaching steps:
Step 1 Revision
Step 2 Lead-in
Step 3 Fast reading
Read the first and the last two paragraphs of the text and guess the main idea of the whole text.
Step 4 Careful reading
Read the passage and fill in the blanks with one to three words.
The poverty and the poor health care of low-income families The government’s efforts to fight poverty and poor health care
Low-income families cannot afford to pay for 1________, that is to say, they cannot afford to 2 _____a doctor or 3______medicine. The government encourages health care form and reduces poverty by designing a health care project which provides poor patients with treatment at 7____or less to help them get treated properly.The Chinese government is working with other countries and international organizations to explore and develop a new 8_______ for China. The government encourages people to 9_________ in order that other measures to fight poverty will work. The government has vowed to stop the spread of AIDS by providing free 10_______
Low-income families cannot provide 4___ for their children.
Many low-income families cannot afford to 5_______.
Low-income families live on allowance 6____________.
Keys:1. medical treatment 2. consult 3.purchase/buy 4. a healthy diet 5. purchase medical insurance. 6. given by the government 7. half the cost 8. health care model 9. purchase medical insurance 10. tests and treatment
Step 5 Language points
The First Paragraph:
1. a laid-off worker
Lay off him! Can’t you see he’s badly hurt ( 不再做打扰人、讨人厌等的事, 不理会)
You must lay off alcohol for a while.(不再做或有害的事物)
They were laid off because of the lack of new orders. lay off (解雇；下岗).
2. to make matters worse: worse still，what’s worse, even worse更虚糟糕的是(可作插入语)，使事情更糟
To make things worse, he had no money with him.
3. take a bank loan
The Second Paragraph:
4. Analyze the sentence “If I had had insurance, …………..else in my family.”(可结合P78语法练习题1讲解)
5. at a/the cost of 以……代价
I had a small room at a cost of fifteen cents per night.
The war was won at a great cost.
We are determined to get our rights at all costs.
The Third Paragraph:
6. aim at
He aimed (his gun)at the target, fired and missed it.(瞄准、对准)
She is aiming at a scholarship. （向某方向努力、力争）
My remarks were not aimed at you.（评论、批评等针对某人）
We must aim at increasing/to increase exports.（意欲、企图、力求做某事）
The Fifth Paragraph:
7. be forced into poverty , fall into poverty, in poverty
8. hospital fees fee n.
1.) (付给律师、医生等的)酬金,服务费[C]
I\'m afraid I can\'t afford the doctor\'s fee. 恐怕我付不起给医生的酬金。
2.) 费(如学费、会费、入场费等)[C]
They charge a small registration fee. 他们收一点注册费。
3.) 赏金,小帐[C]
vt. 付费(或小帐)给
She feed the waiter. 她付给侍者小费。
9. consult vt.
1.) 与...商量
I\'ll do nothing without consulting you. 我采取行动之前一定和你商量。
2.) 找(医生)看病;请教
He went to town to consult his doctor. 他进城去看医生。
3.) 查阅(词典、参考书等)
He consulted his notebook repeatedly during his speech. 他讲演时不断看他的笔记本。
Consult/refer to/turn to a dictionary. Look up sth in a dictionary
vi. 1.) 商议,磋商[(+with)]
We will consult together about her education. 我们将一起商议她的教育事宜。
2.) 当顾问[(+for)]
The retired executive consults for several large companies.
那位退休的总裁在好几家大公司当顾问。
10. purchase：buy
11. put extra pressure on the family
Extra lessons on Sundays put more pressure on Liming, who already has pile of homework.
The Seventh Paragraph
12. vow发誓，起誓；swear (swore, sworn) 极其认真、明确或郑重地说或允诺；（使某人）就（某事）宣誓
In order to meet this challenge , the Chinese government has vowed to provide free AIDS tests for the general public as well as free treatment.
She swore that she had never seen it.
Are you willing to swear in court that you saw him do it
Witnesses have to swear on Bible (to tell the truth).
The Eighth Paragraph
13. care for (its weakest members)
He cares for her deeply. (like or love sb.)
Who cares for him if his wife dies ( look after, take care of, wait on )
Would you care for a coffee (wish or like)
I don’t care much for opera.(have a taste or liking for sth/sb)
Don’t you care about this country’s future
I don’t care (about)what happens to him.
——Who do you think will be the next Prime Minister ——Who cares
The last paragraph:
14. be serious about, be curious about, obvious
Are you really serious about him Do you have sincere affection for him
Is she serious about learning to be a pilot
15. get treated/burnt/lost/hurt/drunk/killed/married/excited/paid
Cleaning women in big cities usually get paid by the hour.
16. Analyze the last sentence.
Step 6 Homework
Word-study exercises on P 77.
Notes: make ends meet 使收支两抵；量入为出
When his wife was laid off, he found it hard to make ends meet.
The Second Period
Contents: THE LITTLE MOULD THAT COULD
Teaching Steps:
Step 1 Revision
Check the homework
Step 2 Fast reading
Read the title of the passage and put forward the following questions for the Ss to answer after scanning the passage as quickly as possible.
1. What could the little mould do (The little mould that could treat/cure/fight infection.)
2. who discovered it When was it discovered (In 1928, Sir Alexander Fleming discovered it)
3. What is its name (It is called penicillin)
(In 1928, Sir Alexander Fleming discovered penicillin that could treat/cure/fight infection.)
Step 3 Careful reading
Read the passage carefully and finish Ex 1 (Choose the best answer) on Page 80.
Keys: 1. C 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. B 6. C
Step 4 Discussion
Discuss Ex 2(work in pairs) on Page 81. (remind the Ss to pay special attention the words in the box.)
Step 5 Language points
1. suffer deadly infections as a result of operations (Para.1)
2. cure, curable, incurable, treat
3. It was not until after the war that he made his most important discovery.(Para2)
It was not until World War Two that the importance of Fleming’s discovery was fully recognized.(the last para.)
4. clean up (Para. 3), clear up
The workwomen cleaned up (the mess) before they left. （除去垃圾等）
Clean up a room for a party. (打扫干净)
He clean up a small fortune. (挣得，赢得)
I hope it clears up this afternoon (天气转晴)
Has your rash cleared up （你的皮疹痊愈了吗？）
Please clear up the mess in here before you go. (使整洁，清理)
5. be excited about (Para. 4)
6. belong to (Para. 4)
7. Despite their lack of interest, Fleming kept trying to develop the chemical so that it would be safe and effective. (Para. 4)
8. Explain the last sentence of the whole passage.
Step 6 Homework
1. Write a composition about penicillin in the exercise book (Page 81)
2. Do the exercises about vocabulary on Pages 211~212.
The Third Period
Contents: practice
Teaching Steps:
Step 1 Explain the usages of the following key words:
1. abuse vt.
1.) 滥用,妄用
He abused his power while in office. 他在职时滥用权力。
2.) 辱骂;毁谤
You are always abusing and offending people. 你总是出言不逊得罪人。
3.) 虐待,伤害
Those captives were physically abused. 那些俘虏遭受了肉体上的摧残。
n. 1.) 滥用,妄用[C][U]
There is no freedom that is not open to abuse. 任何自由都可能被滥用。
2.) 辱骂[U]
She greeted me with a stream of abuse. 她一见我就吐出一连串的污言秽语。
3.) 虐待;伤害[U]
Child abuse is widespread in this country. 这个国家虐待孩子的情况很普遍。
2. insurance n.
1.) 保险;保险契约[U] 保险业[U]
I found a job selling insurance. 我找到一份推销保险的工作。
She works in insurance. 她从事保险业。
2.) 保险金额;赔偿金[U][(+on)]
He has $100,000 life insurance, which his wife will receive if he dies first.
他有十万美元的人寿保险,如果他先去世,他的妻子将得到这笔钱。
3.) 预防措施;安全保证[U][S1][(+against)]
I bought some new locks as an additional insurance against burglary.
我买了一些新锁具以进一步防止盗窃。
4.) 保险费[U]
The insurance on my house is very high. 我的房屋保险费很高。
3. allowance n.
1.) 津贴,补贴;零用钱[C]
The child has a weekly allowance of five dollars. 这孩子每星期有五元零用钱。
2.) 分配额;允许额[C]
His allowance for food is $100. 他拨出一百美元用于购买食物。
3.) 承认;允许[U]
the allowance of a claim 对要求权的允准
4.) 认可;容忍[C][U]
the allowance of segregation 对种族隔离的容忍
4. pressure n.
1.) 压;按;挤;榨[U]
The small box was flattened by the pressure of the heavy book on it.
小盒子被这本厚厚的书压扁了。
2.) 压力;压迫;紧迫;催促[U][C]
He works well under pressure. 他在有压力的情况下工作很出色。
3.) 困扰;艰难[U]
These old people are unaccustomed to the pressure of modern life.
这些老人不习惯现代生活的紧张压力。
5. significance n.
1.) 重要性, 重要[U]
The proposals they put forward at the meeting were of little significance.
他们在会上提出的建议无足轻重。
2.) 意义, 含义; 意思[U][S]
He did not understand the significance of my wink. 他没有领会我眨眼的意思。
6.devotion n.
1.) 献身;奉献[U][(+to)]
We appreciated his devotion of time and money to the project.
我们感谢他为这一项目花费的时间和金钱。
His devotion to science is well known. 他对科学的献身精神为人熟知。
2.) 忠诚;挚爱,热爱[U][(+to/for)]
devotion to music 热爱音乐
Step 2 Check and explain the exercises about vocabulary on Pages 211~212.
Step 3 Homework
1. Read the passages again. 2. Learn the language points in this unit by heart.
Unit 9 Health Care 练习
Ⅰ. read the passage on Page 75 and fill in the blanks with one to three words.
The poverty and the poor health care of low-income families The government’s efforts to fight poverty and poor health care
Low-income families cannot afford to pay for 1________, that is to say, they cannot afford to 2 _____a doctor or 3______medicine. The government encourages health care form and reduces poverty by designing a health care project which provides poor patients with treatment at 7____or less to help them get treated properly.The Chinese government is working with other countries and international organizations to explore and develop a new 8_______ for China. The government encourages people to 9_________ in order that other measures to fight poverty will work. The government has vowed to stop the spread of AIDS by providing free 10_______
Low-income families cannot provide 4___ for their children.
Many low-income families cannot afford to 5_______.
Low-income families live on allowance 6____________.
Ⅱ.Choose the best answer.
1. Was it because he was ill ____he asked for leave
A. and B that C that’s D so
2. He ____at mastering French.
A purposes B objects C aims D ends
3. It is not necessary to ____a dictionary whenever you meet with a new word.
A insult B consult C look up D turn for
4. Who is ______starting the bush fire
A blame B to blame for C blamed D blame for
5. People often want to know what my job is. Often I ____ that question.
A ask B am asking C get asked D get asking
6. If you work hard, you’ll _____a good electronic engineer.
A have B make C turn D learn
7. He is indeed too fat but _____ that he is an excellent dancer.
A. in spite of B as well as C in addition to D owing to
8. If it hadn’t been for the doctor’s care, I wouldn’t _____to you now.
A speak B have spoken C be spoken D be speaking
9. ——Who will _____ the farm when you are away
—— Maybe my father, and maybe my mother. I don’t ______.
A care about, care B care for, care C care about , care for D take care of, care about
9. ——I was very lucky, it was only a minor infection and it all ______in a week.
——Congratulations on your recovery.
A cleaned up B cleared up C took up D brought up
10. ——Why not _____ till Monday
——I can’t. I have got to hand it in tomorrow.
A take off B lay off C carry out D leave behind
11. —— I had a small room at the half cost yesterday.
—— That’s really a (n) ________! A sale B fee C allowance D bargain
12. You can’t take her promises _______. She never keeps her word.
A serious B seriously C obviously D curiously
13. Although the working mother is very busy, she still ____ a lot of time to children.
A. devotes B spends C offers D provides
14. ——Do you know the time which he devotes ___English in a day reaches 10 hours
——Yes. I know that the key to his success lies in his devotion to English study.
A to study B to studying C for studying D in studying
15. Mr. Smith used to smoke ____ but he has abandoned it.
A seriously B hardly C badly D heavily
16. It was _____ back home after the experiment.
A. not until midnight did he go C until midnight that he didn’t go
C not until midnight that he went D until midnight that he didn’t go
17. ____has recently been done to provide more buses for the people , a shortage of public vehicles remains a serious problem.
A. That B What C Despite what D Though what
18. These cases show that many complaints do not go _____by the managers of the store, mainly because not all customers report it.
A. recorded B recording C to be recorded D to have been recorded
Ⅱ. Translate the following passage into Chinese and pay attention to the underlined parts.
LiMing was a college student. His family was forced into poverty/fell into poverty. In the first place, his father, who was paid off/lost his job, took a bank loan to pay for their housing. To make matters worse/What’s worse/Worse still, his mother, who didn’t purchase medical insurance, was diagnosed with/came down with/suffered from deadly illness which was infected and couldn’t be cured/treated and he failed to apply for a small allowance again. His heavy school fees put more pressure on his family. He seemed to have no access/chance/opportunity to continue his further education. So he couldn’t help but/had got to quit going to college.
Ⅲ. Cloze test. Choose the best answer.
Two weeks later, the books arrived, 1 with a set of the complete works of Charles Dickens which I had not 2 . So I returned the Dickens books to you, with a 3 for fifteen pounds and fifty pence for the works of Shakespeare. Two more weeks passed. Then there 4 on my door step a second set of the works of Shakespeare, the same set of novels by Dickens and a six-book set of the plays of Moliere, in French. Since I do not read French, these were of no use to me at all. 5 , I could not afford to post all these books back to you, so I wrote to you at the end of August of last year, instructing you to come and 6 all the books that I did not want, and asking you not to send any other books until further 7 .
1. A. along B. coming C. sent D. together
2. A. ordered B. read C. wanted D. been fond of
3. A. letter B. note C. cheque D. price
4. A. came B. arrived C. were D. seemed
5. A. Therefore B. Unfortunately C. However D. Of course
6. A. gather B. take C. collect D. check
7. A. notice B. information C. letters D. print
PAGE
1Unit 6
Reading
Read the text then answer some questions.
1 When did we decide to move to another place 1845,10
2 How long did the journey last About a year
3 What is our first destination India Greek in Kansas
4 Is the journey hard Can you make some examples about it
Yes, it is hard. You can make many examples.
Listening
Listen to the tape carefully then do these exercises.
Post—reading
Exercise1. True or False
1 We traveled alone. (F with many other families)
6 When a young man in our group suggested that I stay behind with the children and wait for help, I agreed. (F I didn’t agree.)
( )7 When the animals smelt the water, they all ran.
Exercise 2
Choose the best answers
1.The reason why my father wanted to go to California is that . 答案：C
A. California was in desert B. California was far away
C. California was a wonderful land described in a book
D. California was the largest state in the USA
2.People moving to the west would meet in . 答案：A
A. Kansas B. California C. Salt Lake Valley D. Salt Lake Desert
3.On which day did the author enter the Salt Lake Desert 答案：B
A. April 12. B. November 4. C. October 15. D. December 25.
4.Why did the travelers call their ninety-mile drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “Long Drive” 答案：D
A Because the landscape was dry and barren. B. Because water was salty and not drinkable.
C. Because their water supply was so low. D. All of the above.
5.After the travelers burnt their wagons, they had to go on their feet with another miles to go. B
A.2 500 B.500 C.90 D.45
6.Why didn’t the author stay behind with the children and wait for help A
A. Because that meant he/she would die.
B. Because he/she knew that children were tiresome.
C. Because he/she knew that there was a wagon waiting for him/her.
D. Because he/she felt he/she could get a prize by his/her father.
7.The animals almost ran when the travelers reached the edge of the desert, why 答案：C
A. Because they were tired and weak. B. Because they had no burden.
C. Because they must have smelt the water. D. Because they went back to their home.
8.How long did the author spend finishing the journey 答案：A
A. More than 40 months. B. About 2 months.
C. About a year. D. About a year and a month.
9.From the text, we can infer . 答案：D
A. the author and the travelers had to go all day and all night long
B. there was no oxen left when the travelers reached California
C. many travelers died when their days of hardship came to an end
D .it’s a long way to travel from the author’s hometown to California
10.The best title of the text is . 答案：B
A.A Journey To California B. Long Drive
C. The Salt Lake Desert D. Enjoy Your Life
Questions:
1 Where in the text do you find evidence that the wagons were not he most suitable means of transport You can find your answers in paragraph 3.
2 Why did the travelers call their ninety mile-drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “long drive”
We had to travel long without water or grass for the animals to eat. It was hard.
3 What can you learn from this reading passage What impresses you most
1)After suffering from many difficulties, we can live a better life. Facing the hardship, never give up, etc.
2)The courage of the people impresses me most.
1.believe in 信任;信耐
2.stand for 代表;代替
3.adapt to 适宜
4.lose heart 灰心;泄气
5.be cast away (被)抛弃
6.give up 放弃
7.less than 少于;不足
8.set off for 开始(旅程;赛跑);出发
9.move on 继续前进
10.take the way 出发;首途
11.lose one’s way 迷路
12.hang out 伸出
13.in desperate need of 在极度需要的(时候)
14.on our feet=on foot 步行
15.be accustomed to doing sth. (通常用于被动语态)习惯于
16.suffer from 患病;遭受……之苦
17.hurry on to (with) 赶紧办理;急急忙忙地去做某事
18.stop to do sth. 停下来去做某事
19.start doing sth. 开始做某事
20.go on all fours 用四肢
21.(at)the edge of of (在)……边缘
22.stare at 瞪视; 凝视
e to an end 结束;终止
24.a race against time 与时间赛跑
25.save…from 挽救……免于
26.take up to 占用(时间;空间)
27.at stake 在危险中;关系重大
28.risk one’s life to 冒险去做某事
29.apply…to… 运用;应用
30.add up (两个或两个以上的数量或量)加起来
31.take it easy 别紧张;放松点
32.keep up 维持;保持;使某事处于高水平
mon sense 常识;情理
34.leave behind 忘带;留下
35. live through sth. 经历某事物而幸存
36.tie up 系;拴;捆
37.go for 为……去;努力获取Unit 4
Reading:
Warming up
Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name
Pre-reading
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science
Fast reading
How many people are mentioned in the passage
Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”
Translate the following phrases into English:
1. 详细地 in detail
2. 处于支配的地位，负责 in charge of
3. 由……负责 in the charge of
4. 任命某人为…… appoint sb. as
5.将……分类成 classify…into…
6. 计算……之间的距离 calculate the distance between…
7. 一代一代传下去 pass on from one generation to the next
8.建于……之上；以……为基础 be based on
9.参与; 陷入 ……的活动 be involved in
10.根据;视……而定；按照 according to
11.搜索；寻找 search for
12.总而言之 altogether
1.match…with （在品质；颜色；设计等方面）相等，相当，相配
2.at the age of 在……岁时
3.look out for 警惕;留心;守侯
4.on a large scale 大规模地;大范围地
5.year after year 年年;年复一年
6.pass away 逝世
7.name…after 给……取名;命名
8.in detail 详细
9.take care of 关心;照顾
10.classify…into 分类;归类
11.develop a lifelong friendship with 与……结存了终生好朋友
12.born into 出生
13.have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲
14.appoint sb. as… 委派;任命某人为……
15.spread over 传播;流传
16.a great deal of 大量;许多(用于不可数名词)
17.lie in 在于
18.related to 与……有关
19.the key to 关键是(在于)
20.adapt to 适应于
21.be sunken into 堕入
Integrating skills
Scanning
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Fill in the following blanks
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
PAGE
2The Fifth Period
The Subject
Teaching Aims:
1. Review what can be used as the Subject.
2. Review some important rules about the Subject.
3. Do some exercises about the Grammar item--the Subject
Teaching Important Points:
1. Master the differences between the infinitive and the v.-ing form used as the Subject.
2. Master the following sentence pattern: It's no use/good+v.-ing.
3. Pay attention to the Agreement.
Teaching Difficult Point:
How to make a sentence with a correct Subject.
Teaching Methods:
1. Review, explanation and inductive methods.
2. Part work or individual work to make every student work in class.
Teaching Aids:
1. the multimedia
2. the blackboard
Teaching procedures:
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual.
Step II Revision and Explanation
T: Please look at the sentences on the screen,
(Show the following on the screen. )
1. It is not known if/whether he willcome.
2. What we need is more time.
3. Finding somewhere to live in New York is a big problem.
4. It is no use waiting here.
5. When to start is not decided yet.
6. To improve the working condition needs lots of money.
7. The unemployed usually lead a hard life.
8. Two million was turned away by American officials.
.[
T. Who knows what the Subject of the first sentence is
S1: I know. The Subject is "if/whether he will come. " And "It" is the formal Subject.
T: Yes, you're right. (Bb: if/whether he will come. ) And you must remember that if the Subject clause is put at the beginning of a sentence, we can only use "whether". Are you clear
Ss: Yes.
T: Good. Now, the second sentence. Who knows
S2.Let me try. "What we need" is the Subject.
T. Good. Sit down, please. (Bb.-What we need)Pay attention to the verb form in it. We know that if the Subject is a clause, we usually use a singular verb, but if the predicative is plural, we should use a plural verb. e. g. What we need are qualified teachers. Do you understand
Ss: Yes.
T: And don't forget that if the Subject clause is introduced by "what" meaning "the thing or things that", we don't use a formal Subject. OK
Ss: OK.
T: Good. Now, let's look at the third sentence.
S3: I think the Subject is "Finding somewhere to live in New York".
T: Right. Please sit down. ( Bb.. Finding somewhere to live in New York)
Please pay attention to the verb in it. When the Subject means one action we should use a singular verb. When the Subject means two different actions, we should use a plural verb. Do you know
Ss: Yes.
T: OK. Now, look at the fourth sentence. Who like to have a try
S4: I think the Subject is "waiting here". In this sentence, there is a formal subject "it".
T: Right. Sit down, please. (Bb: waiting here.) As you know, this is a very important sentence structure. (Bb. It's no use/good+v.-ing. ) Are you clear
Ss: Yes.
T: OK. And who can make a sentence using this sentence structure
S5: Let me try. "It's no good drinking too much. "
T: Very good. Please sit down. (Bb: It's no good drinking too much.) now, next sentence. Who wants a try
S6: Let me have a try. In this sentence, the Subject is "When to start.”
T: Right. (Bb: When to start.) can you say the Chinese meaning of the sentence
Ss: Yes. It means "什么时候出发还没有决定呢"
T: Good. Please sit down. Look at the sixth sentence, please. What’s the Subject of this sentence
S7: The Subject is "To improve the working condition".
T. Right. ( Bb: To improve the working condition)Can you say this sentence in another way
St: Yes. We can say “It needs a lot of money to improve the working condition'.
T: Good. Sit down, please. And this sentence pattern is more common in modern English. So, you'd better use this sentence pattern in your composition. Are you clear
Ss: Yes.
T: Now look at the seventh sentence. Who'd like to try
S8: Let me have a try. The Subject is "The unemployed".
T: (Bb. The unemployed) Good! In this sentence, you should pay attention to the verb form. If the Subject “ the +v.-ed/adj. " referring to people, a plural verb should be used. If the Subject "the + v. -ed/ad” referring to things, we should use a singular verb. Do you understand
Ss: Yes.
T: Now look at the last sentence. Li hua, you try, please.
S9: The Subject is "Two million”
T: Right. (Bb: Two million) we should also pay attention to the verb form. If the numeral is used as the Subject, a singular verb should be used. When we make a sentence, we should pay attention to the agreement of the Subject with the Predicate. Do you understand
Ss：Yes
T：Then do you know the differences between the infinitive and the Infinitive and the v-ing form when they are used as the Subject Any volunteers OK．Wang Hua，please．
S10：The infinitive used as the Subject expresses one particular occasion，while the v-ing form used as the Subject expresses an activity in general．
T：Quite right．Are you clear
Ss：Yes．
Step III Practice and Consolidation
T： 0K．We’ve reviewed some important points about the subject．And now, let’s do some exercises to check if you have mastered them well．Look at the screen，please．Finish the exercises first and then I’11 check the answers with you．
(Show the following on the screen．)
Ex．I．Fill in the blanks using the right forms．
1．一What’s made you so upset
一 _________(1ose)the tickets for the concert．
2．It’s no use___________(regret) the past mistakes．
3．The farmer’s_________(take) pity on the snake led to his own death
4．It takes time____________(know) a man.
5．When and where
6．The old man as well as their children_______(like) swimming.
Suggested answers：
1．Losing 2．regretting
3．Taking 4．to know
5．to build 6．1ikes
Ex．1I．Put the Chinese into English． !
1．________________(听、说、读、写)are all important.
2. ________________(他所说的)is not true.
3．_________________(他的到来)helped us a lot．
4．_______________(我们互相帮助)is necessary·
5．_________________(他是否来)is not known．
6．It’s quite likely _________________(汤姆开会会迟到)．
Suggested answers：
1．Listening，speaking，reading and writing
2．What he said
3．His coming
4．That we help each other
5．Whether he will come
6．that Tom will be late for the meeting
Ex．Ⅲ．Choose the best answers．
1．On the wall ______________two large portraits．
A．hangs B．hang
C．hariged D．hanging
2．We know 1 000 000 _________________a lot of money·
A．dollar is
B．dollars is
C．dollar are
D．dollars are
3．Nobody but Rose and I____________interested in the meeting．
A．am B．are
C．is D．were
4．Eighty percen of the population in t the city_________workers．
A．are
B．is
C．being
D．has been
5．As a result of destroying l the forest，a large______of desert _______covered the land.
A．number；has
B．quantity；has
C．number；have
D. Quantity; have
6. What he says and what he does _______________
A．is not agreed
B．are not agreed
C．doesn’t agree
D．don’t agree
7．The old_______________good care of in our country today．
A．is taken B．are taken
C．have taken D．has taken
8．The knife and fork ___________four pounds．
A．is worthy B．are worthy
C．is worth D．are worth
9．To study English _____________ hard work．
A．don’t mean B．mean not
C．doesn’t mean D．not means
10．All but one——here just now．
A．is B．was
C．has been D．were
Suggested answers：
1．B 2．B 3．C 4．A 5．B 6．D
7．B 8．C 9．C 10．D
(Teacher checks the answers with the whole class and explains the difficult points that the students may have．)
Step IV Summary and Homework
T：Today，we’ve reviewed the Subject．We know that the clause，v．-ing form，infinitive，noun，pronoun．and numeral can all be used as the Subject．There are a lot more about this grammar point for you to review．After class，you should do more exercises to master it better．That’s all for today．See you tomorrow!
Ss：See you tomorrow．
Step V The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
Unit 1 That must be a record!
The Fifth Period
The Subject
1．if／whether he will come
2．What he need
3. Finding somewhere to live in New York
4. waiting here
5. when to start
6．To improve the work
7．The employed
It’s no use／good+v-ing.
e.g. It’s no good drinking too much.
Step VI Record after Teaching
__________________________
___________________________
____________________________Unit 1 Reading language points 教案
Explain some sentences and language points.
1.In 1951,the then director of the Guinness Brewery, …
在1951年，当时吉尼斯啤酒厂的总裁…
then （作定语）当时的，the then ruler 当时的统治者
2.You can learn that the oldest person is a woman who lived to be 122 years and 164 days, that the longest moustache reached a length of 1.6 metres and that the longest poisonous snake is 5.71 metres long.
你能了解到寿命最长的是一位妇女，她活b到了122岁零164天，最长的胡子达到了1.6米，最长的毒蛇有5.71米长。
reach vt. 到达 When will we reach Beijing
伸手拿下来 Can you reach me that box
递 Will you reach me the sugar
打动，影响 reach one’s conscience 打动良心
与――取得联系；接触 How can I reach you 我怎么和你联系？
vi.延伸，达到 The woods reach as far as the river.树林一直延伸到河边
伸出手（或脚） I can’t reach so high. 我够不到这么高。
3.There are also strange records, like the Englishman who balanced a small car weighing 159.6 kilogrammes on his head for thirty-three seconds!
也有奇特的记录：一位英国人头上顶着一辆重159.6千克的小汽车有33秒之久。
balance vt. 1>称，平衡
2>权衡，对比 balance the tow plans 把这两个计划对比一下
3>使平衡；使（力量等）均等
vi. 平衡；相抵 My accounts balance. 我的帐收支相抵
n.(c) 天平；秤a pair of balances一副天平
(u) 平衡；均衡 be out of balance不平衡 keep one’s balance保持平衡
weigh vt.1>称（――的重量） weigh oneself称体重
2>权衡；考虑weigh one’s words 斟词酌句 weigh sth. in one’s mind考虑某事
vi.1>（＋表语）重若干；称分量 weigh heavy(light) （称起来）重（轻）
2>有意义，有分量，有影 响You advice weighs heavily with her. 你的建议对她很有 影响。
4.Many of the records in the Guinness Book of World Records come from the world of sports.
吉尼斯世界纪录中的许多纪录来自于世界体育运动。
Many of 许多，后接代词时，后不加 “the”, many of them后接名词时，后加 “the”, many of the people。
关于many的几个词组
a good many很多
a great many许许多多
many a（后接单数名词）许多 many a student 许多学生
5.Among the brilliant athletic achievements, a few records stand out because of the moving life stories behind them.
在这些辉煌的运动成就当中，一些记录由于它们背后感人的生活故事而出色。
stand out (v.+ad.=vi.)
1>显眼 A tall man stands out in a crowd.个子高的人在人群中引人注目。
2>出色 John stood out as a track star.约翰是一个杰出的径赛明星。
6.Impressive as the record is, it fades next to the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease.
尽管记录是给人留下深刻印象的，比起Armstrong与疾病抗争的故事来，显得逊色了。
as（表示让步）虽然，尽管，Tired as they were, they walked on.尽管很累，他们还继续走着。
next to
1>紧挨
2>几乎 He has eaten next to nothing.
3>仅次于 New York is the largest city next to London.
7.The editors will decide if your idea is suitable and then send you rules and the form you need to apply for the record.
编辑将对你的主意作出决定，然后，给你发去申请记录需要的规则和表格。
apply for 申请
apply vt.
1> 应用，使用
2> 敷用，涂―― apply a paste to a wound给伤口涂上膏药
3>专心，注意
vi.1>适用2>申请 apply for a fob求职
词组
apply oneself to致力于 apply one’s mind to专心于
If you are successful, the official will confirm the record and you will get a certificate from the Guinness Book of World Records stating that you are a world record holder!
如果你成功了，官员就会批准你的记录，你就会得到一个吉尼斯世界纪录的证书，表明你是世界纪录的保持者。
State n.1>(c) 状态，状况 the three states of matter物质三态
2>(c;u)国家；政府 a welfare state 福利国家
3>(c)（美国等的）州the 50 states of the United States
vt.陈述，说明，声明The Prime Minister stated his view on the subject. 首相陈述了他对该问题的见解。
Exercises
SB.P5 language study Exercise 2
Keys: 1> fade 2>apply for 3>suitable 4>athletics 5>inspect 6>announced 7>certificate 8>confirmed 9>in the first place 10>opportunitiesUnit 9 Health Care
Teaching aims:
1. Goals:
Learn about health care
Practise expressing opinions and making decisions
Review the Subjunctive Mood (2)
Write a letter
2. Special focus:
Improve reading skills and Enlarge vocabulary.
a. Direct Ss to read the 3 passages on the text book;
b. Guide Ss to learn to use the following words and expressions:
Medical insurance, poverty, unemployment, AIDS, housing, income, economic development, essential, desperate, fundamental, statistics, pressure, constant, allowance, re-employment, sacrifice, aggressive, intelligence, sense of responsibility, sympathy, willingness, observation, resident, laid-off, vow, mould, etc.
Period 1 Reading
A Helping Hand (p75)
Step 1. Warming up
Task 1. guide the students to have a discussion on the following points:
Difficulties in learning English
Differences in learning English and Chinese
Characteristics of successful learners
Effective learning skills
Ways to develop confidence
Step 2. Scanning
Task 2. Read the passage and try to come up with the general idea of each paragraph:
Ask students to fill in the chart to see if they have got a general understanding of the whole passage.
Main Idea
Paragraph A A man suffering from a serious disease was unable to pay for treatment.
Paragraph B With a health care project’s help, Wang Lin’s disease was cured.
Paragraph C A new health project is aimed at exploring and developing a new health care model for China.
Paragraph D Many urban Chinese are living on money given by the government.
Paragraph E Millions of Chinese people in urban areas cannot afford proper health care.
Paragraph F Health care project is very important in our country’s efforts to fight poverty.
Paragraph G The Chinese government is taking measures to prevent the spread of AIDS.
Paragraph H People must help each other if society is to develop and prosper.
Paragraph I Our country is working hard to fight poverty and improve health care.
The main idea of the passage: The Passage gives a brief introduction to the health care condition in our country, and it emphasizes on the efforts that our government is making to fight poverty and improve health care by giving examples of Wang Lin.
Step 3. Post-reading
Task 3: Answering the questions on P77.
Step 4 Homework
Finish all the exercises on Word Study and Grammar on p77-79.
Period 2. Integrating Reading Skills
The Little Mould That Could (P79)
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the Ss how further they understand the health care in China.
2. Check the homework. If necessary, give some examples to review the Subjunctive Mood.
Exercise 1 &2 on p213 is specially designed to check the Ss if they are familiar with the Grammar.
If necessary give more structures and let the students to make more sentences Using the structure.
Step 2. Scan the passage and find the main idea, then analyze the passage if possible.
Task: Read the passage in three minutes, and match each paragraph with its general idea.
Paragraph 1 A. Fleming was excited about his discovery, which he called Penicillin, but other scientists showed no interest.Paragraph 2 B. Penicillin played a very important role during the World War II and at present as well.Paragraph 3 C. Fleming discovered a mould that can kill bacteria by accident.Paragraph 4 D. Health care in the past was often dangerous and risky.Paragraph 5 E. Alexander Fleming invented many ways to treat the wounded during the World War I
Step 3. Read the passage again and finish the exercises attached to the passage.
Step 4.Extensive reading:
THE DISEASE
What is SARS
Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) is a viral respiratory illness that was recognized as a global threat in March 2003, after first appearing in Southern China in November 2002.
What are the symptoms and signs of SARS
The illness usually begins with a high fever (measured temperature greater than 100.4°F [>38.0°C]). The fever is sometimes associated with chills or other symptoms, including headache, general feeling of discomfort, and body aches. Some people also experience mild respiratory symptoms at the outset. Diarrhea is seen in approximately 10 percent to 20 percent of patients. After 2 to 7 days, SARS patients may develop a dry, nonproductive cough that might be accompanied by or progress to a condition in which the oxygen levels in the blood are low (hypoxia). In 10 percent to 20 percent of cases, patients require mechanical ventilation. Most patients develop pneumonia.
What is the cause of SARS
SARS is caused by a previously unrecognized coronavirus, called SARS-associated coronavirus (SARS-CoV). It is possible that other infectious agents might have a role in some cases of SARS.
How is SARS spread
The primary way that SARS appears to spread is by close person-to-person contact. SARS-CoV is thought to be transmitted most readily by respiratory droplets (droplet spread) produced when an infected person coughs or sneezes. Droplet spread can happen when droplets from the cough or sneeze of an infected person are propelled a short distance (generally up to 3 feet) through the air and deposited on the mucous membranes of the mouth, nose, or eyes of persons who are nearby. The virus also can spread when a person touches a surface or object contaminated with infectious droplets and then touches his or her mouth, nose, or eye(s). In addition, it is possible that SARS-CoV might be spread more broadly through the air (airborne spread) or by other ways that are not now known.
What does "close contact" mean
Close contact is defined as having cared for or lived with a person known to have SARS or having a high likelihood of direct contact with respiratory secretions and/or body fluids of a patient known to have SARS. Examples include kissing or embracing, sharing eating or drinking utensils, close conversation (within 3 feet), physical examination, and any other direct physical contact between people. Close contact does not include activities such as walking by a person or briefly sitting across a waiting room or office.
If I were exposed to SARS-CoV, how long would it take for me to become sick
The time between exposure to SARS-CoV and the onset of symptoms is called the "incubation period." The incubation period for SARS is typically 2 to 7 days, although in some cases it may be as long as 10 days. In a very small proportion of cases, incubation periods of up to 14 days have been reported.
How long is a person with SARS infectious to others
Available information suggests that persons with SARS are most likely to be contagious only when they have symptoms, such as fever or cough. Patients are most contagious during the second week of illness. However, as a precaution against spreading the disease, CDC recommends that persons with SARS limit their interactions outside the home (for example, by not going to work or to school) until 10 days after their fever has gone away and their respiratory (breathing) symptoms have gotten better.
Is a person with SARS contagious before symptoms appear
To date, no cases of SARS have been reported among persons who were exposed to a SARS patient before the onset of the patient's symptoms.
What medical treatment is recommended for patients with SARS
CDC recommends that patients with SARS receive the same treatment that would be used for a patient with any serious community-acquired atypical pneumonia. SARS-CoV is being tested against various antiviral drugs to see if an effective treatment can be found.
If there is another outbreak of SARS, how can I protect myself
If transmission of SARS-CoV recurs, there are some common-sense precautions that you can take that apply to many infectious diseases. The most important is frequent hand washing with soap and water or use of an alcohol-based hand rub. You should also avoid touching your eyes, nose, and mouth with unclean hands and encourage people around you to cover their nose and mouth with a tissue when coughing or sneezing.
GLOBAL SARS OUTBREAK, 2003
How many people contracted SARS worldwide during the 2003 outbreak How many people died of SARS worldwide
During November 2002 through July 2003, a total of 8,098 people worldwide became sick with severe acute respiratory syndrome that was accompanied by either pneumonia or respiratory distress syndrome (probable cases), according to the World Health Organization (WHO). Of these, 774 died. By late July 2003, no new cases were being reported, and WHO declared the global outbreak to be over. For more information on the global SARS outbreak of 2003, visit WHO's SARS website ( http: / / www.who.int / csr / sars / en / index.html ).
How many people contracted SARS in the United States during the 2003 outbreak How many people died of SARS in the United States
In the United States, only eight persons were laboratory-confirmed as SARS cases. There were no SARS-related deaths in the United States. All of the eight persons with laboratory-confirmed SARS had traveled to areas where SARS-CoV transmission was occurring.
Period 3. Integrating Reading and Writing Skills
Angels in White (p213-215)
Step 1. Warmming-up
Task 1 :
Do the oral pratice on p74, and enable the students to express opinions and make decisions.
Step 2. Reading
Task 2: Read the passage and finish the exercises. If possible, guide the students to analyze some long and complex sentences.
Task 3: Guided Writing
Give Ss 20 minutes to finish the writing assignment on p216,
Then ask Ss to score their work according to the following chart.
3 pluses & 1 wish
Name _______ Title _____________________ Date _______________ + _________________________________________________________+ _________________________________________________________+ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________
Note: How to use this chart effectively
Ask the student to read his/her deskmate’s writing carefully, and then find 3 valuable things (structure, passage arrangement, sentence, diction, etc) and give 1 suggestion. And then feed the message back. Next, ask the Ss to correct their work according to the chart.
Period 4:
Deal with some language points and difficult points if necessary. If possible, guide the students to analyze some long and complex sentences. The following sentences in this unit are very important:
1. To make matters worse, he also had a son in college who had taken a bank loan to pay for his studies. P75
2. Three months later, however, Wang Lin was told about a health care project that provides treatment at half the cost or less, depending in the needs of the patient. P75
3. Thanks to the project and the kindness of his family and neighbours, he was able to receive treatment in time to prevent the disease from ruining his health. P75
If I had had insurance, the sickness wouldn’t have caused such a big problem. I
4. don’t want this to happen to anyone else in my family. P75
5. A total of 1.5 billion yuan was spent on supporting those who were unable to make a living. P75Unit 14 Zoology
Ｉ． 单元教学目标
技能目标Skill Goals▲Talk about animals and animal behaviour ▲Practice debating▲Integrative language practice▲Write an argumentative essay
II． 目标语言
功 能 句 式 Expressing one’s opinion and making a debate In my opinion, ...We think that ... because ... and ...Why ... Because / As / Since ...If ..., then ..., it will lead to ...
词 汇 1． 四会词汇humorous, ant, bee, transparent, dot, surrounding, troop, assumption, semicircle, apparent, sideways, maximum, precise, adequate, clarify, fetch, upward, disgusting, psychology, changeable, adaptation, stripe, camel, primitive, missile, walnut, session2． 认读词汇zoology, zoologist, cricket, hive, Australia, Karl Von Frisch, honeycomb, stop-watch, bee-line, downward, spectator, kid, primate, ape, opposable, notably, upright, gorilla, chimpanzee, lesser3． 词组get hold of, tell ... apart, over and over again, come to light, as a matter of fact, different varieties of, divide ... into ...4． 重点词汇humorous, surrounding, troop, precise, adequate, clarify, fetch, adaptation, disgusting
语法 The Modal Verbs — ReviewPossibility: can / could, may / mightCertainty: must, will, shouldAbility: can/could, be able toPermission: can / could, may / mightRequests: can / could, will / wouldSuggestions: could / may / might, shallNecessity: must, have to, have got to, needAdvice: should, ought to, had better
重 点 句 子 1. Among the different kinds of bee, it is the honey-bee that has interested scientists most because of the “language” they use to communicate with each other. P1202. In order to tell the bees apart, he painted some bees with little dots of colour. P1213. For his lifetime’s work in studying the communication of animals, including honey-bees, Professor Karl von Frisch was awarded a Nobel Prize in 1973, which he shared with two other scientists. P1224. They trooped behind the first dancer, copying its movement. P1215. After designing more experiments, they were able to clarify the procedure by which bees communicate information that they use to find and fetch food. P1216. Like all other living creatures, human beings belong to a group of other animals that share certain characteristics. P124
III． 教材分析与教材重组
1. 教材分析
本单元以Zoology为话题，旨在通过单元教学使学生了解有关动物学方面的一些知识，激发学生保护动物、维护生态平衡的意识。
1.1 WARMING UP 提供了三幅幽默图片，并通过趣解动物名称，引出本单元的主题。
1.2 LISTENING 是对一个动物园工作人员的访谈。要求学生根据所听内容，回答问题。运用所给词汇答“记者”问。第3题为情态动词填空，复习情态动词的用法。
1.3 SPEAKING 是一个任务型教学活动。提供了四个topic，分别由Team A和Team B两组学生进行辩论，要求学生学会表达自己的观点并反驳对方观点。
1.4 PRE-READING 设计了四个开放型问题，要求学生以小组讨论形式找出问题的答案。
1.5 READING 介绍了Professor Karl Von Frisch对蜜蜂语言的实验研究及其研究成果。
1.6 POST-READING 部分共设计了三个小题。第一小题提供了五幅蜜蜂舞蹈图，要求从文章中找出相关的表述。第2小题考查学生对课文第四、五段细节的理解。第3小题要求学生根据所给的方位示意图以及文字提示，解释实验过程及蜜蜂之间传递方向信息的方式。
1.7 LANGUAGE STUDY 分词汇和语法两部分，其中第1题为同义替换练习。第2题为语言应用，要求学生运用所给词汇答“记者”问。第3题为情态动词填空，复习情态动词的用法。
1.8 INTEGRATING SKILLS 中的Reading 部分要求学生通过阅读回答三个问题；Writing部分提供了两个话题，要求学生选择其一写一篇短文，陈述自己的观点和理由。
1.9 TIPS 介绍了几种应对考试的方法。
2. 教材重组
2.1 从话题内容上分析，WARMING UP与 SPEAKING相一致；而从训练目的上与练习册READING AND SPEAKING中第一部分比较一致。从教材分量来说，可以将WARMING UP, SPEAKING和Workbook中的TALKING整合在一起，设计成一节任务型“口语课”。
2.2 将LISTENING 和Workbook中的LISTENING整合在一起，设计成一节“听力课”。
2.3将PRE-READING, READING和POST-READING三个活动整合在一起上一节“精读课”。
2.4 将 LANGUAGE STUDY与Workbook中的TESTING YOUR SKILLS部分的语法练习题整合在一起上一节“语法课”。
2.5 将INTEGRATING SKILLS 中的Reading和Workbook中 READING AND SPEAKING部分的 Reading整合起来上一节“泛读课”。
2.6将INTEGRATING SKILLS 中的Part 2, 3, 4 和Workbook中 INTEGRATING SKILLS 的Writing整合成一节“写作课”。
3. 课型设计与课时分配（根据学情，经教材分析，本单元分六课时完成。）
1st Period Speaking
2nd Period Listening
3rd Period Reading
4th Period Language Study
5th Period Extensive Reading
6th Period Writing
IV. 分课时教案
The First Period Speaking
Teaching goals 教学目标
1. Target language 目标语言
a. 重点词汇和短语
humorous, get hold of, transparent, dot, surrounding, troop, assumption, apparent, precise, adequate, clarify, fetch, upward, disgusting, changeable, adaptation
b. 交际用语
How to make a debate
I (don’t) think ... because ... and ...
I don’t think so.
I don’t agree with you.
If ..., then ... so ...
2. Ability goals 能力目标
Enable the students to learn to debate.
3. Learning ability goals 学能目标
Help the students to learn to debate.
Teaching important points 教学重点
Enable the students to know how to debate.
Teaching difficult points 教学难点
How to organize a successful debate between students.
Teaching methods 教学方法
Pairwork or groupwork.
Teaching aids 教具准备
1. A computer. 2. A projector.
Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式
Step I Warming up
Ask students to look at some pictures first.
T: Today I’ll introduce some animals to you. Please look at the screen. Here are some pictures of animals. Do you know them (Showing the pictures.)
Lion Horse
Panda Tiger
Monkey Kangroo
Elephant
Giraffe
Ss: Yes. They are Lion, Horse, Panda, Tiger, Monkey, Kangaroo, Elephant and Giraffe.
T: I’m very glad you have a good knowledge of animals, Do you like animals And why
S1: Yes. Because animals are our good friends. They can share my joy and sorrow. Besides, they never give away my secrets. I can tell them anything that I can’t tell the other people.
S2: I like animals, as well. They are very clever. When we human beings meet with some difficulties, they can help us a lot and try to smooth them away. If we feel lonely sometimes, they are our good companions.
T: Good. Animals are really lovely, aren’t they Now here are another three pictures. What can we learn from the pictures in Warming Up
S: From the given pictures, I can learn that animals are just like our human beings. They can “speak”, “feel” and even “do” something as we do.
T: Well done. The following are some words and humorous definitions. (See the given words on Page 118.) Please match the words and the definitions. I’ll give you three minutes to prepare.
Ask the students to do the warming up exercises.
Check the answers with the students.
T: OK. Have you finished I’d like some students to share their answers with us. The first one is Can’t.
Sample answers:
catch, cricket, lions, monkey, sheep, mouse
Step II Speaking
T: As we all know, many animals are badly treated. Some of them are locked in cages. Some are killed for their fur, meat or bone. Some are taught tricks in order to make money. Do you think what we do to animals is right Today, we’ll hold a debate about the topic. There are four topics in our textbooks. You can choose one of them to discuss with your partners. I’ll give you 8 to 10 minutes to prepare.
Sample dialogue 1
Should animals be kept in zoos or nature parks
S1: We think that animals should be kept in zoos or nature parks. Because the environment is becoming worse and worse. Plants are fewer and fewer so that animals in the wild will not have enough food and places. Second, some animals are dangerous to us. They can hurt people. So it’s better to keep them in the zoos or nature parks, where we have some special workers or animal-keepers to take good care of them.
S2: I don’t agree with you. We think that animals should not be kept in the zoos or nature parks. Because animals belong to nature. Only in the wild can they become stronger and stronger. On the other hand, keeping animals in the wild can keep the balance of the eco-system, which does the world good.
S3: Animals live in a forest. They have to hunt food and find habitats for themselves. But it’s reported that more and more trees are cut down. Some animals no longer have their homes. It’s better to keep them in the zoos.
S4: If we keep animals in the zoos, they can not be used to the life there. They are locked in large cages or houses without freedom. And some visitors may hurt them. That’s terrible. However, in the nature they can live a free, quiet and happy life. I think it’s good for them to live in comfort.
S1: But in the wild it’s easy for animals to be in danger. Some poachers want to kill them for money.
S2: Why don’t we make laws to protect animals
S3: Our government has made laws. But many people still hunt or kill animals at the risk of breaking the law in order to get enough money to satisfy their so-called happy life. So it’s wise to keep animals in zoos or nature parks. Only in this way can they be protected.
S4: Don’t you find that animals in the zoos become lazier and lazier They needn’t run for food. Every day they eat, then stand or lie there to be watched by visitors. When they see people, they feel unhappy even frightened. So let them out in the wild.
Sample dialogue 2
Do human beings have the right to kill animals
S1: We think that human beings have the right to kill animals. First, human beings are superior to animals. Human life is more important than animal life. Second, human beings dominate the world. Animals should be at our service.
S2: We think that human beings have no right to kill animals, in my opinion. As we know, animals are our friends. We can’t live without them. Second, animals have feelings. They also know the happiness and sadness. If you do them good, they will do you a favour. For example, a dog can protect you from danger when you meet with some trouble. They are equal to humans. We can’t kill them only to meet our appetites.
S3: We know that humans are higher animals. That’s to say, we are higher than other animals. Therefore, we have the right to kill other animals to save ourselves if necessary. For instance, we need new drugs to treat diseases, which should be tested on animals first such as rats and rabbits. Without testing on animals, it’s dangerous to use new drugs.
S4: Though humans are higher than animals, how can we live without these so-called inferior animals I can’t simply imagine what the world would be like if all animals were killed by cruel people. At that time, children will not know what animals are. Lonely people will have no loyal friend — a pet to talk with. When people are in danger, no one or no animals can help them out of the trouble. I think the world will not be as colorful as it is now.
S1: We should restate our view. That is: We have rights to kill animals, not to kill all of them. As you say, we can’t live without animals. Surely, we can’t live with so many animals. Too many animals will take up much room and eat too much food or plants and on the other hand, they will do harm to people around the world. We all know that there are many meat-eating animals. If we don’t kill them, they will kill us. It’s terrible. In addition, some animal meat can provide us lots of nutrients which are good for our bodies and can make us feel stronger. Their bones are rare medicine. Hence, we can kill them freely.
S2: Imagine that you were animals and humans would kill you, what would you do Were you willing to be killed Of course not, I’m sure. Animals also have feelings, they can feel pain. They have their wives, their beloved children and their friends. They have their colorful world. They want to lead a happy and comfortable life. We can’t destroy their happiness and kill them.
S3: Don’t you eat fish, meat, chicken and beef and so on from animals If you do, you are also killing animals.
S4: Fish, pigs and chicken are domestic fowls which are kept specially for people’s eating. They are quite different from wild animals.
S1: In our opinion, animals are just animals. They eat to live. They have no thoughts, no dreams and no creation, while human beings have. It’s no wrong to kill them.
S2: Animals are living things. We should respect life and respect animals. Respecting animals means respecting ourselves. Therefore, we have no right to kill animals.
Sample dialogue 3
Do animals have feelings
S1: We think that animals have feelings. We often see that if we take a baby animal away from his mother, the mother will shout at the people and even hurt humans to bring her baby back. So animals have feelings. They love and hate just as humans do.
S2: I don’t think so. Mother saves her baby just by instinct. Every living thing has such kind of instinct. In my opinion, animals have no feelings. Because animals often fight each other and kill each other in order to get some delicious food.
S3: If you often watch TV programme named Animal World, you will find that a great many animals have fixed spouse. Like humans, animals also fall in love, form a family and have their own babies. The baby animals are well looked after and protected from enemies by their parents when seeing that harmonic family. I still remember a report that when an elephant was killed by a hunter, a lot of elephants came together to look for the hunter. The hunter had to run as fast as possible, at last he hid himself into a big house, but the elephants howled and knocked at the house with their tusks. Finally, the hunter was killed by them. Don’t you think that animals have no feelings now
S4: But we also learn that some animals kill their babies and eat them. Do you think kind-hearted animals can eat their babies Do they really have feelings In the opinion of me, these animals do that not because they are bad, but because they have no feelings.
S1: What you said sounds reasonable. I’d like to ask you a question — why do people keep pets If animals have no feelings, why can people become friends with animals
S2: Keeping pets is just some people’s hobby. This doesn’t show animals have feelings. It’s often reported that pets hurt their masters. So keeping pets is a waste of time and feelings.
S3: Whatever you say, we still hold the view that animals have feelings. I remember that in a national college entrance examination paper, there is a testing exercise that asks the students to write an article about a dog named Ah Fu who saved a girl picking flowers beside a river. It means that animals have feelings, especially when humans are in danger. On the other hand, in films and literature animals are described as wise, friendly and kind. They can help people out of trouble. They are so lovely. If we all think animals have feelings at bottom, we can protect them well with our hearts. And the world will become more and more beautiful and peaceful.
S4: Animals are humanized in the films and books. Although they are important in our daily life, we can’t refuse the fact that animals have no feelings.
Sample dialogue 4
Is it right to teach animals tricks
S1: I don’t think it’s right to teach animals tricks. First, animals are wildlife. They should run in the forest, play with their companions and enjoy themselves as they like. Second, it’s dangerous for people to train animals.
S2: I’m afraid I don’t agree with you. Teaching animals tricks is necessary, for animals’ tricks can make much money and give us a lot of fun. Besides, teaching animals tricks does no harm to animals.
S3: It’s impossible that tricks do no harm to animals. Some tricks are dangerous for animals. For example, a horse jumps down into water from a 20-meter-high board. The horse takes a risk of losing his life. It’s too cruel of the people to do so.
S4: Anyhow, not all tricks are dangerous. By training or taming, for one thing, animals can become wise and understand people well. For another, they can make humans happy and satisfy our curiosity and admire their courage and bravery.
S1: But training animals is not an easy job. It’s too dangerous. It’s reported that a zoo-keeper was hurt by a crocodile when he was teaching it how to trick. It’s really not a good idea to teach them tricks.
S2: Time is limited. There is no agreed result now. We can’t agree with each other. Perhaps we can stick to our own ideas. If possible, we can go to ask some animal experts for some good advice. Maybe we can learn a lot from them. After that, we can continue to talk and debate about the topic. OK
Ss: OK. That’s a very good idea.
Step III Reading and Speaking (Workbook: Page 252)
Ask students to read the materials about endangered animals and the questions on Page 252.
Suggested answers:
1. Similarity: Both turtles and corals are endangered. They are killed by pollution and their habitats are destroyed.
Difference: Turtles are accidentally caught by fisherman. They are hunted for their meat, shells and eggs. While corals are endangered because of tourism besides pollution.
2. Advantages: The endangered species can be well protected. They are kept from dying out. And the environment will become better and better.
Disadvantages: Protecting the endangered species cost a lot of money. Limiting the number of tourists allowed to visit the reefs may have effect on local economy development.
3. I think all animals are of the same importance. Because animals rely on each other. They have friends and enemies. All animals need friends to protect themselves and catch their enemies as their food. All animals are part of the food chain.
Plants are more important than animals. They offer food and habitats for animals. As we know, plants have existed longer than animals. If there were no plants, there would be no animals.
Step IV Homework
Ask the students to make more speaking practice debating in pairs or groups.Unit 8
Fast reading
1 What is the most puzzling question in learning our mother tongue
2 If we develop our study skills and way of learning, is learning foreign language twice as hard or as easy
Careful reading
Tell the sentences true or false
1 Although experts don’t agree each other, they all share a common opinion :Life is a very successful language school. T
2 We study our mother tongue all day long for about 5 years before we master it. But we only spend a few hours a week and in a few years’ time we can speak a foreign language. T
3.Successful language learners usually step away from the academic challenges. F
4The less anxious and more relaxed the learner, the worse their language acquisition.F
Choose the best answers
1.Most children have mastered their mother tongue . 答案：C
A. at the age of five B. by the age of eight C. before they are five D. since they were five
2.Successful language learners do share the following characteristics except . 答案：A
A. the ability to memorize the words B. an interest in understanding their own thinking
C. willingness to take chances D. confidence in their ability
3.The best option for the exchange students is . 答案：A
A. living with local people B. living in the dormitory
C. choosing exchange programmes at various academic levels at a reasonable cost
D. making friends with the other students
4.The disadvantage of studying abroad is . 答案：B
A. language and culture B. cost and safety C. custom and culture D. exchange programme
5.Visiting students do the following things except . 答案：C
A. staying in the host family’s house B. eating in the host family’s house
C. becoming a member of the family D. keeping in touch with the host family afterwards
6.Before going out to study in a foreign country,you should not . 答案：C
A. care much about the money that may cost you B. collect as much information as possible
C. plan a long course to study D. discuss every detail with your family
7.The sentence “Life is a very successful language school” means . 答案：B
A. we are equipped with a special ability to learn language
B. the key to learn the language well is to communicate with the people around us
C. parents can give children language lessons
D. people can learn the language by themselves
8.What makes it easier to study abroad nowadays 答案：D
A. The cost has become reasonable. B. There are programmes for all levels.
C. Students can find “home-stay” service and live with the host family.
D. All the above.
9.The greatest value of an exchange student studying abroad is . 答案：C
A. to learn the language B. to widen one’s views and understand the culture of other country
C. to get better idea of yourself and your own culture D. to learn to be independent of oneself
10.What’s the purpose of writing this article 答案：C
A. Learning a foreign language is twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.
B. Learning a foreign language is more important than learning our mother tongue.
C. Learning a foreign language is twice as easy if we develop our study skills.
D. In fact,the number of people learning a foreign language has increased with years.
Decide which language ( mother tongue or foreign language) each of the sentences below
A We learn quite fast.
B We are not taught but learn anyway. M
C Some people think that we are born with an ability to learn this. M
D We can learn faster if we develop study skills.
E Most people have mastered this by the age of five. M
F We learn this in a special place where we can get help.
G It takes longer to learn this. M
H We Learn this by communicating with others. M
Main idea of each paragragh .
1. The environmental factor of learning mother tongue.
2. Different opinions of language experts.
3. The difference between learning mother and learning a foreign language.
4. The characteristics of successful language learners.
5.Different learning ways of successful language learners
6. The importance of the purpose of learning.
The purpose of writing the passage to tell us that learning a foreign language does not have to be twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.
Integrating Skills
What is the best way to learn a language Why
I think the best way to do this is to go to a country where the language is spoken.
We can use the language at any places at any time . It’s good for language learning.
2. Is it possible for you to study abroad Yes, it is.
3. What should you do before you go abroad
We should find out as much as possible about different programmes, including the cost and length of our stay.
4. Can you list the advantages and the disadvantages of studying abroad
Advantages of studying abroad
1). become fluent in the new language
2). make friends with people from different background.
3). Understand another culture
4). broaden your horizons and improve your understanding of the world
5). learn about yourself and what your culture is really like
6). learn to depend on yourself
Disadvantages of studying abroad
1). Some of them may fall behind in their studies when studying abroad.
2).They may not be able to take classes at the same level as at home.
3). Parents worry about the safety of their children and may also be concerned about the cost.
Choose the main idea of each paragraph
Para. 1 It is possible for a student of any level to study a foreign language in a country where the language is spoken.
Para. 2 Advantages of studying abroad.
Para. 3 disadvantages of studying abroad.
Para.4 What should you do in order studying abroad
Phrases
1.make progress 前进；进步
2.make sense of 弄懂…的意思
3.in other words 换句话说；换言之
4.take risks/a risk 冒险
5.experiment with 进行试验；进行实验
6.piles of 一大堆；一大批；一大团
7.knock down 击倒；撞倒
8.that is to say 也就是说
9.fall behind 落后
10.be different from 与…不同
11.communicate with 与…联系；与…交流
12.distinguish…from… 把与区别开来
13.adjust to 调整；调节；使适合；使便于使用
14.in the process 在进行；经过；在…过程中
15.in common （团体）共同的；公有的
16.make mistakes 犯错误
17.make friends with 与…交朋友
18.take (an active ) part in （积极）参加
19.take patience to 有耐心去做….
PAGE
4Unit 15 Popular youth culture
Ｉ． 单元教学目标
技能目标Skill Goals▲Talk about youth culture and interests of young people▲Read about voluntary work▲Practice presenting ideas▲Integrative language practice▲Conduct a survey and write a report
II． 目标语言
词 汇 1． 四会词汇voluntary, annual, elder, elderly, breathless, dizzy, eyesight, weekly, communist, timetable, adjustment, mature, jeans, uniform, shopkeeper, recent2． 认读词汇Danny, Kofi Annan, Scheme, enthusiasm, leadership, donation, enrich, payment, melt, denim, fashionable3． 词组straight away, fit in (with), due to, in many respects4． 重点词汇acknowledge, beneficial, satisfaction, eager, worthwhile, starve, casual, whereas, possess
重 点 句 式 1. The people here are poor, but they have big hearts and made me feel very welcome. P1302. I really feel I’m doing something worthwhile and I am having a great time doing it. ing to another country to study requires a big adjustment and it takes a while to fit in. P1304. Many schools in the USA did not approve of students wearing jeans to school and they forbade them. P134
III． 教材分析与教材重组
1. 教材分析
本单元的主题围绕“青年文化及其兴趣”这一话题展开，让学生就中外青年文化展开讨论，发表自己不同的观点。课文还向学生介绍了青年志愿者的一些活动，并要求学生学会进行问卷调查并根据调查结果写出调查报告。
1.1 WARMING UP 提供了四幅不同内容的图片，要求学生就青年文化、兴趣以及中外青年的共同点展开讨论，并要求学生设计出能代表现代青年生活的海报，内容可以涉及各个方面。
1.2 LISTENING 是一个叫DANNY的中学生到青年志愿者中心咨询的情况。
1.3 SPEAKING是让学生展示自己设计的有关青年生活的海报或提供相关照片，介绍其内容并说明选择这些内容的理由。最后让学生简短地概括出什么是青年文化，并讨论青年文化是否也有弊端。
1.4 PRE-READING 通过让学生讨论中国青年志愿者的活动类型以及这些活动对志愿者的益处，以训练学生的发散性思维。
1.5 READING 是一篇记叙文，叙述了Lu Hao，Lin Ying, Meng Yu 三位青年学生参加不同形式的志愿者活动的情况，使学生了解到志愿者活动不仅可使受助者获得帮助，而且也是志愿者提高自身素质的一个重要渠道，从而激发学生对志愿者活动的兴趣。
1.6 POST-READING 中设计的前三个问题，目的是考查学生对课文细节的了解程度，训练学生的阅读、理解能力。最后一个是开放性问题，目的是拓展学生的思维能力。
1.7 LANGUAGE STUDY 中设计了四道练习题。第一题为填字游戏，目的是考查学生对词汇的掌握程度；第二道填空题考查学生对连词用法的掌握；第三题是考查学生对第二题中短文的理解程度；第四题要求学生对Ma Hua的选择发表看法，并就The best things in life are free 这一论题展开辩论。目的是训练学生的逻辑思维能力以及论辩能力。
1.8 INTEGRATING SKILLS 中的阅读是一篇说明文，介绍了风靡全球的美国牛仔裤的发展史。文后设计的前两个问题是考查学生的阅读理解能力；第三题要求学生进行问卷调查，第四题要求学生改写最后一段，目的是让学生学会进行问卷调查并根据调查结果练习写作。最后，要求学生就青年文化的最新趋势进行问卷调查并写出调查报告。
2. 教材重组
2.1 从训练目的上看WARMING UP 与SPEAKING 以及WORKBOOK 中的READING AND TALKING 基本一致，可将这三部分整合在一起，设计成一节“口语课”。
2.2将LISTENING 和WORKBOOK 中的LISTENING 整合在一起上一节“听力课”。
2.3 将PRE-READING、READING和 POST-READING 整合在一起上一节“精读课”。
2.4 将INTEGRATING SKILL中的READING 和WORKBOOK中的两篇READING整合在一起上一节“泛读课”。
2.5 将INTEGRATING SKILL 中的 WRITING 和WORKBOOK 中的WRITING 整合在一起上一节“写作课”。
2.6 将LANGUAGE PRACTICE 和 WORKBOOK 中的TESTING YOUR SKILLS、CLOZE TEST以及 TRANSLATING 整合在一起上一节“语言训练课”。
3. 课型设计与课时分配（根据学情，经教材分析，本单元分六课时完成。）
1st Period Speaking
2nd Period Listening
3rd Period Reading
4th Period Extensive Reading
5th Period Writing
6th Period Language Practise
IV. 分课时教案
The First Period Speaking
Teaching goals 教学目标
1. Target language 目标语言
a. 重点词汇和短语
worldwide, concern, addict, end up, in the worst case, bring ... to one’s attention, with care, make time for
b. 交际用语
In my opinion I think ...
In my point of view I don’t think ...
I believe that ...
I agree with you ...
I agree with you no more ...
2. Ability goals 能力目标
Enable the students to talk about youth culture and interests of young people.
3. Learning ability goals 学能目标
Enable the students to learn how to talk about youth culture and interests of young people.
Teaching important points 教学重点
Enable the students to present their opinions about computer games.
Teaching methods 教学方法
Discussion.
Teaching aids 教具准备
A computer and a projector.
Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式
Step I Revision
Check the homework.
T: Yesterday I asked you to design some posters or find some pictures showing what life is like for a modern teenager today. Have you brought your homework here
S: Yes.
T: Very good. Take out your homework and put it on your desk. I’ll check it later.
Step II Warming up
Get the students to talk about the pictures and do the first two tasks.
T: Now let’s turn to Page 127 and look at the pictures first. Which of the pictures are true to your life
Ss: Picture 1, 2, 3 and 4.
T: What other activities and interests are typical of you young people
S1: Playing computer games.
S2: Chatting on the Internet.
S3: Sending and receiving e-mails.
S4: Sending and receiving messages.
S5: Go traveling.
S6: Go camping.
S7: Taking part in some voluntary work.
S8: Attending some extra classes such as painting, music, dance, handwriting and so on.
T: OK. Nowadays people often talk about the “global teenager”. What do you think teenagers in China have in common with those in the other countries
S1: They all like popular things.
T: Can you give some examples
S1: Let me try. They are always wearing fashionable clothes, jewels, glasses, hair,
beard and so on.
S2: They like entertainment after school or work. They often go to dance, sing
songs, play computer games, and hold parties.
S3: They have their idols such as some film stars, TV stars, singers, sports stars and
some other popular persons. They admire them and sometimes imitate them.
S4: Sometimes they feel lonely and depressed in the competitive society so they value friendship and like making friends in life or through the Internet.
S5: Money, success, and expensive things are what they seek.
S6: They run after life of high quality. They like green food, pay attention to taking exercise, enjoying life in the open air and traveling. They believe the best things in life are sunshine, laughing, walking in the beauty of the country, friends and music.
T: Wonderful!
Step III Speaking
Get the students to present their posters and pictures and then discuss and answer the four questions. T: Now pass your posters and pictures around the class and discuss why young people like these things. (While the students are having a discussion, the teacher may go around and join them.)
Ask the students to show their work.
T: Now who would like to explain your designs and contents and tell us why you chose to include this or these characteristic(s) of teenage life.
S1: Here are our pictures. Now many teenagers are taking pictures of Yang Liwei, Yao Ming, Ding Lei, Deng Yaping and Wu Xiaoli, because they have just been elected as the first five favorite youth idols. It seems that the new generation focuses on what their idols contribute to society, and they are worshippers of pop singers, movie stars and sports stars. The youth are inspired to study and work hard to create a bright future.
It is a common phenomenon that the adolescents worship stars. But what kind of stars they adore and who should become youth idols is what matters. They should be guided properly.
S2: The pictures in our posters are on my U-disk. Can I use the computer and the projector to show it
T: Of course. Go ahead please.
S2: Look at the screen. In our posters there is a mobile phone, a computer, an Mp3 and a digital camera. It shows that the youth in the contemporary era have used the media more than ever before. As new media and popular culture range from basic use of the Internet to digital technologies to file sharing, youths, the new “experts” of the media occupy a position of agency, which challenges the historical stance of protecting them from the media.
We believe that young people’s using of the media is normal, so the teachers and parents shouldn’t be surprised. If I can’t use the computer, I can’t show you the picture today.
S3: Here is a picture. Look at the picture. Some youths are playing in water. They go outing on weekends to relax themselves. It shows a kind of youth lifestyle: work hard and play as much as they like in their spare time. Would you like the life Why not join them
We suppose we young people should study, work and play and try to make our life rich and colorful.
S4: This is our poster. In our poster some youths are signing their names. They are volunteers to conduct a survey about all kinds of pollution in our country during their summer holidays. Let’s join them or do some other voluntary work, OK
We think teenagers should take part in some voluntary work to get some social and work experience.
T: Very good! Your pictures and posters all show different aspects of youth culture. But what’s youth culture Discuss it with your group members and try to summarize the concept of “youth culture” in a few sentences.
Go around the class offering help if needed.
T: Who’d like to tell us your answers
S1: Youth culture is simply a kind of culture that differs from adult culture, but it stands for the main trends of social culture whether it is good or not good. It is a social phenomenon and it exists in every history of the human society.
S2: Youth culture has aspects that cross racial, ethnic, and geographical boundaries, and while all youth do not behave or think in the exact same ways. Many similarities suggest that the vast majority of adolescents fit somewhere within the mainstream of popular youth culture.
S3: Youth culture is about how youth spend their time, what they value, what their attitudes, lifestyles, behaviors, and concerns are and how they interact with mass mediated messages, their peers, and society-at-large. These all make up youth popular culture.
T: Terrific! But is there a negative side to youth culture Ss: Yes, we think so.
T: Can you give some examples
S1: Some youths form some small groups and overdo something for the benefits of their own groups.
S2: Some youths get into the habit of taking drugs.
S3: Some youths break away from their schools or families.
S4: Those who spend too much time playing computer games often end up falling behind in their studies and suffering health and social problems.
T: I agree with you no more. Teenagers’ addicting to computers is really a big problem.
Step IV Reading and Speaking
Get the students to read the passage on Pages 259 and 260 in the workbook and then discuss the questions in Part 2.
T: Here is a passage on Pages 259 and 260. Read it quickly and silently to find out the advantages and disadvantages of playing computer games.
Discuss the questions with the students.
T: Who would like to tell us your answers
S1: It’s good to the children’s development and to the country.
S2: Spending too much time, falling behind in studies, suffering health problems, suffering social problems, resulting in tragedy are the disadvantages.
T: OK. What should the teenagers’ lives be like according to the passage
Ss: Their lives should be happy, healthy and balanced.
T: Good! Now go through the questions in Part 2 (Allow them a few minutes) Have you finished it
Ss: Yes.
T: Now we are going to have a debate. You are to discuss the issue of teenagers’ playing computers in groups of four. Two are for it while two are against it. You may use the expressions on the screen.
Show the following to the students.
Useful expressions:
☆In my opinion I think ...
☆In my point of view I don’t think ...
☆I believe that ...
☆I agree with you ...
☆I agree with you no more ...
T: Now do some preparation work.
Give the students enough time to prepare for it.
T: Who would act out
Sample dialog:
S1: I’m against playing computer games. I think playing too long will do bad to our health, such as headache, eyesight loss, wrist and back problems.
S2: I don’t think so. Playing games has a lot of advantages. It can help to improve the teenagers’ studies like math, spelling, and reading.
S3: I agree no more. Besides, gamers can be trained to locate things easily and work out the size of space and shapes very well.
S4: But in my point of view, playing games for too long can make teenagers shy and have difficulties. It affects their communication with others and self-development.
S2: As far as I know many gamers have developed decision-making skills and problem-solving abilities. Like our monitor who is as well as a gamer. He has learnt a lot from playing games.
S1: But you can’t deny the fact that playing games of fighting and killing might make violence seem like an ordinary everyday activity and lead to aggressive behavior. This is what adults are worried about very much.
S3: So the most important thing for us teenagers is to choose games wisely and to limit the time of playing games.
S4: That is to control us teenagers playing games rather than be controlled by it. If so we will have a happy, healthy and balanced life.
T: A very wonderful debate.
Step Ⅴ Homework
Ask the students to do the following two exercises.
1. Get more information about youth culture.
2. Write down how you can get some information if you want to be a volunteer.Unit 6 Going west
Words and expressions
1. perseverance n. steady persistence in adhering to a course of action, a belief, or a purpose; steadfastness 毅力；坚持
Great works are performed, not by strength, but perseverance.
伟大的作品不是靠力量而是靠毅力来完成的。
2. quit
vt. to give up; abandon 放弃；to depart from; leave 离开；to cease or discontinue 停止；中断
He has not quit smoking, but is holding down to three cigarettes a day.
他并没有戒烟,但是已减到每天只抽三支烟了。
You and I are on the point of quitting the theater of our exploits.
你我正在离开我们辉煌业绩的舞台。
The teacher asked them to quit talking. 老师要求他们不要说话。
vi. to leave, to move, to stop
Time to quit. 该收手了。/该下班了。
3. apply (…) to … use; put into practice 应用；运用 n. application
We should apply theory to practice. 我们应当把理论运用到实践中去。
apply to 适用
What you have said doesn’t apply to this case.
apply for 申请
apply for a position/a patent
4. add up find the total of 总计；加起来
Add up 6,7 and 8 and you'll get 21. 把六、七、八相加，总数是二十一。
add up to 合计达
add to 增加
add … to 把…加到… add fuel to the fire 火上加油 add color to 增色
Add up all the numbers.
The cost of the party added up to 2,000 yuan.
The sudden rain added to our trouble.
Add some salt to the soup.
5. circumstance n. a condition or fact attending an event and having some bearing on it 环境；情况(常用复数形式)
Force of circumstances led us to give up our project. 环境的力量使得我们放弃了我们的方案。
It depends on [upon] circumstances. 这要视情况而定。
under/in no circumstances 决不，无论如何都不
under/in the circumstances 在这种情况下，既然这样
Under no circumstances should you step out of the house.
6. lose heart become discouraged 沮丧；灰心
Don't lose heart at any failure, but try again. 失败时不要灰心，要再接再厉。
lose one’s heart (to) sb. = fall in love with sb.
7. assessment n. the act of assessing; appraisal 评估；估价
environmental assessment 环境影响评估
vt. assess
1.) (为征税)估定(财产)的价值[(+at)]
The value of this property was assessed at one million dollars. 这财产的价值估定为一百万元。
2.) 确定(税、罚款、赔偿金等)的金额
assess damage after an accident 事故后确定损害赔偿金额
3.) 对...进行估价,评价
It is too early to assess the effects of the new legislation. 现在来评价新法规的效果为时尚早。
8. take it easy 放松些；别紧张
When the teacher found some of his students get nervous at the examination, he told them to take it easy. 老师发现一些学生考虑时焦急不安，就叫他们不要紧张。
归纳：take it 猜想, 以为；断定 take it for granted 视为当然
take it ill 见怪, 介意某事 take it or leave it 要么接受要么放弃
take it out on sb. 向某人出气 take it seriously 认真对待
9. keep up retain(one's spirits, strength, etc); (one's spirits, strength, etc.)not decline 维持；保持
The mountaineers' spirits kept up against heavy odds.
在非常不利的条件下，登山运动员们仍然情绪高涨。
归纳：keep up appearances 装门面 keep up one's spirits 振作精神
keep up to date 使记到最近时期；使跟上时代 keep up with 跟上
10. survival n. the act of surviving; continuance of life 幸存；存活
He stayed eight days in an open boat with no food, and he was still alive; his survival was a miracle. 他在无遮档的小船上呆了八天，又无食物，还活下来了，这真是个奇迹。
survive ①vi. 幸存，活下来 His parents died in the accident, but he survived.
②vt. 比…或活得长；经历…之后还存在 survive sb. / survive the fire
survivor n. 生还者, 残存物
11. beyond
prep. ①on the further or other side of 在较远的一边；在另一边 ②(of time)later than; more advanced than（时间）晚于；超过 ③out of the reach of; outside one\'s understanding 为…不能及；超出…理解力之外 ④(negative and interrogative) except 除…之外
The post office is beyond the bridge. 邮局在桥的那一头。
Some shops keep open beyond midnight. 有些商店营业到半夜以后。
He was beyond the help of the teacher. 他使老师束手无策。
I know nothing beyond this. 除这之外，我什么也不知道。
adv. farther away 在远处 look beyond 向远处看
12. lose one’s way become lost 迷路；迷失
Lily lost her way in the woods. 莉莉在森林里迷了路。
feel one’s way fight one’s way make one’s way push one’s way wind one’s way
13. burden n. something that you carry; a heavy load 负担；包袱/a duty which is hard to do well 责任
It is a burden to the people. 这对人民是一种负担。
The burden fell on me. 责任落在我身上。
vt.
1.) 加重压于，加负担于，烦扰[(+with)]
The government burdened the nation with heavy taxes. 政府使国民负担重税。
2.) 加负荷于，使载重[(+with)]
He was burdened with a large bundle of magazines. 他吃力地捧着一大捆杂志。
14. desperate adj. having no hope and ready to do any wild or dangerous thing 绝望的；不顾一切的/ very serious 极严重的；危急的
The prisoners became desperate in their attempts to escape. 那些囚犯拼命企图逃亡。
The country is in a desperate state and we must work hard.
国家处于危急关头，我们应当努力工作。
15. accustomed adj. being in the habit of 习惯[于…]的 [to doing]
I am not accustomed to walking long distances. 我不习惯于长距离的步行。
be accustomed to working/to work hard 习惯于苦干
16. thirst n. [U] wanting to drink something; a strong desire 渴；渴望
I drank a cup of tea to relieve my thirst. 我喝了一杯茶止渴。
The artist thirsted for fame. 艺术家想出名。
17. starvation n. suffering or death caused by extreme hunger 挨饿；饿死
The cat died of starvation. 那只猫饿死了。
starve v. (cause to) suffer or die from great hunger 使挨饿，饿死/ (cause to) suffer from not having sth. 使得不到某物而痛苦
They lost in the desert and starved to death. 他们在沙漠迷路而饿死了。
The school is starved of resources. 学校缺乏财源。
18. anxiety n. [U] worry and fear 忧虑；担心；焦急 [C] something that makes you worried and afraid 担心的事；焦虑
We waited with anxiety for our examination results. 我们焦急地等待考试结果。
He has been relieved of his anxieties. 他已消除了忧虑（事）。
19. came to an end stop 结束；终止
All good things must come to an end. 一切好事迟早都会结束。（天下没有不散的宴席。）
at the end of 在...结尾,在....末端 in the end 最后，终于
bring to an end 使…结束 on end on end 竖着, 连续地
make an end of 终止，除掉 end (up) with 以――告终
put an end to 结束，终止 make ends meet 收支相抵
20. tax n. money that the government takes from your pay or from the sale of some goods 税
There is a large tax on cigarettes. 香烟的税很重。
pay taxes on sth. (taxpayers) 纳税 charge/impose/levy taxes on sth. 征税
v. 对…征税，向…课税 Imported wines are heavily imported in China.
21. anniversary n. the annually recurring date of a past event, especially one of historical, national, or personal importance 周年纪念；周年纪念日
a wedding anniversary the 20th anniversary of our country’s independence
22. relief n. ①the removal or ease of worry, pain ,etc. 解除；减轻
The medicine brought me relief. 这药减轻了我的痛苦。
Hearing the news, he breathed a sigh of relief. 一听到消息,他如释重负地松了口气。
②help given to people in poverty of trouble 救济
They are in need of relief. 他们需要救济。
Relief was flown to the flood-hit areas. 救济物品被空运到洪水泛滥区。
23. deliver vt. (delivery n.)
①take something to the place where it must go 投递；送交
Every day the milkman delivers milk to our house. 每天送牛奶的人都把牛奶送到我家。
②give forth in words 发言
He delivered a speech at the meeting. 他在会上讲了话。
③help in the birth of 接生
she delivered the child. 她接生了这孩子。
④save, set free, release 解救;解脱;释放[(+from)]
Education delivered him from ignorance. 教育把他从无知中解救出来。
24. Arctic adj. of the north polar regions 北极的
n. the regions round the north pole 北极；北极圈；北极地方
the Arctic Ocean 北冰洋 the Arctic Regions 北极地区
25. tough adj. able to withstand great strain without tearing or breaking; strong and resilient 坚韧的 demanding or troubling; difficult 困难的 physically hardy; rugged 强壮的 showing strong determination 强硬的，不妥协的
a tough guy 硬汉 tough meat 老肉 tough attitude 强硬的态度 a tough task 棘手的任务 a tough customer 难缠的顾客 a tough neighborhood 治安很差的住宅区
26. wrap vt. to cover completely with 包裹；缠绕
I wrapped the present in red paper. 我把礼物用红纸包了起来。
n. [C] an article of dress to be folded round a person 披在身上的衣物
Don't forget your wraps, when you travel in winter. 冬天旅游时，不要忘带外套、围巾等。
27. tie up put a piece of string, rope, etc. round something to hold it firm 捆；拴；系
I tied up the parcel. 我捆好包裹。
28. stake n. [C] strong post of wood or metal that stands in the ground 桩；柱桩
The farmer tied the bull to a stake in the field. 农民把公牛拴在田里的桩子上。
at stake: at risk; in question 在危急之中
29. ray n. line or beam of light, heat, etc. 光线；辐射线 v. 放射，射出光线
A ray of sunlight fell on the sleeping boy. 阳光照射着睡着的男孩。
This afternoon I will have my son x-rayed. 今天下午我带儿子去X光透视。
30. bark n. the short, sharp sound a dog makes; a sound like this, esp. a cough 吠声；似犬吠的声音 v. 吠, 咆哮, 剥树皮
The bark of a dog sounded in the night. 在夜间听到狗叫声。
Barking dogs seldom bark.
31. memorial n. [C] building or statue to remind people of someone or something 纪念馆；纪念碑（物） a memorial to people’s heroes
32. retell vt. tell again; repeat 重述；复述
retell what happened on the island one early morning in autumn.
复述一个秋天的清晨在那个岛上发生了什么。
33. go for to put a lot of effort into sth, so that you get or achieve sth. 为……去；努力获取
It sounds a great idea. Go for it. 这听起来是个极好的主意。努力去实现吧！
Reading
Step 1 Lead in
1. Talk about legendary journeys in China.
Journey to the West: The story is known in China. The hero Monk Tang in the story went through 81 difficulties. Finally he got the Buddhist Scripture.
The Long March: If there had not been the long march, we could not have lived the happy life. They went through starvation, coldness and so on.
Climbing Mount Qomolangma: They have to face difficulties like coldness, avalanche and snowstorm. It’s not only a personal achievement but also a pride for the whole nation.
2. China’s “Go West” policy.
3. The process of developing the west in America:
1748年 弗吉尼亚的俄亥俄州土地公司的组建（开始）。
1784，1785，1787 年制定三个土地法开发西部的纲领。
1895年 工业总产值跃居世界第一位
西部开发的三个阶段：
农业开发阶段（1750－1850） 工业开发阶段（1850－1950） 科技开发阶段 （1950－至今）
Step 2 Reading
1. Skimming
The main idea of the text:
The text related a story that the hero’s family and many other families moved to the West. They ran into many difficulties on the way to the West. Faced with the difficulties, they didn’t give up. Finally they got to the West and started a new life.
Part 1 (1) The cause and the beginning of the journey
Part 2 (2) The first destination of the journey
Part 3 (3-5) The most trying part of the journey
Part 4 (6) Reaching the promised land (The end of the journey)
2. Scanning
①When did we decide to move to another place 1845,10
②How long did the journey last About a year
③What is our first destination India Greek in Kansas
④Is the journey hard Can you make some examples about it
Yes, it is hard. You can make many examples.
3. Detailed reading
Fill in the chart:
Time Events
October, 1845 set off for the journey
April ,1846 continued the journey westward
November, 1846 entered the desert and lost the way
For many weeks travel in the Death Valley
Christmas Day reached the promised land
Choose the best answers:
1. The reason why my father wanted to go to California is that . 答案：C
A. California was in desert B. California was far away
C. California was a wonderful land described in a book
D. California was the largest state in the USA
2. People moving to the west would meet in . 答案：A
A. Kansas B. California C. Salt Lake Valley D. Salt Lake Desert
3. On which day did the author enter the Salt Lake Desert 答案：B
A. April 12. B. November 4. C. October 15. D. December 25.
4. Why did the travelers call their ninety-mile drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “Long Drive” 答案：D
A. Because the landscape was dry and barren. B. Because water was salty and not drinkable.
C. Because their water supply was so low. D. All of the above.
5. After the travelers burnt their wagons, they had to go on their feet with another miles to go. 答案：B
A. 2 500 B.500 C.90 D.45
6. Why didn’t the author stay behind with the children and wait for help 答案：A
A. Because that meant he/she would die.
B. Because he/she knew that children were tiresome.
C. Because he/she knew that there was a wagon waiting for him/her.
D. Because he/she felt he/she could get a prize by his/her father.
7. The animals almost ran when the travelers reached the edge of the desert, why 答案：C
A. Because they were tired and weak. B. Because they had no burden.
C. Because they must have smelt the water. D. Because they went back to their home.
8. How long did the author spend finishing the journey 答案：A
A. More than 40 months. B. About 2 months.
C. About a year. D. About a year and a month.
9. From the text, we can infer . 答案：D
A. the author and the travelers had to go all day and all night long
B. there was no oxen left when the travelers reached California
C. many travelers died when their days of hardship came to an end
D .it’s a long way to travel from the author’s hometown to California
10. The best title of the text is . 答案：B
A.A Journey to California B. Long Drive
C. The Salt Lake Desert D. Enjoy Your Life
3. Post-reading
1. What the writing techniques of this text are
A. Use of the chronological order to narrate the story.
B. Use many participles to make the text readable and concise.
C. The landscape of the Salt Lake Valley sharply contrasts with that of the Salt Lake Desert. The scenery of the Salt Lake Valley is very beautiful, however, that of the Salt Lake Desert is dry and barren. Use the sharp contrastive scenery, expressing the hero’s optimism about the life he dreamed of in the West and coming across the difficulties on the way to the West.
2. What can we learn from this text
When we come across problems, we shouldn’t try to escape. Instead , we should learn to face reality and solve the problems. As long as we overcome the difficulties and never give up, we will achieve our goals and succeed. More over, we all have dreams in our heart. As long as we insist and keep making great efforts, I believe we will make our dreams come true one day.
4. Consolidation
In the ______ of 1845, after his father read a book about _________, he decided to _____ there. His family and many other families ________ for their journey by the middle of October. After traveling through _________, they had to spend __________ in Kansas. Until ____________ , they wouldn’t leave. They traveled by day. On November4, 1846, they entered __________ and soon lost their way. Due to lack of ______________, the oxen had no strength to pull the wagons and were burnt. People had no choice but to cover another 500 miles ________. At last, they _________ all the difficulties and got to the west on the morning of _____________. They started their new life there.
Keys: spring, California, move, 4 states, the winter, April 12, 1846, the desert, water and grass, on foot, overcame, Christmas Day
Language points
1. believe in 信仰
2. stand for 代表，代替
3. adapt to 调节，适合
4. lose heart 灰心，泄气
5. be cast away (被)抛弃
6. give up 放弃 give in 投降，屈服，让步，交上
7. less than 少于;不足
more than 看似简单，含义丰富，主要用于以下情况：
（1）比…更（多、大等），用于比较结构。
He always asks more than he gives. 他总是索取多于给予。
（2）超过，多于，相当于over。
I have known David for more than 20 years. 我认识大卫20多年了。
（3）岂止是，不仅是； 非常， 十分
Can’t you sense the hidden meaning It’s more than a joke.
难道你没听出言外之意吗？这不只是一个笑话。
more than happy/sorry 特高兴 / 特难过
（4）是…不能，非…能力所及，其后跟从句，从句中用can或could。
This is more than I can understand. 这是我所不能理解的。
归纳：more …than… 与其说…不如说， 不是…而是
He is more brave than wise. 他有勇无谋。
no more than 强调少，意为“只有，不过，仅仅”
not more than 客观叙述，意为“不超过”
　　 He has no more than five dollars on him.
他身上仅有5美元。(强调少)
　　 He has not more than five dollars on him.
他身上带的钱不超过(仅有)5美元。(强调数额少于5美元)
8. set off for 开始(旅程；赛跑)；出发
set off 出发、引爆
set about doing = set out to do
set aside 留出, 不顾, 取消, 驳回
set foot in/on
set fire to sth. =set sth. on fire
set in开始, 到来； 上涨；插入, 嵌入；开始,涨潮 / be set in 以…为背景
set up 设立, 竖立, 架起, 升起, 装配, 创(纪录), 提出, 开业
set an example to sb.
set back (set back the project 使受挫/ set my watch back 2 minutes往后拨)
9. move on 继续前进
10. by day 在白天
11. lose one’s way 迷路
12. most of the way 大部分路程
区别：most & most of 在most+名词结构中，名词是不定的，因此不能most the students, most us，而在most of +名词结构中，名词是指定的，它必须带有定冠词或物主代词等限定词。
12. hang out 伸出
13. in desperate need of 在极度需要的(时候)
14. on our feet = on foot 步行
15. be accustomed to doing sth. (通常用于被动语态)习惯于
16. suffer from 患病;遭受……之苦
17. hurry on to do sth. / (with) 赶紧办理;急急忙忙地去做某事
18. stop to do sth. 停下来去做某事
19. go on all fours 用四肢 lie one’s back/stomach
20. reach the edge of 达到了…的边缘 on the edge of 濒于, 几乎, 在边缘
21. stare at 瞪视; 凝视 glare at 瞪着，怒视
e to an end 结束;终止
Integrating Skills
1. the eightieth anniversary of sth. …80周年纪念日
2. a race against time 与时间赛跑，抢时间
3. save…from 挽救……免于
4. there was widespread relief 足以令人欣慰
5. Every minute counted/counts. 没分钟都非常关键。
6. up to 一直到,等于
7. at stake 在危险中；关系重大
8. the golden rays of the dawn 黎明的第一道曙光
9. a memorial to sb. / sth. 的纪念馆
10. risk one’s life to do/doing 冒险去做某事 risk doing
11. diseases of that kind 那样的病
12. a historical event 历史事件Unit 4 Green World
Teaching important points
Help students learn to describe plants and how to grow and take care of them.
Teaching difficult points
How to help students learn more about “botany”, and then give descriptions.
Teaching methods：Discussion Pair work/ Group work
Teaching aids Pictures, slides, a PC and a projector.
Teaching procedures & ways
Step I Revision
T: In the last unit, we’ve learned a lot about Australia. Now who’d like to make a general speech on the country
Step II Warming Up
T: Good. You really did a great job. Do you know what is the national flower of Australia
S: Golden Wattle (Acacia pycnantha)（金合欢，又称相思树）.
Show the picture to students.
Now look at the pictures on Page 28 in our textbooks. These are four flowers commonly seen in our daily life. First, match each flower with its correct name, please.
The pictures on Page 29 is an example of planting soybeans. Now everyone, look at the pictures first, then try to explain the stages of growing soybean and how to take of them by describing each picture, you may write down your ideas on the paper.
Move around the class and check their work. Offer language help if needed.
Step III Speaking about procedures
Step IV Discussion
Now imagine you want to plant something else in your garden plot, work in groups and decide which plants, vegetables or flowers your group would grow, how to plant them, how to take care of them, when to harvest or pick them.
Step V Oral-presentation
Ask several students to show their answers to the class.
Step VI Talking
T: Really interesting. But how do the plants grow
Read the instruction on Page 170 in the WORKBOOK to the students, then ask the students to work in pairs to describe “the process of photosynthesis of plants” in their own language.
Step VII Assignment
T: In this class, we’ve learned a lot about plants and planting. Ask your parents or others to teach you more about planting, if you are interested in. And please do Exercise 3 on Page 30 in the textbooks
Reading:
Warming up
In SB1(下) Unit19, we have learned some knowledge about agriculture. And we have known about one of the greatest scientists in our history-Jia Sixie.
Pre-reading
Now let’s look at the text-The birth of a science.
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science
（His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.）
While-reading
Fast reading
Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”
Language Points
1. Despite his wealth, he worked to make a career in science.
wealth意为“财富”，多用作不可数名 词。
He gained his ____ by printing ____of famous writers. (NMET 1995)
A. wealth; work B. wealths; works C. wealths; work D. wealth; works
析：根据wealth的词性，可排除B、C；works意为“作品，著作”。
2. Secondly, the purpose of the expedi-tion was to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip. 动词不定式可用作表语，表示主语的具体内容，尤其可用于指未发生的情况。
The purpose of new technology is tomake life easier, _____ it more difficult. (上海2005春)
A. not making B. not make C. not to make D. nor to make
析：两个或多个不定式表示并列或递进关系时，后面的不定式符号to常常省略，但当它们表示对比关系时，不定式符号to常常保留。本题题意为“新技术的目的是使生活更容易，而不是让生活更艰难”，两个不定式之间是对比关系
1) in his position= in a higher social position like him
2) Lead a cosy life = live a comfortable life
3) have an appetite for = have a desire for =long for
. (P3. L3) Despite his wealth, he worked to make a career in science.
because he was wealthy
even though he was wealthy
apart from his wealth
despite = in spite of; 尽管，不论
despite his wealth = even though he was wealthy.
2）make a career 向上爬，谋求发迹
He worked to make a career in science means He worked hard for the cause of science.
8. (P4.L1),…the Royal Navy appointed James Cook as the commander of the Endeavour to take the members of Royal Society on an expedition to Tahiti.
appoint … as… 任命
take the members … 带领皇家学会成员
(P6. L5) …one continent to another on a large scale.
Any public demonstrations on a large scale without the permission of the city authorities is antisocial.
不经市政当局的允许举行大规模游行示威是妨害社会秩序的。
(P7. L2) Wonderful discoveries had been made of strange new lands, …
make a discovery of…
He made discoveries of 300 uses for peanuts and 200 uses for sweet potatoes.
他的发现包括花生的三百种用途和红薯的二百种用途。
Wonderful discoveries included new lands, …
(P7. L5) From behind his desk, however, he was involved in enterprises…
1) From behind the desk = behind the curtain 幕后
2) be involved in， get involved in 参与，卷入，涉及
Don't involve other people in your trouble.
别把别人牵涉进你的麻烦中去。
All the children were involved in the school play. 所有的孩子都参加了学校排练的剧。
Kew: A district of western Greater London in southeast England. The famed Royal Botanic Gardens were established in 1759 and presented to the nation in 1841.
克佑区：英格兰东南部大伦敦区的西部一区。著名的皇家植物园于1759年建立，1841年被献给国家
Page32 Language study exercise 2
Keys(1)group (2)female (3)Herbs (4)was appointed (5)botanical (6)was abandoned (7)globe (8)Oceania (9)enterprises (10)expense.
Homework
Please read the text several times and then try to write something about Joseph Banks: what do we learn from him
Integrating skills
Scanning
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Fill in the following blanks
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
Homework
Make some observations of the plants somewhere in the wild areas as required in the textbook, but make sure you are in a safe distance. Make notes of your impressions of the plants. For this task, you can work in groups or pairs in a corporative way, and you must think of ways to describe what you have seen or done.
Grammar
Revision
Writing
Different habitat, different dandelion
Homework
Read and try to remember the sentences used to describe observations in TIPS (Page 36).
Finish the tasks ASSESSING on Page 176 in the WORKBOOK.
PAGE
3Unit 1 That must be a record
Period 1. Words and Expressions
1.beard-moustache
2.voyager-voyage
3. edition-edit –editorial(n. 社论，adj.)- editor
4.conclude- conclusion –conclusive(决定性的，确定的)
draw /reach /come to a conclusion 得出结论，告一段落
in conclusion = to conclude 最后，总之（作为插入语）
e.g. 1) The story concludes with the hero’s death.
2) He concluded by saying that …
3) What can you conclude from the passage
5.hire (take on)
rent ---for rent /wanted
6. send in 寄送某地进行处理
Have you send in the application form yet
send for 召唤, 派人去拿/请
send out 发送, 派遣,
send away 发送, 派遣, 驱逐, 解雇
7. set down 放下，搁下，记下，记载，写下
1) The Japanese reporter set down everything that happened during the war.
2) Please set me down at the second crossing.
set about 开始做，着手处理(~ doing sth.)
set out to do sth. 着手做……，出发
set aside 宣告无效；驳回；废止
e.g. to set aside a verdict 取消一项判决
set in （疾病、坏天气或其他自然状况）开始并且（可能）持续下去
e.g. Bad weather will set in.
be set in 以……为背景
e.g. The film was set in Shanghai in the 1920’s.
set off ①出发，启程 (= set out；set forth)
One afternoon she set out from the coast in a small boat and was caught in a storm.
"一天下午,她乘坐小船从海岸出发,遇到了一场暴风雨。"
The children set off for school. 孩子们上学去了。
②使爆炸，引起爆炸
"As a traditional way to celebrate the New Year, setting off firecrackers is justifiably welcomed by most Chinese people."
"燃放鞭炮,作为一种传统的庆贺新年活动,理所当然地受到大多数中国人民的欢迎。"
③ 引起（突发的动作）；导致（突然的活动）
The news set off a rush of activity.这消息令人蜂拥而动。
④ 衬托；使更为突出；使更为美观
This gold frame sets off your oil painting very well.
这个金色镜框把你的油画衬托得很美丽。
set up 建立（事业）；成立（组织）
8. length-lengthen-long/Height/depth/strength
width-widen-wide
9.fade:①vi. （声音、光线）变微弱，暗淡
e.g. 1) His memories faded with age.
2) The crowd has just faded away.
②vi. & vt.褪色，凋落，衰弱to lose freshness; wither:
1) Flowers soon fade when cut.
2) My jeans faded when they were washed.
10.account for①导致，引起：构成决定性的或主要的因素：
e.g. Bad weather accounted for the long delay.
长期的延缓是因为坏天气
②做出解释，提出理由：
How can you account for the accident
accountant 会计(员), 会计师
take sth into account = take account of 把…..考虑在内 1）You have to take every possibility into ~when drawing up the plan. 在你制定计划时，你得把每一种可能性都考虑在内。
on account of 由于，因为
2）He retired on account of poor health.
on no account 决不
3) on no account must you go out today.
count on依靠, 指望
You can count on my help. 你可以依赖我的帮助
to be confident of; anticipate:对…有信心；预期
count on getting a raise. 期待获得加薪
11.attempt
e.g. 1) We attempted the difficult maneuver without assistance.我们尝试在没有外援的情况下完成复杂的特技动作
an attempted suicide/murder 未遂的….
attempt n.（常与at, on, to连用）努力；尝试
2) She made an attempt to cook the dinner.她试着做这顿饭。
12.suitable adj.
be suitable for/be equal /be fit for适合的；恰当的, 适当的
1) This toy is not suitable for young children.
2) He was equal to the occasion.
3) He was fit for the job.
13.apply for提出申请：请求或寻求帮助、职业或入学：
apply for a job as an English teacher 申请一份英语教师工作
I applied for a scholarship.
apply to：
1）to devote (oneself or one's efforts) to something:
专心于：使（自己或自己的努力）致力于某物：
applied myself to my studies. 专心于我的学习
2 v.intr.（不及物动词）
a rule that applies to everyone. 适用于每个人的规则
applied(适用的，应用的)---application (n.适用，申请)
14.inspect –inspector-inspection 视察；调查
1）He inspected the car before he bought it. 他买这辆车之前仔细检查了一下。
2）The government sent somebody to inspect our school. 政府派人来视察我们学校。
15.confirm vt. 进一步证实；确定；支持
Please confirm your telephone message by writing to me.
请给我来封信，好进一步证实你在电话中传达的消息。
My employer will confirm that I was there on time.
"我的雇主将会证实,我是准时到达的。"
16. bid 出价 投标；招标
1) Park wants to sell his farm, and he has already had two large bids for it.
帕克想卖掉他的农场，并且已经有两个出大价的买主。
2) Bids for building the bridge were invited. 应邀参加建造那座桥梁的投标。
3) bid for the Olympic Games
17.decades of
for several decades the first decade of the 20th century
My uncle went to America a decade or so ago.
18.fascinate -nated, -nating迷住；使神魂颠倒
The city fascinates him.这座城市强烈地吸引住了他。
He's fascinated with Buddhist ceremonies.他迷上了佛教的仪式。
19.burst
爆炸；胀裂 The balloon suddenly burst.
突然而起；闯入She burst through the door.她突然闯进门。
充满；满盈I am bursting with joy.我高兴得不得了。
burst out迸发；突然发作；突然…起来：
1) They burst out laughing/crying.
burst into anger/tears / laughter
20. globe---globalization
21. skill-skillful-skilled（常与at, in连用）有技巧的；熟练的
a skillful piece of work一件有技术的工作
He is a skilful and effortless mechanic.
他是一位很有技巧、驾轻就熟的机械修理工。
22. permit -permission-permit permitted， permitting，
permit the sale of alcoholic beverages. 允许出售酒精饮料
permit him to explain. 准许他解释
weather that permits sailing. 可航海的天气(有可能：提供…机会或可能性)
If weather permits, … = Weather permitting,… 如果…允许
permission, especially in written form.
许可：许可，尤指书面形式的许可
permit: a document or certificate giving permission to do something; a license or warrant: 许可文件：允许做某事的文件或证明；执照或授权证：
a building permit. 建筑许可
The law permits camping on the beach.
法律允许在海滩上宿营。
23. recently—lately
24. familiar
a familiar sight 常见的情况
This song sounds familiar. 这首歌听起来很熟悉。
Are you familiar with the rules of baseball
你熟悉棒球规则吗
He is familiar with Chinese ancient history.
他通晓中国古代史。
The rules of baseball are familiar to us.
25. capture捕获, 战利品
俘获, 捕获, 夺取
capture the queen in chess; captured the liberal vote.
下国际象棋时吃掉王后；赢得自由党的选票
To attract and hold:引起（注意）并吸引住：
tales of adventure that capture the imagination. 引起想象的探险故事
26.center on---focus on
Our attention was centred on the actor.
Our talks always center on the movies.
27.concentrate
We concentrated ourselves on the task before us.
我们专注于眼前的任务
pineapple juice concentrate.菠萝浓缩汁
28.truly-true-truth
yours truly 信函末尾签名前的敬语
truly(honestly) speaking,…= to tell the truth, …
29.delight
I was delighted to be invited to her party.我很高兴被邀请参加她的晚会。
（常与in连用）热衷于；引以为乐
She delights in cooking lovely meals. 她以烹饪美食为乐。
delight sb with
Her singing delighted us.
She was delighted that he had returned safely.
delight n.乐趣；喜悦；欣喜
to laugh with delight高兴地大笑
To my delight, my son passed the exams.
The child takes great delight in mischief.
30.energetic—energy
31.cautious—caution
a cautious driver
Be cautious as the road is frozen.
She is very cautious about/of her feelings.
Period 2-3 Passage 1
Revision
1. Have a dictation of Unit1-2 of Senior 1
2. Ask some students to translate some phrases in Unit 1.
I. Warming up
①on earth ②of different sizes
③ beat the Guinness World Records
II. Lead In
III. Fast reading
Scan the text and answer the questions:
1. Have you ever hear of the Guinness Book of World Records How much do you know about it
2. Who was Sir Hugh Beaver
3. When was the first edition of the Guinness Book of world Records published
4. How long was the longest moustache in the world
5. What Guinness records were set in Urummqi and Hong Kong
6. Who won the Tour de France in 2003
IV. Reading
1. Read the text carefully and answer the following questions:
a. How did Sir Hugh Beaver come up with the idea for the Guinness Book of World Records
b. What are the categories in the Guinness Book of World Records
c. What are Lance Armstrong’s records special
d. What types of record attempts are not allowed
e. Why do you think many people are interested in world records
2. Post Reading
Match each of the sentences below with a paragraph in the reading.
A. The Guinness Book of World Records is popular because people enjoy reading about strange facts and exciting achievements.
B. The editors of the book collect all the records and put them into different groups.
C. Sir Hugh Beaver decided to write the book as the result of an argument with a friend.
D. Even though the records themselves are amazing, the stories of the people who set the records are often even more interesting.
E. A new Guinness world record will only be accepted if it is safe and has been done according to the rules.
F. “ I just love reading about people who do amazing things, such as swimming a long river or running across a country. The stories inspire me and are fun to read.”
V. Language points
1. settle an argument
argue with sb about/over sth
2. After talking to his friends, he concluded that a book which answered such questions might be popular.
conclude that…
3. More than 60,000 new records are sent in to the book each year, but they cannot all be printed.
send … in
4. Instead, the editors of the books set down the records and keep track of them in other ways.
set down = write down= put down
keep track of
5. The records are put into different categories.
put into
6. Impressive as the record is, it fades next to the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease.
Angry as he was, he listened to me patiently.
Strange as it seems, it is so.
The air was cold, bright as the sun was.
next to次于
Next to skiing, she likes hiking.
7. Armstrong, the then No.1 cyclist in the world, was diagnosed with cancer…
be diagnosed with
8. He went on to set the speed record and achieve his goal of winning the Tour de France six years in a row from 1999 to 2004.
in a row
9. Part of the reason for our interest is probably the same curiosity that led Sir Hugh to write the Guinness Book of World Records in the first place.
in the first place
10. We want to know what is possible and find out just how far we can push ourselves.
…and find out just to what extent we can develop our potential
11. Whether we are out to set a new record ourselves or simply enjoy reading about champions, the Guinness Book of World Records makes for interesting reading.
be out to do sth / for sth 全力以赴
make for …
12. No records that are dangerous to the person who is attempting it or to others are allowed.
attempt sth
attempt to do sth
make an attempt to do sth
13. The editors will decide if your idea is suitable and then send you rules and the form you need to apply for the record.
apply to sb for sth
apply to the government for financial help
apply sth to …把。。。应用于
Apply laser to an operation
apply sth to …使。。。适用于。。。
You can’t apply this rule to every case. =This rule can’t be applied to every case.
apply to …适用于。。。
What you said doesn’t apply to me.
Ⅵ. Consolidation
1. word study
Homework
1. Review the first passage.
2. Preview the second passage.
3. Finish ex. 1-4 on Page 147.
Period4 Grammar and Integrating Skills
I. Revision
1. Ask some students to translate some sentences and phrases in the text.
1. Check answers to Ex.2 on Page 5.
Ⅱ.Review of the Subject
1. Ask students to underline the Subject in each sentence in Ex.1 on Page6.
2. Explanation
1) The following can be used as the Subject:
名词：Students should study hard.
名词短语: Both of the parties have their own advantages.
代词: This is Mr. Brown.
不定式：To be a nurse needs great patience.
动名词: Seeing is Believing.
the + adj.: The old need to be taken good care of.
That-: That you have to leave is a pity.
Wh-: What he said doesn’t apply to me.
Wh-+to do: When and where to start off is still unknown.
2) Attention: 不定式、动名词和主语从句作主语时，习惯上用it 充当主语，把它们放于句末。
3) 注意主谓一致。
a. 语法一致。
主语为单数形式，谓语动词用单数形式；主语为复数形式，谓语动词也用复数形式。
The number of students in our school is 1,700.
Mary and Kelly look alike.
b. 意义一致
（1）主语形式虽为单数，但意义为复数，谓语动词用复数。
The crowd were runing for their lives.
单数形式代表复数内容的词有people、police、cattle等。
（2）主语形式为复数，而意义上却是单数，谓语动词用单数。The news is very exciting.
形复意单的单词有new、works（工厂）、means和以ics结尾的学科名称physics、politics、economics等。
c. 就近原则
即谓语动词的单复数形式取决于最靠近它的词语。如果连词or、either … or、neither … nor、not only … but also等连接的并列主语，如果一个是单数，一个是复数，谓语动词与靠近它的主语一致。
Either you or I am mad.
III. Consolidation
Finish Ex.2 on page6.
Passage 2
II. Reading
Read the text and answer the questions:
a. “360” and “ hang ten” are two skateboarding terms. Can you guess what they mean
b. How are “extreme sports” different from traditional sports
c. What is the “X- factor”
d. What kind of safety equipment do skateboarders use
e. Why do you think some people like extreme sports
III. Language points
1. Every weekend, after finishing their homework, Lin Yong and about a dozen of his friends grab their wheels and head down to the park to hang ten..
head down to
head for
e.g. 1) I saw the car heading for me, so I stepped aside.
2) Clouds are gathering. I think we’d better head for the hotel in case it starts to rain.
hang ten
2. Two weeks after the manager had given them his permission, the ramp was ready and the friends held a grand opening.
permission
e.g. Without permission, you can not enter the room.
3. Skateboards have been around since the 1970s, but they have recently become popular again.
have been around = have been in existence
My old dog is no longer around.
4. The X Games are like the Olympic Games for sports that are less familiar to us than sports like football and basketball.
be familiar to
be familiar with
a familiar sight 常见的情况
This song sounds familiar. 这首歌听起来很熟悉。
Are you familiar with the rules of baseball
你熟悉棒球规则吗
He is familiar with Chinese ancient history.
他通晓中国古代史。
The rules of baseball are familiar to us.
5. These new sports are called “extreme sports” and all center on the “X-factor”----the pure joy of doing something that you did not think you could do and overcoming your fears.
center on = focus on
Our attention was centered on the actor.
Our talks always center on the movies.
6. concentrate---n. concentration (集中，专心)
concentrate sth.on sth. / doing sth.
concentrate on sth.
e.g. 1) My father is concentrating on fishing.
2) We should concentrate our efforts on studying.
3) concentrated food 浓缩食品
Homework
1. Prepare for the dictation of words and phrases in Unit3-4.
2. Finish Ex.1,2 on Page 148.
3. Preview the passage on Page 150.
4.
PAGE
20Unit 5 Getting the Message
The First Period
Ⅰ. Words and Expressions
1. convey ---- To take or carry from one place to another; transport. 运送；运输
---- To communicate or make known; impart通知；通报；传达
The truck conveyed machinery across the country. 这辆卡车在全国各地运送机器。
Wires convey electricity.金属线导电。
I will convey the information to him.我将把这消息通知他。
1. advertise ---- To make public announcement of, especially to proclaim the qualities or advantages of (a product or business) so as to increase sales. 做广告
---- To warn or notify告诫，告知
The company advertised for a new secretary.公司登广告招聘一名新秘书。
We should advertise for someone to look after our children.
我们该登个广告聘人来照管孩子们。
1. advertiser 广告商
The report gives advertisers a new picture of women today.
这份报告使广告商对今日妇女有了新的认识。
1. brand ---- A trademark identifying a product or a manufacturer
商标；牌子；烙印
What brand of soap do you like 你喜欢什么牌子的肥皂？
（常与of连用）特殊类型
his own brand of humor 他独特的幽默感
These cattle have my brand on them. 这些牛身上都有我打的烙印。
1. consideration ---- Careful thought
Please give the problem your careful consideration. 请你仔细考虑这个问题。
短语：
in consideration of 报答；由于
take … into consideration 顾及，考虑到
under consideration 在考虑中，在研究中
1. charge ---- Expense; cost 费用；花费
---- The price asked for something 价格，收费
a charge for the use of the telephone 使用电话的费用
The charge for a front-row seat is $3. 前排座位票价每张三美元。
---- Management 监督；管理
---- A claim of wrongdoing 指控；控告
a charge of stealing 偷窃罪的指控
The charge carries a possible sentence of three years.这项控告可能要判三年徒刑。
短语：
in charge of 负责
The chief engineer was in charge of directing the building of the subway.
主任工程师负责指挥地铁的建造工程。
I was in charge of my sister. 我在照看我妹妹。
In the charge of / in one’s charge 归某人负责；由某人监管
The factory is in the charge of a special committee. 这家工厂现在由一个特别委员会监管。
1. loss ---- The act or an instance of losing; something that is lost; people lost in wartime or an accident.损失；丧失；遗失。
The loss of my watch meant that I had to buy a new one.
我的手表丢了就意味着我得买只新的。
Have you reported the loss of the technical papers about the new product to the police 你们把丢失新产品技术文件的事向警方报告了吗
His unfortunate death was a great loss to the firm.
他的不幸去世对他的商行来说是个重大损失。
The losses are computed at $1000. 估计损失1000美元。
短语：
at a loss ①低于成本的：
sold the merchandise at a loss.
赔本卖出货物
②迷惑的；不解的：
I am at a loss to understand those remarks. 我不理解那些话
1. blame ----To hold responsible. 负责
---- To place responsibility for (something) 归咎：把（某事）责任归于…
Blame it!(美) 该死!
Don't blame it on him, but on me. 别怪他,该怪我。
They blamed the failure on George. 他们把失败归咎于乔治。
Blame me if I don't. 我要是不这样做,随你怎么办好了。
They blamed the secretary for the delay of the plan. 他们怪罪秘书造成计划延误。
短语：
be to blame 应受谴责
The children were not to blame. 孩子们不应受到谴责。
The driver was not to blame for the traffic accident.那次交通事故不应该责怪司机。
I am to blame.是我不好。
1. broadcast ---- To transmit (a radio or television program) for public or general use. 传播：传播（电台、电视节目），供大众使用
---- To send out or communicate, especially by radio or television.
播放：尤指通过电台、电视，播出，发送：
The agency broadcast an urgent appeal for medical supplies.
代理商通过电台紧急呼吁要求药品供应
to broadcast the gossip 传播流言蜚语
The BBC broadcasts every day. 英国广播公司每天广播。
Radio Beijing broadcasts on a dozen different frequencies.
北京电台以十几种不同的频率进行广播。
The news broadcast will be at 7.00. 新闻广播将在7点开始。
She made an interesting broadcast about the origin of modern music.
她在广播/电视节目
1. post ---- To display (an announcement) in a place of public view.
贴布告：在公共场所贴（布告）
---- To cover (a wall, for example) with posters.
贴海报：用海报张贴
The names of the members of the team will be posted up today.
队员名单将于今天张榜公布。
The ship was posted missing. 该船宣告失踪。
1. hand in hand手拉手, 联合
go hand in hand with与...共同行动；与...相配合；与...一致；与...结合在一起
The development of agriculture should go hand in hand with that of industry.
工业和农业应共同发展。
1. react ---- Chemistry To undergo a reaction【化学】 起化学作用：产生化学反应
---- To act in response to 反应；反抗
How did your mother react to the news She reacted by getting very angry.
你妈妈对这个消息的反应怎样？她的反应是非常生气。
An acid can react with a base to form a salt. 酸和碱起化学反应成盐。
1. annoy
annoy with 生…的气
annoy at 讨厌某事
These flies are annoying me. 这些苍蝇真让人讨厌。
We're annoyed at his cavalier treatment of his old friends.
他用这种傲慢的态度对待老朋友,我们都感到气愤。
1. annoying
an annoying cough. 一声恼人的咳嗽
1. accuse ---- To charge with a shortcoming or an error. 指责：因缺点或错误而指控
---- To charge formally with a wrongdoing. 指控：正式指控某一错误行径
The police accused him of murder. 警方指控他谋杀。
The police accused him of stealing. 警方控告他犯有盗窃罪。
1. associate ---- To connect or join together; combine. 联合，结合：连或接在一起；合并
---- To connect in the mind or imagination 联想：在心里或想象中联系：
联想
What do you associate with such a heavy snow 这样一场大雪你有什么联想
1. get across使)越过, 通过, 被理解
1. appeal ---- An earnest or urgent request, entreaty, or supplication. 呼吁，恳求：热切或急切的要求、请求或恳求
The government is appealing to everyone to save water.
政府呼吁每个人节约用水。
The victims' families of the murder have appealed to the Supreme Court to have a definitive answer. 谋杀案的被害家属已经请求最高法院作确切的答复。
---- The transfer of a case from a lower to a higher court for a new hearing.
上诉：把案件从低一级法院向高一级法院移交以进行重新审理
appeal a decision to a higher court 不服判决提出上诉
He appealed against the judge's decision. 他不服法官判决而上诉。
an appeal for aid 恳求援助
an appeal for forgiveness 恳求原谅
The teacher listened to his appeal. 老师倾听了他的要求。
1. appeal to呼吁, 要求, 诉诸, 上诉, 有吸引力
1. frequent ---- Occurring or appearing quite often时常发生的, 频繁的
I enjoyed his frequent visits. 我喜欢他经常来访。
Frequent failures did not affect his morale. 屡次失败都没有使他泄气。
Rains are frequent here in early summer. 这儿在初夏季节常下雨。
1. figure ---- A written or printed symbol representing a number. 符号，数字
---- A pictorial or sculptural representation, especially of the human body.
---- A diagram. 图表
---- An amount represented in numbers 价格：用数来表示的价值
sold for a large figure 以高价出售
a figure of speech. 形象化的说法
She has a five-figure income. 她有五位数的收入。
短语：
figure in 包括：包括，如在计算数量中
figured in travel expenses 包含在旅行费用当中
figure on ①依靠
We figured on your support. 我们就指望你的支持了
②把…估计在内；期望：
I figured on an hour's delay. 我估计要延迟一小时
③计划
We figure on leaving at noon. 我们计划中午走
figure out ①发现或决定：
Let's figure out a way to help. 让我们来找出帮助的办法吧
②解决或破译：
Can you figure out this puzzle 你能找到谜底吗
We must figure out how to solve the problem.我们必须想出解决这个问题的办法。
I couldn't figure out who the lady with the sunglasses was.
我想不出那位戴墨镜的夫人是谁。
1. salesman ---- A man who is employed to sell merchandise 男售货员
1. saleswoman ---- A woman who is employed to sell merchandise 女售货员
1. profit ---- An advantageous gain or return; benefit. 得益：得利或回报；收益
---- To make a gain or profit. 创利润：创造收入或利润
make a penny profit on each orange 要每只橘子盈利一便士
This new invention will bring you great profits like a goldmine.
这项新发明会像一座金矿一样给你们带来利润。
I have read it to my profit. 我读了它大有收益。
All his wealth did not profit him. 他所有的财富于他无益。
I don't think it will profit you anything to do that.
我以为那样做对你不会有什么好处。
We hope our criticisms and suggestions will profit you.
我们希望我们的批评和建议将对你有所裨益。
You can profit by making mistakes. 你可以从错误中得到教益。
The students do hope to profit by / from the teacher's comments on their compositions. 学生们真心希望从老师对他们的作文的评语中获得益处。
1. campaign ---- series of operations taken to accomplish a purpose 战役；计划
a campaign to stop people smoking 一项阻止人们吸烟的运动
Did you take part in either of my last two campaigns 你有没有参加我（指挥）的上两次战役？
a fund-raising campaign 一项筹措资金的计划；
1. policy ---- A plan or course of action, as of a government, political party, or business, intended to influence and determine decisions, actions, and other matters 政策：一个计划或行动路线，如政府、政党或企业的计划或行动路线，意在影响和确定决定、行动和其它事情
It is the policy of the government to improve education. 改进教育是政府的政策。
It's bad policy to smoke too much. 吸烟太多并非明智之举。
1. spokesman ---- A man who speaks on behalf of another or others. 发言发言，亦可指女发言人
1. spokeswoman ---- A woman who speaks on behalf of another or others. 女发言人
1. illegal ---- Prohibited by law or official rules.违法的，非法的；犯规的
An illegal immigrant. 非法移民
It is illegal to steal things. 偷东西是违法的
1. keep an eye out for sb / sth 当心；警惕
1. target ---- Something aimed or fired at. 目标
---- An object, such as a padded disk with a marked surface, that is shot at to test accuracy in rifle or archery practice. 靶子
The hunter's target was a wild animal. 这个猎人的目标是一只野兽。
A target market 目标市场
1. sneaker ---- A sports shoe usually made of canvas and having soft rubber soles. Also called tennis shoe 帆布胶底运动鞋：通常由帆布制成，有软的塑料胶底的运动鞋也作 tennis shoe。
常用复数sneakers
1. nowadays ---- During the present time; now 现在，当今
Nowadays people travel by plane. 如今人们乘飞机旅行。
Nowadays, advertisements can be found everywhere in any big city.
现在,在任何一个大城市里,到处都可以看到广告。
1. nephew ---- A son of one's brother or sister 侄子，外甥
1. waitress ---- A woman who serves at a table, as in a restaurant. 女侍者
1. hostess ---- A woman who receives or entertains guests in a social or official capacity.女主人
---- A woman who is the emcee or interviewer on a radio or television program. 女主持人
1. bridegroom ---- A man who is about to be married or has recently been married. 新郎，即将结婚的男子：将要结婚或新近结婚的男子
bride ---- A woman who is about to be married or has recently been married. 新娘，即将结婚的女子：将要结婚或新近结婚的女人
1. attach ---- To fasten, secure, or join. 系，贴或连接
attach label to parcel 给包裹贴标签
attachment附件
短语：
attach to ① 加入，参加
Pro. Smith was attached to the medical college as a guest professor for two years.
史密斯教授在医学院当了两年的客座教授。
② 加于…之上
No blame attaches to him for the accident. 这个事故他没有受到责备。
We should attach primary importance to the development of economy.
我们要把发展经济的工作放在第一位。
be attached to
认为重要；特别喜爱
Mary was attached to her brother. 玛丽很喜爱她的弟弟。
I am very attached to that old picture. 我很喜欢那幅旧画。
1. point out 指出
Point out the man who beat you yesterday. 把昨天打你的人指出来。
He pointed out that we might have made great mistakes.他指出我们或许已经犯了很大的错误。
1. discount ---- To deduct or subtract from a cost or price.减少；打折
The old model worker's rich experience is not to be discounted.
老劳动模范的丰富经验不可小看。
短语：
at a discount 打折扣；不值钱的；不受重视的
1. make sense 有意义的；有道理的
It doesn’t make any sense to grow economic plants in such a poor country.
在如此贫困的国家种植经济作物是毫无道理的。
1. bonus ---- A sum of money given to an employee in addition to the employee's usual compensation. 奖金；分红，意外的好处
The workers got a Christmas bonus. 工人得到圣诞节奖金。
The win on the pools was a real bonus.
We like our new house and it's a real bonus that there is a swimming pool nearby.
我们很喜欢自己的新房子,加上附近有座游
Ⅱ. Homework:
Page 42 Word Study 1, 2 & 3
Page 178 Vocabulary 1 &2
Unit 5 Getting the Message
The Second Period Reading
Teaching goals教学目标
1. Target language目标语言
a．重点词汇
broadcast，post，react，annoy，annoy，accuse，associate，appeal，frequent，figure，salesman， saleswoman，profit，campaign，policy，spokesman，spokeswoman，i11egal，target
b．重点短语
hand in hand，react to，On the Other hand，associate…with，get across，appeal to，be aware of，look out for，keep an eye out for
c．重点句式
The development of radio, television and other media has gone hand in hand with…
By introducing a brand name to potential customers, and by associating the product with the customers’ needs, companies are able to influence the choices customers make.
The best chance to reach customers is to appeal to their emotions.
First of all, we should always keep an eye out for “hidden information”.
2．Ability goals 能力目标
Enable the SS evaluate advertising and advertisements.
3．Learning ability goals 学能目标
Help the students learn how to evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of ads and protect themselves from misleading ads.
Teaching important points 教学重点
HOW to evaluate advertising and advertisements．
Teaching difficult points 教学难点
The definition, principle and functions of advertising.
Teaching methods 教学方法
1．Skimming method；
2．Task-based method；
3．Discussion method．
Teaching aids 教具准备
A computer, a project and some pictures．
Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式
Step I
1. Greetings
2. Lead-in
T: Dear class, have you ever noticed we are living in a world of advertisements Wherever we are, we can find different forms of ads in newspapers, magazines, over the radio, on TV, on the buses and so on. Then would you like to know how to make an advertisement What their functions are And what attitude should we have towards advertising and advertisements Today let's come to ADVERTISING.
Step II Pre-reading
1. Work in pairs and fill in the chart
This part is to get the students prepared for the theme reading by listing advantages and disadvantages of ads.
T: Now please look at Pre-reading, Part 1. Read the instructions and try to think up more creative ideas for this topic. Share it with your partners after you finish it.
Suggested answers:
Advantages Disadvantages
1. Provide information about latest products. 1. Mislead customers or cheat them of money.
2. Increase sales by repeated advertising. 2. Give false or incorrect information.
3. Cut costs of newspapers and make them cheaper. 3. Take too much time or space on TV or newspapers.
4. Make the public aware of social problems. 4. Raise the price of products.
… …
Step III Reading
1. Fast reading
This step is designed to train the students to scan the textto get the main idea.
T: Please read the whole text quickly and find the main idea for each paragraph.
Several minutes later.
T: Now time is up. Let's try to find out the main idea fm
each paragraph. Now Paragraph 1, Volunteer!
S: I think the first sentence is the topic sentence. That is,
"Ads are found almost everywhere."
T: Well done! Now Paragraph 2.
Suggested answers:
1. Ads are found almost everywhere.
1. People react to advertisements in different ways.
1. The basic principle of advertisements is to influence customers' choices.
1. Ads help companies and customers in a variety of ways.
1. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.
1. Governments and other organizations use ads to make people aware of government policies and social problems.
1. Customers should be careful of illegal ads.
1. Customers should learn to protect themselves from false ads and make smart choices.
Careful reading
This step is designed to get the students to read the text carefully to find out more details about the whole text.
T: Now please read the text again and try to answer the following questions.
1. Where can people advertise
2. Why do some people find ads very annoying
3. How do companies get their message across
4. How do ads help customers
5. In what way do ads introduce new products
6. why are some well-known persons named as spokesmen or spokeswomen
7. What are "bait-and-switch" ads
8. How can we be smart customers
After a few minutes:
T: Now let's discuss the questions above one by one. Volunteer!
Sa: Ads are broadcast on IV and over the radio, posted on the Internet and printed in newspapers and on posters in our cities.
Sb: Because they accuse companies of using ads to mislead us by giving false information.
Sc: To get their message across, companies employ advertisers and appeal to customers emotions.
Sd: Ads reduce the price of products and help customers choose among all the available products.
Se: Truthful ads introduce new products by providing good information, explaining features, functions and costs of a product or service.
sr' These famous people are named as spokesmen or spokeswomen to make the programmes of governments or organizations known to the public.
Sg: "Bait-and-switch" ads means that the customer is shown one product (the bait) and then given another.
Sh: We can be smart buyer if we can distinguish between fiction and fact and protect ourselves from false ads.
3. Deal with the important language points by using the slides or the computer.
T: Here are some difficult language points. Now please look at the screen.
Show the following on the screen.
1. hand in hand
The two girls left the classroom hand in hand.
1. accuse ... of
He accused the man of having committed a crime.
1. associate ... with
They are associated with him in business.
1. appeal to
The new comer appeals to me.
1. Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company's profits.
=Some ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company's profits and some are not.
1. get.., across
This is the message that we want to get across to the public.
We tried to get our point across, but he just wouldn't listen.
1. keep an eye
Keep an eye on the crowd for your teacher.
Will you keep your eye on my suitcase while I go to get the tickets
Step IV Post-reading
This step aims at getting the students to further understand the text by doing the Post-reading exercises.
T: Now let's deal with Post-reading exercises. First, the questions in Exercise 1.
T: Why is advertising popular Volunteer!
Sa: Because advertising can help to promote a product or increase a company's profits.
T: Very good. How does advertising help consumers and customers
Sb: Frequent ads increase product sales and reduce their prices. At the same time, they help consumers choose among all the available products.
T: Quite right. What is the basic principle behind advertisements
Sc: I think the basic principle behind ads is that they can influence the choices customers make.
T: Thank you. Then why do advertisers often have to work hard to attract people's attention
Sd: Customers see so many ads every day and they have to get their message across to them.
T: Well, what is a "bait-and-switch" ad
Se: When the customer is shown one product (the bait) and then given another, that's a "bait-and-switch" ad.
T: Well done. Then how can we protect ourselves from misleading ads
Sf' We should be careful when reading ads, distinguish between fiction and facts and make smart choices.
T: I think you have understood the text quite well. So much for this. Next, we are going to make analysis of two ads on P 41. Read the ads carefully and answer the questions above them.
Help:
1. Divide the class into four groups or more.
2. Each student tries to work out his or her answers first.
3. Check the answers with the other group members.
4. Collect answers from the class and make final decisions.
T: Which of the techniques described in the reading passage are used to sell the product
Sa: I think the ad on the left provides accurate information and helps consumers make correct choices. But the one on the right is trying to mislead us by giving false or incorrect information.
T: Thank you. Then which of the claims in the ads may not be truthful
Sb: I think the ad on the right may not be truthful. It says BIGBRAIN is the only nutrition supplement that has been proved to improve a child's performance in school. I don't think the word "only" is properly used. Besides, it says 9 out of 10 mothers choose BIGBRAIN. That can't be true. So I think such ads shall be unpop ular with customers. It does no good to the company.
Step V Analysis of the text
T: What are the writing skills Of this text Look through the text and give me your answer. You may discuss with your partners.
Suggested answer:
1) Topic sentence makes the main idea easy to get.
The topic sentence is used to summarize the main idea of the paragraph or the whole passage, which usually falls at the beginning or end of the paragraph. So when reading a passage, esp. a describing or science one, we'd better pay more attention to the first paragraph or the first sentence. In this passage ADVERTISING, topic sentence can be found in most paragraphs.
2) Use conjunctions and phrases when necessary.
When writing a passage, we can make full use of various conjunctions and prepositional phrases so that the sentence sounds more reasonable in logic, coherence and so on. In this passage, we can find such phrases as on the other hand, for that reason, thus used to list different facts and truths. We should learn to put them into practice.
T: Make an outline of the text in form of a chart. Get the main ideas for each paragraph and list key words and points in each paragraph.
Suggested answer:
Para-graphs Main ideas Key words or points
1. Ads can be found almost everywhere. 1. TV, radio, Internet, newspaper, posters2. hand in hand with the development of media
2 People react to advertisements in different ways. 1. defenders, useful, entertaining, make informed choices2. critics, accuse, mislead
3 The basic principle of advertisements is to influence customers' choices 1. introduce brand, associate products with our needs2. get message across3. appeal to customers' emotions
4 Ads help companies and customers in a variety of ways. 1. frequent ads increase sales, reduce the prices2. choose among the available products3. make the right choices
5 The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products. 1. truthful, information, help, decide2. compare, features, functions and costs3. deal with, arguments
6 Governments and other organizations use ads to make people aware of government policies and social problems. 1. campaigns, aware, social problems, government policies2. name their spokesman or spokeswoman3. spread knowledge, change attitudes, improve society
7 Customers should be careful of illegal ads. 1. keep an eye out for "hidden information"2. show pictures that are partly tree or changed3. "bait-and-switch" ads
8 Customers should learn to protect themselves from false ads and make smart choices. 1. good ads, introduce products, increase sales2. accurate, average, right product, best price3. distinguish between fiction and facts4. analyze ads, protect ... from false ads
T: With the outline, you will get a clear idea of what the passage is about and how it develops. Now retell the text by using the chart above. Try to use proper prepositions and conjunctions.
One possible version:
Advertising is a highly developed industry. It has gone hand in hand with radio, television and other media.
However, people react to ads in different ways. Defenders think ads are useful and helpful and help consumers make informed choices. But critics accuse companies of using ads to mislead us. Advertising influences customers' choices by introducing a brand name and associating products with customers' needs. There are so many ads for customers, so advertisers try to get their message across by appealing to their emotions.
Ads help companies and customers in a variety of ways. They can help companies increase sales and reduce the prices. Meanwhile, they help customers choose among all the available products. In fact, truthful ads provide good information, and help customers compare features, functions and costs. Some governments name their spokesman or spokeswoman to make people aware of their social problems and policies.
Customers should protect themselves by keeping an eye out for bad ads, distinguishing between fiction and facts and making good choices.
Step VI Language Points
1. People react to advertisements in different ways.
react vt.作出反应，对抗
eg.1>When John’s mother made him stay at home, he reacted by behaving noisily.
2>Dogs react to kindness by showing affection.
3>When I punished him he reacted by bursting into tears.
拓展:react vt. 产生化学反应
Hydrogen reacts with oxygen.
Acids react on metals.
用于短语：react against作出反抗的反应，反抗
react on/upon 对――产生影响，反过来影响
reaction n. 1>反应（可数）2>反对（不可数）3>反作用，相反的倾向。（不可数，可加不定冠词）4>化学反应，核反应。
2. …and by associating the product with the customers’ needs,…
associate vt.把――和――联系起来
e.g. He associated himself with this campaign. 他把他自己与这次战役联系起来。
I didn’t want to be associated with it at all. 我根本不想参与这件事。
拓展：associate 还可以作不及物动词使用，“和……来往，和……共事（与with连用）解。
e.g. There he associated with working people. 在那里他与劳动人民来往。
Never associated with bad companions.永远不要与坏人来往。
Associate n.共事的人，同伙，伙伴
可用作定语，表示“副的”
3. Customers see so many ads every day that advertisers must work hard to get their message across.
get sth. across 使某事被理解（领会）
4. The best chance to reach customers is to appeal to their emotions.
appeal to 投合（兴趣或心意）
5. There are many things we need to take into consideration before we buy an expensive product,…
take into consideration加以考虑
e.g. You must take his illness into consideration before dismissing him. 在解雇他之前你必须对他的病情加以考虑。
6. Armed with facts and figures, customers are better able to deal with the often powerful arguments given by a salesman or saleswoman.
Armed with facts and figures这里是过去分词短语作状语，相当于When customers are armed with facts and figures,--
7. Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
该句为不完全否定。相当于All ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
意思为：并不是所有广告都被用来推销产品或提高公司的效益。
似句型还有：
Not every…=Every…not…
Not both… =Both…not…
8. Many governments used ad campaigns to make people aware of social problems and government policies.
Make… aware of 使……意识到
9. First of all, we should always keep an eye out for “hidden information”.
Keep an eye out (for…) 当心，警惕
e.g. Keep an eye out, we’re close to Joe’s house.
Homework
1. Consolidation
T: Please go over the new words and expressions you just learnt after class and translate the following sentences into English:
1) 广告公司总是想方设法推销产品。
(advertise，promote)
2) 我要刊登广告让人来打扫房屋。(advertise)
3) 这些不实广告报纸该受责备。(be to blame)
4) 广告商一定不能给人留下欺骗性印象。
(advertiser，misleading)
5) 她听到我的建议时反应如何 (react)
6) 火车晚点又没有解释真是很惹人生气。
(annoy，explanation)
7) “这不是我的过错呀。”“别担心，我没有谴责你。”
(fault，accuse)
8) 报纸从所干U登的广告获取利益。
(make a profit of )
9) 他们卖掉它赚了一千美元。(at a profit of)
10) 在英国喝醉了酒开车是违法的。(illegal)
2. Preview the new lesson
3. Preview LANGUAGE STUDY after class.
Unit 5 Getting the Message
The Third Period Language Study
Teaching goals教学目标
1．Target language目标语言
a．重点词汇
nowadays，nephew，waitress，hostess，bridegroom
b．重点短语
blame…for，only to find，broadcast live，in charge of
2．Ability goals能力目标
Try to understand and use Object Complement correctly．
3．Learning ability goals学能目标
Put Object Complement in practical use．
Teaching important points教学重点
When and how to use Object Complement．
Teaching difficult points教学难点
How to use the Object Complement．
Teaching methods教学方法
1．Question-and-answer method；
2．Pair work and group work．
Teaching aids教具准备
A computer and a projector．
Teaching procedures＆ways教学过程与方式
Step I Revision
1．Greetings
2．Revision
T：Now first lets check the homework．Volunteer!
Students volunteer to do the translation orally．
Suggested answers：
1．Advertising companies always try every means to think up new ways to promote products．
2．I’m going to advertise for someone to clean my house．
3．Newspapers are to blame for the untruthful ads．
4．Advertisers must not give others misleading impression．
5．How did she react to my suggestion when she heard it
6．It’s really annoying when a train is late and there’s no explanation．
7．"It wasn’t my fault．""Don’t worry．I’m not accusing you．"
8．Newspapers make a profit out of the advertisements they carry．
9．They sell it at a profit of one thousand dollars．
10．In Britain，it is illegal to drive when you are drunk．
T：Well done．Thank you．
3．Lead-in
T：In this unit we’ve learned quite a few useful words and phrases．Do you know how to use them properly Now let’s have a try．
Step II Word study
1．Word-guessing game
This step is designed to test how well the students have grasped the words learnt in this unit．Besides，this game is sure to make the class more lively and interesting．
T：First let’s play a word-guessing game．One student reads the sentence and the other fills in the banks with a proper word from the text．Remember to use the correct forms．Now volunteer!
Sa：The local newspaper reported that poor safety measures were to______for the fire in the supermarket．
Sb：I think that is“blame”．“to blame for…”is a set phrase．
T：Got it!
Sa：How did Anna______ when she heard she had failed the exam
…
Possible answers:
Blame, react, broadcast, posted, annoyed, advertised, appeals, associate
2．Word formation
This step is meant to get the students to tell the opposite of the given words．
T：“Wife”is female, then what about the male
Sa：I think“wife…is female．while“husband”must be male．
T：Quite right．Then,“grandfather”
SB：Well．“grandfather”is male while“grandmother”is female．
…
Possible Answers:
Husband, grandmother, granddaughter, brother, girl, uncle, niece, bride, chairwoman, lady, sir, queen, hero, actress, host, waiter, saleswoman, god
3．Passage reading
T：Please read the given words and phrases first to understand their meanings．Then read the passage carefully and fill in the blanks with the words or phrases, using their proper forms．Finally check the answers．
Sc：Professor Stone is in charge of the Department of Advertising of an English newspaper in China….
Possible Answers:
In charge of,
Step III Grammar
1．Introduce the usage of Object Complement．
T：In English there is an important sentence pattern. that is "verb+object+object complement" Usually the verbs can be think，find，see，get and so on．Object Complement can be noun，pronoun，adjective，adverb，infinitive，present participle, past participle, prepositional phrase and so on. Now let's see some examples. Turn to P43 and look at Exercise 1. Complete each sentence with the right word or phrase from the box. OK. Let's see the first sentence. Some people find advertisements ______.
Sa: I think the answer should be E.
T: Got it. Thank you. What about next one
2. Practical use of Object Complement.
T: Let's come to Exercise 2. Read the passage quickly to get the general idea, then fill in the blanks with the proper form of the verbs in brackets.
Sb: ...
T: Well done. Now can you find the Object Complement and underline them one by one
Sc: ...
Step IV Practising (Workbook on P178)
1. Vocabulary
This part is designed to get the students to learn to guess the meaning of a specific word in a context. The teacher should try to encourage them to think and express freely.
T: In English sometimes a word has more than one meaning in a sentence. For example, (on the screen or on the blackboard)
This ad campaign used Yao Ming to show the right attitude towards people with AIDS.
T: We look it up in Cambridge Advanced Learner's Dictionary and find the two meanings:
1) a planned group of especially political, business or military activities which are intended to achieve a particular aim (政治性或商业性)活动，竞选运动
2) a group of connected actions or movements that forms part of a war 战役
T: So in this sentence, when we use the first meaning, it is just a planned activity, but when we mean the second, it compares the activity to a large and important part of the whole "business war". Are you clear
S: Yes.
T: Then what about No 2
…
2. Choose the best answer
This part is to test how well the students have grasped some key words learned in this unit. Get them to give their own answers first and then check the answers with the class.
…
3. Complete the dialogues
This part is meant to train the students to use the key words properly in specific language situation. The students should be encouraged to give their own answers, and the answers may be varied.
T: Now let's study the example carefully and know how to do it correctly.
A: Who do you think is to blame if you find the product recommended by a movie star in an ad unsatisfactory
B: I think the movie star is to blame for misleading customers in the ad.
T: Then what have you got from this example
Sa: First we'd better make sure what kind of sentence pattern we'll use, then decide which part should be repeated in the first sentence.
T: Very good. Then who can complete the first dialogue
Sb: Let me try. What do you think of the role of advertising nowadays
T: Quite right. Thanks. Next
…
4. Translation
This part is to provide the students with more chances to consolidate the language points learned in this unit. So get them to study the English sentences and try to know how to use the italicized phrases correctly. Then try translating each sentence one by one. Finally check the answers with the class.
T: Who can translate the first sentence into Chinese
Sc: Let me have a try.
买车的时候你应考虑哪些重要因素？
T: Well done. From this sentence we can find this useful phrase "take ... into consideration". OK, let's use this useful phrase to translate the following two sentences.
Who would like to have a try
Sd: When entering a college, what should you take into consideration
Se: When buying a car, safety is the first thing that you should take into consideration.
T: Wonderful, thank you. Now next
...
5. Identify the Object Complement (Exercise 1 of Grammar)
This part is to get the students to identify the Object Complement in a specific sentence.
T: Whether it's a "verb+ object+ object complement" structure or not, the verb is very important. For example:
1) I bought her a new MP3 player as a birthday present.
2) She considered the new MP3 player I bought very precious.
T：In the first sentence。“her”is indirect object while“a new MP3 player”is direct object．In the second sentence，"very precious" is the object complement．Now study the sentences carefully and tell me which sentences contain the object complement．
S …
6．“Verb+sb．to do sth．’’structure Practice
T：Look at Exercise 2 on P181．Make sentences using the verbs in Column A and the phrases in Column B．
S：…
7．Fill in the blanks
Let students do Exercise 3 on P181 individually and then check the answers with the whole class．
8．Describe an ad using the Object Complement
Ask the students to discuss the picture on P181 carefully and then describe the ad using the given sentence patterns．
Show the following patterns on the screen/blackboard．
I find the ad…
I see somebody…
I consider it…
I believe the cellphone can make…
1 would have it…r
After a few minutes．
T：Now what do you think the ad is about
Sa：In my opinion, it’s promoting a latest type of cell phone which has new functions．
T：Very good．Then who can describe the picture using the given sentence patterns
Sb：I find the ad interesting and persuasive．From the ad, we know the cell phone can be used to phone，send fax, listen to MP3，take photos and so on．
Sc：l see somebody taking photos with the cell phone．If the picture is clear enough and easy to develop，the cell-phone must be very popular．
Sd：Jf consider it a new trend of cellphone in the future．It is more than a phone．It has many more new functions．
Se：I believe the cellphone can make our球easier and more comfortable．
Sf：I would have it become a symbol of my position if I worked in a large company．
T：Great. Thanks．
Step V Homework
Preview the new 1esson．
Unit 5 Getting the Message
The Fourth Period Integrating Skills
Teaching goals教学目标
1．Target language目标语言
a．重点词汇与短语
attach，discount，bonus，attach…to，point out，make sense，differ from，a series of, in the 1960s，refer to
b．重点句式
A good ad uses words to which people attach positive meaning．
A good slogan should be“catchy”or easy to remember．
People read advertisements partly for information and partly because they are interesting．
Nobody bought the product，however，because when translated it meant“X puts living things into dry hair．’’
2．Ability goals能力目标
Get the students to know more about wording in ads．
Enable the students to appreciate advertisements．
3．Learning ability goals学能目标
Help students learn how to write ads．
Enable students to learn how to distinguish false ads when reading advertisements．
Teaching important points教学重点
Get the students to find the techniques in choosing words in ads．
Teaching difficult points教学难点
Learn about the techniques in choosing words in ads．
Teaching methods教学方法
1．Fast reading method；
2．Pair work or group work．
Teaching aids 教具准备
A computer and a projector.
Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式
Step I Revision
1. Greetings
2. Revision
3. Lead-in
T: We can find different ads all around us everyday everywhere, but have you ever noticed the texts of the ads, that is, what the ads are about. Today let's talk about the words used in ads, that is, the technique in choosing words in ads.
Step II Reading
l. Fast reading
This step is to train the students to skim the whole text for main idea.
T: Now please read the whole passage quickly and find out the answers to the following questions:
1. What makes a good slogan
2. What should be paid attention to when selling products abroad
After several minutes.
T: Now volunteer!
Sa: A good slogan should be "catchy" or easy to remember, and should convey a message that will make consumers form a positive image of the company and product.
Sb: The translation must be correct.
2. Careful reading
This step is to get the students to fully understand the text by detail reading.
1. How does the language used in ads differ from ordinary language
2. How do companies choose names for their products
3. What are the advantages and disadvantages of using a story as an advertisement
4. What is strange about the phrases "a free gift" and "an added bonus"
After a few minutes.
T: Now time is up. Volunteer!
Sc: I think ad-makers choose words and brand names that can create a positive image of the product they are promoting.
T: Very good. What about Question 2
Sd: Companies choose names for their products in different ways: telling the advantages of the products, making the products easy to remember, choosing a funny or unusual name, choosing names from old stories or legends or inventing new words.
Se: I think the advantages of using a story as an advertisement are that it may be humorous and attract readers' attention. And the disadvantage is that readers or viewers can't remember the name of the product.
Sf: That means sometimes we pay more than its real cost. In other words, it is not a free gift at all.
T: Well done. Thank you.
3. Group work. List famous products and brand names.
Help:
1. Divide the class into four groups or more.
2. Each student tries to work out his or her answers first.
3. Share the answers with the other group members.
4. Collect answers from the class and give prizes to the best ones.
T: In fact if we watch CCTV every day, we'll notice some interesting products and brand names. Who can give your comment on them and share them with us
Sa: Let me try. I like Lenovo. It is the proud of our national brand in IT industry. It is also an important sponsor for Beijing 2008 Olympic Games. More important, it takes over part of IBM and promotes the position of the company. In a word, I like Lenovo and it makes me proud of our country.
T: Wonderful, thank you. Anyone else
Step III Language points
This step is to make some important language points easier to learn by explaining them to students.
T: Do you have any sentences difficult to understand Before you raise your questions, I will explain some important language points to you.
1. differ from
His views differ considerably from those of his parents.
2. attach ... to
I attached a photo to my application form.
She attaches great value to being financially independent.
3. easy to remember
His strange ways made his lessons lively and easy to remember.
4. a series of
She gave a series of lectures last year on contemporary British writers.
5. When translated ...
When translated, this sentence has several meanings.
6. in the 1960's
The buildings were built in the 1960's.
7. refer to
You can refer to your notes when you are speaking.
This is not the dictionary which I referred to.
8. make sense
It makes sense to buy a large packet because it works out cheaper in the end.
T: OK, your questions please!
Deal with the questions students raise.
Step IV Reading (Workbook on P182)
1. Fast reading
This step is to train the students to read fast to get the target information. Allow the students to read the whole text for a few minutes and underline some important points.
T: When an advertising company begins planning the ad campaign, they will hold a meeting. Now let's see who work in an advertising firm and what they do.
Sa: The first person is in charge of the whole project.
Sb: The second one will think up an idea for the ad.
Sc: The third one will go to buy space in newspapers or time on TV.
Sd: The fourth person is a writer to write the text for the ad.
Se: There is another one, a designer to design the ad, using pictures, or photos and the text.
T: Well done. Thank you.
2. Detail reading
Advantages and disadvantages of different media
This step is to train the students to obtain useful information from the material and make comparisons.
T: Different media has different advantages and disadvantages, compare the five types of media on P 183 (Exercise 2) and list their advantages, disadvantages and what they are suitable for.
After a few minutes.
T: Now time is up. Please report your work.
Suggested answers:
Media Advantages Disadvantages Suitable for.
Posters/Billboards Attract new customers Seen from a distance, last for a short time Inform customers about a new product
Printed media Provide detailed information Have to be bought; Have limited consumers Introduce new products
TV and radio Reach large audience; Have powerful influence Very expensive; Have to be seen or heard Promote a product or persuade consumers
The Internet Being "interactive" Carry untruthful ads Provide latest information
Movies Carry ads unnoticed Have to be seen Provide hidden information
Step V Homework
Learn by heart the key words and phrases learnt in this part.
补充：Slogans
Some famous slogans used by companies in their advertisements.
1. Good to the last drop.滴滴香浓，意犹未尽。——麦斯威尔咖啡
1. Obey your thirst.服从你的渴望。——雪碧
1. The new digital era.数码新时代。——索尼影碟机
1. We lead. Others copy我们领先，他人仿效。——理光复印机
1. Impossible made possible.使不能变为可能。——佳能打印机
1. Take time to indulge.尽情享受吧！——雀巢咖啡
1. The relentless pursuit of perfection.不懈追求完美。——凌志轿车
1. Poetry in motion, dancing close to me.动态的诗，向我舞近。——丰田汽车
1. Let’s make things better.让我们做得更好。——飞利浦电子
1. Take TOSHIBA, take the world.拥有东芝，拥有世界。——东芝电子
1. Just do it.只管去做。——耐克运动鞋
1. Ask for more.渴望无限。——百事流行鞋
1. The taste is great. 味道好极了！——雀巢咖啡
1. Feel the new space.感受新境界。——三星电子
1. Intelligence everywhere.智慧演绎，无处不在。——摩托罗拉手机
1. The choice of a new generation.新一代的选择。——百事可乐
1. We integrate, you communicate.我们集大成，您超越自我。
1. No business too small, no problem too big.没有不做的小生意，没有解决不了的大问题——IBM公司Unit 12 Education
Part 1 Sample Teaching Plans第一部分 教案范例
Goals
Learn about education in China and other countries
Talk about study methods and learning styles
Practise making comparisons
Integrative language practice
Write report
Period 1 Let’s listen and speak!
Goals
Talk about education in China and other countries.
Talk about some great educators in China and other countries.
Compare education in China and other countries.
Learn to read the graphs.
Talk about the achievements, progress and problems in education in China.
Listen for gist.
Procedures
Step 1 Leading in(1) by discussion.( pair work, approx. 5 mins.)
T: Hi, everyone. Today we’re going to talk about education and some great educators in China and in other countries. Do you know any great educators
(Give Ss 3 mins to discuss it in pairs, then present their results to the whole class. )
Leading in(2) by warming up (group work, approx. 10 mins.)
Hello, boys and girls. Look at the pictures in the warming up part on page 100, and think about the following questions.
(1) The educators in the pictures are all famous. When did they live and where did they come from
(2) Do you know how they taught their students How was it different from your own education
(3) Write down what you know about the four educators in the chart on the next page and then report to the class.
Educator Time Country Way of teaching
Confucius Spring and Autumn Period ( http: / / www.friesian.com / sangoku.htm" \l "chou ) in Chinese history China with the principles of good conduct, practical wisdom, and proper social relationships
Anton Makarenko 1888–1939 Russia His theories emphasized the importance of physical labor, discipline, and the collective in education.
Anne Sullivan 1866-1936 the USA a special educatorshow love and patience to students
Tao Xingzhi 1891-1946 China the theory of "Life Education"he proposed "unity of teaching, learning, and reflective acting."He believed that one should do first, then one will know.
(For Ss’ limited knowledge, teachers can show the following information.)
Step 2 Listening
Say to Ss: The four educators made great contributions to the young students’ education. And we know that education is of great importance to a country. The education in China has been improved a lot. But there are still a lot for us to do and to be learned from other countries. Next let’s listen to two students comparing education in China and the USA.
1. Before you listen to the tape, think about the following questions.
(1) What do you know about education in the United States
(2) How is it similar to Chinese education How is it different
2. Before you listen to the tape, please go through the chat below.
3.Now let’s listen to the tape and make notes under each heading in pairs.
Comparison of education in China and the USA
Class size
Method of teaching/Teaching style
Homework
Exams
4. After the first listening, encourage the Ss to say what they’ve got from the tape and collect them on the blackboard.
5. Listen to the tape for the second time for details. Help Ss to finish the chart.
6. To make the students understand the passage better, let them listen to the tape for the last time.
Step 3 Speaking
T: We should say that education is very important to a country. To our great joy, education in China has made great improvement. Now please look at the graphs on pages 101 to 102 and discuss the following questions. Before you discuss them, let’s go through some words and phrases.
statistics: (used with a pl. verb)Numerical data.
（与复数动词连用）统计数据
graph: A diagram that exhibits a relationship, often functional, between two sets of numbers as a set of points having coordinates determined by the relationship.
曲线图；座标图；图解
bar graph [统]条线图
line graph [数]线图
Now please look at the two graphs on page 102 and discuss the questions on the right in a group of four.
Good, you’ve got a good idea about education in China. With the results you have got, please talk about the achievements, progress and problems in education in China. The following words and phrases may be useful for your discussion.
a heavy workload to reduce the workload to meet parents’ expectation
to be strict with to raise academic standards under high pressure
Homework
1. Ask the students to collect more information about the four famous educators: Confucius, Anton Makarenco, Anna Sullivan, T ao Xingzhi.
2. Ask the students to collect some information about the education in the city/province.
3. Ask the students to list all the equipment, people and plans that are needed to run a school.
Period 2 Let’s read!
(Education for all)
Goals
◆ Provide students with the goal “EDUCATION FOR ALL” and the present situation of education in China and other countries.
◆ Improve students’ ability of reading comprehension.
Procedures
Step 1 Leading in
1. Talk about the education in the city or province.
2. Talk about the equipment, people and plans that are needed to run a school.
Conclusion: We are lucky enough to have quite good education in our city. But there are many children who don’ t have the chance to go to school because of various reasons. In China we have the “Hope Project” that helps many children who are unable to go to school. And also there is a project named “Education for all”. Today we’ll talk about “Education for all”.
Step 2 Reading for general ideas
Ask students to read the passage “Education for all” and match the best heading for each paragraph in the text.
Suggested answers:
B Education for all children worldwide will be difficult to achieve
D Solving the problem of teaching quality in remote areas
A Compulsory education for all Chinese children
F Problems of number and location
C Encouraging people in rural areas to accept education
E Meeting the cost
G Education for All---an international target
Step 3 Reading and copying
Useful expressions from EDUCATION FOR ALL
compulsory education, the future welfare, the World Education Forum, the member countries, to make a commitment, get…into…, to begin with, a positive attitude, play a/an…role, to attach importance to…, be skeptical of…, drop out, be distributed, the remote central and western provinces, spread out, by two-way radio and mail, rely on, non-governmental organizations, to donate sth., provide…with…, to adopt distance learning method, computerized teaching networks, to overcome…, to accomplish…, a huge task.
Step 4 Further understanding of the passage
Ask students to do the task 2 on page 104.
Well, class, please go through the sentences on task 2 on page 104 and try to find out the mistakes in each sentence.
In order to achieve the goal of “education for all”, different countries use different ways to solve their own problems. Try to find out which countries use the following methods to help them provide education.
Distance learning, mixed-grade classes, money from international organizations, money from local organizations.
Now please discuss in a group of four if there are any ways in which education in your area could be improved and which you think is the most important aspect to change.
Step 5 Homework
1 review the passage: Education for all
2. Finish the exercises in “Language study” part.
Period 3 Let’s read and write!
(How we learn)
Goals
1. Read about the study tips.
2. Write about a report analyzing the way you learn.
Procedures
Step 1: Listening and reading aloud.
Ⅰ.Hello, boys and girls, you have been a student for some years. Have you found a good way to carry out your study. Today we’ll read a passage named “How we learn”. First read aloud to the recording of the text HOW WE LEARN on page107. Pay attention to the pauses, the pronunciation and the intonation while listening and reading aloud.
Post-reading questions:
1. Why do students learn in different ways
2. What are the three basic learning styles
3. What is the limitation of teachers’ teaching in classrooms
Suggested answers:
1. Because different people have different ways of obtaining information and use various methods to demonstrate their intelligence and ability.
2. They are: learning through seeing; learning through listening and learning through doing.
3. Restrictions of time, space and resources often make it impossible for teachers to provide the best exercises for all learners.
Ⅱ. Ok, class, just now we talked about the three learning styles. Now let’s try to use them in our real study. Decide which of the study tips below are best suited for the three different types of learners described in the passage.
suggested answers:
Organise a study schedule to include frequent breaks. (learning through seeing)
Study in a quite place where you cannot hear other people talking. (learning through seeing)
Remembering things will be easier if you put the words to music and make a little “memory song”. (learning through doing)
Take part in class discussions and debates. (learning through listening)
Draw charts, graphs, diagrams, flow charts or pictures to organize information when taking notes. (learning through seeing)
If possible use a computer and DVDS to help you study. (learning through seeing)
Make presentations to classmates or discuss ideas with your classmates.
（learning through listening）
Concentrate on similarities and differences you can observe. (learning through doing)
Move around while studying. For example, read while doing exercises.
(learning through doing)
Put posters and photos around your desk and have a stress toy to play with as you work.
(learning through doing)
Listen to and remember funny stories and background information.
（learning through listening）
Create maps, build models or draw and design things. (learning through doing)
Take part in art projects. (learning through doing)
Write about the things you have to learn. (learning through doing)
Ⅲ Now let’s talk about our learning styles in a group of four. Evaluate and compare your learning styles and discuss how to improve the way you study.
Step 2: Copying down expressions.
As is known, language is made up of words and expressions. So, why not read the article and write down all those expressions which are useful to you!
Step 3 Writing an article
Write an article analyzing the way you learn, using the outline below to help you to organise your ideas.
Part 2 Discourse Studies 第二部分 篇章学习
1. Type of writing and summary of the idea 课文体裁、中心思想和段落大意
Reading the text EDUCATION FOR ALL, and then complete the following chart.
Type of writing This is a piece of descriptive writing
Main idea of the passage It tells about the world-wide efforts to achieve the goal of “Education for all”
Main idea of Para.1 Compulsory education for all Chinese children
Main idea of Para 2 Education for all children worldwide will be difficult to achieve
Main idea of Para 3 Encouraging people in rural areas to accept education
Main idea of Para 4 Solving the problem of teaching quality in remote areas
Main idea of Para 5 Meeting the cost
Main idea of Para 6 Problems of number and location
Main idea of Para 7 Education for All---an international target
2. Graphic representation of the text 课文图解
3. A retold passage of the text 课文复述
Retell the text using about 100 words.
Notes:
1. Try to use your own words.
2. Make use of the chart above while retelling.
3. The possible version below can be used as material for both retelling and dictation.
A possible version of the retold text:
In 1986, the Chinese government introduced the law of “nine years of compulsory education” for every Chinese child by the year 2000, which turns out highly successful.
All the governments in the world realize that the future welfare of the citizens is closely linked to education. For the calculated 113 million children not being in school from the World Education Forum, the UNESCO made a commitment to provide “education for all” by 2015, which has similar difficulties in different countries.
To create a positive attitude is important in carrying out the goal, especially in areas where agriculture plays an important role and children have a tendency to be absent and often drop out to help work in the fields.
China’s large population and big land meant the possibility of the large class sizes and mixed-grade classes. In Australia the so-spread-out population use “distance learning” methods with the help of two-way radio and mail.
The success in bringing education to all depends on economy. So some governments rely on aid from other countries, international organizations.
Every country faces problems in education, which makes the governments look for ways to solve them.
The Chinese government has overcome problems to accomplish the goal, which is not so in the least developed nations in Africa and Asia. So the goal will be a huge task for the world.
Part 3 Key Words and Expressions 第三部分 词汇与短语
load [ ]
n. 1.（车、船、人、畜等的）负荷；负担；载重
The truck was carrying a load of bananas. 这辆卡车装着一车香蕉。
We have to make three loads of the cargo. 我们得把货物分装三车。
2. （车辆等的）载重量
I’ve ordered two lorry-loads of sand. 我已定购了两卡车沙子。
3.（一个成员、一台机器等的）工作量，负荷
I have a fairly light teaching load this term. 这个学期我的教学负担相当轻。
4. （常与of连用）大量，许多 (a load of/loads of )
To the reader's disappointment, the leading article in this issue of the magazine is a load of rubbish. 这期杂志上的主要文章废话连篇,使读者大失所望。
v. 1. （常与up, with连用）装，装满，载满
We loaded the truck with bananas. 我们把香蕉装上卡车。
2. 装上（弹匣、胶卷）
Don’t move! The gun is loaded. 别动！这支枪是上了膛的。
workload [ ]
n. 1. 工作量, 工作负担
She has a very heavy workload. 她的工作负担很重。
strict [strikt]
adj. 1. 严格的，严厉的 （规则或行为）(+with)
Our teacher is strict; we have to do what she says.
我们的老师很严格，我们不得不按她说的去做。
2. 精确的；完整的
He made a strict analysis of the experiment.
他对这个实验做了个精确的分析。
compulsory [ ]
adj. 1. 义务的；强制的；强迫的
Education is compulsory for all children in Britain between the age of 5 and 16.
在英国5岁到16岁的儿童都要接受义务教育。
commitment [ ]
n. 1. 承诺；
The general has repeated his commitment to holding elections as soon as possible.
将军重申了尽快进行选举的承诺。
2．责任；承担义务
I've taken on too many commitments.
我承担的义务太多了。
3．忠诚，信奉，支持
The company’s success this year would not have been possible without the commitment and dedication of the staff. 如果没有员工的奉献精神，公司今年的成功是不可能的。
sceptical [ ]
adj. 怀疑的
Everyone says our team will win, but I’m skeptical of/about it.
人人都说我们队会赢，但我对此表示怀疑。
tendency [ ]
n. 1. 倾向；趋势 ① (+to, towards) There is an increasing tendency towards the use of firearms by criminals. 罪犯使用枪械的趋势在上升。
② （＋to v. ） There is a growing tendency for people to work at home instead of in offices.
人们在家里而不是在办公室工作的趋势日益增长。
2． 癖好，秉性 ①（+to, towards） He’s always had a tendency to /towards frivolity.
他向来表现出轻浮的倾向。
② （＋to v. ）The teacher criticized his tendency to view world affairs purely in terms of the East-West conflicts. 老师批评了他那种单纯从东西方冲突的角度去观察国际事务的倾向。
expand [ ]
vi.&vt. 1. 扩大，膨胀 The business has expanded from having one office to having twelve.
这个公司已从一个分公司发展到拥有12个分公司了。
2. 详述（故事，论证等）,引申 I don’t quite follow your reasoning. Can you expand (on it)
我不大理解你的论断，你能详细地加以说明吗？
You’ll have to expand your argument if you want to convince me. 你如果想使我信服， 就必须详述你的论点。
3． Vi. （人）变得更友善更健谈 He expanded a little when he had had a drink, and started to talk more freely. 他喝了一杯酒，变得更友善，并开始畅谈起来。
distribute [ ]
vt. 1. 分发，分配某事物 (+sth. to/among sb./sth.)
The demonstrators distributed leaflets to passers-by. 示威向行人分发传单。
2． 使（某事物）散开，散布
Baggage loaded onto an aircraft must be evenly distributed.
飞机载运的行李应均匀放置在各个部位。
拓展：distribution n. 1. 分发，分配（多作不可数名词）
The boys complained that the distribution of prizes was unfair.
男孩们抱怨奖品分配不均。
2． 分布，散布（多作不可数名词）
The pine-tree has a very wide distribution.
松树的分布很广。
corporation [ ]
n. 1. 公司；企业 John works for a large American chemical corporation.
约翰为一家美国大化学公司工作。
2. 市政府
The corporation has decided that no heavy-duty trucks are permitted to pass through the centre of the city during rush hours.
市政当局决定高峰期间不允许载重卡车通过市中心。
拓展：corporate [ ]
adj.1. 社团的；团体的
corporate responsibility, action, etc 共同的责任，行动等
2． 市政府的；公司的
Corporate executives usually have high salaries. 公司里的管理人员一般享有高薪。
donate [ ]
vt. 捐赠；赠送
The businessman donated a lot of money to the hospital. 这个商人捐给医院很多钱。
拓展：donation [ ]
n.1．捐赠；捐赠品；捐款
She made a donation of $ 1,000 to the Children’s Hospital. 她捐了1,000 美元给儿童医院。
curriculum [ ]
n. 课程 Is German on your school’s curriculum 你们学校有德语课吗？
ministry [ ]
n [C] 1. （政府的）部 My brother works in the Ministry of National Defense.
我弟弟在国防部工作。
2. the ministry [GP] 神职界；（全体）牧师
His parents intended him for the ministry. 他的父母有意让他当牧师。
aspect [ ]
n. 1. 方面 He mentioned only one aspect of the problem.
他只提到问题的一个方面。
2. 容貌，表情
He was serious of aspect but wholly undistinguished. 他面色严峻，却不过一庸人而已.
3. （房屋、门窗等的）朝向
She prefers a house with a southern aspect.
她喜欢朝南的房子。
profession [ ]
cn. 1. 专业，职业（尤指受过专门训练的，如法律、教学等）
He is a lawyer by profession.
他是职业律师。
2. 信仰或信念的表白 His profession of concern did not seem sincere.
他所表示的关心看来并非出自内心。
拓展：professional adj. [ ]
adj.1.从事专门职业的 A lawyer is a professional man.
律师是从事专门职业的人。
2. 职业的，专业的
For professional footballers, injuries are an occupational hazard.对于职业足球运动员来说,受伤是职业本身带来的危险。
alongside [ ]
1. prep 在…旁边；与…并排
The car drew up alongside the kerb. 小汽车在路边停下来。
2. adv. 横靠着；沿着；傍着
We brought our boat alongside.
我们把船靠边。
advocate [ ]
1.vt. 拥护；提倡； 主张
He advocates building more schools. 他主张多建几所学校。
2. n.（常与of连用）拥护者；提倡者
I am not a strong advocate of “English only” in the reading class.
对于阅读课上只用英语，我不是个强烈的拥护者。
obtain [ ]
vt., vi. 得到，获得
I haven't been able to obtain that book.
我还没能得到那本书。
辨析：get, obtain, acquire, gain, win, earn这组动词的一般含义是“得到”。
obtain包含着“努力”、“希望”或“决意”去获得某物的意思。
The journalist immediately set out to obtain these important facts.
那位新闻记者立即着手获取这些重要的资料。
Ordinary people would then be able to use them to obtain valuable information.
那时平常的人便能运用它们去获取宝贵的信息。
get是最普遍、使用范围最广的词
I sat in the front of the bus to get a good view of the countryside.
我坐在公共汽车的前部，以得到有利于观赏农村风光的机会。
acquire虽然含有“努力获得”的意思，但更强调在原来的基础上自然增长或新的增添。
After having been instructed to drive out of town, I began to acquire confidence.
接到把车开出城的指令后，我的信心增长了。
gain有obtain的含义，但更强调目的物需要努力奋斗才能得到，而且这种东西具有价值，特别是物质价值。
During that time, she so gained my aunt's confidence that she was put in charge of the domestic staff.
在这期间，她得到了我姑姑如此的信任，结果被委任为家仆的负责人。
A penny saved is a penny gained.
省一文是一文。(谚语)
win虽然常常可以和gain换用，但win具有gain所不能表达的含义。如：获得者具有有利的品质
It seemed certain that this would win the prize.
这一块会得奖，这似乎是肯定的了。
This invariably wins them the love and respect of others.
这种行为常常为他们赢得别人的爱戴和尊敬。
earn包含着获得物与所花的气力是相互成比例的
His achievements earned him respect and admiration.
他的成就为他赢得别人的尊敬和赞美。
Some of them have come home for a few days' hard-earned leave.
他们中的有些人已经回国，度过那得之不易的几天假日。
evident [ ]
1. adj.明显的
It's evident that you are tired.
显然你累了。
辨析：evident, obvious, clear, plain这组形容词都有“清楚的”或“明显的”意思。
evident在善于修辞的作者笔下，总包含一定的迹象。
It's evident that someone has been here.
显然有人来过这里。
obvious所表示的“明显的”强调容易发现，常常用于修饰或说明那些本想掩盖而又没有能掩盖彻底的事情
The rope had been cut, so it was obvious that the lamb had been stolen.
绳子是被割断的，因此这只羊羔显然是被偷去的。
注：此句中的obvious 换用evident则更确切。
He is the stereotyped monster of the horror films and the adventure books, and an obvious (though not perhaps strictly scientific) link with our ancestral past.
它们是恐怖电影和惊险小说中的老一套的怪物，并且与我们的祖先有着明显的(虽然可能没有科学的) 联系。
clear(以及常见的plain)是口语中常用词，其含义为“清楚易懂”。clear 除了“清楚的”，“清晰的”之外，还有许多其他含义。如“流畅的”，“无障碍的”等。
The water of the lake is as clear as glass.
湖水清彻如同明镜。
He gave a clear answer to the direct question.
他对那个直截了当的问题作了清晰的答复。
plain除了“清楚的”、“浅显的”之外，也有些别的含义。如：a plain face(一个普通的或不漂亮的面孔)
The letter was written in plain English.
那封信是用浅显的英语写的。
select [ ]
1. vt. 挑选，选择；择优 (select sb./sth. as sth. )
I was selected for the team.
我被选入这个队。
2. adj.挑选的，精选的, 择优的
a select group of top scientists 最优秀科学家小组
a film shown to a select audience 给内部观众反映的影片
辨析：choose， select， elect， pick
这些动词都指从一些可能性中做出选择。
Choose含有运用判断力在一些人、物或行为方式中选出一个的意思。
We do not choose survival as a value; it chooses us。
并不是我们把生存作为一种价值而选择了它；而是它选择了我们。
Select侧重于从许多不同种类中进行选择时的挑剔态度。
Four skiers will be selected to represent each country.
每个国家将选出四名滑雪者作为代表。
Elect强烈地暗示着通常在两者之间作出挑选时的深思细想。
I elected not to go.
我决定不去。
Pick和select 一样，表示选择时的小心谨慎。
I picked a book to read.
我选了一本书读。
suit [su:t, sju:t]
vt.1. 满足；取悦；适意；对…方便
It suits me if you come to work at eight o'clock. 如果你八点来上班我就满意了。
2. 适合，适当 That dress suits you. 那套衣服你穿起来挺合适。
n. 1. n. 一套衣服， 套装
a business suit 一套西装
2. 诉讼
He is suing for divorce.
他向法院提出要求离婚。
restriction [ ]
n. 限制；约束
There is a restriction against smoking in schools.
禁止在学校吸烟。
拓展：restrict [ ]
vt. 限制；限定
He restricts himself to two cigarettes a day.
他限制自己每天吸两支香烟。
schedule [ ]
n. 时间表；进度表；程序表
The next thing on our schedule is to telephone our friends.
我们的日程安排中要做的下一件事是给我们的朋友打电话。
presentation [ ]
n. 1. [U] 赠送，引见，提出，出席，演出
They are preparing for the presentation of a new musical. 他们正准备上演新的歌舞喜剧。
2. [U] 赠送，引见，提出，出席，演出等的方式
She needs to improve her presentation of the arguments. 她需要改进阐述其论点的方式。
3. [C] 所赠送，引见，提出，出席，演出的事物，赠品，礼物,（尤指经仪式）授予之物
We went to the premiere of their new presentation. 我们去观看了他们的新剧目的首场演出。
The queen will make the presentation herself. 女王将亲自授予礼品。
拓展：present
adj. [ ]
1. 出席的；到场的
How many people were present at the meeting 会议有多少人出席？
2. 现在的；现存的
What is your present job 你现在的工作是什么？
vt. [ ]
1. 赠予；颁予
They presented flowers to their teacher. 他们献花给老师。
The mayor presented a silver cup to the winner. 市长把银杯授予了获胜者。
2.提出；呈递
The committee is presenting its investigation report next week.
委员会将于下星期提出调查报告。
The baker presented his bill. 面包师呈上帐单。
3. 表示；呈现
He presented his apologies. 他表示道歉。
4. 演出；公演
The theatre company is presenting 'Romeo and Julia' by Shakespeare next week.
剧团下星期将演出莎剧'罗密欧和朱丽叶'。
5. 介绍；引见；举荐
May I present Mr Robinson to you 可否让我向你介绍罗宾逊先生
The new ambassador was presented to the president. 新大使被引见给总统。
6. 展现
He always presents a calm smiling face. 他总是展现出平和的微笑。
7. 表现；造成
Money presents no difficulty to them. 资金对他们来说不成问题。
Expressions from Unit 12
to make comparisons 做比较
comparison
1. [U] 比较
He showed us a good tyre for comparison. 他给我们一个好轮胎作比较。
2. comparison of A to/and/with B, comparison between A and B A和B的比较
It is often useful to make a comparison between two things.
将两件事物相比较往往是有益的。
3. bear/stand comparison with sb./sth. 比得上某人/某物
That’s a good dictionary, but it doesn’t bear comparison with this one.
那是本好字典，但比不上这本。
4. by/in comparison with sb./sth. 相比之下，比较起来
The tallest buildings in London are small in comparison with those in New York.
to begin with
1.首先，第一
I’m not going. To begin with I haven’t a ticket, and secondly I don’t like the play.
我不去。一来我没票，二来我不喜欢这出戏。
2. 起初
To begin with he had no money, but later he became quite rich.
他起初没钱，可是后来相当富有了。
to attach
1. to attach sth. to sth. 将某物系在、缚在或附在另一物上
to attach a label to each piece of luggage 每件行李上都加上标签
2. to attach sb. to sb. /sth. 将某人派给（一人或一组织）去执行某任务，使隶属于（尤用于被动语态）
You’ll be attached to this department until the end of this year. 你在年底前将暂属于这一部门。
3. to attach oneself to sb./sth. （有时指不受欢迎或未受邀请而）依附某人、参加某事
A young man attached himself to me at the party and I couldn’t get rid of him.
聚会中有个小年青总缠着我，我也甩不开他。
4. to attach sth. to sth. 将某一事物和另一事物相联系
Do you attach any importance to what he said 你认为他说的话重要吗？
5. to attach to sb. 与某人相关联，归于某人
No blame attaches to you in this blame. 这件事不怪你。
drop out
1. （从活动、竞赛中）退出
Since his defeat he’s dropped out of politics. 他失败后就不再从事政治活动了。
2. 中途退学，辍学
She got a scholarship to Cambridge but dropped out a year later.
她得到了剑桥大学的奖学金，但一年后就退学了。
其它词组：drop behind 落后
drop by 顺便访问：停下做短暂访问
drop off 睡着；减少
drop in 顺便走访, 不预先通知的拜访
rely on/upon sb. /sth. to do sth.
1. 依赖,指望某人、某事物
I relied on your coming early. 我指望你早点来。
2. 信任、依赖某人/某事物
You can rely on me to keep your secret. 你尽管相信我一定为你保密。
tend to 有某种倾向；有…的趋势
People under stress tend to express their full range of potential.
处于压力下的人容易发挥自己全部的潜力。
Education For All (EFA)
What is the Education For All (EFA)
Education for All (EFA) is an international commitment first launched in Jomtien, Thailand in 1990 to bring the benefits of education to 揺very citizen in every society Partners comprised a broad coalition of national governments, civil society groups, and development agencies such as UNESCO ( http: / / portal.unesco.org / en / ev.php-URL_ID=15006&URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&URL_SECTION=201.html ) and the World Bank ( http: / / www.worldbank.org / ). In the face of slow progress over the decade, the commitment was reaffirmed in Dakar, Senegal in April 2000 and then again in September 2000, when 189 countries and their partners adopted two of the EFA goals among the eight Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) ( http: / / www.developmentgoals.org / ) to be achieved by 2015.
The EFA commitment is specifically to:
Ensure universal primary education for all children by 2015 (also an MDGs)
Eliminate gender disparities in primary and secondary education (also an MDGs)
Improve early childhood care and education
Ensure equitable access to 搇ife skills programs
Achieve a 50 percent increase in adult literacy by 2015
Improve all aspects of the quality of education
Progress on MDGs
Despite considerable EFA progress in recent years, at least 52 of the 154 developing countries will face difficulty in achieving universal completion of primary education by 2015 unless efforts are accelerated substantially. And though gender gaps in primary and secondary enrollment are narrowing, 43 developing countries will not meet the 2005 gender parity goal, of which 30 are unlikely to meet it by 2015 without intensified actions. Low-income countries face the greatest challenges to reaching the MDGs. Notably, at least 44 of the 81 low-income countries will face difficulty in achieving universal completion of primary education by 2015 without accelerated efforts. And though their gender gaps in primary and secondary enrollment are narrowing, 32 low-income countries will not meet the 2005 gender parity goal, of which 22 are unlikely to meet it by 2015 without intensified actions.
What does it take
Sustained effort is at the heart of achieving EFA. Countries need to put appropriate policies in place, implement reforms and programs within strategic education sector and national development plans, and adequately fund primary education. Key principles include inclusiveness and equity - and thus the need for scaling up and targeting of hard-to-reach, disadvantaged groups; and a focus on results and outcomes - calling for steady attention to education quality and support to service-delivery levels (school and classroom) as much as possible. Important World Bank analytical work has helped (i) redefine the universal primary education goal as Universal Primary Completion, recognizing that learning takes place not when children enroll but only when they complete a quality primary education; and (ii) establish a "indicative framework of benchmarks comprising measures of quality, efficiency, and domestic resource mobilization found key to success in countries that have realized gains on EFA. Achieving EFA will take multi-dimensional efforts:
◆ improving access and equity
◆ focusing on girls education and in particular improving their dropout and retention rates
◆ helping education systems cope with HIV/AIDS, which puts education systems at grave risk
◆ promoting early childhood development, proven to improve learning outcomes
◆ protecting EFA prospects in post-conflict countries
◆ and advancing adult literacy and non-formal education for children and youth, including orphans who have no access to more traditional and formal schooling.
Examples of countries efforts to achieve EFA may be found at these sites:
Yemen: World Bank Approves US$ 65 Million to Boost Basic Education in Yemen
India: World Bank To Support India's Goal Of Achieving Elementary Education
Ghana: World Bank Contributes US$78 Million to Boost Quality of Education
Bangladesh: World Bank Joins Donors To Support Primary Education
Related Resources
UNESCO's Education For All site
Achieving Universal Primary Education by 2015 - A Chance for Every Child
IDA and Education
In 1986, the Chinese government introduced the law of “compulsory education” by the year of 2000.
Para. 1
the UNSCO raised the goal of “Education for all” in 2000
Para. 2
It is important to encourage the students in rural areas to accept education.
The governments try to solve the problem of teaching quality in remote areas.
The countries try different ways to meet the cost.
Many countries face the problems of number and location.
“ Education for all” is an international target demanding great efforts.
Confucius (551-479 BC -- Wade-Giles K'ung-fu-tzu or Pinyin Kongfuzi), or Master K'ung, whose life defines the end of the Spring and Autumn Period in Chinese history, becomes long after his death the dominant Chinese philosopher both morally and politically. In the Warring States Period Mencius (Meng Tzu) (c.390-305 BC) extended and systematized Confucius's ideas; but with Confucius's adoption in the Hàn Dynasty as the official moral and political doctrine of the State, the Confucian tradition became so broad that "Scholar" or "Literatus" became all but synonymous with "Confucian," and so Confucianism could simply be called the Ju Chia [Pinyin Ru Jia], or School of the Literati. As one of the "Three Ways," together with Taoism and Buddhism, Confucianism also grew into one of the traditional religions of the Hàn Chinese.
Confucianism, major system of thought in China, developed from the teachings of Confucius and his disciples, and concerned with the principles of good conduct, practical wisdom, and proper social relationships. Confucianism has influenced the Chinese attitude toward life, set the patterns of living and standards of social value, and provided the background for Chinese political theories and institutions. It has spread from China to Korea, Japan, and Vietnam and has aroused interest among Western scholars.
Useful expressions from HOW WE LEARN
in many ways, physical appearance, have…in common, learning style theory, facial expression, body language, tend to, take detailed notes, think in pictures, absorb information, talk things through, give close attention to, be active in, take a hands-on approach, enjoy doing experiments and surveys, a variety of, provide…for…, be aware of, the most appropriate ways.
Makarenko, Anton Semyonovich, 1888–1939, Russian educator. In the 1920s, Makarenko organized the Gorky Colony, a home for children left homeless by the Russian Revolution of Oct., 1917. In 1931 became head of Dzerzhinsky Commune, an institution for juvenile offenders. A supporter of Stalin, his theories emphasized the importance of physical labor, discipline, and the collective in education.
Annie Sullivan was born April fourteenth, 1866, to Irish parents. When she was nine years old, Annie went to a town called Tewksbury because her mother had died and the rest of her family did not want to care for her. Annie sometimes threw temper tantrums. She had to live in the poorhouse. While she was there, the illness that had been in her eyes since she was three caused her to become blind. On March third, 1887, Annie Sullivan met Helen Keller for the first time, she was to be her governess. Helen Keller had also become blind, but she was also
deaf and mute. Annie helped Helen talk, read, write and feel things. Annie made Helen happy and helped her to have a good life. In 1900, Annie helped Helen get into college and Helen graduated in 1904. On October nineteenth, 1936, Annie Sullivan passed away, leaving Helen Keller by herself. Annie Sullivan is remembered for the good things she did for Helen Keller and her family.
Mr. Tao Xingzhi is a great Chinese educationalist for the people. Born on October 18 in 1891 in She County of Anhui Province, he went to study in the US after graduating from Jinling University in 1914. Back to China in 1917.
Mr. Tao Xingzhi lived during the critical period of Chinese people and nation suffered by calamity and grief. He was "giving whole-heartedly to the people and taking nothing back", sharing both happiness and sadness with the general public and working closely with Chinese Communist Party. Mr. Tao spared no effort for his whole life and had made indelible contribution for the cause of people's education, liberation and democracy. Mr. Tao Xingzhi left behind works of 6 million words, which is a treasure for the mankind. Pooling the souls of thinkings of different educationists, he founded the theory of "Life Education", laying the spiritual foundation for the reform and development of Chinese people's education. Abundantly connotated and precisely dissertated, this theory is closely bound up with the current educationalism with Chinese characteristics. When he passed away, Mrs. Song Qingling eulogized him as "model of teachers for ever", and Mr. Guo Moruo praised him "Two thousand years ago, we had Confucius, and now two thousand years later, we have Mr. Tao Xingzhi". A learned and respectable paragon for teachers, Mr. Tao is deserved to be a "Giant" in China's modern history of education.
Tao believed that school must be closely connected to society to play a vital role in social reform and that education is an active, constructive process in real-life experiences rather than one of telling and being told.
Tao looked at "society as school"; instead of "education as life," he saw "life as education"; and, instead of "learning by doing," he proposed "unity of teaching, learning, and reflective acting."As part of his dedication to his ideas, Tao changed his name twice to reflect his beliefs. From Tao Wen Tsing, the name his parents gave to reflect their hopes for him, he became Tao Zhixing, which means, "knowing then doing." Finally, he became Tao Xingzhi, which means, "doing then knowing," because he believed that one should do first, then one will know. Mr. Tao Xingzhi belongs to not only China, but also the whole world.Unit 8 Learning a foreign language
(Teachers’ paper)
Word study:
1.motivation n.动机，积极性
eg The stronger the motivation, the more quickly a person will learn a foreign language.
一个人学外语的内在要求越高, 那么他就学得越快。
motive n. 动机；目的 adj.起动的；发动的
eg His motive for working so hard is that he needs money.
他这么卖命干的目的在于他需要钱。
I have to warn you that his motives have lain hidden.
我不得不提醒你他的动机还不明。
The motive power of trains is usually steam or electricity.
火车的动力通常是蒸汽或电。
motivate vt. -vated, -vating 引起动机；促起；激发
eg to motivate the child to learn new words激励小孩子学习新词
Examinations can motivate a student to seek more knowledge.
考试能够促进学生寻求更多知识。
2.memorise 记住 （亦作： memorize）
eg He memorized the list of dates, but neglected the main facts.
他记住了日期，却忽略了主要事实。
memory n.-ries 记忆力,回忆
eg Grandmother has a good memory；she can remember things which happened many years ago.
I had happy memories of my school.
speak from memory ...根据记忆而讲述
eg This has been the hottest summer within my memory.
就我所记得的, 这是最热的一个夏天。
He has a bad memory for dates.他对日期的记忆很差。
It brought back to me memories of my schooldays（=It reminded me of my schooldays）.它使我回想起我的学生时代。
bear [have, keep] in memory 记着, 没有忘记
beyond [within] the memory of man [men] 在有史以前[来]
bring back [call] to memory 使想起
come to one's memory 想起, 清醒过来
in memory of 纪念...
memorial n.(=monument)纪念物； 纪念碑；纪念仪式;历史记载
adj.记忆的; 纪念的; 追悼的
memorials of a past age一个昔日的历史记录
The Monument(Memorial) to the People’s Heroes人民英雄纪念碑
3．stick n. 枯枝，棍，手杖 a walking stick 一根拐杖
条状物 a stick of chalk 一支粉笔
v. (stuck, stuck, sticking)
①（常与in, into, through连用）（把尖 物）插入，刺入，戳入
to stick a fork into a potato
用叉子叉上马铃薯
I stuck a needle into the cloth.
我把一根针扎进布里。
②（与in, into, on连用）粘住；贴住
I stuck a stamp on the letter.
我把一张邮票贴在信上。
③附着；固着
The wheels of the car stuck in the mud and we could not go on.
车轮陷入泥里，我们不能前进了。
④放，置
Stick the chair in the corner.
将椅子置于墙角。
⑤（与at连用）继续努力做
If you want to play an instrument well, you’ve got to stick at it.
如果你想练好一种乐器，你必须持之以恒。
此外还有：
伸出，突出 stick out one’s arm伸出手臂
stick out above the water突出水面
使停止，阻塞 be stuck in/by…被困…
容忍，忍受 I can’t stick it any more.我再也忍受不了了。
坚持，坚守 stick to stick to a post 坚守岗位
stick to one’s word 遵守诺言
4. acquire v. =to get as one’s own; to gain (usu., by one’s own efforts) 常指经过自己的努力而获得,得到
=form, learn 养成，学到
eg. After years of hard work, he acquired a lot of money.
经过几年的艰苦劳动，他赚了不少钱。
She has acquired a habit of using colorful words.
使用华丽辞藻已成了她的习惯。
an acquired taste养成的爱好
acquisition n. (知识、技能等的)获得，得到；购得物
acquisitive adj. 贪婪的，渴求获取财物的
5．instruct vt. =teach, give orders，inform 指示，命令,告知，通知
instruct sb in sth.
instruct sb.(wh-…) to do sth
instruct sb. that…/ sb. be instructed that…
eg. He instructs his pupils in mathematics.
他教学生数学。
You will be instructed where to go as soon as the plane is ready.
飞机一准备好就会通知你去何处。
instruction n.用法说明，指示， 命令，（计算机）指令
adj. an instruction book说明书
instructional adj. 教学的，教育的 ～ materials教材
instructive adj. 富有教益的，增长知识的
instructor n. 教练，导师
6. academic adj. 学院的, 理论的；学术的
eg academic year学年 academic rank学衔 academic degree 学位
academic research 学术研究
n.(C) 大学教师, 大学生; 学会会员; 学究式人物
academy n.(C) -mies学会
the Royal Academy皇家学会;学院；高等专科学校
an academy of music音乐学院
university n(C) （综合）大学 Oxford University牛津大学
college n(C) （综合大学中的）学院,独立的）学院,高等专科学校
a college of agriculture农学院
evening college夜大学
institute n(C)学院; (大专)学校;
7. adopt vt. =to accept and use a suggestion, habit, etc. of
sb. else 采纳，接受
=to take sb else’s child into your family and become its legal parent(s)收养，领养
eg. We are willing to adopt your plan.
我们愿意采纳你的计划。
Some people adopted a wait-and-see policy in this matter.
在这件事上有些人采取了观望(wait-and-see)的态度。
She was forced to have her baby adopted.
她被迫把婴儿给人领养。
The child was adopted into a wealthy family and received a good education.
这孩子被一个有钱人家收养，并受到了良好的教育。
adopted adj. 收养的, 移居的 their adopted son他们的养子
adoption n. 收养，领养； 采用；推选
put sb. up for adoption 提出让人收养某人
the adoption of new technology新技术的采用
adoptive adj. 收养的，有收养关系的
8. operation n 操作;【医】手术;运转
be in operation在运转中; 在行动中; 在实施中; 在生效中
come into operation开始工作[运转];生效
go into operation开始工作[运转];生效
perform an operation on sb. for a disease因某种病给某人动手术
9. broaden: vi. / vt. =(to cause to) become broad or broader 使扩大, 使宽阔
=to increase your knowledge, experience, etc 增长（知识、经验等）
eg. broaden one’s horizons 打开眼界，拓宽视野
Travel broadens the mind. 旅行使人开阔心胸(眼界)。
The river broadens (out) at this point. 这条河到这里开始变宽。
Her smile broadened. 她笑得更加灿烂了。
“adj./n. +en→v.”使变得…
类似词语： deepen, thicken, sweeten, straighten, quicken, brighten， darken, soften, harden, widen, shorten, sharpen, lengthen, strengthen
10．appropriate adj. =correct or suitable适当的， 合适的
常和for, to 连用。
Vt. =to set aside for some purpose拨出（款项）,盗用，挪用
eg. He made a speech appropriate to the occasion. 她作了个适宜该场合的演讲。
Jeans are not appropriate for a formal party. 正式聚会上穿牛仔裤是不合适的。
Now that the problem has been identified, appropriate action can be taken.
现在既已找出问题的症结，即可采取适当的行动。
inappropriate opp.不适合的
appropriateness n.
appropriately adv.
eg. Five million dollars has been appropriated for research into the disease.
已拨款五百万元用于这种疾病的研究。
He was accused of appropriating club funds.他被指控盗用俱乐部资金。
Reading: Learning a foreign language: twice as hard
Lead in: ① How are they learning English
② Tick out the ways you learn English & tell reasons
1 ( )memorize the words.
2 ( )learn grammar rules
3 ( )talk with your classmate
4 ( )have a dictation
5 ( )listen to the tape
6 ( )learn English songs
7 ( )watch English films
8 ( )talk to foreigner
9 ( )reading stories
10( )practise writing English
③ What difficulties in learning English you face
Fast reading: 1 How do we learn our native language
2 How can we make sense of what we learn and distinguish the mistakes
3 What are the difference between mother tongue and foreign language
4 What are the characteristics of a successful learner How does he learn
foreign language
5 What is important Why
Careful reading:
I. Say F or M on p68.
II. Tell the sentences true or false
1. Everyday activities and interactions with other people are important when children are learning their mother tongue.
2. If we want to become successful language learner, we should try to learn all by ourselves.
3. If we could spend all our waking hours communicating with native speakers we would make greater progress in English.
4. We learn our mother tongue much faster than we do a foreign language.
5. If we want to become successful language learners, we must first build our confidence and develop our study skills.
6. Although experts don’t agree each other, they all share a common opinion : Life is a very successful language school.
7. We study our mother tongue all day long for about 5 years before we master it. But we only spend a few hours a week and in a few years’ time we can speak a foreign language.
8. Successful language learners usually step away from the academic challenges.
9. The less anxious and more relaxed the learner, the worse their language acquisition.
II. Reading comprehension ：
1. Most children have mastered their mother tongue.
A. at the age of five
B. by the age of eight
C. before they are five
D. since they were five
2. The sentence “Life is a very successful language school” means .
A. we are equipped with a special ability to learn language
B. the key to learn the language well is to communicate with the people around us
C. parents can give children language lessons
D. people can learn the language by themselves
3. In fact, we learn English much faster than we may have thought because ________.
A. A lot of people are born with a special ability to learn a foreign language.
B. English learning always takes place in class.
C. Communicating with people often takes too much time.
D. We can get a lot of help and the learning is more efficient.
4. The text tells us that successful language learners______.
A. spend as many hours studying English as they do their mother tongue.
B. always have different plans for their learning
C. want very much to become translators and interpreters.
D. are usually very impatient in learning a language.
5. From the text we can see _______.
A. The stronger the motivation is, the more quickly a person will learn a foreign language.
B. Interest, curiosity, willingness and confidence are more important than anything else.
C. We’ll find it easier to learn English if we can learn something from successful language learners.
D. Both B and C.
6. Successful language learners do share the following characteristics except .
A. the ability to memorize the words
B. an interest in understanding their own thinking
C. willingness to take chances
D. confidence in their ability
7. What’s the purpose of writing this article
A. Learning a foreign language is twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.
B. Learning a foreign language is more important than learning our mother tongue.
C. Learning a foreign language is twice as easy if we develop our study skills.
D. In fact, the number of people learning a foreign language has increased with years.
Answers: 1.T F T F T T T F F 2. C B D B D A C
Post-reading:
What are the differences between learning the first and second language
What makes you a successful learner
What’s the main idea of each paragraph
What’s the purpose of writing the passage
Language points
1．I spend hours on English every day, but I don’t feel I’m making any progress. (P66)
progress n.前进, 进行, 进展，进步, 上进; 发展; 改进; 【生】发育, 进化
eg The building of the house is in progress .房子在建造中。
vi.前进, 进行, 进步; 进展; 发达, 发展
eg The work is progressing steadily.工作正在扎实地进行。
相关短语： in progress在进行中, 在举行
make progress in在...方面取得进步[进展]
make progress towards朝着...(目标)前进
make progress with把...向前推进; 在...(方面)取得进展, 进行
2. Some believe that we are equipped with a special ability to learn language and that our brain adjusts itself to the language we hear around us. (P67 Para2)有人认为，我们具有学习语言的特殊能力，而且我们的大脑会自动调节接受我们听到的身边的语言。
1) equip vt. =to provide oneself, or another with what is necessary for doing sth. / to make able /fit/prepared “装备，配备” 常与with 或for 连用。
eg. The reading-room is not equipped with air-conditioning.
阅览室里没有装空调。
The soldiers were equipped with the latest weapons.
这些士兵配备了新式武器。
Your education will equip you for your future life.
你所受到的教育将使你具备未来生活的能力。
The hospital is well equipped. / This is a well-equipped hospital. 这家医院设备齐全。
注：equip 宾语必须是被装备的对象而非装备物。
equipment n. U装备，设备，设备，器材
n. C 可表示各种设备
eg. The equipment of his lab took time and money.
装备他的实验室需要时间和金钱。
The workers carried most of their equipment on their backs. 工人们把大部分设备背在背上。
Military equipments were sent to the front.
军事设备被送往前线。
注：一件设备 a piece of equipment
两件设备 two pieces of equipment
equipment 偶尔有复数形式，但不可说two / several / some equipments。
类似短语： be furnished with be supplied with
be provided with be fitted with
be burdened with be loaded with
be crowded / packed with be covered with
be filled with
2) adjust vt. / vi. = to change sth slightly, esp because it is not in the right position调节，调整
=to get (sb) used to new conditions or a new situation （使）适应
adjust sth
adjust sth to
adjust (oneself / itself) to
be adjusted
eg. My watch needs adjusting. I will adjust it. 我的表需要调节。我要把它调一下。
These desks and seats can be adjusted to the heights of any child. 这些桌椅可以按孩子的身高进行调节。
She found it hard to adjust to working at night. 她发现很难适应夜间工作。
The body will soon adjust itself to the climate. 身体很快会适应新气候的。
同义词： adapt oneself to 使自己适应……
adapt one’s thinking to the new condition 使自己的思想适应新的情况
adapt sth. for a particular use 使某物适合某一特殊用途
3． in other words (P67Para3) in a word in words with the words
have a word with sb. have words with sb = quarrel with sb ,
keep one’s word = keep one’s promise
Word came that…
1) _____________, he walked away with a smile.
2) It’s no use promising _______, but in deeds.
3) ___________, you are a very good boy.
4) She often depends on others. _____________, she doesn’t do things by herself.
5) I hope you will always______________.
6) _______________ Rose and see what she thinks.
7) __________ that our team had come out first.
8) After _______________ the boss, he decided to quit the job.
ANSWERS：
1) With the words 2) in words 3) In a word 4) In other words
5) keep your word 6) Have a word with 7) Word came 8) having words with
4. With greater control and a stronger sense of achievement, active learners are able to acquire new skills faster and put what they know to better use. (P67Para5) 由于具有较好的自控力和较强的成就感，积极主动的学习者能够更快地学到新的技能，并更好地运用他们学到的知识。
1）with =because of, considering the fact of 表原因
eg. With John away, we’ve got more room.由于约翰走开了，我们有了更多的空间。
With our luck, we’ll probably miss the plane.考虑到我们通常的运气，我们有可能会错过班机。
2）a sense of… ……感，……觉
a sense of humo(u)r 幽默感
a sense of duty/responsibility 责任感
a sense of harmony和谐感 a sense of justice正义感
a sense of wellbeing 幸福感 a sense of touch 触觉
a sense of hearing听觉 a sense of sight视觉
a sense of smell 嗅觉 a sense of taste 味觉
a sense of beauty审美感 a sense of hunger饥饿感
a sense of time 时间观 a sense of achievement成就感
3) put …to use =use …使用
put…to good use =make good/full use 充分使用/有效利用
eg. It is a pity to throw anything away when it can be put to use.
任何东西在它能够使用的时候就扔掉是很可惜的。
He has put his training to good use in that job.
他把所受的训练充分发挥在那项工作中了。
USE phrases:
come into use 开始使用 make (good/full) use of好好/充分利用
have no use for不需要，用不着 in use 在使用中
go out of use 停止使用 for the use of为……专用
It’s no use doing…/There’s no use doing…没用处，无益处
be (of) (no) use to…对某人（没）有用 use sth up 用完
use your head/loaf(BrE.) 你动动脑子，你仔细想想
be used to do sth. be / get / become used to n./ doing sth
be used for n./doing sth. be used as…
5. The data suggests that what successful language learners have in common is, among other things, that …(P67 Para4)有数据表明，除了其他特点外，成功的语言学习者都有以下共同点:…
in common = share sth with sb else
have sth in common with sb
eg John and I have nothing in common.约翰和我没有共同之处。
In common with(=like) some other young people here , he hates getting up early I the morning. 象其他许多年轻人一样，他不喜欢早起。
6. confident (P67 Para4) adj. (feel sure about your own ability to do sth and be successful) 自信的, 有自信心的
(feeling sure that sth will happen in the way that you want or expect)肯定的,有把握的
feel confident about sth / doing sth
be / feel confident of sth / doing sth
be confident that-clause
confidently adv.
confidence n. 信心,信任,信赖; 自信心,肯定,把握
有关词组: have confidence in sb / sth 信赖…, 相信…
lose confidence失去信心
gain confidence增强信心
lack confidence缺乏信心 suffer from a lack of confidence深受缺乏自信心之苦
with confidence有把握地
be in one’s confidence受某人信任;是某人心腹
take sb into your confidence 向某人吐露内心秘密或隐私
7. knock into knock… into… knock at / on
knock over knock about/around knock down
1) He _________________in New York for several years.
2) With one blow, he ________ the robber ________.
3) I _________ the nail _______ the wall.
4) He _____________ an old friend of his in the hall.
5) He ______________ a glass of beer.
6) Someone was ______________ the window.
ANSWERS：1) has knocked about 2) knocked….down 3) knocked …into
4) knocked into 5) knocked over 6) knocking at/on
Integrating skills: Studying abroad
I. Reading comprehension：
1. The best option for the exchange students is .
A. living with local people
B. living in the dormitory
C. choosing exchange programmes at various academic levels at a reasonable cost
D. making friends with the other students
2. Visiting students do the following things except .
A. staying in the host family’s house
B. eating in the host family’s house
C. becoming a member of the family
D. keeping in touch with the host family afterwards
3. What makes it easier to study abroad nowadays
A. The cost has become reasonable.
B. There are programmes for all levels.
C. Students can find “home-stay” service and live with the host family.
D. All the above.
4. The greatest value of an exchange student studying abroad is .
A. to learn the language
B. to widen one’s views and understand the culture of other country
C. to get better idea of yourself and your own culture
D. to learn to be independent of oneself
ANSWERS： A C D C
Important sentence structures:
1. I wish I could improve my spoken English.
2. Every time I take part in a group discussion or try to speak English to someone, I find it difficult to express myself.
3. Others think that we learn language in the same way we learn other things, such as….
4. But once you consider the situation further, you will realize that this is indeed the case.
5. The less anxious and more relaxed the learner, the better their language acquisition.
6. If they were not, they would not be ready to experiment with new forms and to make mistakes, both of which contribute to their increased ability to learn.
7. It takes patience to learn a language.
8. It is very important that you (should) find an appropriate course for you.
9. Useful expressions and phrases:
双倍艰辛twice as hard
最令人费解的是 most puzzling of all
配备着，装备着 be equipped with
生来具有一种能力be born with an ability
几年以后 in a few years’ time
有……共同之处 have…in common
对某事感到好奇 be curious about
冒险 take risks
养成习惯 adopt habits
与某人一直保持联系stay in touch with sb
换句话说 in other words
你所呆的时间长度 the length of your stay
具有很多共同的特征share quite a few characteristics
应对学术挑战 deal with academic challenges
使A有别于B，辨别A和B distinguish A from B
对…有信心 be confident in/have confidence in
尝试新的学习方法 experiment with a new learning method
交流/来访/归国学生 exchange/visiting/returning students
掌握语言 acquire a language
弄懂，了解make sense of
使自己适应 adjust oneself/itself to
尽管，不顾 regardless of
一个极大的时间量 an awful lot of hours
更擅长于…… be better at…
使得到更好的利用put…to better use
成就感，成就意识a sense of achievement
以上所描述的 described above
以合理的费用at a reasonable cost
落后，掉队fall behind
起初 in the beginning
为……而担心 be concerned/worried about
积极参加 take an active part in
翻译下列句子：（运用USE短语）
data一词是什么时候开始普及使用的？
When did the word “data” come into common use
我们必须最充分地利用所拥有的资源。
We must make the best use of the resources we have.
你可以拿这本书，我再也用不着它了。
You may have the book; I have no use for it any longer.
那个词语不再使用了。That expression is no longer in use./That expression has gone out of use.
跟他争辩没用。There/It is no use arguing with him.
我不知道这本字典对你是否有用。I wonder if the dictionary is of (any) use to you.
这个停车场是专供职工用的。This parking lot is for the use of employees only.
竹子可用于建筑。Bamboo can be used for building.
PAGE
11The Third Period
Teaching Aims：
1．Review some words learnt in the last two periods．
2．Review the Predicative and the Predicative Clause．
Teaching Important Points：
Master what part of speech can be used as
2．Summarize the link verbs．
3．Review the words introducing the Predicative Clause．
Teaching Difficult Point：
How to make the students use the Predicative correctly．
Teaching Methods：
1．Exercises to review the usages of some words．
2．，Inductive method to summarize the link verbs and the words introducing the Predicative Clause．
3．Lots of practice to help students to use the Predicative correctly．
4．Individual or pair work to make every student work in class．
Teaching Aids：
1．a computer
2．a courseware
Teaching Procedures：
Step I Greetings
StepⅡRevision
.Now open your books at Page 24.Please look at Ex.2.There are some words given in the box.Please fill in the blanks using their proper forms.
(Three minutes later，some students are asked to say their answers.Teacher or students correct the mistakes if there are any，and give some explanations．At last，teacher asks students to read aloud the passage for a while．)
StepⅣGrammar
T：Now turn to Page 25．In the first exercise，some words and phrases are given．Please tell me tbeir Chinese meanings one by one．
(Teacher asks students to do this together．After a while，teacher says the following．)
T：Please use the words and phrases to complete the following sentences．After doing it，please check the answers with your partner．
(Two minutes later，some students give their answers．)
Correct the mistakes in the following sentences
1．Our country is no longer that it used to be．
2．That’s where we differ from．
3．Things were not like we seemed to be．
4．It appears she has known all about it．
5．It looks that it’s going to rain again．
6．She was absent from sch001．That was why she was i11．
7．That was which he solved the problem．
8．Are these where you bought yesterday
9．The problem is that he will come．
(A few minutes later，some students are asked to say their answers．Give some example if necessary.)
Suggested answers:
Step Vl Summary and Homework
T：In this period。we’ve done some exercise to review some important words and the Predicative．Besides,we’ve practised the link verbs and the Predicative clause．After class，you should do an other exercise on the scrceen more to master them better.OK.That’s all for today．See you.
(Show the homework on the screen.)
Complete the following sentences with proper conjunction．
StepⅦThe Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
PAGE
2Unit 9 Health Care
Teaching aims:
1.Goals:
Learn about health care
Practise expressing opinions and making decisions
Review the Subjunctive Mood (2)
Write a letter
2.Special focus:
Improve reading skills and Enlarge vocabulary.
a.Direct Ss to read the 3 passages on the text book;
b.Guide Ss to learn to use the following words and expressions:
Medical insurance, poverty, unemployment, AIDS, housing, income, economic development, essential, desperate, fundamental, statistics, pressure, constant, allowance, re-employment, sacrifice, aggressive, intelligence, sense of responsibility, sympathy, willingness, observation, resident, laid-off, vow, mould, etc.
Reading A Helping Hand (p75)
Step 1 Lead in
1.Can you think of the situations where people need help
Serious illness, jobless, accidents, wars, disasters…
2.While one is in such situations, which organization can help besidesthe people around him or her
The WHO together with the government.
Step 2 Listen and answer:
1.Was wanglin cured or not
2. How much was spent on the poor people by 2003
3.What is another big challenge for the government
Step 3 Scanning
Read the passage and try to come up with the general idea of each paragraph. Then ask students to fill in the chart to see if they have got a general understanding of the whole passage.
Main Idea
Paragraph A A man suffering from a serious disease was unable to pay for treatment.
Paragraph B With a health care project’s help, Wang Lin’s disease was cured.
Paragraph C A new health project is aimed at exploring and developing a new health care model for China.
Paragraph D Many urban Chinese are living on money given by the government.
Paragraph E Millions of Chinese people in urban areas cannot afford proper health care.
Paragraph F Health care project is very important in our country’s efforts to fight poverty.
Paragraph G The Chinese government is taking measures to prevent the spread of AIDS.
Paragraph H People must help each other if society is to develop and prosper.
Paragraph I Our country is working hard to fight poverty and improve health care.
The main idea of the passage: The Passage gives a brief introduction to the health care condition in our country, and it emphasizes on the efforts that our government is making to fight poverty and improve health care by giving examples of Wang Lin.
Step 4 Careful-reading
1.In what way is Wang Lin’s situation similar to that of other low-income families
They all can only make ends meet on their low income, and if someone in their families becomes seriously ill, the family is forced into poverty, and has to ask for help from the government.
2. Why is medical insurance so important to low-income families
Because medical insurance can provide easy access to hospitals and clinics for low-income families.
3. What is the government doing about AIDS in China
Chinese government has vowed to provide free AIDS tests for the general public as well as free treatment for those who cannot afford the treatment fees. And we learn from news that our government has decided to control the number within 1.5 million before 2010.
4. What can we do to care for the weakest members of our society
Our country decided to move forward without leaving anyone behind. Now we are taking measures, such as reducing poverty, helping sick people get treated properly and providing medical insurance for the poor. And we all know that the famous programme “Developing the West”, it is an important measure to put an end to poverty. Only by helping each other, can our country develop and prosper.
Step 5 Comprehension
Unemployment—poverty-- bad housing condition/ no healthy diet/ cannot afford to purchase medical insurance/ no good education—AIDS/ accidents-- government programmes
Step 6. Post-reading
A. Choose the best answers:
1.Thanks to______,Wang Lin was able to receive a treatment in time to prevent the disease from ruining his health. 答案：C
A. his son in college B. the insurance for his family
C. the health care project D. the kindness of his family and neighbors
2.According to the text, if Wang Lin had had______, the sickness wouldn’t have caused such a big problem. 答案：C
A. a good job B. a high income C. insurance D. a good doctor to consult
3.What’s the aim of new health care project 答案：D
A. Helping people get rid of poverty.
B. Exploring and developing a new health care model for China.
C. Letting sick people treated properly.
D. Providing medical insurance for the poor.
4.According to the United Nations AIDS agency’s report,how many people will be infected by AIDS in China by 2002 unless more is done to prevent the spread of the disease 答案：B
A.9 million. B.10 million. C.11 million. D.12 million.
5.The text“A Helping Hand”is mainly about______. 答案：C
A. millions of Chinese people in urban areas can’t afford proper health care
B. the Chinese government is taking measures to prevent the spread of AIDS
C. a new health care project is being explored and developed in China
D. people must help each other if society is to develop and prosper
B. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with one to three words.
The poverty and the poor health care of low-income families The government’s efforts to fight poverty and poor health care
Low-income families cannot afford to pay for 1________, that is to say, they cannot afford to 2 _____a doctor or 3______medicine. The government encourages health care form and reduces poverty by designing a health care project which provides poor patients with treatment at 7____or less to help them get treated properly.The Chinese government is working with other countries and international organizations to explore and develop a new 8_______ for China. The government encourages people to 9_________ in order that other measures to fight poverty will work. The government has vowed to stop the spread of AIDS by providing free 10_______
Low-income families cannot provide 4___ for their children.
Many low-income families cannot afford to 5_______.
Low-income families live on allowance 6____________.
Keys:1. medical treatment 2. consult 3.purchase/buy 4. a healthy diet 5. purchase medical insurance. 6. given by the government 7. half the cost 8. health care model 9. purchase medical insurance 10. tests and treatment
C. Answering the questions on P77.
Step 7 Homework
Finish all the exercises on Word Study and Grammar on p77-79.
Integrating Reading Skills
The Little Mould That Could (P79)
Step 1. Scan the passage
A. find the main idea
Paragraph 1 Fleming was excited about his discovery, which he called Penicillin, but other scientists showed no interest.
Paragraph 2 Penicillin played a very important role during the World War II and at present as well.
Paragraph 3 Fleming discovered a mould that can kill bacteria by accident.
Paragraph 4 Health care in the past was often dangerous and risky.
Paragraph 5 Alexander Fleming invented many ways to treat the wounded during the World War I
B. answer after scanning the passage as quickly as possible.
1. What could the little mould do
The little mould that could treat/cure/fight infection.
2. who discovered it When was it discovered
In 1928, Sir Alexander Fleming discovered it
3.What is its name
It is called penicillin (In 1928, Sir Alexander Fleming discovered penicillin that could treat/cure/fight infection.)
Step 2 Careful reading
Choose the best answers:
1.Who discovered penicillin 答案：B
A. Howard Walter Florey. B. Alexander Fleming.
C. Paul Ehrlich. D. Earnst Boris Chain.
2.It was not until_____that the importance of Fleming’s discovery was fully recognized 答案：B
A. World WarⅠ B. World WarⅡ C.1928 D.1929
3.When did Fleming receive the Nobel Prize with the two other scientists 答案：D
A. In 1914. B. In 1928. C. In 1929. D. In 1945.
4.From Paragraph 4 of the text“The Little Mould That Could”we can see that Fleming was all the following except______. 答案：D
A. confident B. strong-willed C. hard-working D. kind and warm-hearted
Step 3. Read the passage again and finish the exercises on the page 78 .And retell the life experience of Fleming and how he discovered penicillin.
Alexander Fleming was a young doctor in the early 1900s when a German chemist developed a chemical treatment to cure an incurable disease. Fleming began using it in his clinic. Then in 1914, he had to go to the battlefield to treat wounded soldiers during World WarⅠ, when he invented many ways to treat the wounded. After returning from the war, he went on with the search for the
chemical because he believed it could treat infections. One day, he found a mould was growing in some old glass containers. To his surprise, the bacteria he had been growing had died. He believed that it was the mould, which later he called penicillin that killed the bacteria. Penicillin was a great
discovery. It played a very important role during World War Ⅱ and as well as at present time. Fleming was awarded Nobel Prize for his great discovery in 1945.
Alexander Fleming discovered Penicillin
Phrases:
1.take measures to do sth.
2.a laid-off worker
3.have an income of
4.to make matters worse
5.take a bank loan
6.put extra pressure on the family
7.keep a healthy diet
8.live in poverty
9.make ends meet
10.look forward to
11.ready-made clothes
12.cure many diseases
13.a story of hard work
14.search for
15.clean up
16.in a good mood
17.set a goal
18.be effective in
Reading on P213
Florence Nightingale
She is remembered as a pioneer of nursing and a reformer of hospital sanitation methods. For most of her ninety years, Nightingale pushed for the reform of the British military health-care system.
Main idea
Para.1 (Para1): Fear had gripped the nation when SARS broke out.
Parts2(Para2-7): Thanks to the quick and forceful action the country took and the sacrifices the health care staff made, SARS ended in he summer of 2003.
Part 3 (Para 8): We will never forget the “Angels in White”.
PAGE
5Unit 12 Education
Pre-reading
1. Look around your school and list all the equipment, people and plans that are needed to run a school. In order to run a school, we need buildings as classrooms and offices, a playground for the students to exercise, desks and chairs, blackboards and brushes, teachers and workers, and a lot of other things. Our government has to provide money to build buildings, buy equipment and pay for the teachers and workers. That will need a lot of money. In some places, the governments are too poor to run enough schools for all the children to go to school.
2. What arrangements does the government have to make to provide education for children in China Discuss the problems or difficulties it may face
A: I think the government should pass a law to make the parents send their school-age children
to school.
B: The government should offer money for education, for example to make sure that all the good teachers are well paid. Then the teachers will work whole-heartedly.
C: The government should get rid of the exams in order to let the children learn more than they are
examined.
Lead-in
We are different from each other in many ways, so when learning the same subjects, we are likely to adopt different learning methods which suit ourselves. Then, what are the basic learning styles And what is the feature of each style Let us read this short passage and find out Outline
Fast reading
Main idea of each paragraph:
Para. A Compulsory education for all Chinese children
Para. B Education for All—an international target
Para. C Encouraging people in rural areas to accept education
Para. D Problems of number and location
Para. E Meeting the cost
Para. F Solving the problem of teaching quality in remote areas
Para. G Education for all children worldwide will be difficult to achieve
Main idea of the text : The passage makes it clear that “Education for all” is essential for the development of a country. The paragraphs mostly deal with measures that should be taken to achieve the target.
Careful reading
1. According to the text , ______ of school-age children attended primary school by _______ . C
A. 99 % ; 2000 B. 86% ; 2000 C. 99% ; 2004 D. 86% ; 2004
2. What suggests that many countries realize the importance of education C
A. They realize that the future welfare of their citizens is closely linked to education
B. They attended the World Education Forum in 2000
C. At the World Education Forum in 2000 , they made a commitment called “Education for all”
D. They are trying to get every child into school
3. ______ prevents some people attaching importance to education . D
A. The importance of agriculture
B. Heavy work on the farm
C. Traditional ideas
D. All the above
4. What kind of classes can often be seen in western provinces in China A
A. Mixed grade classes
B. Classes of large sizes
C. Classes of small sizes
D. Classes by two-way radio and mail
5. What measures do many developing countries take to provide schools with necessary equipment A. They call on their citizens to donate it B
B. They depend on aid from other countries and international organizations or programs
C. They borrow it from their neighbor countries
D. Developed provinces provide aid for less developed provinces
6. How many countries are mentioned in the text to have adopted distance learning methods C
A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4
7. According to Paragraph F , which of the following is one of the education problems existing in America C
A. The quality of teaching is not good nationwide
B. There are too many families now below poverty line
C. One third of the students live in the countryside
D. Violent crimes take place in schoolyards
8. The text talks mainly about ______ . A
A. “Education for all ”----the international target
B. solving the problems of teaching quality in remote areas
C. encouraging people in rural areas to accept education
D. problems of the number of people in one area and location
9. It’s difficult for some countries in Africa and Asia to achieve the goal of “ Education for all ” , because _______ . D
A. the population is too large
B. they are facing many other problems , such as lack of fresh water and basic health care
C. the international aid is far from enough
D. the economy there is the least developed
10. Which of the statements is true D
A. People’s attitude towards education affects education system
B. The number of people in one area and people’s distribution can also cause education problems
C. Education system can be affected by economy
D. All the above
Comprehension
1.In _____, the Chinese government introduced a law stating that by the year _____ every Chinese child would have ____ years of compulsory education.( 1986 , 2000 , nine)
2. It is reported that ____of school-age children in China attended primary school by 2004. (99%)
3. When the World Education Forum met in _____, it calculated that there were ____ million children not in school. (2000 , 113)
4. At the Forum, the member countries of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) made a commitment to provide “complete, free and compulsory primary education for good quality for all children by _____”. (2015)
5. In the Turks and Caicos Islands, where there are less than _______ people, the number of students in some school is so low that students of several different grades are taught in the same classroom. (20,000)
6. In north and central Australia the population is so spread out that children in some rural settlements can be as far as _____ km away from the nearest school. (1,000)
7. ___________ students in United States lives in the countryside, and providing them with a full curriculum is difficult.( One in three )
8. China has also adopted distance learning methods such as television lessons and in _____, the Ministry of Education introduced computerized teaching networks in central and western China. (1999)
9. Now, when a Chinese couple has ______, they can be confident that their child will be able to attend school. (a baby )
10. This mountain school in Lesotho, Africa has ____ students (120 )
11. The Alice Springs School of the Air in Australia has ____ children who live in an area of over __________ square kilometers. (140, one million )
12. There is ____ teacher, ____ classroom, no doors, windows, desks or chairs. (one , one )
According to the passing , which countries use the following methods to help them provide education
Methods Countries
distance learning Australia, China, the USA
mixed-grade classes The Turks and Caicos Islands, parts of the remote central and western regions in China,
money from international organizations China, the developing countries in Africa and Asia
money from local organizations China, the developing countries
What are the writing techniques of this passage
1) Numbers and dates are used to make the point of view more acceptable.
2) In order to let more people take the advice, examples are provided, you may find them in Paragraph D.
Discussion
Are there any ways in which education in your town could be improved Which do you think is the most important aspect to change
I think the government of our town should organize more activities to improve the students’ health and abilities to solve practical problems. We should make the best of Internet to study.
More libraries should be built in order to encourage more people to read and write. Contests and competitions of doing practical activities can be held to promote people’s abilities.The poor should not be charged, otherwise they can not go to school. Give us more free time, that is, stop giving lessons on Saturdays or Sundays.
Summary
The passage makes it known that “Education for all” is essential for the development of a country. The paragraphs mostly deal with measures that should be taken to achieve the target, such as creating a positive attitude to rural areas, having mixed-grade classes, distance learning and so on. The author of the passage shows us our country’s achievements, inspiring us students to treasure the nine years of compulsory education and make the the best of it. Students in poor areas should be encouraged to keep on attending school and improve themselves through distance learning and other methods. On the other hand, students in developed areas should be instructed to offer their help to the poor.
Sentence structure:
1.when learning something new, if you prefer to read the information, you are probably a student who learns through seeing.
2. students who find it easiest to learn a new concept by hearing ….
3.learning through doing means being active in exploring the environment and finding out …
4.Reading aloud, using a tape recorder …are the best by….
Explanation
1. commitment: n. pledge, undertaking
e.g. He doesn’t want to get married because he doesn’t want any commitments.
2. sceptical: adj. unwilling to believe something, doubtful
e.g. We’re sceptical of the team’s chances of winning.
I’m sceptical about their professed sympathy for the poor.
3. tendency: n. leaning
e.g. There is a tendency for unemployment to rise this year.
4. donate: vt. contribute, give…to a charity
e.g. How much money did you donate
They used to donate generously to the Red Cross every year.
5. attach importance to…：重视
e.g. She attaches great importance to regular exercises.
6. drop out: leave school/university without finishing one’s courses
e.g. She got a scholarship to Cambridge but dropped out later.
7. rather than: instead of, in preference
e.g. I think I’ll have a cold drink rather than coffee.
8. spread out: away from others
e.g. The search party spread out over the moor.
Deal with language points:
1. be similar to 与。。。相似 My teaching style is similar to that of most other teachers.
2. introduce 介绍，正式提交，实施
He introduced me to a Greek girl at the party.
The first lecture introduces students to the main topics of the course.
The company is introducing a new range of products this year.
The new law was introduced in 1991.
3. highly 与high 区别; close 与closely 区别
Do you see that butterfly flying high above the street 你是否看 见那只蝴蝶在街道上方高高飞舞着？ The distinguished guests were highly praised.贵宾们受到了高度赞扬。
引申：Suddenly the door was ______and in came Mr. Wang.
A. open wide B. widely open C. wide opened D. open widely
（答案为C，由前面的suddenly可见，此句强调动作，故用被动语态，而不用形容词，wide与widely都有副词，但是意义不同，他们的区别好象deep/deeply，high/highly，close/closely）
4. It is reported that 据报道。。。
类似的句型还有：it is said/ believed/hoped/announced that …
5. make a commitment to do 承诺
Commitment n. 承诺；约定；约束责任；承担义务 , 献身，投入（常与to sb/sth连用）
a commitment to pay $50000 to Red Cross 承诺向红十字会提供50000美元
I've taken on too many commitments. 我承担的义务太多了。
He doesn't want to get married because he is afraid of any commitments. "他不想结婚,因为他害怕承担任何责任。"
6. face 用法
face to face 面对面地
I rushed out of the office and found myself face-to-face with the boss.
"我冲出办公室,面对面地碰上了老板。"
The burglar turned the corner and found himself face to face with a policeman.
那窃贼转过墙角，面对面碰上一个警察。
in the face of 不顾；面对，在…前面
He succeeded in the face of great difficulties. 尽管有巨大的困难，但他成功了。
Be faced with 面临
I realized that Hamlet was faced with an entirely different problem.
我意识到Hamlet面临着完全不同的问题。
The state is now faced with the immediate question of raising new taxes.
国家面临紧迫的问题，收新税。
7. to begin with （插入语）首先
类似词组有：to start with; to tell the truth; to be honest; to be frank; to make things worse
To begin with, what is an interior designer
Although it had seemed a good reason, to begin with: no couple could afford to have children.
8. be skeptical of 怀疑 skeptical adj. ~ (about / of sth)
I am sceptical about his chances of winning. 我怀疑他取胜的可能性。
The public remain sceptical of these claims. 公众对这些说法仍持怀疑态度。
She looked highly sceptical.她一脸深表怀疑的神色。
9. attach importance to ….认为。。。很重要 ~ importance, significance, value, weight, etc. (to sth)
I attach great importance to this research.
10. drop out 退学 1 退出，脱离2 退学，辍学
He has dropped out of active politics. 他已经不再积极参政了。
a word that has dropped out of the language 该语言中已经废弃的一个词。
She started a degree but dropped out after only a year. 她开始攻读工程学学位，但仅一年后就辍学了。
11. be willing /unwilling to do （不）愿意。（不）乐意
They keep a list of people (who are) willing to work nights.
他们有一份愿意夜间工作的人的名单。
I’m perfectly willing to discuss the problem.我十分乐意讨论这个问题。
They are unwilling to invest any more money in the project. 他们不愿再为这个项目投资。
She was unable, or unwilling, to give me any further details.她不能，或不愿意，向我提供进一步的细节。
12. mean 想要，意思是；
What did she mean by leaving so early (= why did she do it)
Don’t laugh! I mean it (= I am serious).
I’m sorry I hurt you. I didn’t mean to.
You’re meant to (= you are supposed to) pay before you go in.
[常用被动] ~ sb for sth| ~ sb to be sth （想要某人成为，想要某人去做）
I was never meant for the army (= did not have the qualities needed to become a soldier). 我根本就不是块当兵的料。
Philip and Kim were meant for each other (= are very suitable as partners). Philip 和Kim真是天生的一对。
[vn to inf] His father meant him to be an engineer. 他父亲想让他当工程师。
She did everything to get the two of them together, but I guess it just wasn’t meant to be.她极力撮合他两个，但我觉得那根本不可能。
By all means可以，当然行，没问题
‘Do you mind if I have a look ’ ‘By all means.’借我看一眼行吗？当然可以。
by means of sth (formal) 借助。。。手段，依靠。。。方法。
: The load was lifted by means of a crane. 重物是用起重机吊起来的。
By no means 绝不，一点也不
She is by no means an inexperienced teacher. 她绝不是一个毫无经验的老师。
We haven’t won yet, not by any means. 我们离成功还远着呢。
By no means are these cases exceptional. 这些例子绝不是例外。
13. distribute 分发，分配，分销，使散开，使分布；分散~ sth (to / among sb/sth)
The organization distributed food to the earthquake victims. 这个机构向地震灾民分发了食品和毯子。
The newspaper is distributed free. 这份报纸免费分发。
The money was distributed among schools in the area. 这笔款项是在本地区的学校中分配的。
Who distributes our products in the UK 谁在英国分销我们的产品？
Make sure that your weight is evenly distributed. 注意让你的体重分布均匀。
14. result in （造成，导致）, result from （因。。发生，随。。。产生）
job losses resulting from changes in production 生产革新造成的失业。
When water levels rise, flooding results. 水位上升，就会发洪水。
The cyclone has resulted in many thousands of deaths. 飓风已经造成成千上万的人死亡。
[+ -ing] These policies resulted in many elderly people suffering hardship. 这些政策使许多老人和残疾人在困苦中挣扎。
15. spread out 分散 伸展身体，摊开东西
There’s more room to spread out in first class. 头等舱宽敞些，伸得开腿。
Do you have to spread yourself out all over the sofa？你就非得躺下，把整个大沙发全占了才行吗？
The searchers spread out to cover the area faster. 搜索人员分散开来，好更快搜索这一地区。
16. as far as
as far as the eye can / could see 极目所尽
The bleak moorland stretched on all sides as far as the eye could see.荒凉的旷野向四面伸展开去，一望无际。
as far as I know | as far as I can re member, see, tell, etc. 就我所知道，尽我所记得的，依我看。
As far as we knew, there was no cause for concern. 就我们所知，没什么可担心的。
As far as I can see, you’ve done nothing wrong. 依我看，你没有做错任何事。
She lived in Chicago, as far as I can remember. 据我所记得的，她过去住在Chicago。
as / so far as sb/sth is concerned |就。。。而言
As far as I am concerned, you can do what you like.就我而言，你想干什么就干什么。
17. available 可获得的，可找到的，有空的
Tickets are available free of charge from the school. 学校有免费票。
When will the information be made available 何时才能了解到情况？
Further information is available on request. 详情备索。
This was the only room available. 这是唯一可用的房间。
We’ll send you a copy as soon as it becomes available. 一有货我们就会给你邮寄一本去。
Every available doctor was called to the scene.所有能找到的医生都备召集到了现场。
Will she be available this afternoon 今天下午她有空吗？
18. rely on /upon 依赖； 依靠
These days we rely heavily on computers to organize our work.
[+ -ing] The industry relies on the price of raw materials remaining low.
You can rely on me to keep your secret.
He can’t be relied on to tell the truth
19. adopt 收养，采用 （方法）；采纳（建议，政策等）
All three teams adopted different approaches to the problem. 三个队处理这个问题的方法各不相同。
The council is expected to adopt the new policy at its next meeting.委员会有望在下次会议上正式通过这项新政策。
20. overcome 克服，战胜
She overcame injury to win the Olympic gold medal.
The two parties managed to overcome their differences on the issue.
In the final game Sweden easily overcame France
Integrating skills
1. have …in common
2. suggest 不用虚拟的用法
3. demonstrate 证明，论证，表达，显露，示范，演示，示威（常用搭配：demonstrate +that /wh--/to do）
Let me demonstrate to you some of the difficulties we are facing. 让我来向你说明一下我们面临的一些困难。
His sudden departure had demonstrated how unreliable he was. 他突然离去，这说明他多么不可靠。
The theories were demonstrated to be false. 这些理论已被证明是错误的。
We want to demonstrate our commitment to human rights.我们向表明我们对人权的信念。
Her job involves demonstrating new educational software. 她的工作包括演示新的教学软件。
students demonstrating against the war. 举行反战示威游行的学生。
4. category 类别，种类
Students over 25 fall into a different category. 25岁以上的学生属于另一类。
The results can be divided into three main categories. 结果可以分成3大类。
引申：categorize/se 将。。。分类，把。。加以分类
Participants were categorized according to age. 参加者按年龄和性别分组。
His latest work cannot be categorized as either a novel or an autobiography. 他的近作既不属于小说也不属于自传。
5. be active in 积极参加
She takes an active part in school life.
The parents were active in campaigning against cuts to the education budget.
6. approach vt./n. 接近，靠近，建议，要求，（待人接物或思考问题的）方法，方式，态度
We heard the sound of an approaching car / a car approaching。我们听见一辆车驶近的声音。
She approached the bank for a loan.她向银行要求贷款。
The school has decided to adopt a different approach to discipline. 学校决定采用另一种方式解决纪律问题。
She took the wrong approach in her dealings with them. 她用错误的手段和他们打交道。
语法：
（一）本类词有hard，hardly；late，lately；most，mostly等等，这两种副词形式含义完全不同，所以 ，使用时不易引起混淆。
1.He works hard all day.他整天都在使劲地干活。
He hardly works at all.他很少干活。
2.You have come too late.你来得太晚了。
Have you see him lately 你最近见到过他吗？
3.The person who talks most is often the one who does least.说得最多的人常常干得最少。
The audience consisted mostly of women.观众大部分是女的。
4.The next flight dose not go direct to Tokyo; it goes byway of Shanghai.下趟航班不直飞东京 ，而是绕道上海。
He will be here directly.他马上就来。
5.The rider pulled his horse up short.骑手突然一下把马勒住。
Make a right turn shortly beyond the village. 村前不远处往右拐。
6.Please stand clear of the gate.请不要站在门前。
He stated his view-point clealy.他很清楚明白地阐述了自己的观点。
7.The exam was pretty difficult.这次考试相当难。
Her little girls are always prettily dressed.她的小女孩穿着总是很 漂亮。
（二）这类词主要有wide，widely；close， closely ；high，highly等 等，这两种副词形式不同，含义 也有差别，但是没有第一类的区别明显，而且 翻译成汉语时用词也很接近。所以使用时很容易混淆。这类词含 义及用法上的 主要特点是：不带-ly的副词表示具体的行为和动作，说明的动作或状况有可测 量性和可见性；而 以-ly结尾的同源副词所表达的常常是抽象性的行为和状况。 这时，这些词大都具有"greatly"和"extremel y"的含义。试作如下比较：
1.Do you see that butterfly flying high above the street 你是否看见那只蝴蝶在街道上方高高飞舞着？
The distinguished guests were highly praised.贵宾们受到了高度赞扬。 2.He flung the door wide open.他猛地把门开得大大的。
We were widely different on many questions.我们在许多问题上分歧很 大。
3.You will have to pay dear for that telescope.买那个望远镜你得付 很高的价钱。
You will pay dearly for the insult. 对这样的侮辱你将付出高昂的代价。
4.She stood close against the wall.她紧挨着墙站着。
The police were watching him closely.警察在密切监视他。
5.The bird is now flying quite low.鸟儿现在飞得非常低。
He bowed lowly before the queen.他谦恭地给女王鞠了一躬。
6.They had to dig deep to reach water.他们挖得很深才挖到水。
You have offended him deeply.你冒犯他可不轻。
7.Grace is holding tight to Paul.格雷斯紧紧地搂抱着保罗。
The passengers were packed tightly in the train.火车车箱里挤满了乘 客。
8.Mr. Cole tends to speak rather loud.科尔先生说话声音总是很大。
Mr. Cole boasted loudly of his power. 科尔先生大肆夸耀自己的权力。
（三）这类词主要有slow，slowly；quick，quickly等等异形同义词。当 然，现代英语的语言规范性要求 用以-ly 结尾的副词来修饰动词，但由于句子 结构以及搭配的不同，使用时也具有不同的倾向性。在此，主要 探讨一下在什 么情况下常使用不带-ly的副词形式。同时， 把第二类中一些适应于下列规则 的词也包括进去。 总的说来，倾向于使用不带-ly副词形式的情况大致有下列 四种：
Ⅰ 用作比较级或最高级时：
1.Allen was walking quickly, but George was walking evenquicker.艾伦走得很快，但乔治走得更快 。
2.The men were quarreling loudly, but the policemenshouted louder.那些人在大声争吵着，但 是警察喊叫得更响。
3.The car went slower and slower until it came to a stand still.汽车走得越来越慢，最后停了下 来。
4.Let's see who can run quickest.我们来看看谁跑得最快。
5.We must look closer at the problem. 我们必须更加仔细地查看这一问
题。 Ⅱ 有"so"或"too"修饰时：
1.It all happened so quick that I could do nothing. 这一切发生得如 此之快以致于我手足无措无
法 对付了。
2.It is impossible to overtake him; your car goes tooslow.不可能赶 上他了，你的车太慢了。
3.Don't talk so loud; the child is in bed now.别这样大声说话，孩子 已经睡了。
Ⅲ 用于修饰表示移动、天气等常用动词时：
1.Come quick; we are waiting for you. 快来，我们在等你。
2.Drive slow; this part of the road is dangerous.车开慢一点，这段 路很危险。
3.The sun shines bright.阳光明媚。
4.When we left the shelter, the snow was falling thickand the wind was blowing cold.我们 离开那棚屋时，正下着大雪，刮着寒风。
5.Business is going strong.生意兴隆。
Ⅳ 在固定词组中或当用于修饰它经常固定搭配的动词时：
1.Take it easy.不要紧张。
2.Stand firm and hold it tight.站稳抓牢。
3.He often plays high.他赌注常下得很大。
4.The secretary copied the rough draft of her manager outfair.秘书 把经理那份粗潦的草稿很清 楚地誊写出来。
5.They were drinking deep in the fort deep into the night.他们在城 堡中痛饮到深夜。
通过观察，以上三类词中第一类较易区别、掌握和使用。对于后两类词，在 判别使用哪一种副词形式时一 般可以考虑以下几个原则：第一是具体性与抽象 性的原则。在表示实实在在的物体活动、位置移动或具体可见 的状况和变化时， 常使用不带-ly的副词形式，如：climb high，live close by，open wide，sink deep，tu rn sharp right；反之，具有抽象含义的动词常用以-ly结尾的副词， 如：think highly of，look closely into，love dearly等等。第二个原则就是常用固定搭配与灵活搭配的不同。 在一些固定词组或经常搭配使用 的词组中，不带-ly 的副词形式使用得很多， 如aim high，run high，fight fair，goeasy with，drink de ep，sleep sound 等等。第三个原则是口语体与标准体的使用区别。如有人说"Speak loudly and clearly. "也有人说"Speak loud and clear."对此情况难说谁对谁错，只能 说前一种说法属于规范性语体；而后一种 说法属于口语体。不带-ly 的简单形 式是早期英语遗留下来的口语体形式。例如现在还有人说"I badneed t his sort of material."就如G.O.寇姆在〈英语句法〉（Syntax）一书中说过的，带-ly 的副词是标准语或 好的口语， 但在松散的口语和大众语中人们仍然坚持使用没 有-ly的简单形式。
根据以上原则，可以解释为什么可以说"Don't talk so loud. "但必须说 "He protested／complained loudly。"Talk loud 是常用的搭配形式，而且talk一词的形象也比较具 体；protest与complain 则是搭配性 很强的词， 还常常和许多别的副词灵活 搭配， 如publicly，sharply，secretly等等。另外，这两个词比tal k更具 感彩，所以也就更具抽象性。
PAGE
2Unit 10 American literature
A sacrifice for love（2）
Teaching Aims:
1. Read about A Sacrifice for Love (2)
2. Write a summary of the story
Teaching important points:
1. Learn to write a summary
2. The important and difficult sentences
Teaching difficult points:
1. How to make every students understand the important points
2. How to improve the students writing abilities
Teaching methods:
Task-bases ; student-centered
Teaching aids:
A tape recorder; the blackboard
Task 1 Read the passage in three minutes, and match each of the headings below with a paragraph in it. (5minutes)
A: Jim stared at Della with a strange expression on his face.
B: Jim was awake and expressed nothing could make him love Della any less.
C: Jim told Della he sold his watch for her combs.
D: Della was anxious to wait for Jim and was afraid that Jim’s love would go without her beautiful long hair.
E: Della was so happy when she saw a set of beautiful and expensive combs Jim bought her.
F: Jim was burdened with the family and had no money to buy even e new overcoat or gloves.
G: Della explained why she had her hair cut off.
H: Della showed him her gift---- a gold watch chain that was worthy of his gold watch.
I: Jim was still confused.
Task 2 Listen to the tape and read the text carefully, then choose the best answer: (7minutes)
1. What was Jim’s reaction when he saw Della
A. angry B. shocked C. disappointed D. both A and B
2. What did Jim buy for Della
A. a shampoo B. a hat C. A comb D. A new overcoat
3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the story
A. The day before Christmas Della was worried because she had only saved one dollar and eighty-seven cents for Jim’s Christmas present.
B. The young couple lived a hard life but they loved each other deeply.
C. Della was very nervous and worried before she heard Jim’s step when he came back home from work.
D. When Della saw her present, she was so happy to get the expensive combs that she burst into tears.
4.Which of the following is true according to the story
A. The Christmas day was coming. Della was very happy and she was looking forward to it.
B. Jim and Della were both cried when they saw each other’s present.
C. Jim didn’t love Della any more when he saw that she had her hair cut off.
D. Jim sold hid gold watch out of his love for Della.
5. What does the story mainly tell us
A. How to celebrate a happy Christmas for a young and rich couple.
B. How to choose Christmas presents for couples.
C.A love story between a young and poor couple.
D. Money is love.
Task 3 Deal with the difficult sentences (15minutes)
1. Della doubled the watch chain in her hand ….
What does double mean in the following sentences:
A. She got double scholarships
B. Double the carpet, and cover it on the baby.
2. Poor fellow, he was only twenty-two ---- and to be burdened with a family!
and to be burdened with a family → He was to be burdened with a family
be burdened with a family →
3. His eyes were fixed upon Della, and there was an expression in them that she could not read.
be fixed upon →__stare at__
in them → in his eyes__
Exercise:
She was _____ frightened that she could not _____ her thoughts on anything.
A. so; fix B. so; spend C. such; fix D. such; spend
4. I have my hair cut off and sold it because I couldn’t have lived through Christmas without giving you a present.
have one’s hair cut have sth done
couldn’t have lived through Christmas without giving you a present →
If I __________ you a present , I couldn’t have lived through Christmas.
Translate the sentence:
今天下午我要去修理我的自行车。
____________________________
5.” Don’t make any mistake about me, Della,” he said.” I don’t think there ‘s anything in the way of a haircut shampoo…
1) make a mistake about → ______________
2) in the way of → _____________
Task 4 Writing (10minutes)
1. Look at the pictures on Page 89 and Page 90 and describe the plot of the story.
2. Write a summary of A Sacrifice for Love and give your own opinion about the story. You can tell the story in short using the answers to my questions.
what are the names of the hero and heroine
what is the relationship between them
what and how did the hero buy a special gift for the heroine What about the heroine
what’s the ending
What’s your opinion about the story
Story model:
Jim and Della were young poor couple. They loved each other so much. In order to purchase each other a special Christmas gift. They had been saving money for a long time. But they still couldn't afford the rare and nice gift with the money they saved. So at length, Della cut off his beautiful long hair and sold it for 20 dollars. With 21 dollars, he bought Jim a gold chain. And meanwhile, Jim sold his precious gold watch in order to buy a set of tortoiseshell combs for his wife which she had been longed for long time ago. When they saw each other’s gift, their feelings were more than words could tell. They felt the other’s love. Each sacrificed his own precious things to buy sth worthy of the honour of being kept by the other.
Task 5 Consolidation (5minutes)
As you read the text, did you pay attention to something of useful expressions Let’s see if you have grasped them. Please find these phrases in the text.
1.对折表链 2. 加以……重担 3. 注视；凝视 4.剪掉头发 5. 度过圣诞节；
6. 对某人好 7. 对……误解 8. ……这一类东西；在……方面 9.撕开；扯开
10. 一套梳子 11.最后；终于 12. 把……放一边
Keys:
1. double the watch chain
2. be burdened with
3. fix one’s eyes upon ; stare at
4. have one’s hair cut
5. live through Christmas
6. be good to sb
7. make a mistake about
8. in the way of
9. tear at
10.a set of combs
11. at length
12.put away
.Unit 15 Popular youth culture教案
Passage analyzing
Part1 (para.1) The world acknowledges the work of young volunteers and there are three typical examples.
Part2 (para.2-4) Their experiences as volunteers and the benefits to both people they helped and themselves.
Part3(para.5) Call on people to do a volunteer work by showing the difference they make.
True or false:
1. In China, 13.5 million people are doing voluntary work.（F）
2. Being a volunteer brings not only social benefits but also personal benefits.（T）
3. With the help of Mr Zhao, Lu Hao’s politics has improved a lot.（F）
4. After graduation , Liu Ying decided to apply for a job straight away.（F）
5. Lin Ying and other volunteer teachers helped more children pass the national exams.（T）
6. To raise money for starving children in some least developed countries, the local newspaper and TV organized an event to go without food for 30 hours.（F）
7. All the three volunteers felt doing voluntary activities beneficial.（T）
Part1 (para.1)
Multiple choose:
1.Volunteers refer to______. 答案：D.
A. people who are willing to help others B. people who devote their time to helping others
C. people who donate their time to help others D. all of the above
2.Volunteer do voluntary work in order to______. 答案：B
A. make money B. make a contribution to society C. kill time D. become healthy
3.______volunteers are mentioned in the text. 答案：C
A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four
Part2 (para.2-4)
Detailed reading
Lu Hao Lin Ying Meng Yu
What activity “1 helps 1” scheme of the Youth volunteer Community Development Project Go West Project organized by the Communist Youth League of China An event organized by Meng Yu and her classmates
When every Tuesday and Friday after graduation during weekends
Where in the old man’s house in a remote village school of southwest China in Canada
Whom to Help an lonely old man some poor kids starving children
Benefits to others Mr Zhao doesn’t feel lonely any more; his health has been improved; he feels more energetic and optimistic The kids become eager to learn; the pass rate has improved;get rid of the poverty and has a bight future Make the children get rid of starvation and live a better life.
Benefits to him or her He learns more history from Mr Zhao and his grades have improved a lot. gets satisfaction, acquires valuable skills and experience, builds up confidence, self-awareness, good communication skills and leadership ability. make friends and feels more positive;value education; the motivation to succeed
Main idea
The text mainly tells us______.答案：C
A. voluntary work is interesting
B. voluntary work is demanding
C. voluntary work can make a difference not only to the helped people but also to the volunteers themselves whatever kind it is
D. how to do voluntary work
Word and sentence explanation
1…,the world acknowledges the work of millions of people who give their time to help others
（publicly express thanks）
2.I really feel I am doing something worthwhile and I… （important, enjoyable worth spending time and effort on）
3.Twenty-two of us went without food for 30 hours! （manage without sth 没有…而勉强应付）
4.The people here are poor, but they have big hearts and make me feel very welcome. （open-minded 心胸宽阔）
5.Education is essential to poverty relief, so Lin Ying’s work is making a big difference to the children’s future. （removing and reducing poverty 消除贫困）
6.Coming to another country to study requires a big adjustment and it takes a while to fit in.
（to live ,work etc. in an easy and natural way with sb. / sth.）
7. …found their relationship beneficial
brought us really close
make other people’s lives better object complement
found their own lives enriched
Consolidation
On the annual International Volunteers Day, the world acknowledges the work of millions of those who do voluntary work. Lu Hao, a middle school student, visits Mr Zhao, an elderly and lonely gentleman, who is too weak to do much without getting breathless and dizzy. Mr Zhao feels more energetic and optimistic now. Lu Hao has also found their relationship beneficial. And Mr Zhao’s enthusiasm in history has inspired him to concentrate more on history.Lin Ying worked as a volunteer teacher in a remote village school instead of applying for a job straight away .Her work helped improved the standard of education and also opens up opportunities for her to build confidence, self-awareness, good communication skills and leadership ability. Meng YU together with her classmates wanted to promote awareness of hunger because every day children are dying of starvation. They received many donation to help them and learn to adjust and fit in in another country as well. The experience has also given her the motivation to succeed.Volunteers not only make other people’s lives better, but make their own lives enriched as a consequence. Like Kofi Annan said,“… each contribution — no matter how small—can help make a difference.”
Language Points
1. voluntary adj.
① 志愿的，自愿的，主动的
The police asked for his voluntary appearance. 警察要求他自动露面。
Charities rely on voluntary donations. 慈善事业依靠自愿捐赠。
② 有意的,故意的 voluntary manslaughter 蓄意谋杀
adv. voluntarily 自愿地，自动地
vt.& vi. volunteer
~ sth. /for sth. /to do sth. 自动提供;自动贡献;自愿效劳
He volunteered some information. 他自动提供一些消息。
She volunteer her services for relief work. 她自愿参加救济工作。
He volunteered to get some information. 他自愿去获取某些资料。
n.“志愿者”，后接介词 for
Are there any volunteers for the event 有主动做这件事情的人吗？
2. annual
adj.
① 每年的; 年度的；一年一次的
an annual event 年度大事 an annual magazine 年刊杂志 an annual report年度报告
Employees are entitled to an annual paid leave of fifteen days. 职员一年可享受十五天带薪的假期。
② 全年的
an annual production / rainfall 年产量 / 年降雨量
Mr. Watson’s annual income is US$20,000. 沃森先生全年的收入为两万美元。
③【植】一年生的
n.[C]
① 年刊,年鉴
② 一年生植物 Are beans annuals 豆类是一年生植物吗
adv. annually The exhibition is held annually. 这种展览每年举行一次。
3. acknowledge vt. acknowledgement n.
（1） 承认，供认
sth.
doing
acknowledge sth/sb to be + adj/n
sth/sb. as + n.
that clause
defeat.
①对手们承认输了. The opponents acknowledged having been defeated.
that they were defeated.
②大家公认他这个学科的专家。
He is widely acknowledged to be an expert on the subject.
as an expert on the subject.
It is widely acknowledged that he is an expert on the subject.
（2）表示感谢，为致谢 ~ sth.
I gratefully acknowledge financial support from several local business. 我对本地几家企业的资助表示感谢.
The candidate waved his hands to acknowledge the cheers of the crowd. 候选人挥手对大众的欢呼表示感谢。
（3）告知收到(信件等) I acknowledged her letter at once. 我马上告知收到了她的信。
（4）对...打招呼
Stella didn’t even acknowledge me when I waved a greeting. 我向斯特拉挥手致意,可她连招呼也不打一个。
4. elder
adj. old的比较级用于名词前，不与than 连用，指“（两个兄弟、姐妹之中）年龄较大的，年长的”。
Jane is Mary’s elder sister.（一般不用older） 简是玛丽的姐姐。
（cf）Jane is older than Mary.（此处不用elder） 简比玛丽大。
n.（尤指两人中）年纪大的人，长者，长辈
He is my elder by several years. 他比我大几岁。
Should we always follow the advice of our elders 我们永远听长辈的劝告吗
elderly adj. 老的， 上了年纪的（委婉）
He’s active for a elderly man. 按老年人来说，他非常活跃。
5. breathless adj.
①气喘吁吁的, 呼吸困难的 The climb made him breathless. 往上爬使他上气不接下气。
② (因兴奋、恐惧等)呼吸急促的; 屏息的
The children were breathless as they watched the tightrope act.孩子们在看走绳索表演时呼吸都屏住了。
③扣人心弦的, 令人喘不过气的 breathless tension 令人透不过气来的紧张
④呼吸停止的; 死的
The body lay breathless on the bed: there was no sign of life. 躺在床上的人停止了呼吸,已经死了。
⑤无风而沉闷的; 闷气的
the breathless air of a hot summer day 炎热的夏日那令人窒息的空气
v. breathe
People breathe more slowly when they are asleep. 人睡觉事呼吸比较缓慢。
breathe in / out breathe sth （in / out）吸入或呼出（空气等）
The doctor told me to breathe in and breathe out（again）slowly.医生叫我吸气然后（再）慢慢地呼出。
It’s good to breathe（in）fresh country air instead of city smoke.
呼吸乡间的新鲜空气而不吸入城市的烟尘是有益的。
n. breath
take a deep breath（= breathe deeply）深呼吸 hold one’s breath屏住呼吸
out of breath 上气不接下气 take one’s breath away 使某人吃惊或惊奇
6.beneficial adj.
①有益的;有利的;有帮助的 (to)
beneficial birds [insects]益鸟[虫] a beneficial association互助组合
Lu Hao has also found their relationship beneficial. 陆皓也觉得他们这种关系对他自己也有好处。
*be beneficial to有益于
It would be beneficial to keep abreast of developments in Asia. 跟上亚洲形势的发展会有帮助。
Fresh air and good food are beneficial to health. 新鲜空气和优良的食物有益于健康。
②【律】有权益的;受益的 beneficial legacy 有权受益的遗产
benefit
n.利益，好处，恩惠
a benefit concert 慈善音乐会
常用短语： be of benefit to 对……有益 for the benefit of 为了……的利益
That experience was of great benefit to me. 那段经历对我很有益。
vt.有益于 benefit sb. The sea air will benefit you. 海上的空气将对你有益。
vi.得益于 benefit from / by
We benefit from/by daily exercises.= Daily exercise benefits us. 每天做操对我们有益。
7. straight away / off立刻；马上
=in a flash=straight off=right away=at once=immediately =without hesitation /delay
I can’t tell you straight away. 我不能立刻告诉你。
This matter is very urgent. Please deal with it straight away. 这件事很紧急，请立刻处理。
8. satisfaction n. 满意
常用短语：
expression one’s satisfaction with 对……表示满意
to one’s satisfaction = to the satisfaction of sb. 使某人满意的是
be a satisfaction to sb. 对某人来说是个满足
Remember your success is a great satisfaction to your parents 记住你的成功是你父母的最大的满足。
with satisfaction 心满意足地
She looked back on her career with great satisfaction. 她回顾自己的经历觉得心满意足。
vt.satisfy 使满意; 满足
sth. satisfy sb.
Nothing satisfies him; he is always complaining. 任何事情都不能使他满足，他总是抱怨。
satisfy one’s hunger / curiosity 解饿 / 满足好奇心
满足要求 satisfy/meet one’s needs/demands/requirements =
satisfy/meet the needs/demands/requirements of sb.
adj.
satisfied满意的
a satisfied smile/look 满意的微笑/表情
be satisfied with=be pleased / content with 对……满意
He is satisfied / pleased with his present job. 他对目前的工作感到满意。
satisfying 令人满意的 a satisfying meal 令人满意的一顿饭
satisfactory The result of the experiment is far from satisfactory. 实验结果一点也不令人满意。
9. eager adj. 热切的；渴望的；渴求的 eagerly adv. eagerness n.
①be eager to do/for sth. 渴望做某事/某物
他渴望得到父母的赞许。He is eager for his parents’ approval.
He is eager to win his parents’ approval.
②be eager for sb. to do 渴望某人做某事
Tom was eager for you to come to the party. 汤姆殷切期盼你来参加晚会。
③be eager（that） 热切地希望
The president is eager that the project（should）be started early.
总经理热切希望这项计划能早日着手进行。
对比：anxious 忧虑的，焦急的；
eager 强调“对成功的期望”或“进取的热情”，含有积极向上的意思；
anxious 强调“担心”或“焦急”，对结果感到不安。
I am eager to do that interesting job. 我急于做那件有趣的工作。
I am anxious to know the news from the battle field. 我急于想知道战场传来的消息。
10. worthwhile adj. 值得花时间（金钱、精力）的；值得做的；有意义的；重要的
a worthwhile cause / discussion / job 值得为之奋斗的事业 / 有意义的讨论 / 值得干的工作
Helping old people is a worthwhile activity. 帮助老人是一项很有意义的活动。
It proved worthwhile to make the trip. 此行证明是值得的。
It is worthwhile doing /to do. Doing /To do is worthwhile.
Hangzhou is a beautiful place. It is worthwhile going/to go there. 杭州是个美丽的地方,值得一去。
worth ＆ worthy
worth
①[un] 表示“价值”或“（值某价额的）数量”
Give me five yuan’s worth of twenty-fen and fifty-fen stamps. 给我五元的两角和五角的邮票。
He bought two dollars’ worth of sugar. 他买了二元钱的糖。
The furniture is of little worth. 这些家具没有什么价值。
②adj. （只作表语）
be (well) worth 钱数或相当于“代价”的比喻性名词，如trouble, effort等
v-ing 表示“值得（做）……” （主动形式表被动）
It is worth much more than I paid for it. 它的价值远远超过我所付的钱。
She’s not worth getting angry with. 犯不上跟她生气。
The picture is well worth looking at. 这幅画很值得一看。
worthy adj.
①有价值的;可尊敬的;相称的
She is willing to donate money to a worthy cause. 她愿为高尚的事业捐款。
The school has graduated many worthy young people. 这间学校培养了许多优秀的年轻人。
②值得的, 配得上的, 足以...的
of + n. The cause is worthy of our continued support.
这一事业值得我们继续不断的支持。
be worthy to do She is worthy to receive such honor. (主动形式) 她应该得到此荣誉。
of being done This novel is worthy of being translated. 这部小说值得翻译。
to be done to be translated.
worth和 worthy 在表示“值得”这一意思时，其句型结构可以互相转换。
翻译：这个问题值得讨论。
The problem is worth discussing.
The problem is worthy of being discussed.
The problem is worthy to be discussed.
The problem is worthy of discussion.
It is worthwhile discussing / to discuss the problem.
Discussing / To discuss the problem is worthwhile
11. starve
vt.
① 使饿死,使挨饿
② 以饥饿迫使 ~ sb. into sth. / doing sth.
They starved the enemy into surrender / surrendering. 他们使敌军因饥饿而投降。
③ 以节食治疗 She’s starving herself trying to lose weight. 她用节食疗法试图减肥。
vi.
① 挨饿；饿死
The proud man said he would starve rather than beg for food. 那个骄傲的人说他宁愿饿死也不愿讨饭。
The explorers starved to death in the desert. 探险者们在沙漠中饿死了。
②【口】饿得慌
Let’s get something to eat; I’m starving. 我们吃点东西吧;我饿坏了。
③ starve for sth. / to do渴望得到某物；渴望做某事
The plants are starving for water. 这些植物极需要水。
She is starving for attention. 她渴望被人注意。
I have been starving to see you. 我一直很想和你见面。
※ be starved of 非常需要，没有
The engine was starved of petrol and wouldn’t start. 发电机没有汽油了，启动不了。
n. starvation 饥饿;饿死
die of starvation 饿死 starvation wages 不够维持基本生活的工资
12. adjustment n. 调节;调整;校正[U][C] make an adjustment to sth
The teacher has made a few minor adjustments to the seating plan. 老师对座次表作了小小的调整。
Proper adjustment of the temperature is better. 温度的适当调节会更好。
adjust v.
①调整，调节 This button is for adjusting the volume. 这个按钮是调节音量的。
②整理 He adjusted his tie and left the room. 他整了整领带离开了。
③适应 adjust (oneself) to sth/doing
几秒钟以后她的眼睛才习惯了黑暗。It took several seconds for his eyes to adjust to the dark.
13. fit in (with)
①适应,符合,适合...
Coming to another country to study requires a big adjustment and it takes a while to fit in.
在国外学习需要很好的适应能力, 这要花一段时间.
We must study hard to fit in with the modern society. 我们必须努力学习, 适应现代社会。
②与……一致/配合/谐调；与……合得来/处得融洽（be in harmony with sb./ sth）
This information does not fit in with what I was told yesterday. 这信息与昨天告诉我的不一致。
You should fit in with other employees. 你应该与其他雇员配合好。
※ fit sb./sth in 找到时间（见某人、做某事） Doctor White can fit you in on Wednesday afternoon.
※ be fit for sb./sth. He is the best person fit for the position.
※ be fit to do I have no dress fit to wear in public.我没有适合公共场合穿的衣服。
14. mature adj.
① 成熟的;充分发育的
This is the most mature of his plays. 这是他最成熟的一部剧作。
She has the figure of a mature woman. 她有成年女性的体型。
② 稳重的; 慎重的, 周到的 Can’t you behave in a mature way 你的举止不能稳重一点吗
vi.
① 变成熟; 长成; 酿成 Wine and judgment mature with age. 酒陈味香,人老识深。
② (票据等)到期 Your deposit matures on April 3rd. 你的存款四月三日到期。
vt.
① 使成熟; 使长成 Her responsibilities matured her at an early age. 她肩负的责任使她早熟。
② 慎重作出; 使完善 He matured his plans for the long trip. 他为这次长途旅行仔细地作了计划。
15. uniform
n. 制服;军服[C][U]
school uniform(s) 校服
此时uniform是名词，如果用于in one’s uniform或in uniform 常是固定表达，不用复数形式
The policemen wear their uniforms.警察穿着制服。
Tom looks handsome in uniform. 汤姆穿上制服很英俊。
adj.
① 相同的,一致的
have a uniform size. 所有这些夹克尺寸相同。
All these jackets are of uniform size
are uniform in size.
②不变的,始终如一的
The laboratory is kept at a uniform temperature. 实验室保持恒温。
adj. 穿着制服的 uniformed
16. casual adj.
① 偶然的,碰巧的 a casual meeting 偶然的聚会 a casual visitor 不速之客
My car had stalled and I sought help from casual passers-by. 我的车发动不起来了,我就向碰巧路过的人求助。
②随便的,漫不经心的 dressed in casual clothes穿着便服 a casual decision 草率的决定
He tried to appear casual. 他试图显得随便一点。
③临时的,不定期的 casual expenses 临时费用
He worked as a casual laborer and did not earn much. 他当临时工,没有赚多少钱。
17. fashion n.
①流行，时髦 Wide trousers are the latest fashion.宽阔的长裤是最新流行款式。
②款式、方式 She arranged flowers in her own fashion.她以自己的方式插花。
adv. fashionably 赶时髦地
adj. fashionable 流行的，时尚的
a fashion show 时装表演 follow (the) fashion 赶时髦
in fashion 正流行 out of fashion 过时，不再流行
18. whereas conj. （用以比较或对比两个事实）然而, 反之, 鉴于, 尽管, 但是
Some of the studies show positive results, whereas others do not. 一些研究结果令人满意，其他则不然。
They want a house, whereas we would rather live in a flat.
他们想要一座房子, 而我们宁愿住在一套房间里。
19. possess v. 拥有
possess nothing 一无所有
拓展：
①possessor=owner n. 持有者；拥有人
②possession n. 财产；拥有物（常用复数）；占有;拥有
常用短语：
take possession of 占有;拥有
in possession of 拥有；占有
in the possession of 被占有
He lost all his possessions in the fire. 在那次火灾中他失去了全部财产。
Who takes（is in）possession of the possessions 谁拥有那些财产
The possessions are in the possession of Mary. 那些财产归玛丽所有。
细说教材
Warming up
What other activities and interests are typical of young people 年轻人还有那些典型活动和兴趣
typical
① 典型的 Our headmaster is a typical gentleman.我们的校长是一位典型的绅士。
② sb/ sth is typical of… 某人/某事在…中是典型
The book is typical of its kind. 这本书在同类书中很典型。
③ It’s typical of sb to do… 做…是某人的特点
It was typical of him to take hard jobs. 抢挑重担是他的特点。
Listening
1. ...children who have difficulty in learning and can’t keep up in school....那些在学校里学习上有困难跟不上的孩子.
have difficulty (in) doing sth. 在做某事上有困难用
have difficulty with sth.. 在某事上有困难用
They had no difficulty (in) finding my house. 他们找到我家没有什么困难。
Do you have (或find) any difficulty with English study 你学英语有困难吗
keep up with 跟上；指在同一水平上不落后
catch up with 赶上，在落后的情况下赶上来。
The work that the class is doing is too difficult for me. I can’t keep up with them
同学们做的作业对我来说太难，我跟不上他们。
You’ve missed a whole term; you have to work hard to catch up with your classmates.
你错过了整个一学期。你不得不努力学习，赶上你的同学。
2. What reasons does he give for not wanting to work on the other projects 他不想做另外一些项目的原因是什么
work 工作,运转,有效,起作用
Your idea won’t work. in practice. 你的办法实际上行不通。
Will these methods work 这些办法有效吗
work as充当 My father worked as a bus driver. 我爸爸是公交车司机。
work on继续, 从事于……, 努力影响或说服
After a short meeting, they worked on again. 短会后,他们继续工作。
They worked on the old car late into the night. 他们修这辆旧汽车一直修到深夜。
We will work on those who have cheated in exam and help them do right.
我们要对考试舞弊的人做工作,帮助他们改正。
work out 算出,制定出
Who can work out the physical problem 谁能算出这道物理题
They haven’t worked out a plan yet. 他们还没制定计划。
Speaking
Then present your idea to the class. 然后把你的想法向同学们介绍。
present
v. present...to... 把某事向某人介绍
Allow me to present Mr. Brown to you. 请允许我把布朗先生介绍给你。
赠与；呈现，描述的意思
My father presented a dictionary to me as my birthday present. 爸爸送我一本字典作为生日礼物。
The characters in the novel are vividly presented. 小说中的人物被描述的很形象。
at present= at the present time 在目前
I’m afraid I can’t help you at present. 恐怕我现在不能帮你。
be present出席，在场
There were more than 200 present at the meeting. 有200 多人出席了这次会议。
for the present暂时
I can’t remember your name for the present. 我一时记不起你的名字了。
Let’s stop talking about it for the present. 我们暂且不谈此事。
Reading
1. Around 24,000 Yong Volunteers Community Service Stations in China are welcoming increasing numbers of Chinese youth who want to make a contribution to society, and the wok they are doing is important. 大约24000中国青年志愿者服务站欢迎更多的中国青年志愿为社会做出贡献。他们所做的工作很重要。
welcome
v. 欢迎 welcome sb. / sth.
The publication of the novel is warmly welcomed. 这本小说的出版很受欢迎。
We welcomed criticism. 我们欢迎批评。
adj. 受欢迎的
Orders are welcome. 欢迎订购。 Welcome to Peking! 欢迎你们来北京！
You’re welcome to use any instrument here. 这儿的仪器你用好了。
n. 欢迎 give sb. a warm welcome receive a warm/ cold welcome
We gave the delegation a warm welcome. = （We welcomed the delegation warmly） 我们热烈欢迎代表团。
make a / one’s contribution to / towards + n /doing 对某事做出贡献.
We should make greater contribution to world peace. 我们应当对世界和平做出更大的贡献。
It is our duty to make a contribution to protecting the environment. 为环境保护作贡献是我们的义务。
动词词组 contribute to... 为……有贡献；有助于……
A proper amount of exercise contributes to good health. 适度的运动有益健康。
（cf）Everyone should contribute what he can afford to help the poor.
每个人都应当尽力贡献力量帮助贫困的人们。
to 为介词，类似结构：
习惯于 be used to 引起 give rise to
沉溺于 be given /addicted to 盼望 look forward to
与……相关 be related to 注意 pay attention to
着手做 get down to 坚持 stick to
导致 lead to 处理；照料 attend to
反对 object to 通向 lead to
全神贯注于 put one’s mind to 负责 see to
胜任 be equal to 为．．．做贡献 contribute to
献身于 devote oneself to 接近，进入（某地的）方法 access to
2. “...each contribution—no matter how small—can help make a difference.” “每一点贡献---不管多少---都有作用.”
no matter how/when/where/what/who等只引导状语从句; 而whatever/whoever等既能接状语从句,也能接名词性从句
No matter what(=Whatever) the papers print, some people always believe it.
不管报纸上说什么, 总有人相信它.
She leaves her bedroom door open, no matter how cold (=however cold) it is.
无论多冷,她都让卧室的门开者.
Whoever comes first will receive a present. 谁先到,谁就会收到礼物。
You can eat whatever you like. 喜欢什么就吃什么。
make a/some/no/much difference (没)有关系, (没)有影响
It makes no difference to me what you say. 你说什么对我都没关系。
It won’t make much difference whether you go today or tomorrow. 你今天走还是明天走没有多大关系。
3. Every Tuesday and Friday he visits an elderly gentleman who lives alone.每到星期二和星期四他都去看望一位孤寡老人。
alone adj. / adv. 单独, 独自一个人 （不带感彩）
When the baby woke up, she found herself alone. 当婴儿醒来时,发现只有他一个人。
leave(=let) sb alone 不去理会,不要去管
Let the dog alone; it will bite you if you pull its tail. 别碰狗, 要是你弄他, 他会咬你。
let alone 更不必说 He can’t speak English, let alone write it. 他不会讲英语,更不用说会写了。
lonely adj. 孤独的, 寂寞的, 荒凉的 （有浓厚的感彩）
The old man lived all alone, but he didn’t feel lonely. 这位老人单独生活, 但不觉得孤独。
Living on a lonely island can be very lonely. 生活在荒凉的岛屿上会很孤独。
4. “Mr Zhao is weak and cannot do much for himself without getting breathless and dizzy, so I give him some assistance.”赵先生身体弱, 一干活就头晕, 气喘吁吁, 所以我来帮他.
cannot do sth without... 一做某事就……; 没有……就不能……
The poor girl found she couldn’t walk without falling down. 可怜的女孩发现自己一走路就跌倒。
We can’t make any decision without the manager. 经理不在, 我们不能做任何决定。
5. He cannot go out to see his friends any more, so he enjoys having company. 他不能再外出会朋友了，所以他也喜欢有个伴。
company n.
①友谊； 交情；陪伴 He kept me company. 他陪伴我。
②伴侣；同伴
I had no company on the journey. 我在旅行中没有同伴。
"Two’s company, three’s none." 两人成伴三人不欢。
[搭配]
in the company of 在...陪同下
in company with sb.=in one’s company 与某人一起 be fond of company 好交际
be in good/bad company=keep good/bad company 与好人/坏人来往
keep pany 陪伴某人 for company 作为陪伴，为应酬
keep company with sb. 与某人结交
part company (with sb.) （与某人）分开/断绝关系
As the journey was a long one, he took a friend with him ________.
A. along B. together C. for company D. as a company
5. Mr Zhao’s enthusiasm has inspired Lu Hao to concentrate more on history lessons and his grades have improved a great deal. 赵大爷的热情鼓舞了陆浩在历史课上集中精力, 他的水平提高了很多.
concentrate....on sth/doing sth 集中(精力)做某事
I can’t concentrate on my studies with all the noise going on. 我无法噪音干扰下继续学习.
We must concentrate our efforts on improving education. 我们必须集中精力提高教育水平.
6. When Lin Ying graduated from Zhengzhou Normal University she decided not to apply for a job straight away.　当林英从郑州师范大学毕业时,她决定不去立即找工作.
apply to sb for sth 向某人提出申请或请求
You should apply immediately to the manager in person for permission / that job.
你该立刻亲自向经理请求同意 / 申请做那份工作。
You may apply in person or by letter. 你亲自或通信申请均可。
applicant n. 申请人（后常接for）
That applicant for the job filled in an application form. 那个职位的申请者填了一个申请表。
application n.申请；请求（常接to sb. for sth.）
We made an application to the court for an inquiry. 我们请求法院调查。
7. It’s hard work, but I get a lot of satisfaction because the kids are eager to learn and it’s amazing to see how quickly they improve. 虽然工作艰苦, 但是我很满足. 因为孩子们渴求知识,进步很快。
amaze使惊奇; amazing 令人惊异的; amazed感到惊奇
He amazed everyone by passing the driving test. 他通过了驾驶测试,这令每个人惊奇。
She was amazed /It amazed her that he was still alive. 她很惊奇他竟然还活者。
I find it amazing that you can’t swim. 我很惊奇你竟然不会游泳。
8. We wanted to promote awareness of hunger because every day children are dying of starvation.我们想进一步了解饥饿, 因为每天都有儿童挣扎在饥饿的死亡线上。
句中瞬间动词die用于进行时态表示快要,马上;有时表示反复或渐渐变化的过程.
The tigers are hunted everywhere and are dying out soon. 老虎到处被猎杀,快要灭绝了。
It was becoming dark. 天渐渐暗了下来。
*be dying for/ to do... 很想要/去做...
I’m dying for something to eat. 我很想要东西吃。
She is dying to know where you’ve been. 她很想知道你到哪儿去了。
9. I used to feel lonely and homesick at times, but doing this with the other students brought us really close and I made new friends from different backgrounds.我过去经常感到孤独，经常想家。但在与同学们一起做这件事的过程中拉进了彼此距离，结交了不同背景的新朋友。
at times有时，时常
a time 时期，一段时间
There was a time when women were looked down upon. 曾有一段时间妇女是被瞧不起的。
I stayed in Peking for a time during my holidays. 假期里，我在北京呆了一段时间。
all the time 一直，始终
The letter I was searching for all the time was just in my pocket. 我一直在找的信却在我的口袋里。
at all times 一直，无论何时 We’re ready at all times to serve the people 我们随时准备为人民服务。
at a time 一次，每次 Pass me the bricks two at a time. 把砖头递给我，一次两块。
at no time 决不，在任何时候都不
At no time will China be the first to use nuclear weapon. 任何时候中国都不首先使用核武器。
at one time 曾经，同时 At one time we met frequently. 我们曾经有个时期经常见面。
ahead of time 提前
We must start off ahead of time in order to arrive in time. 为了及时赶到，我们必须提前出发。
*times（常用复数）时代，时势 What wonderful times we live in! 我们生活在多么了不起的时代！
Unit 15 Popular youth culture学案
Passage analyzing
Part1 (para._____) The world acknowledges the work of young volunteers and there are three typical examples.
Part2 (para._____) Their experiences as volunteers and the benefits to both people they helped and themselves.
Part3 (para.______) Call on people to do a volunteer work by showing the difference they make.
True or false:
1. In China, 13.5 million people are doing voluntary work.（ ）
2. Being a volunteer brings not only social benefits but also personal benefits.（ ）
3. With the help of Mr Zhao, Lu Hao’s politics has improved a lot.（ ）
4. After graduation , Liu Ying decided to apply for a job straight away.（ ）
5. Lin Ying and other volunteer teachers helped more children pass the national exams.（ ）
6. To raise money for starving children in some least developed countries, the local newspaper and TV organized an event to go without food for 30 hours.（ ）
7. All the three volunteers felt doing voluntary
activities beneficial.（ ）
Part1 (para.1)
Multiple choose:
1.Volunteers refer to______.
A. people who are willing to help others B. people who devote their time to helping others
C. people who donate their time to help others D. all of the above
2.Volunteer do voluntary work in order to______.
A. make money B. make a contribution to society C. kill time D. become healthy
3.______volunteers are mentioned in the text.
A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four
Part2 (para.2-4)
Detailed reading
Lu Hao Lin Ying Meng Yu
Whatactivity
When
Where
Whom to help
Benefits to others
Benefits to him or her
Main idea
The text mainly tells us______.
A. voluntary work is interesting
B. voluntary work is demanding
C. voluntary work can make a difference not only to the helped people but also to the volunteers themselves whatever kind it is
D. how to do voluntary work
Word and sentence explanation
1…,the world _____________ the work of millions of people who give their time to help others. （publicly express thanks）
2.I really feel I am doing something ________and I…（important, enjoyable worth spending time and effort on）
3.Twenty-two of us____________ food for 30 hours! （manage without sth 没有…而勉强应付）
4.The people here are poor, but they __________ and make me feel very welcome.（open-minded 心胸宽阔）
5.Education is essential to ___________, so Lin Ying’s work is making a big difference to the children’s future. （removing and reducing poverty 消除贫困）
6.Coming to another country to study requires a big adjustment and it takes a while to__________.
（to live ,work etc. in an easy and natural way with sb. / sth.）
7. …found their relationship beneficial
brought us really close
make other people’s lives better object complement
found their own lives enriched
Consolidation
On the ______ International Volunteers Day, the world ____________ the work of millions of those who do _________ work.Lu Hao, a middle school student, visits Mr Zhao, an _______ and lonely gentleman, who is too weak to do much without getting ____________________. Mr Zhao feels more _________ and __________ now. Lu Hao has also found their relationship __________. And Mr Zhao’s enthusiasm in history has ________ him to concentrate more on history.Lin Ying worked as a volunteer teacher in a ______ village school instead of ____________ a job _____________ .Her work helped improved the _________ of education and also ________ opportunities for her to build __________, ______________, good _____________ skills and __________ ability. Meng YU together with her classmates wanted to promote ___________________ because every day children are dying of __________. They received many ________ to help them and learn to ______ and ______ in another country as well. The experience has also given her the __________ to succeed.Volunteers not only make other people’s lives ______, but make their own lives ________ as a consequence. Like Kofi Annan said,” …each contribution --- no matter how small– can help _________________.”
Language Points
1. voluntary adj.
① 志愿的，自愿的，主动的
The police asked for 警察要求他自动露面。
Charities 慈善事业依靠自愿捐赠。
② 有意的,故意的 voluntary manslaughter 蓄意谋杀
adv. voluntarily 自愿地，自动地
vt.& vi. volunteer
~ sth. /for sth. /to do sth. 自动提供;自动贡献;自愿效劳
He volunteered some information. 他自动提供一些消息。
She volunteer her services for relief work.
He volunteered . 他自愿去获取某些资料。
n.“志愿者”，后接介词 for
_____________________________________________________ 有主动做这件事情的人吗？
2. annual
adj.
① 每年的; 年度的；一年一次的
_______________ 年度大事 an annual magazine an annual report年度报告
Employees are entitled to 职员一年可享受十五天带薪的假期。
② 全年的
an annual production / rainfall 年产量 / 年降雨量
Mr. Watson’s annual income is US$20,000. 沃森先生全年的收入为两万美元。
③【植】一年生的
n.[C]
① 年刊,年鉴
② 一年生植物 Are beans annuals 豆类是一年生植物吗
adv. annually The exhibition is held annually. 这种展览每年举行一次。
3. acknowledge vt. acknowledgement n.
（1） 承认，供认
sth.
doing
acknowledge sth/sb to be + adj/n
sth/sb. as + n.
that clause
①对手们承认输了. The opponents acknowledged
②大家公认他这个学科的专家。
He is widely acknowledged
___________________________________that he is an expert on the subject.
（2）表示感谢，为致谢 ~ sth.
I gratefully from several local business. 我对本地几家企业的资助表示感谢.
The candidate waved his hands 候选人挥手对大众的欢呼表示感谢。
（3）告知收到(信件等) I 我马上告知收到了她的信。
（4）对...打招呼
Stella didn’t even acknowledge me when I waved a greeting. 我向斯特拉
4. elder
adj. old的比较级用于名词前，不与than 连用，指“（两个兄弟、姐妹之中）年龄较大的，年长的”。
Jane is Mary’s .（一般不用older） 简是玛丽的姐姐。
（cf）Jane is older than Mary.（此处不用elder） 简比玛丽大。
n.（尤指两人中）年纪大的人，长者，长辈
He is my elder 他比我大几岁。
Should we always ？我们永远听长辈的劝告吗
elderly adj. 老的， 上了年纪的（委婉）
He’s active 按老年人来说，他非常活跃。
5. breathless adj.
①气喘吁吁的, 呼吸困难的 The climb made him breathless.
② (因兴奋、恐惧等)呼吸急促的; 屏息的
The children as they watched the tightrope act.
孩子们在看走绳索表演时呼吸都屏住了。
③扣人心弦的, 令人喘不过气的 breathless tension 令人透不过气来的紧张
④呼吸停止的; 死的
The body : there was no sign of life. 躺在床上的人停止了呼吸,已经死了。
⑤无风而沉闷的; 闷气的
the breathless air of a hot summer day 炎热的夏日那令人窒息的空气
v. breathe
People 人睡觉事呼吸比较缓慢。
breathe in / out breathe sth （in / out）吸入或呼出（空气等）
The doctor told me to breathe in and breathe out（again）slowly. 医生叫我 _____________________。
_________________________________________________________________.
呼吸乡间的新鲜空气而不吸入城市的烟尘是有益的。
n. breath
__________________=（_______________）深呼吸 __________________ 屏住呼吸
out of breath _____________ take one’s breath away
6.beneficial adj.
①有益的;有利的;有帮助的 (to)
beneficial birds [insects]益鸟[虫] a beneficial association互助组合
Lu Hao has also________________________________ 陆皓也觉得他们这种关系对他自己也有好处。
*be beneficial to有益于
It would be beneficial to keep abreast of developments in Asia. 跟上亚洲形势的发展会有帮助。
____________________________________________________ 新鲜空气和优良的食物有益于健康。
②【律】有权益的;受益的 beneficial legacy 有权受益的遗产
benefit
n.利益，好处，恩惠
a benefit concert 慈善音乐会
常用短语： be of benefit to 对……有益 for the benefit of 为了……的利益
That experience was ______________________________那段经历对我很有益。
vt.有益于 benefit sb. The sea air will benefit you. 海上的空气将对你有益。
vi.得益于 benefit from / by
We______________________________.= Daily exercise benefits us. 每天做操对我们有益。
7. straight away / off立刻；马上
=in a flash=straight off=right away=at once=immediately =without hesitation /delay
I can’t tell you straight away. ______________________________
This matter is very urgent. Please ______________________________这件事很紧急，请立刻处理。
8. satisfaction n. 满意
常用短语：
expression one’s satisfaction with 对……表示满意
to one’s satisfaction = to the satisfaction of sb. 使某人满意的是
be a satisfaction to sb. 对某人来说是个满足
Remember your success is ___________________________ 记住你的成功是你父母的最大的满足。
with satisfaction 心满意足地
She looked back on her career with great satisfaction. ______________________________
vt. satisfy 使满意; 满足
sth. satisfy sb.
Nothing satisfies him; he is always complaining. 任何事情都不能使他满足，他总是抱怨。
satisfy one’s hunger / curiosity ___________________
满足要求 satisfy/meet one’s needs/demands/requirements =
satisfy/meet the needs/demands/requirements of sb.
adj.
satisfied满意的
a satisfied smile/look 满意的微笑/表情
be satisfied with=be pleased / content with 对……满意
______________________________________________________他对目前的工作感到满意。
satisfying 令人满意的 a satisfying meal 令人满意的一顿饭
satisfactory The result of the experiment is 实验结果一点也不令人满意。
9. eager adj. 热切的；渴望的；渴求的 eagerly adv. eagerness n.
①be eager to do/for sth. 渴望做某事/某物
他渴望得到父母的赞许。 He is eager for
He is eager to
②be eager for sb. to do 渴望某人做某事
Tom was 汤姆殷切期盼你来参加晚会。
③be eager（that） 热切地希望
The president is eager that the project（should）be started early. 总经理热切希望这项计划能早日着手进行。
对比：anxious 忧虑的，焦急的；
eager 强调“对成功的期望”或“进取的热情”，含有积极向上的意思；
anxious 强调“担心”或“焦急”，对结果感到不安。
I am to do that interesting job. 我急于做那件有趣的工作。
I am to know the news from the battle field. 我急于想知道战场传来的消息。
10. worthwhile adj. 值得花时间（金钱、精力）的；值得做的；有意义的；重要的
____________________________________值得为之奋斗的事业 / 有意义的讨论 / 值得干的工作
Helping old people is a worthwhile activity. 。
___________________________ to make the trip. 此行证明是值得的。
It is worthwhile doing /to do. Doing /To do is worthwhile.
Hangzhou is a beautiful place. It is 杭州是个美丽的地方,值得一去。
worth ＆ worthy
worth
①[un] 表示“价值”或“（值某价额的）数量”
Give me five yuan’s worth of twenty-fen and fifty-fen stamps. 给我五元的两角和五角的邮票。
He bought 他买了二元钱的糖。
The furniture is 这些家具没有什么价值。
②adj. （只作表语）
be (well) worth 钱数或相当于“代价”的比喻性名词，如trouble, effort等
v-ing 表示“值得（做）……” （主动形式表被动）
It is worth much more than I paid for it. 它的价值远远超过我所付的钱。
She’s not worth 犯不上跟她生气。
The picture is well worth looking at. 。
worthy adj.
①有价值的;可尊敬的;相称的
She is willing 她愿为高尚的事业捐款。
The school has 这间学校培养了许多优秀的年轻人。
②值得的, 配得上的, 足以...的
of + n. The cause is 这一事业值得我们继续不断的支持。
be worthy to do She is worthy (主动形式) 她应该得到此荣誉。
of being done This novel is worthy 这部小说值得翻译。
to be done
worth和 worthy 在表示“值得”这一意思时，其句型结构可以互相转换。
翻译：这个问题值得讨论。
The problem is worth discussing.
The problem is worthy of being discussed.
The problem is worthy to be discussed.
The problem is worthy of discussion.
It is worthwhile discussing / to discuss the problem.
Discussing / To discuss the problem is worthwhile
11. starve
vt.
① 使饿死,使挨饿
② 以饥饿迫使 ~ sb. into sth. / doing sth.
They surrender / surrendering. 他们使敌军因饥饿而投降。
③ 以节食治疗 She’s starving herself trying to lose weight. 她用节食疗法试图减肥。
vi.
① 挨饿；饿死
The proud man said he would starve rather than beg for food. 那个骄傲的人说他宁愿饿死也不愿讨饭。
The explorers in the desert. 探险者们在沙漠中饿死了。
②【口】饿得慌
Let’s get something to eat; 我们吃点东西吧;我饿坏了。
③ starve for sth. / to do渴望得到某物；渴望做某事
The plants are starving for water. 这些植物极需要水。
She 她渴望被人注意。
I 我一直很想和你见面。
※ be starved of 非常需要，没有
The engine and wouldn’t start. 发电机没有汽油了，启动不了。
n. starvation 饥饿;饿死
die of starvation 不够维持基本生活的工资
12. adjustment n. 调节;调整;校正[U][C] make an adjustment to sth.
The teacher has to the seating plan. 老师对座次表作了小小的调整。
Proper adjustment of the temperature is better.
adjust v.
①调整，调节 This button is for adjusting the volume. 这个按钮是调节音量的。
②整理 He adjusted his tie and left the room. 他整了整领带离开了。
③适应 adjust (oneself) to sth/doing
几秒钟以后她的眼睛才习惯了黑暗。It took several seconds for his eyes to adjust to the dark.
13. fit in (with)
①适应,符合,适合...
Coming to another country to study requires a big adjustment and it takes a while to fit in.
_______________________________________________________。
We must study hard 我们必须努力学习, 适应现代社会。
②与……一致/配合/谐调；与……合得来/处得融洽（be in harmony with sb./ sth）
This information does not yesterday. 这信息与昨天告诉我的不一致。
You should fit in with other employees. 。
※ fit sb. / sth in 找到时间（见某人、做某事）
Doctor White can you on Wednesday afternoon.
※ be fit for sb. / sth. He is the best person the position.
※ be fit to do I have no dress .我没有适合公共场合穿的衣服。
14. mature adj.
① 成熟的;充分发育的
This is of his plays. 这是他最成熟的一部剧作。
She has the figure of a mature woman. 她有
② 稳重的; 慎重的, 周到的 Can’t you behave 你的举止不能稳重一点吗
vi.
① 变成熟; 长成; 酿成 Wine and judgment mature with age. 。
② (票据等)到期 Your deposit matures on April 3rd. 你的存款四月三日到期。
vt.
① 使成熟; 使长成 Her responsibilities 她肩负的责任使她早熟。
② 慎重作出; 使完善 He matured his plans for the long trip. 他为 。
15. uniform
n. 制服;军服[C][U]
school uniform(s)
此时uniform是名词，如果用于in one’s uniform或in uniform 常是固定表达，不用复数形式
The policemen .警察穿着制服。
Tom looks handsome 汤姆穿上制服很英俊。
adj.
① 相同的, 一致的
. 所有这些夹克尺寸相同。
All these jackets
②不变的, 始终如一的
The laboratory is kept . 实验室保持恒温。
adj. 穿着制服的 uniformed
16. casual adj.
① 偶然的,碰巧的 a casual meeting 不速之客
My car had stalled and I sought help from .
我的车发动不起来了,我就向碰巧路过的人求助。
②随便的,漫不经心的 穿着便服 a casual decision
He tried to . 他试图显得随便一点。
③临时的,不定期的 casual expenses
He worked and did not earn much. 他当临时工,没有赚多少钱。
17. fashion n.
①流行，时髦 Wide trousers are .宽阔的长裤是最新流行款式。
②款式、方式 She arranged flowers in her own fashion. 。
adv. fashionably 赶时髦地
adj. fashionable 流行的，时尚的
a fashion show 时装表演 follow (the) fashion
__________________ 正流行 过时，不再流行
18. whereas conj. （用以比较或对比两个事实）然而, 反之, 鉴于, 尽管, 但是
Some of the studies show positive results, whereas others do not. 一些研究结果令人满意，其他则不然。
They want a house, 他们想要一座房子, 而我们宁愿住在一套房间里。
19. possess v. 拥有
possess nothing 一无所有
拓展：
①possessor=owner n. 持有者；拥有人
②possession n. 财产；拥有物（常用复数）；占有;拥有
常用短语：
take possession of 占有;拥有
in possession of 拥有；占有
in the possession of 被占有
He in the fire. 在那次火灾中他失去了全部财产。
Who 谁拥有那些财产
The possessions Mary. 那些财产归玛丽所有。
细说教材
Warming up
What other activities and interests are typical of young people 年轻人还有那些典型活动和兴趣
typical
① 典型的 Our headmaster is a typical gentleman.我们的校长是一位典型的绅士。
② sb/ sth is typical of… 某人/某事在…中是典型
The book . 这本书在同类书中很典型。
③ It’s typical of sb to do… 做…是某人的特点
____________________________________________________ 抢挑重担是他的特点。
Listening
1. ...children who have difficulty in learning and can’t keep up in school....那些在学校里学习上有困难跟不上的孩子.
have difficulty (in) doing sth. 在做某事上有困难用
have difficulty with sth.. 在某事上有困难用
They my house. 他们找到我家没有什么困难。
Do you English study 你学英语有困难吗
keep up with 跟上；指在同一水平上不落后
catch up with 赶上，在落后的情况下赶上来。
The work that the class is doing is too difficult for me. I can’t
同学们做的作业对我来说太难，我跟不上他们。
You’ve missed a whole term; you have to work hard
你错过了整个一学期。你不得不努力学习，赶上你的同学。
2. What reasons does he give for not wanting to work on the other projects 他不想做另外一些项目的原因是什么
work 工作,运转,有效,起作用
Your idea won’t work. in practice. 你的办法实际上行不通。
___________________________________________ 这些办法有效吗
work as充当 My father . 我爸爸是公交车司机。
work on继续, 从事于……, 努力影响或说服
After a short meeting, they worked on again. 短会后,他们继续工作。
They worked on the old car late into the night. 他们修这辆旧汽车一直修到深夜。
We will work on those who have cheated in exam and help them do right.
我们要对考试舞弊的人做工作,帮助他们改正。
work out 算出,制定出
Who can 谁能算出这道物理题
They haven’t worked out a plan yet. 。
Speaking
Then present your idea to the class. 然后把你的想法向同学们介绍。
present
v. present...to... 把某事向某人介绍
Allow me to present Mr. Brown to you. 请允许我把布朗先生介绍给你。
赠与；呈现，描述的意思
My father . 爸爸送我一本字典作为生日礼物。
The characters in the novel are vividly presented. 。
at present= at the present time 在目前
I’m afraid I can’t help you at present. 恐怕我现在不能帮你。
be present出席，在场
There were more than 200 . 有200 多人出席了这次会议。
for the present暂时
I can’t remember your name for the present. 。
Let’s stop . 我们暂且不谈此事。
Reading
1. Around 24,000 Yong Volunteers Community Service Stations in China are welcoming increasing numbers of Chinese youth who want to make a contribution to society, and the wok they are doing is important. 大约24000中国青年志愿者服务站欢迎更多的中国青年志愿为社会做出贡献。他们所做的工作很重要。
welcome
v. 欢迎 welcome sb. / sth.
The publication of the novel . 这本小说的出版很受欢迎。
We welcomed criticism. 我们欢迎批评。
adj. 受欢迎的
Orders are welcome. 欢迎订购。 Welcome to Peking! 欢迎你们来北京！
You’re welcome to use any instrument here. 。
n. 欢迎 give sb. a warm welcome receive a warm/ cold welcome
We = （We ） 我们热烈欢迎代表团。
make a / one’s contribution to / towards + n /doing 对某事做出贡献.
We should . 我们应当对世界和平做出更大的贡献。
It is our duty to make a contribution to 为环境保护作贡献是我们的义务。
动词词组 contribute to... 为……有贡献；有助于……
A proper amount of exercise 适度的运动有益健康。
（cf）Everyone should contribute what he can afford .
每个人都应当尽力贡献力量帮助贫困的人们。
to 为介词，类似结构：
习惯于 be used to 引起 give rise to
沉溺于 be given /addicted to 盼望 look forward to
与……相关 be related to 注意 pay attention to
着手做 get down to 坚持 stick to
导致 lead to 处理；照料 attend to
反对 object to 通向 lead to
全神贯注于 put one’s mind to 负责 see to
胜任 be equal to 为．．．做贡献 contribute to
献身于 devote oneself to 接近，进入（某地的）方法 access to
2. “...each contribution—no matter how small—can help make a difference.” “每一点贡献---不管多少---都有作用.”
no matter how/when/where/what/who等只引导状语从句; 而whatever/whoever等既能接状语从句,也能接名词性从句
No matter what(= ) the papers print, some people always believe it.
不管报纸上说什么, 总有人相信它.
She leaves her bedroom door open, 无论多冷,她都让卧室的门开者.
_____________________________ will receive a present. 谁先到,谁就会收到礼物。
You can eat 喜欢什么就吃什么。
make a/some/no/much difference (没)有关系, (没)有影响
___________________________________what you say. 你说什么对我都没关系。
It won’t make much difference whether you go today or tomorrow.
3. Every Tuesday and Friday he visits an elderly gentleman who lives alone.每到星期二和星期四他都去看望一位孤寡老人。
alone adj. / adv. 单独, 独自一个人 （不带感彩）
When the baby woke up, she found herself alone. 当婴儿醒来时,发现只有他一个人。
leave(=let) sb alone 不去理会,不要去管
Let the dog alone; it will bite you if you pull its tail. 别碰狗, 要是你弄他, 他会咬你。
let alone 更不必说 He can’t speak English, let alone write it. 他不会讲英语,更不用说会写了。
lonely adj. 孤独的, 寂寞的, 荒凉的 （有浓厚的感彩）
The old man lived all alone, but he didn’t feel lonely. 这位老人单独生活, 但不觉得孤独。
____________________________________________ 生活在荒凉的岛屿上会很孤独。
4. “Mr Zhao is weak and cannot do much for himself without getting breathless and dizzy, so I give him some assistance.”赵先生身体弱, 一干活就头晕, 气喘吁吁, 所以我来帮他.
cannot do sth without... 一做某事就……; 没有……就不能……
The poor girl found she 可怜的女孩发现自己一走路就跌倒。
____________________________________________________ 经理不在, 我们不能做任何决定。
5. He cannot go out to see his friends any more, so he enjoys having company. 他不能再外出会朋友了，所以他也喜欢有个伴。
company n.
①友谊； 交情；陪伴 He kept me company. 他陪伴我。
②伴侣；同伴
I had no company on the journey. 我在旅行中没有同伴。
"Two’s company, three’s none." 两人成伴三人不欢。
[搭配]
in the company of 在...陪同下
in company with sb.=___________________ 与某人一起 好交际
be in good/bad company=keep good/bad company
keep pany 作为陪伴，为应酬
keep company with sb. part company (with sb.)
As the journey was a long one, he took a friend with him ________.
A. along B. together C. for company D. as a company
5. Mr Zhao’s enthusiasm has inspired Lu Hao to concentrate more on history lessons and his grades have improved a great deal. 赵大爷的热情鼓舞了陆浩在历史课上集中精力, 他的水平提高了很多。
concentrate....on sth/doing sth 集中(精力)做某事
I 我无法噪音干扰下继续学习。
We must concentrate our efforts on improving education. 。
6. When Lin Ying graduated from Zhengzhou Normal University she decided not to apply for a job straight away.　当林英从郑州师范大学毕业时,她决定不去立即找工作.
apply to sb for sth 向某人提出申请或请求
You should permission / that job.
你该立刻亲自向经理请求同意 / 申请做那份工作。
You may apply in person or by letter.
applicant n. 申请人（后常接for）
That applicant for the job filled in an application form. 。
application n.申请；请求（常接to sb. for sth.）
We 我们请求法院调查。
7. It’s hard work, but I get a lot of satisfaction because the kids are eager to learn and it’s amazing to see how quickly they improve. 虽然工作艰苦, 但是我很满足. 因为孩子们渴求知识,进步很快。
amaze使惊奇; amazing 令人惊异的; amazed感到惊奇
He amazed everyone by passing the driving test. 他通过了驾驶测试,这令每个人惊奇。
She was amazed /It amazed her that he was still alive. 她很惊奇他竟然还活者。
I 我很惊奇你竟然不会游泳。
8. We wanted to promote awareness of hunger because every day children are dying of starvation.我们想进一步了解饥饿, 因为每天都有儿童挣扎在饥饿的死亡线上。
句中瞬间动词die用于进行时态表示快要,马上;有时表示反复或渐渐变化的过程.
The tigers are hunted everywhere and soon. 老虎到处被猎杀,快要灭绝了。
It was becoming dark. 天渐渐暗了下来。
*be dying for/ to do... 很想要/去做...
to eat. 我很想要东西吃。
She 她很想知道你到哪儿去了。
9. I used to feel lonely and homesick at times, but doing this with the other students brought us really close and I made new friends from different backgrounds.我过去经常感到孤独，经常想家。但在与同学们一起做这件事的过程中拉进了彼此距离，结交了不同背景的新朋友。
at times有时，时常
a time 时期，一段时间
_____________________________women were looked down upon. 曾有一段时间妇女是被瞧不起的。
I stayed in Peking during my holidays. 假期里，我在北京呆了一段时间。
all the time 一直，始终
The letter I was searching for all the time was just in my pocket. 我一直在找的信却在我的口袋里。
at all times 一直，无论何时 We’re ready 我们随时准备为人民服务。
at a time 一次，每次 Pass me the bricks 把砖头递给我，一次两块。
at no time 决不，在任何时候都不
_________________________________________nuclear weapon. 任何时候中国都不首先使用核武器。
at one time 曾经，同时 . 我们曾经有个时期经常见面。
ahead of time 提前
We must start off ahead of time in order to arrive in time. 。
*times（常用复数）时代，时势 What wonderful times we live in! 我们生活在多么了不起的时代！
PAGE
1Unit 5 Getting the message
Reading:
Look at the pictures on page37 and fill in the chart
Items Ad 1 Ad 2 Ad 3
The products they persuade you to buy Advanced electronic roducts Shampoo Soft drinks
How to persuade By using abstract design, slogan and pictures By using wonderful pictures ,slogan and realistic products By using wonderful pictures, slogan and products
The message each ad gives High quality,Help customers to succeed Create beauty,bring happiness and love to customers Help athletes to refresh themselves.
How is the information conveyed Pictures, slogan, spokesman Products,slogan, pictures Pictures,slogan, products
Words related to advertising
advertise, advertisement advertiser, brand, post, spokesman, spokeswoman, designer, entertain, promote, customer, slogan, text, writer mislead, humorous, persuasive, broadcast, annoy, appeal to
Pre-reading
Collect advantages and disadvantages of advertisements from the students
Advantages Disadvantages
Provide information Mislead customers
Increase sales Give false or incorrect information
Make the public aware of social problem Raise the price of products
…
1.the first form of advertising : in Greece and Egypt around 1500 B.C.
2.the first printed advertisement: in London 1477
3.the first commercials on radio: about 1920
4.the first commercial on TV: after World War 2
Reading Find out the main idea for each paragraph
Pa1: Ads are found almost everywhere
Pa2: People react to advertisements in different ways.
Pa3: The basic principle of advertisements is to influence customers’ choices.
Pa4: Ads help companies and customers n a variety of ways.
Pa5: the most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.
Pa6: Governments and other organizations use ads to make people aware of government policies and social problems.
Pa7: Customers should be careful of illegal ads.
Pa8: Customers should learn to protect themselves from false ads and make smart choices.
Answer the following questions
Fast reading
1.What is people’s reaction to ads. P2
2.What is the basic principle of advertising P3
3.What is the most important function of ads P5
4.what’s the advantage of good ads P8
Careful reading
1.Why is advertising popular
2.How does advertising help consumers and companies
3.What is the basic principle behind advertisements
4.Why do advertisers often have to work hard to attract people’s attention
5.What is a “bait-and-switch” a
6.How can we protect ourselves from misleading ads
Choose the best answers:
1.The word “advertising” means to make a product known to . D
A managers through broadcast B leaders by radios
C firms by printed notices D people in various ways.
2.One advantage of advertising is that it helps . A
A increase product sales B make a product more expensive
C increase production D reduce the costs of a product
3.Advertising is a highly developed . B
A information B industry C trade D science
4.The development of radio, television, cinema, magazines and newspapers has with the development of advertising. B
A followed up B gone hand in hand C gone behind D taken place
5. The best chance to reach customers is to . C
A sell them the product B sell them what money can not buy: love, happiness and success.
C appeal to their emotions D reduce the price of the products.
6．The development of media has gone hand hand the development of advertising. C
A. by; by B. by; with C. in; with D. in; by
8.People react to advertisements in different ways.Because . 答案：A
A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B. ads are useful and entertaining C. ads are annoying
D.ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
9.When we buy an expensive product, can help us make the right decision. 答案：B
A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders
10.“Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits” means . 答案：D
A. all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
B. few ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
C. no ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
D. all ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
11.In order not to become easy target for ad makers, we must . 答案：A
A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often
C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads
12.The best chance to reach customers for the advertisers is to . 答案：A
A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures
C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers
13.Paragraph 4 is mainly about . 答案：C
A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production
C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive
14.Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5 答案：C
A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products.
B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products.
C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.
D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the products come from.
15.Why is advertising popular 答案：C
A. Because ads are found in newspapers. B. Because ads are found on the Internet.
C. Because ads are found on TV. D. Because ads are found everywhere.
16.We can infer from the last sentence of the text that . 答案：C
A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads
C. we must learn to analyse ads D. we must learn to accuse ads
T or F
1.People react to advertisements in different ways.( )
2.The basic principle of advertising is fairly difficult.( )
3.Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be increased, too. ( )
4.Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.( )
5.Perhaps the most important function of advertising is to increase a company’s profits. ( )
6.By using the techniques developed by the advertising industry, governments and other non-profit organizations can spread knowledge, change attitudes and improve society.( )
7.All ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.( )
Difficult sentences
1.The development of radio ,television and other media has gone hand in hand with the development.
2.Customers see so many ads every day that advertisers must work hard to get their message across.
3.The best chance to reach customers is to appeal to their emotions.
4.First of all ,we should always keep an eye out for “hidden information”.
Integrating skills
Fill in the blanks for the revision
Advertising is a highly developed industry. It has gone hand in hand with radio, television and other media.
People react to ads in different ways. Some think ads are useful and help consumers
make informed choices while others accuse companies of using ads to mislead panies can influence customers’ choices by introducing a brand name and by associating products with customers’ needs. There are so many ads for customers that advertisers must try to get their message across by appealing to their emotions.
Ads help companies and customers in all kinds of ways. They can help companies increase sales . At the same time , they help customers choose among all the available products. In fact, truthful ads provide good information,and help customers compare feathers, functions and costs. Some governments name a famous person as their spokesman or spokeswoman to make people aware
of their social problems and policies.
Customers should protect themselves by keeping an eye out for bad ads, telling false information from real facts and making good choices.
II Lead-in
1 what product do they persuade you to buy
2 what information about product can you get
3 How is the information conveyed
4 What are the skills of making good ads
III Reading
1 How do the ad-makers create a positive image of the product they are promoting
2 How do ad-makers choose a name for the product
3 What kind of slogans should be used to make the consumers to form a positive image Can you give an example
4 How are the ads presented
How to create a positive image of the product
Choose the words and brand names --- tell the consumer about the advantages of the product ---choose a funny name（use a well-known word--- choose names from old stories--- invent a new word ）
A good slogan（ should be catchy --- easy to remember --- convey a message）
Ads are started with a puzzle or question And presented in a humorous way
1.in order to 为的是;目的在于
2.take …into consideration 考虑某事物
3.compare…with… 把……与……比较(对比)
4.complain about 对某人与某物抱怨
5.in charge of… 负责;处于控制或支配的地位
6.hand in hand 手拉手;密切关联的
7.with the develop of 随着……发展
8.on the other hand 另一方面
9.get… across 传播或为人理解
10.instead of 代替(后面接名词\代词\动名词或介词短语)
11.appeal to 呼吁;上诉;投合(兴趣或心愿)
12.armed with用…… 做准备;备有
13.make sb. aware of 使人明白;觉察;意识到
14.keep an eye out for 留心或注意到某人或某事物
15.protect…from… 防护而不受
16.at the right time 在恰当的时候
17.point out to (向某人)指出;使注意
18.make sense 有意义;有道理;讲得通
19.accuse…of… 指责;控告
20.attach to 系;贴;固定;附着
21 differ from 不同于
22 attach to/connect with 附着/联想
23 attach importance to 给予重视
24 start with 以 开始
25 with the purpose of 以 为目的
26 point out 指出
27 refer to 指/参考
28 think twice 慎重考虑Unit10 American Literature (teachers’ edition)
Period 1 New words and expressions
Teaching aims and demands:
(1) To learn some words and expressions .
(2) To use the words and expressions correctly
1.outcome n.
结果;结局;后果[S1][(+of)]
I think there can be but one outcome to this affair. 我认为这件事只可能有一种结局。
She was satisfied with the outcome of her efforts. 她对自己努力的结果很满意。
2.weep
vi. 1.) 哭泣,流泪[(+over/for)]
The girl wept over her sad fate. 那女孩为自己悲惨的命运而哭泣。
Mother wept for joy. 母亲高兴得流眼泪。
2.) 悲叹,哀悼[(+over/for)]
We all wept in silence for the deceased. 我们都默默为死者哀悼。
vt. 流(泪);哭泣
The little girl wept herself to sleep.
小女孩哭着哭着入睡了。
n. 哭泣
3.furnish
vt. 1.) 给(房间)配置(家具等);装备[(+with)]
How are you going to furnish the house 你将如何布置房子
2.) 供应;提供[(+with/to)] I’ll furnish you with all you need. 我将提供你所需要的一切。
例.She rents a furnished flat. 她租了一套备有家具的单元房。
【拓展】
furnish A with B(=furnish A to B) 为某人提供某物
furnish sth with sth 为某物提供家具
4.attend to
1.) 注意;致力于
You should attend better to your studies. 你应该更专心于学习。
2.) 关心;照料;护理
The nurse is attending to a sick man. 护士正在照料病人。
5.do up
1.) 修理
The room needs doing up. 这房子需要修缮。
2.) 使穿上
She was done up in her Sunday best. 她穿着节日盛装。
3.) 使精疲力尽
He was done up after the long trip. 长途旅行后他精疲力尽。
do away with 摆脱；废除，取消/do for 照料/do out 收拾，打扫；整理
/do out of 抢劫；骗走，骗去/do up 系上；扣上/ have sth. to do with 和…有关系
/do with （前面与could, can连用）需要;有关系/have nothing to do with 和…没有关系
/ do without 没有某事物也行
5.pale
a. 1.) 苍白的,灰白的
She was pale with fear. 她吓得脸色发白。
2.) (颜色)淡的
Her beauty seemed pale beside Mary’s. 她的美貌与玛丽的相比似乎显得黯然失色。
He wore a pale blue tie. 他戴一条浅蓝色的领带
6.approve
vt. 1.) 赞成,同意;赞许
The professor does not approve the government’s foreign policy.
那位教授不赞成政府的外交政策。
2.) 批准;认可
The city council has now approved the scheme for the erection of a new public library.
市议会业已核准建造一座新的公共图书馆的计划。
例.The mayoress approved the new building plans.女市长批准了新建筑计划。
vi. 赞成;赞许 [(+of)]
I’m afraid your parents won’t approve of your going there. 我担心你父母不会赞成你到那儿去。
My parents don't approve of me smoking cigarettes.我的父母不准许我吸烟。
例.I don't approve of wasting time. 我不赞成浪费时间。
例.I don't approve of smoking. 我不赞成抽烟。
approval n. 【u】 赞成；赞许;批准
例.He showed his approval by smiling. 他用微笑表示赞成。
【拓展】on approval 供试用的（不满意可退货）/approve sth批准某事
/approve of sb/sth喜欢人（事）
7.shave
vt. 1.) 剃去...上的毛发;刮(脸)等 shave one’s face 刮脸
2.) 刮(胡子等)[(+off/away)]
He shaved off his beard. 他剃掉了胡须。
vi. 1.) 修面,刮脸
He shaves every morning. 他每天早晨刮脸。
2.) 挤过,勉强通过
He shaved through the math exam. 他勉强通过了数学考试。
n.[C]
1.) 剃刀,刮胡刀;刨刀
2.) 修面,刮脸[S] I need a shave. 我需要修面。
8.comb
n.[C] 1.) 梳子;(羊毛等的)毛刷,马鬃刷 2.) 女人头发上梳状的饰物
3.) (用梳子)梳理[S]
My hair needs a good comb. 我的头发需要好好梳理一番。
vt. 1.) 用梳子梳理
The mother combed the child’s hair. 母亲梳理了孩子的头发。
2.) 彻底搜查[(+for)]
We combed the city to look for our lost dog. 我们搜遍了全城寻找我们走失了的狗。
9.at length
1.) 最后,终于
At length, we began to understand what she wanted. 最后,我们总算弄清楚她到底要什么。
2.) 详细地
He talked at length about his work. 他详细地谈了他的工作。
10.flash
vt. 1.) 使闪光;使闪烁[(+at)]
Why is that driver flashing his lights at me 那个司机为何用灯照我
2.) (向...)闪现出[(+at)]
I flashed a warning glance at them. 我向他们投去警告性的一瞥。
3.) (火速地)发出(电报,电讯等);使迅速传遍
The news was flashed around the world. 这一消息迅速传遍世界各地。
vi. 1.) 闪光,闪烁
The stars flashed in the night sky. 夜空中群星闪烁。
2.) (想法等)掠过,闪现
A thought flashed through my mind. 我脑子里闪过一个想法。
3. 飞驰,掠过
A car flashed by. 一辆汽车疾驰而过。
n. 闪烁,闪光[C]
There was a flash of lightning a moment ago. 刚才有一道闪电。
12. rare adj. 罕见的；珍奇的;煮得很嫩的
例.That bird is very rare in this country.
那种鸟在这个国家很稀有。
例.Jasper White is one of those rare people who believes in ancient myths.
贾斯珀.怀特是那些少有的相信古代神话
rarely .adv. 难得，很少
例.She is old and rarely goes out. 她年纪大了，很少外出。
例.He rarely comes here anymore. 现在他难得来这儿。
13. pride n. 自负；骄傲;自尊（心）;自豪
例.She showed us her new home with great pride.她非常得意地给我们看她的新家。
例.Pride goes before a fall.(谚); Pride will have a fall.(谚).骄者必败。
例.wound a person's pride.伤害一个人的自尊心
例.have a pride in one's son .为自己的儿子感到自豪
【拓展】
take pride in (=be proud of)对。。。。感到自豪
pride oneself on sth/ doing sth以。。。自豪；对。。。。感到自豪
14．worn adj 破烂的；损坏的
例.the worn pockets on a jacket.夹克上的破兜。
【拓展】sth be worn out某东西破了/wear sth away 磨损, 消逝, 衰退, 磨减, 消磨, 虚
wear sb/sth down削弱/wear off 逐渐减弱, 消失, 磨损, 耗损
wear sth out 消瘦, 穿破, 用坏, 克服/wear sb out 消磨, 疲劳
15.baggage n. (=luggage) 行李;（军队的）行装
例.Baggage should be checked in at least an hour before the flight.
行李须于飞机起飞前最少一小时前检查。
16.simplify vt. 使简易；使易做；简化
例.The English in this story has been simplified to make it easier to understand.
这个故事里的英语被简写了，可更容易理解。
The subject is immensely complex, and hard to simplify. 这个题目非常复杂,并且很难简化
【拓展】
simple adj. 朴素的；朴实的;简单的，不复杂的;单纯的；绝对的;正直 的
simple clothes 朴素的衣服
例.The little boy can already do simple problems in arithmetic.
那小男孩已经能做简单的算术题。
例.a woman of simple goodness .纯真善良的女人。
simply adv简单地；容易地；朴素地；清楚地；自然地;仅，只;真地
例.He is simply a workman.他只是一名工人罢了。
例.She looks simply lovely.她看起来的确可爱。
例.That basketball game we watch last night on television was simply divine!
我们昨天晚上电视里看的那场蓝球比赛真是好极了!
simplicity n. 简单；简易；朴素；朴实；单纯
17．let
let down 扫（某人的）兴；失约/let in 让…进来，放…进来
let off 放（炮），投放（炸弹）;（与with连用）宽恕；赦免；从宽处理
let on 泄漏（秘密）/let out 加宽，放宽（衣服）;放出
let up 放松; 减弱，停止
Period 2 Warming up
Teaching aims and demands:
(1)To improve the Ss’speaking and listening skills
Teaching procedures:
Task 1. Guide the students to get to know some famous American writers and their works by the forms of a competition:
The Adventure of Tom Sawyer ---- Mark Twain
The Beast in the Jungle ----Henry James
A Farewell to Arms ----- Ernest Hemingway
The Old Man and the Sea ----- Ernest Hemingway
Adventures of Huckleberry Finn ----Mark Twain
The Gift of the Magi ---- O. Henry
The Call of the Wild ----Jack London
The Scarlet Letter ---- Nathaniel Hawthorne
Step 2 Listening
Listen to the tape and finish the exercise on page 65
Step 3 Speaking
Divide the Ss into several groups to discuss and let them report their ideas to the class
Period 3 Reading
Teaching aims and demands:
(1)To get general ideas of the passage
(2)To improve the Ss’ reading skill
(3)To learn some knowledge about learning a foreign language
Teaching procedures
Step 1 Fast reading
1)What is Jim’s wage Twenty dollars a week.
2)How much is the rent of the flat per week 8 dollars per week.
3)How did Della manage to save the money She saved it by bargaining while doing shopping.
4)What kind of gift had Della been planning to buy for Jim
Something fine and rare—something worthy of the honor of being owned by Jim.
5)What price does Della pay to buy her present
21 dollars
6)What are the couple’s two most precious possessions
One is Jim’s gold watch and the other is Della’s hair.
7)Why do you think she chooses a watch chain for Jim
Because she thinks it is worthy of the watch and it is right for Jim.With the chain on his watch Jim might be anxious about the time in any company.
8)What is her feeling when she decides to sell her beautiful hair
On one hand,she is reluctant to sell her hair for it is the very thing that she takes pride in.On the other hand,she has no choice but to do so because she loves Jim deeply.
Step 2 Fast reading
1.Why did Della cry after counting the money she had been saving
With one dollar and eighty-seven cents,she couldn’t buy a fine and rare gift for Jim.
2.Why did tear fall fom her eyes while Della was standing in front of the mirror
She decided to cut off her hair and sold it to get money.
3.How much did Della get from the Madame I the barbershop
Twenty dollars.
4.What did Della look like after cutting off and doing her hair
Her head was covered with tiny curls that made her look like a little schoolgirl.
Step 3 Decide whether the following sentences are true or false.
1)James Dillingham Young is a rich young man. ( F )
2)One dollar and eighty-seven cents wal all the money that Della had saved for months.( T )
3)Della lives in a house with many trees and flowers around it.(F )
4)The living cost was greater than Della had expected.( T )
5)Jim and Della are a married couple.( T )
6)She hesitates to have her hair cut off and sell it.( T )
7)Della thinks having a haircut will make Jim happy.( F )
8)James Dillingham Young was Della’s husband.( T )
9)Della had a large sum of money to buy Jim a Christmas gift.( T )
10)There were two possessions of this family-Jim’s gold watch and Della’s hair.( T )
Step 4 While-reading Get the main idea of each passage.
The main idea of the passage: The story tells that a woman called Della sold her beautiful hair to buy her husband a Christmas present ---- a gold watch chain.
Main Idea
Paragraph 1 Della wept because she had little money to buy Jim a present this Christmas.
Paragraph 2 Della and Jim’s living conditions.
Paragraph 3 Della wanted to buy Jim a Christmas present, which was worthy of being own by Jim.
Paragraph 4 The young couple owned two precious things, one was Jim’s gold watch, and the other was Della’s hair.
Paragraph 5 Della’s beautiful hair.
Paragraph 6 Della decided to sell her hair in order to buy a present for her beloved.
Paragraph 7 Della got twenty dollars and then she began to buy Jim a Christmas present.
Paragraph 8 She spent 21 dollars on a gold watch chain.
Paragraph 9 Della did her hair and looked like a little school girl.
Step5 Reading comprehension ： Choose the best answers
1.How much money was saved by Della before the Christmas Day
A.$ 8. B.$ 1.87. C.$ 2. D.$ 8.7. 答案：B
2.Why did Della cut her hair off 答案：D
A.Because she wanted to give Jim a surprise.
B.Because she liked wearing short hair.
C.Because she wanted to be looked like a Coney Island Choir girl.
D.Because she needed more money to buy Jim a present.
3.How much did Della get for selling her hair
A.$ 12. B.$ 18. C.$ 20. D.$ 22. 答案：C
4.What did Della buy for Jim’s present
A.A gold watch. B.A gold watch chain.
C.A shave. D.A new overcoat. 答案：B
5.What did Jim buy for Della’s present
A.A shampoo. B.A hat. C.A comb. D.A necklace. 答案：C
6.Which of the following is true according to the story 答案：D
A.The Christmas day was coming.Della was very happy and she was looking forward to it.
B.Jim and Della were young and rich.
C.Jim didn’t love Della any more when he saw that she had her hair cut off.
D.Jim’s gold watch and Della’s long hair were the two possessions which they both took pride in.
7.The word in the fourth paragraph“hesitated”is closest in meaning to______.
A.imagined B.dreamed C.felt uncertain D.watched 答案：C
8.Which of the following is NOT true according to the story 答案：D
A.The day before Christmas Della was worried because she had only saved one dollar and eighty-seven cents for Jim’s Christmas present.
B.The young couple lived a hard life but they loved each other deeply.
C.Della was very nervous and worried before she heard Jim’s step when he came back home from work.
D.When Della saw her present,she was so happy to get the expensive combs that she burst into tears.
9.What does the story mainly tell us 答案：C
A.How to celebrate a happy Christmas for a young and rich couple.
B.How to choose Christmas presents for couples.
C.A love story between a young and poor couple.
D.Money is love.
10.From the sentence,“She stood by the window and looked out at a grey cat walking along a grey in a grey backyard.”we can infer that Della was very______.答案：D
A.angry B.calm C.happy D.sad
Period 4 Language points in reading
Teaching aims and demands:
(1) To learn and grasp some important phrases in the text
(2) To learn some important language points
(3) ⅡLearing the following points
1.Twenty dollars a week does not go far. (Para.3 p84) 每周20美元根本就不够用
go far （钱等）耐花，价值大(常用于否定句);效力大，大有帮助；成功
Although he earns 1000 yuan a month, It doesn’t go far for his family.
2.Expenses had been greater than she had calculated. Expense: 名词 意思是“开销，费用，花费”
1) at great /little/ no expense 花费很大/很少/ 没有花费
2)at the expense of sb/sth “以… 为代价”
He saved the girl at the expense of his life.
3)at one’s (own) expense 由/让某人付费The dinner was at my own expense.
3.Be worthy of sth/ being done/ to be done
worthy 作形容词,意思为“有价值的， 值得的， 配得上”
1)He is worthy of your trust.他值得你的信任
2)Your advice is worthy of being considered.= Your advice is worthy to be considered.
你的建议值得考虑
4.She pulled down her hair and let it fall to its full length.（第5段）
她披散开头发，让它尽情舒展开来
And then she quickly did it up again.（第5段）她很快把头发梳理好
do up 系，扣；收拾，整理；打扮，梳妆
do up the buttons系纽扣/do up the furniture整修家具
do up the rooms粉刷房间/do up presents包礼物
5.in any company与任何人在一起
in one’s company与某人在一起
be fond of company好交际
be in good/bad company=keep good/bad company与好人/坏人来往
keep pany陪伴某人
for company作为陪伴，为应酬
in company with sb.=in one’s company与某人一起
keep company with sb.与某人结交
part company (with sb.) （与某人）分开/断绝关系
e.g.As the journey was a long one,he took a friend with him ________.
A.along B.together C.for company D.as a company
Period 5 Word study & Grammar
语法系列复习专题-----动词时态，被动语态
一、一般现在时
在以here,there开头的句子里，go,come等少数动词的一般在时表示正在发生的动作。例如：There goes the bell.铃响了。There comes the bus.汽车来了。Here she comes.她来了。
二、现在进行时
1.代替一般现在时，描绘更加生动。例如：The Changjiang River is flowing into the east.江水滚滚向东流。The sun is rising in the east.太阳从东方冉冉升起。
2.大多数动词可用于进行时，但也有些动词不用于进行时。常见的有：exist,live,understand,mean,owe,belong to ,know,doubt,suppose,remember,forget,
believe,trust,want,wish,refuse,like,hate,dislike,prefer,mind,hope等。
三、现在完成时
注意点：1、现在完成时与一般过去时的区别：
2、短暂动词（即瞬间动词），join,lose,buy,borrow,leave,go,come,arrive,
die,marry, finish,complete,begin,start,break out等，在完成时态中，其肯定式不能和表示一段时间的状语连用。例如不能说：He has finished the work for three hours.要翻译“他已完成工作三小时了。”可采用1）“ago法”：He finished the work three hours ago.2）“延续法”：He has been through(with)the work for three hours.3）“since法”：It is/has been three hours since he finished the work.
四、现在完成进行时
1.用来表示从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在（或今后还要继续一去）的动作。例如：He has been doing the maths problems since 8:00./ It has been raining for two days.
2.凡是不能用于现在进行时的动词均不能用于现成完成进行时。
五、一般过去时
六、过去进行时
1.表示过去某一时刻或某一段时间内正在进行的动作（这一过去时间须用时间状语表示）。例如：He was preparing his lecture all day yesterday.
2.表示动作在另一过去动作发生时进行。例如：They were still working when I left.
3.用在两个过去进行时动作同时发生。例如：I was writing while he was watching TV.
4.表示过去将来动作。例如：He said she was arriving the next day.
七、过去完成时
1.表示在过去某一时间以前已经完成的动作。例如：He had shut the door before the dog came up./ Everything had been all right up till this morning.
2.表示动作或状态从过去某个时刻开始一直延续到另一个过去时刻才完成，甚至还要继续下去。例如：At the age of ten,he had learned 500 English words.He had been ill for a week when we learned about it.
3.常用hope,expect,think,intend,want,suppose等动词的过去完成时来表示未实现的希望、打算或意图。例如：We had expected that you would be able to win the match.
八、一般将来时
一般将来时表示将来要发生的动作和存在的状况。有下列一些形式：
1.will/shall do （侧重将来行为，不突出计划安排去做某事）
2.be going to do (主观上打算或客观上可能发生)
3.be doing (按计划将要发生，常和表示最近的将来时间连用)
4.be about to do (按计划即将发生)
九、将来完成时
用来表示在将来某个时刻（前）将完成的动作。常和by短语，when,before引起的时间状语连用。例如：We will have finished senior Book 2 by the end of this term.注：当句子的谓语为say、believe、expect、think、know、write、consider、report等时，被
动语态有两种形式：（A）谓语动词用被动语态，动词不定式作主补。（B）用it作形式主语，真正的主语在后面用主语在后面用主语从句来表示。如：
People say he is a smart boy.
It is said that he is a smart boy.
He is said to be a smart boy.
People know paper was made in China first.
It is known that paper was made in China first.
Paper was known to be made in China first.
类似句型有：It is said / known / suggested / believed / hoped/ thought that
时态考点分析
1．——Can I join your club,dad
——You can when you______a bit older. (NMET)
A.get B.will get C.are getting D.will have got
析：“You can”是将来意，when引导的时间状语从句要用一般现在时表将来所以此题答案为A.
2．——Oh,it’s you!I______you.
——I’ve just had my hair cut and I’m wearing new glasses.
A.didn’t recognize B.hadn’t recognized C.haven’t recognized D.don’t recongnize
析：从“Oh,it’s you!”可知说话时已认出对方。“没有认出”是在此之前为过去情况，所以应选A.
3.I don’t think Jim saw me;he______into space. (NMET)
A.just stared B.was just staring C.has just stared D.had just stared
析：在空白处应选一个与“saw”相配，能解释Jim didn’t see me 这一原因的选项，只有着眼于A、B。若选A不能体观他“当时正在做”某事，故排除A而选B。这样因为“他正在望宇宙天空”所以“未看到我”。
4.——______my glasses
——Yes,I saw them on your bed a minute ago. (NMET)
A.Do you see B.Had you seen C.Would you see D.Have you seen
析：现在完成时可表过去发生的事情对现在产生的影响或结果，问话人以这样的时态发问可作现焦急的心情。故答案为D。
5.You don’t need to describe her.I______her several times. (NMET)
A.had met B.have met C.met D.meet
析：答案B。道理同4。
6.——Do you know our town at all
——No,this is the first time I______here.
A.was B.have been C.came D.am going
析：根据this/it is the first/second/…time sb.has done sth.句型，可定答案为B。又如：This is the second time he has visited the Great Wall.
7.I don’t really work here.I______until the new secretary arrives. (NMET)
A.just help out B.have just helped out
C.am just helping out D.will just help out
析：根据I don’t really work here.以及…until the new secretary arrives,可知说话人所要做的事是计划安排行为，C、D两个选项都表将来动作，但D非计划安排，C则体现按计划去做，所以此题答案为C。
8.——Is this raincoat yours
——No,mine______there behind the door. (NMET)
A.is hanging B.has hung C.hangs D.hung
析：此题的“悬挂”是指现状而言，故表过去“挂”的B、D项可排除。C项虽指“现在挂”，但侧重在常规，习惯。为了突出“你所指的那件雨衣不是我的，我的正挂在门后”这一意思，选A是极为合情理的。
被动语态
一、被动语态的句型
1.常见句式是：主语（受动者）＋be＋过去分词＋（by＋施动者）
例如：He was scolded by the English teacher.
2.主语＋get＋过去分词＋其它成分
例如：The boy got drowned last summer./ She got fired because of her faults.
注意：使用这种结构不能带有“by＋施动者”
3.带有双宾语（直接宾语和间接宾语）的主动句变为动句，其主语可以是直接宾语，也可以是间接宾语。例如：She lent me a bike.被动：1）I was lent a bike(by her).
2）A bike was lent to me(by her).
4.情态动词＋be＋过去分词
例如：This problem must be worked out in half an hour.
5.双重被动式：主语＋被动式谓语＋不定式的被动式＋其它成分
例如；These magazines are not allowed to be taken out of the reading-room./The murderer was ordered to be shot.
二、主动表示被动的几种情况
1.不及物动词与状语连用，用以表示主语的品质和状态。常见动词是：cut,sell,read,write,fill,cook,lock,wash,drive,keep等。例如：This knife cuts well.这把刀好切。These books sell well.这些书好卖。The pen writes smoothly.这支笔写起来流畅。Meat wont keep long in such hot weather.肉在这样热的天气里放不长久。The cloth washes well.这种布好洗。
2.一些连系动词的主动式＋形容词。常见动look,smell,taste,sound,feel,prove,turn out等。例如：The apples taste good./The flower smells wonderful./The news proved/turned out true./Cotton feels soft.注：prove也可用于被动式，如：His answer(was) proved right.
3.不定式在某些形容词之后，且与主语有动宾关系。常见形容词有：hard,defficult,easy,heavy,fit,good,comfortable,convenient,impossible等。例如：The problem is easy to do./The question is difficult to answer./The box is heavy to carry./The project is impossible to complete in a year.比较：The problem is to be done./The question is to be answered.没有形容词时，虽然不定式与主语是动宾关系，但必须用被动式。
三、容易误用被动语态的几种情况：
1.I teach myself French.不可变为Myself is taught French.因为反身代词不可作主语。
2.We help each other/one another.不可变为Each other/One another is helped by us.因为相互代词不可作主语。
3.He lost heart.不可变为Heart was lost by him.因为象lose heart,make a face,keep silence,lose in thought这类动宾结构的固定短语只能用于主动式，不能用被动式。
4.She took part in the sports meet.不能变为The sports meet was taken part in by her.因为象take part in,belong to ,own,have,hate,fail,contain等表状态动词没有被动语态。
被动语态考点分析
1.I need one more stamp before my collection______. (NMET)
A.has completed B.completes C.has been completed D.is completed
析：complete是及物动词，“邮集”是被人完成的，须从表被动意的C、D中选择。又因before等引导的时间状语从句中谓语要用一般现在时表将来，所以此题答案为D。
2.——Do you like the material
——Yes,it______very soft. (NMET)
A.is feeling B.felt C.feels D.is felt
析：观察题干，空白线后无宾语，可知feel是不及物动词，表“（某物）摸起来…”意思,是连系动词，不能用于被动式，也不用进行时。根据此题对话情景，是指某种材料的常规特性，要用一般现在时，不能用过去时，故答案为C。feel作“感觉”、“认为”、“摸”等意时是及物动词，可带宾语，有时态，语态等变化。
3．Great changes______in the city,and a lot of factories______. (NMET)
A.have been taken place…have been set up
B.have taken place…have been set up
C.have taken place…have set up
D.were taken place…were set up
析：take place（发生）是不及物动词，不可用于被动语态，于是可排除A、D，又因set up(建造)是及物动词，在此题中应该用被动式，故排除C，答案为B。
4.Most of the artists______to the party were from South Africa. (NMET)
A.invited B.to invite C.being invited D.had been invited
析：首先可排除B。因为它不表示“被邀请”。又因D项少引导词who，也应排除。A项＝who were invited,C项＝who were being invited,由象invite这类短暂动词的现在分词被动式不可作后置定语，故也应排除。因而可定答案为A。
5.I dont know the restaurant,but its______to be quite a good one.(NMET)
A.said B.told C.spoken D.talked
析：根据“某人/某物据说…”英文句式为“sb/sth.is said…”可定答案为A。又如：He is said to be a clever boy.据说他是一个聪明的男孩。
6.The police found that the house______and a lot of things______.(NMET)
A.has broken into…has been stolen B.has broken into…had been stolen
C.has been broken into…stolen D.had been broken into…stolen
析：“房屋被人闯入”，“东西被偷”都是被动语态，故可排除A、B。因C项中的has been broken into不能置于found之后，则答案只能是D。
7.I promise that the matter will______. (NMET)
A.be taden care B.be taken care of C.take care D.take care of
析：take care of…是固定短语，若无of则不可带宾语，只能跟that从句。所以此题答案为B。
8.If city noises______from increasing,people____shout to be heard even at the dinner table 20 years from now. (NMET)
A.are not kept…will have to B.are not kept…have to
C.do not keep…will have to D.do not keep…have to
析：观察题干，第一处必须用被动式，答案只能在A、B中选一。条件句用一般现在时，主句应为一般将来时，故答案为A。
9.The Olympic Games,____in 776 BC,did not include women players until 1912.(NMET)
A.first playing B.to be first played C.first played D.to be first playing
析；要表达“被举行”，只能在B、C中选。B意“将要首次举行”。显然不合in 776 BC这一过去时间，只有C，first played(＝which was first played)才合用。故答案为C。
10.This sentence needs______.
A.a improvement B.improve C.improving D.improved
析：初看此题似手A、C皆可，但improvement是元音开头词，其前要用an,故排除。need作实义动词，和require,want一样，后面可跟doing或to be done 表“需要被…”意。如：The door needs/wants/requires painting/to be painted.(这扇门需要漆一下。)
11.I should very much like to have gone to the party,but I______invited.
A.am not B.havent been C.was not D.will not be
析：should/would like to have done sth.意“本想做某事”，例如：I should like to have seen the film,but it wasnt possible.由于这种句式表示“过去想”，所以but后的句子也应该是过去时态与之相配合，故此题答案是C。
12.——______the note______to Mr Smith
——No,It is still in my pocket.
A.Is…being given B.Was…given C.Has…been given D.Hasnt…been given
析：根据问句与答句，问话人显然是注重结果，故要用现在完成时。似乎D作为反诘句“难道条还没给史密斯先生吗？”也成立，但若是这种口气发问，答话人就应答“Sorry.It is still in my pocket.”,所以此题答案应为C。
13.We heard it______that he had gone to New York.
A.say B.said C.to say D.be said
析：It was said that…可以改为We heard it said that…(都表示“据说…”之意)。前一种说法中It 是形式主语，后一种说法中it是形式宾语。故此题答案为B。
动词时态、语态专练
1.The maths problem can be______.
A.easy worked out B.easy to be worked out C.easily worked out D.easily to work out
2.Every possible means______,but none proves successful.
A.has been tried B.tried C.is being tried D.has tried
3.The girl is to______a rich man.
A.marry with B.be married C.marry to D.be married to
4.He received a telegram that______“Mother sick”.
A.wrote B.says C.reads D.read
5.Who can you imagine______to his wedding party
A.inviting B.being invited C.was invited D.to be invited
6.I______ten minutes to decide whether I should reject the offer.(NMET)
A.gave B.was given C.was giving D.had given
7.——Will somebody go and get Dr.White
——Hes already been______.(NMET)
A.asked for B.sent for C.called for D.looked for
8.A conductor______to keep us in time in the singing yesterday.
A.needs B.is needing C.was needed D.has been needed
9.When and where to build the new factory______yet.
A.is not decided B.are not decided C.has not decided D.have not decided
10.Ways______to stop pollution by now.
A.must find B.will be found C.are found D.have been found
11.I dont want anything______about it.
A.to say B.said C.saying D.having said
12.——______that the sports meet might be put off.
——Yes,it all depends on the weather.
A.I’ve been told B.I’ve told C.I’m told D.I told
13.A library with five thousand books______to the nation as a gift.(NMET)
A.is offered B.has offered C.are offered D.have offered
14.Betty has never been heard _______ill of others.
A.speak B.spoken C.to speak D.was said
15.Tom______to have delivered the speech in their theatre room.
A.said B.says C.is said D.was said
16.——What do you think of the book
——Oh,excellent.Its worth______a second time.(NMET)
A.to read B.to be read C.reading D.being read
17.Little Jim should love______to the theatre this evening.(NMET)
A.to be taken B.to take C.being taken D.taking.
18.______more attention,the trees could have grown better.(NMET)
A.Given B.to give C.Giving D.Having given
19.——where______the book I can’t see it anywhere.
——I______it right here but now it’s gone.
A.did you put;have put B.have you put;put
C.had you put;was putting D.were you putting;have put
20.He would not fail so long as he______hard the next term.
A.studied B.would study C.had studied D.studies
21.How long______the English party______
A.has;been lasted B.did;last C.was;lasted D.will;be lasted
22.What______you______this time next Friday
A.will;do B.have;been doing C.are;doing D.will;be doing
23.Hardly______the bell______when the teacher came in.
A.did;ring B.would;ring C.has;rung D.had;rung
24.It______and the streets were still wet.
A.had been raining B.rained C.had been rained D.would rain
25.The book______on the ground for ten minutes but no noe has picked it up.
A.is lying B.has lain C.lay D.has been lying
26.We______there when it______to rain.
A.were getting;would begin B.were about to get;began
C.had got;had begun D.would get;began
27.The teacher said we______ten lessons by the end of this term.
A.should have studied B.were going to study
C.have studied D.should study
28.——she told me she had met you in London last year.
——______you______her since
A.Had;met B.Did;see C.Would;meet D.Have;seen
29.——When______again
——When he______,I’ll let you know.
A.will he come;will come B.will he come;come
C.he comes;comes D.will he come;comes
30.Tom______for more than a week.
A.has left B.had gone away C.went away D.has been away
31.——What happened to her teeth
——She______the apple more than she could chew.
A.has bitten B.bit C.had been bitting D.bites
32.Shakespeare was said______37 famous plays in his lifetime.
A.finishing writing B.to finish writing C.having written D.to have written
33. ——You’ve agreed to go.So why aren’t you getting ready
——But I______that you______me to start at once.
A.don’t realize;want B.don’t realize;wanted C.haven’t realized;want D.didn’t realize;wanted
34. ——I missed the lecture last night.
——Oh,what a pity!I wish______.
A.you heared it B.you had heard it C.you never heard it D.you hadn’t heard it
35.I’ll return the book to the library as soon as I______it.
A.finished B.am going to finish C.will finish D.have finished
36. ——Your phone number again I______quite catch it.
——It’s 9586442.(NMET)
A.didn’t B.couldn’t C.don’t D.can’t
37. ——I’m sorry to keep you waiting.
——Oh,not at all.I______here only a few minutes.
A.have been B.had been C.was D.will be
38.When I was at college.I______three foreign languages,but I______all except a few words of each.
A.spoke;had forgotten B.spoke;have forgotten
C.had spoedn;had forgotten D.had spoken;have forgotten
39.The new secretary is supposed to report to the manager as soon as she______.
A.will arrive B.arrives C.is going to arrive D.is arriving (NMET)
40. ——Who is Jerry Cooper
——______ I saw you shaking hands with him at the meeting.(NMET)
A.Don’t you meet him yet B.Hadn’t you met him yet
C.Didn’t you meet him yet D.Haven’t you met him yet
41. ——We could have walked to the station.It was so near.
——Yes,a taxi______at all necessary.(NMET)
A.wasn’t B.hadn’t been C.wouldn’t be D.won’t be
42.We haven’t heard from Jane for a long time.What do you suppose______to her (NEMT)
A.was happening B.to happen C.has haqqend D.having happened
43.On Saturday afternoon,Mrs Green went to the market,______some bananas and visited her cousin.(NMET)
A.bought B.buying C.to buy D.buy
44.As she______the newspaper,Granny______asleep.(NMET)
A.read;was falling B.was reading;fell C.was reading;was falling D.read;fell
45.I______the bad cold for a week,still I can’t get rid of it.
A.caught B.have caught C.have D.have had
46.I______the time______so quickly.
A.didn’t realize;had passed B.don’t realize;passed
C.haven’t realized;passed D.hadn’t realized;had passed
47.——My watch______twelve o’clock.It’s so late. ——Let’s hurry up.
A.is said B.says C.is told D.tells
48.Helen______her key in the office so she had to wait her husband_____home.(NMET)
A.has left;comes B.left;had come C.had left;came D.had left;would come
49.The pen I______I______is on my desk,right under my nose.(NMET)
A.think;lost B.thought;had lost C.think;had lost D.thought;have lost
50.——Jane has just arrived. ——I didn’t know she______.
A.is coming B.was coming C.had been coming D.will come
动词时态、语态专练答案
1－5 C A D D C 6－10 B B C A D 11－15 B A A C C 16－20 C A A B A
21－25 B D D A D 26－30 B A D D D 31－35 B D D B D 36－40 A A B B D
41－45 A C A B D 46－50 A B C B B
Period 6 Integrating skills
Teaching aims and demands:
(1) To improve the students’ abilities of reading and comprehension
(2) To learn some language points
Step 1 Listen to the tape and read the text carefully, then choose the best answer: (
1. What was Jim’s reaction when he saw Della
A. angry B. shocked C. disappointed D. both A and B
2. What did Jim buy for Della
A. a shampoo B. a hat C. A comb D. A new overcoat
3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the story
A. The day before Christmas Della was worried because she had only saved one dollar and eighty-seven cents for Jim’s Christmas present.
B. The young couple lived a hard life but they loved each other deeply.
C. Della was very nervous and worried before she heard Jim’s step when he came back home from work.
D. When Della saw her present, she was so happy to get the expensive combs that she burst into tears.
4.Which of the following is true according to the story
A. The Christmas day was coming. Della was very happy and she was looking forward to it.
B. Jim and Della were both cried when they saw each other’s present.
C. Jim didn’t love Della any more when he saw that she had her hair cut off.
D. Jim sold hid gold watch out of his love for Della.
5. What does the story mainly tell us
A. How to celebrate a happy Christmas for a young and rich couple.
B. How to choose Christmas presents for couples.
C.A love story between a young and poor couple.
D. Money is love.
Step 2 Read the passage in three minutes, and sum up every paragraph with one sentence:
P1: Della was anxious to wait for Jim and was afraid that Jim’s love would go without her beautiful long hair.
P2: Jim was burdened with the family and had no money to buy even e new overcoat or gloves.
P3: Jim stared at Della with a strange expression on his face.
P4: Della explained why she had her hair cut off.
P5: Jim was still confused.
P6: Jim was awake and expressed nothing could make him love Della any less.
P7: Della was so happy when she sea a set of beautiful and expensive combs Jim bought her.
P8: Della showed him her gift---- a gold watch chain that was worthy of his gold watch.
P9: Jim told Della he sold his watch for her combs.
Step 3 Deal with the difficult sentences (15minutes)
1. Della doubled the watch chain in her hand ….
What does double mean in the following sentences:
A. She got double scholarships
B. Double the carpet, and cover it on the baby.
2. Poor fellow, he was only twenty-two ---- and to be burdened with a family!
and to be burdened with a family → He was to be burdened with a family
be burdened with a family →
3. His eyes were fixed upon Della, and there was an expression in them that she could not read.
be fixed upon →__stare at__
in them → in his eyes__
Exercise:
She was _____ frightened that she could not _____ her thoughts on anything.
A. so; fix B. so; spend C. such; fix D. such; spend
4. I have my hair cut off and sold it because I couldn’t have lived through Christmas without giving you a present.
have one’s hair cut have sth done
couldn’t have lived through Christmas without giving you a present →
If I __________ you a present , I couldn’t have lived through Christmas.
Translate the sentence:
今天下午我要去修理我的自行车。
____________________________
5.” Don’t make any mistake about me, Della,” he said.” I don’t think there ‘s anything in the way of a haircut shampoo…
1) make a mistake about → ______________
2) in the way of → _____________
6.to be burden with family承担起养家的重担
burden sb. with sth. 加负担于某人
sb. be burdened with sth.使某人负……重担
I don’t want to burden you with my problems.我不想让我的问题给你增加负担。
The students are burdened with heavy load of study.学生们的学习负担很重。
burden (n.)重担，负担
He,a disabled child,is becoming a burden to his mother.
他，一个残疾儿童，渐渐成了他妈妈的累赘
7.stare at sb./sth.盯着看，凝视/glare at怒视 glance at扫视
Step 4 Consolidation (5minutes)
Please find these phrases in the text.
1.对折表链 2. 加以……重担 3. 注视；凝视 4.剪掉头发 5. 度过圣诞节；
6. 对某人好 7. 对……误解 8. ……这一类东西；在……方面 9.撕开；扯开
10. 一套梳子 11.最后；终于 12. 把……放一边
Keys:
1. double the watch chain
2. be burdened with
3. fix one’s eyes upon ; stare at
4. have one’s hair cut
5. live through Christmas
6. be good to sb
7. make a mistake about
8. in the way of
9. tear at
10.a set of combs
11. at length
12.put away
.
PAGE
1Unit 12 Education
Teaching aims:
1. Goals:
Talk about education in China and other countries
Talk about study method and learning skills
Practise making comparisons
Integrative language practice
Write a report
2. Special focus:
Improve reading skills and Enlarge vocabulary.
a. Direct Ss to read the 3 passages on the text book;
b. Guide Ss to learn to use the following words and expressions:
Expectation, calculate, analyse, result in, unwilling, living standards, acquire, drop out, compulsory, tendency, skeptical, commitment, etc.
c. Improve the abilities of using language by integrative language practice.
Period 1 Reading
Education for all (P102-104)
Step 1. Warming up
Task 1. Enable the students to discuss the questions on p93.
Step 2. Scanning
Task 2. Get the students to comprehend the passage quickly and accurately, and meanwhile help them to form a good habit of reading. Try to find out the main idea of the passage.
The passage makes it clear that “Education for all ” is essential for the development of a country. The paragraphs mostly deal with measures that should be taken to achieve the target.
Step 3. While-reading:
Passage Analyzing:
Exercise 1 on p104
Step 4. Post-reading
Look through the passage once again and finish the chart below:
Methods Countries
Distance learning Australia, China, the USA
Mixed-grade classes The Turks and Caicos Islands, parts of the remote central and western regions in China, Lesotho
Money from international organizations China, the developing countries
Money from local organizations China, the developing countries
Task 3: What are the writing techniques of this passage
a. Numbers and dates are used to make the point of view more acceptable.
b. In order to let more people take the advice, examples are provided, you may find them in Paragraph D.
Step 5 Homework
Finish all the exercises on Language Practice on p105-106.
Period 2. Integrating Reading Skills
How We Learn (P107)
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the Ss how further they understand education.
2. Check the homework.
Step 2. Scan the passage and answer the following questions:
1. How many different kinds of learning styles are there And what are they
2. Why is it necessary for the student to know his or her own learning style
3. Give a definition for each learning style.
Step 3. Read the passage again and check which study tips given on p107-108 are best suited for the three different types of learners described in the passage.
Suggested Answers:
Learning through seeing:
Study in a quiet place where you can not hear other people talking.
Take part in class discussions and debates.
Draw charts, graphs, diagrams, flow charts or pictures to organize information when taking notes.
Write about the things you have to learn.
If possible use a computer and DVDs to help you study.
Concentrate on similarities and differences you can observe.
Learning through listening:
Remembering things will be easier if you put the words to music and make a little “memory song”.
Make presentations to classmates or discuss ideas with your classmates.
Listen to and remember funny stories and background information.
Learning through doing:
Create maps. Build models or draw and design things.
Put posters and photos around your desk and have a stress toy to play with as you work.
Take part in art projects.
Organize a study schedule to include frequent breaks.
Read while doing exercises.
Step 4.Extensive reading:
The passage given below is about language study. You can learn from the passage and improve your language.
How to Be a Successful Language Learner
“Learning a language is easy. Even a child can do it!”
Most adults who are learning a second language would disagree with this statement. For then, learning a language is a very difficult task. They need hundreds of hours of study and practice, and even this will not guarantee success for every adult language learner.
Language learning is different from other kinds of learning. Some people who are very intelligent and successful in their fields find it difficult to succeed in language learning. Similarly, some people who are successful language learners find it difficult to succeed in other fields.
Language teachers often offer advice to language learners: “Read as much as you can in the new language.” “Practice speaking the language every day.” “Live with people who speak the language” “Don’t translate—try to think in the new language” “Learn as a child would learn; play with the language”
But what does a successful language learner do Language learning research shows that successful language learners are similar in many ways.
First of all, successful language learners are independent learners. They do not depend on the book or the teacher and they discover their own ways to learn the language. Instead of waiting for the teacher to explain, they try to find the patterns and the rules by themselves. They are good guessers who look for clues and form their own conclusions. When they guess wrong, they guess again. They try to learn from their mistakes.
Successful language learning is active learning. Therefore, successful learners do not wait for a chance to use the language; they look for such a chance. They find people who speak the language and they ask these people to correct them when they make mistakes. They will try anything to communicate. They are not afraid to repeat what they hear or to say strange things; they are willing to make mistakes and try again. When communication is difficult, they can accept information which is inexact or incomplete. It is more important for them to learn to think in the language than to know the meaning of every word.
Finally, successful language learners are learners with a purpose. They want to learn the language because they are interested in the language and people who speak it. It is necessary for them to learn the language in order to communicate with these people and to learn from them. They find it easy to practice using the language regularly because they want to learn with it.
What kind of language learner are you If you are a successful language learner, you have probably been learning independently, actively, and purposefully. Oh the other hand, if your language learning has been less than successful, you might do well to try some of the techniques outlined above.
1. Successful language learners usually have the following techniques except _________.
A. To learn independently
B. To learn actively
C. To learn diligently
D. To learn purposefully
2. A successful language learner will not_____________’
A. Make out the meaning of a new word.
B. Make any mistakes.
C. Wait for opportunities to practice.
D. Accept inexact and incomplete information
3. According to language teachers, it’s advisable to ________.
A. Use the language as much as possible
B. Do more translation while speaking or writing
C. Be childish in learning
D. Play while learning.
4. If you are active in learning a language, you will ________.
A. Try to know the meaning of every new word.
B. Be careful not to make any mistakes
C. Correct your own mistakes as often as possible
D. Try all means to talk in the language
5. Which of the following is true according to the passage
A. Intelligent people can learn English better.
B. Most successful language learners act the same way.
C. A lot of time and efforts surely lead to successful learning.
D. It is impossible for successful language learners to succeed in other fields.
Suggested Answers: CBCDB
Period 3. Integrating Reading and Writing Skills
3 Passages on p 227-230
Step 1. Warmming-up
Do the oral pratice on p101-102, and enable the students to practise making comparisons.
Step 2. Reading
Task: Read the 3 passage and finish the exercises. If possible, guide the students to analyze some long and complex sentences.
Step 3. Guided Writing
Give Ss 20 minutes to finish the writing assignment on p240,
Then ask Ss to score their work according to the following chart.
3 pluses & 1 wish
Name _______ Title _____________________ Date _______________ + _________________________________________________________+ _________________________________________________________+ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________
Note: How to use this chart effectively
Ask the student to read his/her deskmate’s writing carefully, and then find 3 valuable things (structure, passage arrangement, sentence, diction, etc) and give 1 suggestion. And then feed the message back. Next, ask the Ss to correct their work according to the chart.
Period 4:
Step 1. Analyze some long sentences:
Deal with some language points and difficult points if necessary. If possible, guide the students to analyze some long and complex sentences. The following sentences in this unit are very important:
It is reported that 99% of school-age children in China attended primary school by 2004. P103
In China, as in other countries, the government realizes that the future welfare of its citizens is closely linked to education. P103
In areas where agriculture plays an important role, people do not attach importance to education, and parents are skeptical of anything that take children away from their work on farm. P103
In some cultures parents are particularly unwilling to send their daughters to school because the custom is to educate boys rather than girls. P103
To solve this, Australia uses “distance learning” methods, where the students have lessons by two-way radio and mail. P103
In these countries, where some people do not even have fresh water or basic health care, reaching the target of “Education for All” will be a huge task, despite help from the international community. P104
Step 2. Testing your skills on p234-235
Step 3 Cloze Test on p238-239
Step 4. Translating on P 239-240
PAGE
- 1 -Unit 8
Fast reading
1 What is the most puzzling question in learning our mother tongue
2 If we develop our study skills and way of learning, is learning foreign language twice as hard or as easy
Careful reading
Tell the sentences true or false
1 Although experts don’t agree each other, they all share a common opinion :Life is a very successful language school. T
2 We study our mother tongue all day long for about 5 years before we master it. But we only spend a few hours a week and in a few years’ time we can speak a foreign language. T
3.Successful language learners usually step away from the academic challenges. F
4The less anxious and more relaxed the learner, the worse their language acquisition.F
Choose the best answers
1.Most children have mastered their mother tongue . 答案：C
A. at the age of five B. by the age of eight C. before they are five D. since they were five
2.Successful language learners do share the following characteristics except . 答案：A
A. the ability to memorize the words B. an interest in understanding their own thinking
C. willingness to take chances D. confidence in their ability
3.The best option for the exchange students is . 答案：A
A. living with local people B. living in the dormitory
C. choosing exchange programmes at various academic levels at a reasonable cost
D. making friends with the other students
4.The disadvantage of studying abroad is . 答案：B
A. language and culture B. cost and safety C. custom and culture D. exchange programme
5.Visiting students do the following things except . 答案：C
A. staying in the host family’s house B. eating in the host family’s house
C. becoming a member of the family D. keeping in touch with the host family afterwards
6.Before going out to study in a foreign country,you should not . 答案：C
A. care much about the money that may cost you B. collect as much information as possible
C. plan a long course to study D. discuss every detail with your family
7.The sentence “Life is a very successful language school” means . 答案：B
A. we are equipped with a special ability to learn language
B. the key to learn the language well is to communicate with the people around us
C. parents can give children language lessons
D. people can learn the language by themselves
8.What makes it easier to study abroad nowadays 答案：D
A. The cost has become reasonable. B. There are programmes for all levels.
C. Students can find “home-stay” service and live with the host family.
D. All the above.
9.The greatest value of an exchange student studying abroad is . 答案：C
A. to learn the language B. to widen one’s views and understand the culture of other country
C. to get better idea of yourself and your own culture D. to learn to be independent of oneself
10.What’s the purpose of writing this article 答案：C
A. Learning a foreign language is twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.
B. Learning a foreign language is more important than learning our mother tongue.
C. Learning a foreign language is twice as easy if we develop our study skills.
D. In fact,the number of people learning a foreign language has increased with years.
Decide which language ( mother tongue or foreign language) each of the sentences below
A We learn quite fast.
B We are not taught but learn anyway. M
C Some people think that we are born with an ability to learn this. M
D We can learn faster if we develop study skills.
E Most people have mastered this by the age of five. M
F We learn this in a special place where we can get help.
G It takes longer to learn this. M
H We Learn this by communicating with others. M
Main idea of each paragragh .
1. The environmental factor of learning mother tongue.
2. Different opinions of language experts.
3. The difference between learning mother and learning a foreign language.
4. The characteristics of successful language learners.
5.Different learning ways of successful language learners
6. The importance of the purpose of learning.
The purpose of writing the passage to tell us that learning a foreign language does not have to be twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.
Integrating Skills
What is the best way to learn a language Why
I think the best way to do this is to go to a country where the language is spoken.
We can use the language at any places at any time . It’s good for language learning.
2. Is it possible for you to study abroad Yes, it is.
3. What should you do before you go abroad
We should find out as much as possible about different programmes, including the cost and length of our stay.
4. Can you list the advantages and the disadvantages of studying abroad
Advantages of studying abroad
1). become fluent in the new language
2). make friends with people from different background.
3). Understand another culture
4). broaden your horizons and improve your understanding of the world
5). learn about yourself and what your culture is really like
6). learn to depend on yourself
Disadvantages of studying abroad
1). Some of them may fall behind in their studies when studying abroad.
2).They may not be able to take classes at the same level as at home.
3). Parents worry about the safety of their children and may also be concerned about the cost.
Choose the main idea of each paragraph
Para. 1 It is possible for a student of any level to study a foreign language in a country where the language is spoken.
Para. 2 Advantages of studying abroad.
Para. 3 disadvantages of studying abroad.
Para.4 What should you do in order studying abroad
Phrases
1.make progress 前进；进步
2.make sense of 弄懂…的意思
3.in other words 换句话说；换言之
4.take risks/a risk 冒险
5.experiment with 进行试验；进行实验
6.piles of 一大堆；一大批；一大团
7.knock down 击倒；撞倒
8.that is to say 也就是说
9.fall behind 落后
10.be different from 与…不同
11.communicate with 与…联系；与…交流
12.distinguish…from… 把与区别开来
13.adjust to 调整；调节；使适合；使便于使用
14.in the process 在进行；经过；在…过程中
15.in common （团体）共同的；公有的
16.make mistakes 犯错误
17.make friends with 与…交朋友
18.take (an active ) part in （积极）参加
19.take patience to 有耐心去做….Unit 7 教案
Unit 7 A Christmas Carol
(Teaching paper)
--Warming up/ listening / speaking
Step I. Introduction of Charles Dickens & his works on the following questions:
1. Have you read any novels by Charles Dickens What are they
2. Which of his books do you like best What's it about
3. Do you know sth about " A Christmas Carol"
( You may refer to your English Coaching paper Issue 7 for the answers to the questions above.)
Step II. Listening comprehension:
(1) Listen to the tape and find the best answers to the following:
(2) Listen again and fill in the blanks in the following passage:
III. Speaking
(1) Read the two paragraphs on P. 56 and answer the following the questions:
*What kind of person is Ebnenezer Scrooge
*What is he interested in
*Does he have any friends
*Does he care about his employees
*What will happen if some business people only think about making money and profits
*Why do some people make and sell unsafe products
IV. Explanation of some language points:
Neither Scrooge nor Marley cares for other people .They don' t care about their employees......
*care for/care about
care for 1)在意，放在心上（常用于否定句，疑问句和条件句中）
One shouldn't act without caring for public opinion.
（一个人的行为不能不在意公共舆论）
If you care for my advice, I don't think you should go.
（如果你愿意听我的话，我认为你还是别去。）
2）想要，喜欢（常用于否定句，疑问句和条件句中）
Would you care for a cup of coffee （来杯咖啡好吗？）
I don't care for riding on a bike very much; I'd rather go on foot.
（我不太喜欢骑自行车，宁愿步行。）
3）关心，照料，照顾（肯定句）
She has a baby to care for; she can't go with us.
（她孩子要照顾，不能和我们一起去）
The patients are well cared for in the hospital.
(病人在医院里得到很好的照顾)
care about 感兴趣，在意
I don't care much about music. (我对音乐不太感兴趣)
She thinks only of herself; she doesn't care about other people.
( 他只想到自己，不关心别人)
She didn't care about when he would leave.
( 他什么时间离开她都不理会)
V. useful expressions and words:
dream about
by the end of
care for / care about
fake food product
make profit / make money
safety measures
food polluted with poisons and bacteria
VI. Home assignment:
Write a passage about the responsibilities of business people towards both their employees and their customers, using the words and phrases on P. 56.
Reading material:
---Reading Comprehension
Step I. Read the story and then find the best answer to the following questions:
1.What kind of man is Mr Ebenezer Scrooge
A. He is mean. B. He is cold-hearted
C. He is a man with big heart. D. A and B
2.What is Fred like
A. He looks down upon the poor. B. He is kind-hearted
C. He hates rich people D. The passage doesn't say
3.We can infer from the text that_________________.
A. no rich people want to help the poor.
B. there are still many people poor in the country.
C. Mr Scrooge hasn't given Bob a day off in the end.
D. Fred hates his uncle very much.
4.Why does Lisa want to leave Scrooge Because__________.
A. she loves money more than anything else
B. Scrooge pays more attention to money than to her
C. Scrooge' character has changed and differences arose between them.
D. Scrooge no longer loves her.
5.Who makes Scrooge change his attitude toward the poor
A. Bob B. Fred. C. Santa Claus D. The passage doesn't say
Keys: DBBCC.
Step II: Listen to the tape and paraphrase some difficult sentences and phrases;
1. In the sentence on p. 57 Line 5 “Frost stands on the window.”
The underlined means_________
A. remains B. rise C. raise D. arise
2. You’ll want all day off tomorrow, I suppose. The underlined means__________.
A. take a holiday B. ask for a day’s leave C. be on duty D. both A and B
3. The sentence “That’s a poor excuse for picking a man’s pocket every twenty-fifth of
December!” on p. 57 really shows_________.
A. Scrooge was a mean but an honest man.
B. Scrooge was a generous and mean person
C. Scrooge was a mean and greedy man
D. Scrooge was a generous and honest man
4. The correct translation for the sentence on p. 58 Line 11 “ Let me leave it alone.” is___.
A. 那我就把它放到后面去吧。
B. 那我就由它去吧。
C. 让我单独谈谈这个问题。
D. 那我现在就不谈这个问题吧。
5. The phrase “badly off” in the sentence on p.58 Line 31 means_________.
A. rich B. poor C. bad D. worse
6. According to the dialogue, the sentence “Alone is what you are, and what you have been.”
really means________.
A. You are always alone without anyone around you.
B. You always like to do things without anyone present.
C. You will always live alone.
D. You are too greedy and mean to have true friends around you.
Answers: ADCDBD
Step II. Language points:
1. I'm freezing, Mr scrooge. Frost stands on the window. My hands are too cold to write.
(Line 5 p.57)
freeze ( froze frozen) vt 结冰 vi使......结冰
Water freezes when the temperature falls below zero centigrade. (结冰 )
Two of the men froze to death.（冻死）
If this frost lasts, the ships in the harbor will be frozen in.（被冰封住）
封存，冻结（财产，存款）稳定（价格，工资等），僵住
Smiles froze on his face.
freeze prices freeze his account
freezing 冰冷的,极冷的 frozen 冻了的，冰冻的
It was freezing last night.
What freezing weather!
Is there any frozen food in the fridge
It's fun to skate on the frozen lake.
2.stand (p.57. Line 5)
1) vi 持续/持久/保持不变
The house will stand another century. (这房子还可以持续一百年)
The law still stands in force. 这条法律仍然有效）
2） vi 处于（某种状况）
The temperature stood at 0℃ yesterday. (昨天是0摄氏度)
Who stands first on the list （谁名列第一？）
3）忍受/承受
Can you stand the horrible weather there
（你受得了那儿可怕的天气吗？）
She can't stand having nothing to do. 没事干她受不了
3. Anyway, I suppose I will have to let you have it. But make sure to be early in the office the day after. ( p. 57. Line 17)
anyway 1) 此处副词用来转变现有话题，回到先前所说的一个话题上，或将话题转移到 一个令人感兴趣的点上，常译为“不过，话又说回来”
It was nice of you to offer anyway.
(话又说回来,你主动提出总是好事)
Anyway, in the end I didn't wear your jacket.
不过,我结果并没有穿你那件上衣
2)=anyhow 无论怎样,至少
The house was empty and I couldn't get in anyway/anyhow.
房子是空的,但我无论都进不去
Anyway/Anyhow you can try, even if there is not much chance of success.
至少你可以试试,即使没有多少成功的机会
I'm not sure what time I'll arrive, maybe half past seven or a quarter to eight. ________, I'll be there as early as possible.
A. However B. Thus C. Anyhow D. Therefore (C)
4.Let me leave it alone. ( p.58. Line 11)
leave ...alone
1)=leave as sb/sth is.别管，别惹，别碰
Her father died when she was sixteen, and left her all alone.
（她十六岁时父亲去世了，留下她孤单一人）
Leave me alone. I'm hopeless. （别管我，我没希望了）
I've told you to leave my things alone.
(我已经告诉过你别碰我的东西)
2)让一个人呆着
Why can't you just leave me alone
(你怎么就不能让我清静一会儿？)
On account of his illness, he was never left alone.
（由于生病，他身边总留人）
let alone至于......更不用说
They had not enough food to eat, let alone send their children to school.
(他们没有足够食物吃，更谈不上送孩子上学了)
leave sb/sth +形容词/副词/介词短语/分词/不定式（做宾补）“让......处于某种状态
填空 That'll leave the whole morning free, won't it (有空)
He left the room, leaving the lights burning/on.（亮着）
They walked off and left me sitting there all by myself. （坐）
I'm sorry to have left some of your questions unanswered .（没回答）
We mustn't leave it to take its own course.
5. At this festival season of the year, Mr Scrooge, when many of us enjoy abundant comfort, we would like to ask you to open your heart to the poor, whose sufferings are great. Many thousands are in want of basic needs; hundreds of thousands are in want of basic comforts, sir.
(p. 58 Line 25)
斯克罗先生，在一年的这个欢宴的季节里，当我们享受许多舒适，我们想要你向穷人敞开胸怀，他们所遭受的痛苦太大了，上万人需要基本的需求，上万人需要基本的舒适条件。
1) abundant(=plentiful/rich) 丰富的，充裕的 be in abundant
We have abundant proof of his guilt. 我们有充足的证据证明他有罪。
They had an abundant year last year. 他们去年是个丰收年
Iraq is a country abundant in oil. 伊拉克是个石油丰富的国家。
The country is abundant in minerals. 这国家矿产丰富。
Abundance .n.“丰富"“充裕” in abundance
They live in abundance. 他们过着丰衣足食的生活。
There is food and drink in abundance 有丰富的饮食。
2). want 1) n.[U] 需要；缺乏；贫困
in want of（=in need of）需要 for(from) want of 由于缺少......
He is in want of exercise. 他需要运动
We may one day be in want. 我们将来可能过贫苦的生活
The grass died from want of water。 那些草由于缺水而枯死
2）[cn] 常用复数，意为“需要的东西，必需品；欲望”
He is a man of few wants. 他是个欲望很少的人。
We only have simple wants. 我们只是需要些简单的东西。
联想 in honor of, in memory of, in face of, in time of,
in praise of, in need of, in favor of, in search of
in case of, in hope of,
in charge of/in the charge of, in possession of/in the possession of,
in spite of , at sight of, at thought of
6. be badly off 贫穷 ( p. 58. line 31)
cf. be well off 富裕
My parents were badly off when we were young. 我们小时侯父母很穷
They were worse off than us those years.
那些年他们生活得比我们更糟
He doesn't know when he is well off. 他不知道他什么时候富裕
We are better off now than ten years ago. 我们现在比十年前富裕
7. occupy（occupied）(=to take up; to hold ;to cover; to seize) ( p.58. Line 31)
占（空间，场所，地位）；居住于（家， 房间）；占去（时间）；（军队）占领，占据
Tall bookcases occupy a lot of space in his room.
几个高书橱占了他房间的好多地方。
All the rooms of this hotel are occupied.
这个旅馆的所有房间都客满
The dinner and speeches occupied three hours.
宴会和演说共用了三个小时
He occupied an important position in the French Government.
他在法国政府中担任要职
The enemy soon occupied the fort. 敌人很快占领了这座要塞
*be occupied in doing/with sth = occupy oneself with/in
正从事于 ...... 忙于......
I have been occupied in reading history books. 我一直专心念历史
He occupied himself with various projects. 他从事种种项目
8. admit( admitted)
1) 承认
admit sth/ doing sth/that...
admit sb/sth to be +adj
我承认我的错误 I admit my mistake
我犯了错误 I admit making a mistake.
我错了 I admit that I was wrong.
我们大家都承认他傻 We all admit him to be foolish.
他承认打坏了窗户 He admitted having broken the window. =He admitted that he had broken the window.
2）准许进入场所等，准许......的入场（入学，入会），接纳
admit sb/sth into/to
She opened the door and admitted the guests into the house.
(她打开门让客人进屋)
Children under 18 are not admitted to the film.
（未满18岁的孩子不得看此电影）
be admitted to school/hospital
She had a bad headache and was admitted to hospital this morning.
（她患重感冒，今早被许入院）
My sister was lucky to be admitted to Beijing University.
（我妹妹幸运地被北大录取）
3）（场所等）可容纳
The hall admits (seats/holds) 1200 people.
9.That dates back to the time when we were both poor and content to be so.
那得追溯到我们俩受穷并且很满足的时候
content adj.满意/满足/甘愿
be content with sth
be content to do sth
content oneself(n) with sth
Are you content with your present salary
I'm content to remain where I am now.
We should never content ourselves with book knowledge only.
He contents himself with a simple but peaceful life in the country.
to one's heart 's content 尽情地
以下为自习内容：
1. care for 1)在意，放在心2）想要，喜欢3）关心，照料，照顾
2. care about 感兴趣，在意
3. freeze prices 稳定价格
freeze account 冻结帐户
freezing weather 寒冷的天气
frozen food 冰冻食品
4 .leave ...alone. 别管，别惹，别碰
5. open one’s heart to 向某人敞开胸怀
6. be abundant in minerals.矿产丰富 in abundance 丰富
7. in want of（=in need of）需要
for(from) want of 由于缺少......
in honor of, in memory of, in face of, in time of,
in praise of, in need of, in favor of, in search of
in case of, in hope of,
in charge of/in the charge of, in possession of/in the possession of,
in spite of , at sight of, at thought of
8. be badly off 贫穷 be well off 富裕
9. be occupied in doing/with sth = occupy oneself with/in 正从事于 ...... 忙于......
10. admit sth/ doing sth/that...
admit sb/sth to be +adj
admit sb/sth into/to准许进入场所等，准许......的入场（入学，入会），接纳
be admitted to school/hospital
11 be content with sth 对……满足
be content to do sth 满足于做……，甘心地做…….
content oneself(n) with sth 使……满足
to one's heart 's content 尽情地
12. close up （暂时）关闭 close down （工厂，企业等）倒闭；停播
13. have an eye for有…… 的眼光，鉴赏
14. toast to 为……干杯
15. A Christmas Carol 圣诞欢歌
16. take one’s place （take the place of） 取代，就位
17. of late(recently, lately) 近来
18. go about one’s business 从事某人的事业
19. keep sth in one’s mind 牢记
20. on the contrary 相反
21. terrible fate 可怕的命运
22. have an ambition for/to do sth(power/to come to power)心怀……的野心
a man of ambition 有抱负的人，野心家
be full of ambition 充满野心
be ambitious for/to do sth对(做)……有野心
23. noble aspiration崇高的抱负
24. fall in love with sb be in love with 爱上某人
25. be thrown into prison be put into prison be sent to prison 被关进大牢
26. sentence sb to death 判处某人死刑 beat sb to death starve to death
PAGE
8The Fifth Period
The Predicate
reaching Aims：
1. Revise one of the sentence elements _____the Predicate．
2．Do plenty of exercises to consolidate what we have revised．
Teaching Important Points：
1．How to choose different verb forms when they are used as the Predicate．
2．The agreement between Subject and Predicate．
3．How to use the modal verbs．
Teaching Difficult Points：
1．The use of verbs used as the Predicate．
2．The Use of modal verbs．
Teaching Methods：
1．Discussion to get every student to master what they have learnt before．
2．Pair work or group work to get every student to be active in the teaching activities．
Teaching Aids：
1．the multimedia
2．the blackboard
Teaching procedures:
Step I Greetings
Greet the whole class as usual．
Step Ⅱ Revision
T：Today we are going to revise the Predicate，especially different types of tenses and the modal verbs．Now let’s do the exercises．Look at the screen and discuss these sentences with your partner．Then tell us the functions of all the underlined parts in the sentences．
(Show the following on the screen．)
Discuss the following sentences：
1．He speaks English well．
2．He speaks too rapidly．
3．It is getting warmer．
4．That boy’s face turned red．
5．Why don’t you put off the meeting
6. He has worked here for twenty years.
7. I shall play football this afternoon.
8. You shall have the book as soon as I finish it.
9. There must be something wrong with the machine.
(After a few minutes)
T: Are you ready (Ss: Yes) Please tell us the function of each of the underlined parts.
Ss: They are all Predicates.
T: Right, please tell me what can be used as Predicate according to these examples. One student, one sentence.
S1: In the first sentence, its predicate is a transitive verb.
S2: The predicate of the second sentence
S3: In sentence 3 and 4, they have the same verb-----link verb. Their predicates are a link-verb plus a predicative.
S4: The predicate of the fifth sentence if a phrasal verb.
S5: The predicate of the sixth and the seventh sentences are the same. Their predicates are an auxiliary verb plus a notional verb.
S6: The predicate of the eighth sentence and ninth sentence are a modal verb plus a notional verb.
StepⅢ Practice
T: Now let’s do some exercises. Fill in the blanks with the proper formsof the verbs in the brackets. You should pay attention to the tenses and the agreement between the Subject and the Predicate. Discuss them with your partners. A few minutes later, I’ll check your answers.
(Show the following on the screen)
Fill in the blanks with the proper verb forms:
1. An iron and steel works, with some small factories,________(be) to be built here.
2. Every boy and every girl _______(wish) to attend the evening party.
3．The crew ___________(be)ferent parts of the ship.
4．One and a half apples _______(be) left on the table．
5．The German and the English language __________(have)something in common.
6．A variety of questions ___________(be) put to the lecturer．
7．Another five weeks ______(be) essary for us to finish the work.
8．What they have done _________(be) useful to the people．
9．In the room ___________-(be) found a big table and a great many chairs.
(A few minutes later．)
T：Have you finished
Ss：Yes．
T：Please give us your answer to each sentence and tell us your reason briefly if you can．One student, one sentence. Any volunteers
S7：1.The answer to the first sentence should be“is”．The reason is that the Subject is“an…works” and “iron and steel”are used as the Attribute , so we should choose a singular verb.
S8：2．Though the two subjects are joined by“and”．they are each preceded by“every”．A singular verb is needed here．So we use“wishes”, am I right
T：Do you agree with him
Ss：Yes．He is right．
S9：3．Here we use“Were” as its predicate．Because“crew” is a collective noun and should take a plural verb.
S10；4．“One and a half” takes a plural noun but a singular verb, so we use“is”as its predicate．
S11：5．I think its predicate should be“have”．When a singular noun is modified by two adjectives so as to mean two distinct things。the verb should be in the plural.
S12：6．We choose‘‘were’’．Because the Subject is“questions”．
S13：7．Its predicate should be“is”．Because plural expressions of time，distance，weight，value，ect．usually takes a singular verb．
S14：8．when the Subect is expressed by a phrase or a Subiect clause，the verb is generally in the singular．So we take“is”as its predicate．I remember I read a sentence“what we badly need here are teachers．”Is it right or worng
T：It’s right．“What—clause”is used as Subject，if its predicative is a plural noun，we generally choose a plural verb as its predicate．Are you clear about that
Ss：Yes．
S15：9．I'm not sure of choosing“were”or“was”．Can you explain it to me
T：Generally speaking，here a plural verb is right．However，there is a strong tendency to use the verb in the singular form instead of the plural in the inverted construction when the first Subject that follows the verb is singular．So both“were”and“was”here are right．Have you any questions
(Teacher answers any questions raised by the students．)
Step IV Practice
T：Now we’11 do another practice．Look at the screen and choose a suitable modal verb for each blank．Have a discussion with your partner and write down your answers on fl piece of paper．We’ll check them in a few minutes．
(Show the following on the screen．)
Choose the best answers：
1．一Tom failed to pass the exam,
---Because he didn’t study as hard as he _________.
A．does B．used to
C．has D．had
2． -----I don’t have to work tonight．
——Then ____________ like to go to the theatre with me
A．will
C．wouldn’t
B．won’t
D．do
3．I thought you_____________ like something to read．
A．may B．might
C．could D．must
4．一I didn’t see her yesterday．
——Oh，but you
A．must have
B．ought to
C．should have
D．cannot have
5．一When did you first visit New York
一I think it __________in 1978．
A．must be
B．should have been
C．may be
D．must have been
6．一Why aren’t you swimming this weekend
一Well，I didn’t want to go alone，and no one_________ with me．
A．went B．has gone
C．had gone D．would go
7．My sister never used to oppose me，but my brother occasionally___________．
A．did B．used to
C．usedn’t D．didn’t
8．Oh，Jane，you’ve broken still another glass．You ought____________when you washed it．
A．be careful
B．to care
C．have cared
D．to have been careful
9．一Shall we go skating or stay at home
一Which _________do yourself
A．do you rather
B．would you rather
C．will you rather
D．should you rather
10．His advice__________ not be taken．
A．was needed
B．needs
C．need
D. is needed
1．B 2．C 3．B 4．C 5．D 6．D 7．A
8．D 9．B 10．C
Step V Test
T：Look at the sentences on the screen and we’II have a test．Choose the proper answer for each sentence and write down your answers on a piece of paper．Do it by yourself and we’1l have a discussion about the answers later．
(Show the following on the screen．)
Choose the proper form of the verb for each sentence．
1．一When______________ again
一When ___________, I'II let you know．
A．he comes：comes
B．will he come：will come
C．he comes：will come
D．will he come；comes
2．She didn’t remember _____________ him before．
A．having met B．have met
C．to meet D．to having met
3．Where is my pen I_______________ it．
A．might lose
B．would have lost
C．should have lost
D．must have lost
4．They asked me to have a drink with them．I said that it was at least ten
years since I ______________a good drink．
A．had enjoyed
B．was enjoying
C．have enjoyed
D．have been enjoying
5．I should very much like to have gone to that party of theirs，but_________
A．I’m not invited
B．I have not been invited
C．1 was not invited
D．1 will not be invited
6．People who won’t work should be made_______________
A．to work B．work
C．workinu D．to be workinu
7. Billy has difficulty____________ the rest of the class.
A．to keep up with
B．to keep up
C．keep up with
D．keeping up with
8．We must have a persor_______ them___________ the house．
A．see；build
B．see；to build
C．to see；build
D．to see；to build
9．一Did you have trouble with your car this morning
一Yes。but I finally managed___________ ．
A．to get it started
B．to get starting it
C．it to get started
D-getting started it
10．I hope he is getting better now. I hear he _______a bad cold all the month．
A．has had B．has
C．was having D．had had
Suggested answers：
lI D 2．A 3．D 4．A 7．D 8．A 9．A 10．A
Step Vl Summary and Homework
T：In this class，we’we reviewed the predicate．(Show the first screen.) . from the first exercise，we know a transitive verb can be used as the predicate
(Write them on the Bb.)
we’we done some exercises about modal verbs．After class，find more exercises to consolidate what we’ve reviewed in class. That’s all for today．Class is over.
StepⅦThe Design of the writing on the Blackboard
Unit 2 Crossing limits
The Fifth Period
The Predicate
Types of the Predicate：
1． transitive verb
2． Intransitive verb
3．a link-verb+a predicative；
4．phrasal verbs；
5．an auxiliary Verb+a notional verb；
6．a modal verb+a notional verb
StepⅧ Record after Teaching
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________Unit 8
Pre-reading
1.What are some of the difficulties we must face when we try to learn a foreign language
2.How do we learn oue mother tongue
3.How is learning a foreign language different from learning our mother tongue
4.What are the characteristics of successful language learners
5.How do these characteristics and skills help us learn
6.How can we develop our confidence
7.What can we do to learn better and faster
Fast reading
1 What is the most puzzling question in learning our mother tongue
2 If we develop our study skills and way of learning, is learning foreign language twice as hard or as easy
Careful reading
Tell the sentences true or false
1 Although experts don’t agree each other, they all share a common opinion :Life is a very successful language school. T
2 We study our mother tongue all day long for about 5 years before we master it. But we only spend a few hours a week and in a few years’ time we can speak a foreign language. T
3.Successful language learners usually step away from the academic challenges. F
4The less anxious and more relaxed the learner, the worse their language acquisition.F
Choose the best answers
1.Most children have mastered their mother tongue . 答案：C
A. at the age of five B. by the age of eight
C. before they are five D. since they were five
2.Successful language learners do share the following characteristics except . 答案：A
A. the ability to memorize the words B. an interest in understanding their own thinking
C. willingness to take chances D. confidence in their ability
3.The best option for the exchange students is . 答案：A
A. living with local people B. living in the dormitory
C. choosing exchange programmes at various academic levels at a reasonable cost
D. making friends with the other students
4.The disadvantage of studying abroad is . 答案：B
A. language and culture B. cost and safety
C. custom and culture D. exchange programme
5.Visiting students do the following things except . 答案：C
A. staying in the host family’s house B. eating in the host family’s house
C. becoming a member of the family D. keeping in touch with the host family afterwards
6.Before going out to study in a foreign country,you should not . 答案：C
A. care much about the money that may cost you B. collect as much information as possible
C. plan a long course to study D. discuss every detail with your family
7.The sentence “Life is a very successful language school” means . 答案：B
A. we are equipped with a special ability to learn language
B. the key to learn the language well is to communicate with the people around us
C. parents can give children language lessons
D. people can learn the language by themselves
8.What makes it easier to study abroad nowadays 答案：D
A. The cost has become reasonable.
B. There are programmes for all levels.
C. Students can find “home-stay” service and live with the host family.
D. All the above.
9.The greatest value of an exchange student studying abroad is . 答案：C
A. to learn the language
B. to widen one’s views and understand the culture of other country
C. to get better idea of yourself and your own culture
D. to learn to be independent of oneself
10.What’s the purpose of writing this article 答案：C
A. Learning a foreign language is twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.
B. Learning a foreign language is more important than learning our mother tongue.
C. Learning a foreign language is twice as easy if we develop our study skills.
D. In fact,the number of people learning a foreign language has increased with years.
Decide which language ( mother tongue or foreign language) each of the sentences below
A We learn quite fast.
B We are not taught but learn anyway. M
C Some people think that we are born with an ability to learn this. M
D We can learn faster if we develop study skills.
E Most people have mastered this by the age of five. M
F We learn this in a special place where we can get help.
G It takes longer to learn this. M
H We Learn this by communicating with others. M
Main idea of each paragragh
Para.1. The environmental factor of learning mother tongue.
Para.2. Different opinions of language experts.
Para.3. The difference between learning mother and learning a foreign language.
Para.4. The characteristics of successful language learners.
Para.5.Different learning ways of successful language learners
Para.6. The importance of the purpose of learning.
para.7 The purpose of writing the passage to tell us that learning a foreign language does not have to be twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.
Integrating Skills
Lead-in
1.What is the best way to learn a language Why
I think the best way to do this is to go to a country where the language is spoken.
We can use the language at any places at any time . It’s good for language learning.
2. Is it possible for you to study abroad
Yes, it is.
3. What should you do before you go abroad
We should find out as much as possible about different programmes, including the cost and length of our stay.
Summarize the main idea of each paragraph
Para. 1 It is possible for a student of any level to study a foreign language in a country where the language is spoken.
Para. 2 Advantages of studying abroad.
Para. 3 disadvantages of studying abroad.
Para.4 What should you do in order studying abroad
List the advantages and disadvantages of studying abroad
Advantages of studying abroad
1). become fluent in the new language
2). make friends with people from different background.
3). Understand another culture
4). broaden your horizons and improve your understanding of the world
5). learn about yourself and what your culture is really like
6). learn to depend on yourself
Disadvantages of studying abroad
1). Some of them may fall behind in their studies when studying abroad.
2).They may not be able to take classes at the same level as at home.
3). Parents worry about the safety of their children and may also be concerned about the cost.
Phrases
make progress 前进；进步
make sense of 弄懂…的意思
in other words 换句话说；换言之
take risks/a risk 冒险
experiment with 进行试验；进行实验
piles of 一大堆；一大批；一大团
knock down 击倒；撞倒
that is to say 也就是说
fall behind 落后
be different from 与…不同
communicate with 与…联系；与…交流
distinguish…from… 把与区别开来
adjust to 调整；调节；使适合；使便于使用
in the process 在进行；经过；在…过程中
in common （团体）共同的；公有的
make mistakes 犯错误
make friends with 与…交朋友
take (an active ) part in （积极）参加
take patience to 有耐心去做….
PAGE
3